Académique Documents
Professionnel Documents
Culture Documents
for
BUILDING WORKS
INDEX
SUBJECT PAGE
INDEX
SUBJECT PAGE
GENERAL CONDITION
1. The Schedule of Rates (Volume – I) is divided into two sections and each section into sub-sections. In
all cases of contracts in respect of Building Works, this entire volume of Schedule will be operative.
Though this entire volume of Schedule is divided for convenience into sections and sub-sections it is to
be taken as a whole. An item under one section will apply equally to work failing under the category of
another section unless a similar item appears in the later section. The same principle applies to items
under different sub-sections..
2. The ‘Engineer-in-Charge’ shall mean the Executive Engineer of the Division concerned. The Sub-
divisional Officer concerned is authorized to carry out on behalf of the ‘Engineer-in-Charge’ general
supervision, day to day instructions with approval of materials and workmanship. In case of dispute,
the decision of the ‘Engineer-in-Charge’ shall be final and binding.
3. Except when specifically mentioned in the description of the item itself, the rate for any item of work
will apply equally to all floors, in any position and up to any height. In respect of concrete work etc.
where the rate is on the basis of volume, the item shall apply to all cases irrespective of the thickness
unless a specific item appear in the Schedule for the particular type of work. The work up to a
particular floor level means all work up to the roof of that floor. All works in basement shall be treated
as work in first floor for payment.
4. Renewal works include dismantling and taking out of old works with mending good damages after
renewal and removal of waste materials. The rate for any item of original nature not provided in this
Schedule may be deduced from the rate of similar item of renewal work by multiplying by a factor
100/105 and conversely the rate of any item of renewal nature not provided in this Schedule may be
deduced from the rate of similar item of original nature by multiplying by a factor 105/100.
5. White washing, painting etc. include preparation of surface (including plugging old nail holes etc.)
prior to the treatment and removal of all marks or stains from walls, floor, glass, panes, chowkats etc.
For repair works, this also includes shifting and/or covering furniture etc.
6. All works shall be carried out with due regard to the convenience of the occupants, if any, and the
arrangement and programme of work must be adjusted accordingly. In case of works within Jails,
Hospitals etc. the Rules & Regulations of Authorities concerned must be strictly obeyed. The rates
given in the Schedule are deemed to be inclusive of all such factors and contingencies.
7. All materials, tools and plants besides those to be supplied by government are to be arranged for the
work. All labours (Skilled & Unskilled) including their housing, sanitation, procurement of food stuff,
medical aids etc. are to be arranged by the contractor. Cost of transport of labour, materials and all
other relevant items shall have to be borne by the contractor.
PWD (W.B.), Schedule of Rates 2014
A-1
8. Arrangement of water for preparation of concrete & mortar as well as for soaking of bricks and other
materials are to be made by the contractor. Construction of platforms and vats including cost thereof
are to be borne by the contractor.
9. Rates of all items are inclusive of labour & material charges with all other relevant cost towards
Sales Tax, Royalty, Octroi, Toll Tax, Ferry Charges, VAT etc. as may have to be incurred by the
contractor for the respective items of works to be executed to proper and complete finish.
To arrive at complete rate of different items in this Schedule, 5% overhead, 10% contractor’s
profit and 1% labour welfare cess have been considered along with the aforesaid material cost,
labour cost and other cost etc.
Unless specifically mentioned otherwise in the description of the item itself, no extra charges will be
paid for scaffolding (including stage scaffolding), centering, shuttering, curing etc. and the rates are
deemed to be inclusive of the same and of the cost of sundries necessary for the satisfactory completion
of the work.
10. All materials brought to site must have approval of Engineer-in-Charge. Rejected materials must be
removed by the contractor from the site within 24 (twenty-four) hours of the issue of orders to that
effect. In case of non-compliance with such orders, the ‘Engineer-in-Charge’ shall have the authority
for removal of those rejected materials at the cost and expenses of contractor and the contractor shall
not be entitled to any loss or damage on that account.
11. Departmental materials (i.e. materials are supposed to be issued by the department) shall be issued to
the contractor to the extent of requirements as assessed and in small installments as decided by the
Engineer-in-Charge. Issue of departmental materials may be of two categories :
(A) Materials for which value are to be recovered from the contractor.
(B) Materials which are issued directly to work (in respect of items the rates of which do not include
the cost of these materials).
For materials under Category (A) the value of materials issued to the contractor on usual hand receipt
shall be recovered from the bill of contractor in one installment or in successive installments as may be
decided by the Engineer-in-Charge.
For materials under Category (B) the contractor will act as custodian of the department, when he shall
take charge of the materials against appropriate receipts signed by him. The contractor shall remain
responsible for the proper storage and safe custody of such materials. The rates of relevant items of
work shall be deemed to be inclusive of reasonable consideration for such duties and responsibilities as
the custodian.
PWD (W.B.), Schedule of Rates 2014
A-2
All materials, whatever be the category thereof, shall be properly stored by the contractor in suitable
godowns within the site of work. Under no circumstances whatsoever shall any materials be removed
from the site of work without prior written permission from the Engineer-in-Charge. The contractor
shall be responsible for any damage or loss of such materials unless he can satisfy the Engineer-in-
Charge that the reasons for such damage or loss are due to circumstances beyond his control. The
contractor shall also have to satisfy the Engineer-in-Charge regarding the proper utilization of such
materials.
The value of any materials which cannot be satisfactorily accounted for, shall be revovered from the
contractor’s bill or other dues as specified in P. W. Department’s Order No. 2809(3)-A Dated
27.04.1971 as mentioned in West Bengal Form No. 2911.
Any materials under Category (A) which may be surplus in few quantities on completion of the work
may at the sole discretion of the Superintending Engineer be taken back provided the same are found of
non-perishable nature and has not been damaged in any way. Surplus materials under Category (B)
shall be returned to the Engineer-in-Charge in good condition.
12. Subject to the aforesaid condition, the following materials under Category (A) shall be issued to the
contractor at issue rates reflected against each. The materials shall be issued from the departmental
godown or godowns and for this purpose a stack-yard shall also be deemed as goodown as may be
specified in the contract stipulations for any particular work. The contractor will have to carry the
materials at his own cost and his quoted rate will be deemed to be inclusive of all such costs including
costs for loading, unloading and stacking.
(i) Cement - Issue Rate and Basic Price of Cement are shown in Table – 1-1 of
Annexure – I. If cement is supplied by the Department, the cost of cement
will be recovered on Issue Rate, when in case of supply of the same by the
contractor, then rates of those cement related items are to be deduced as
per Format – A of Annexure - I.
Except M35 & M40 Grade of design mix concrete, rates of all other
cement related items have been derived considering PSC/PPC Cement. For
M35 & M40 Grade of design mix concrete, OPC (Grade – 43/53) cement
has been considered in deriving the item-rates.
(ii) Reinforcing Steel - Issue Rate and Basic Price of Reinforcing Steel are shown in
Table – 1-1 of Annexure – I. If Steel is supplied by the Department,
the cost of Steel will be recovered on Issue Rate, when in case of
supply of the same by the contractor, then rates of those Steel related
items are to be deduced as per Format – B of Annexure - I.
Cut pieces of reinforcing steel materials left surplus on completion of
work shall not be taken back if the same be considered as unsuitable
for utilization in other works. Item-rates of structural steel and GCI
Sheet have been derived considering said materials to be supplied by
the contractor.
PWD (W.B.), Schedule of Rates 2014
A-3
(iii) Empty Bitumen Drum - Prevailing Schedule of Rates (Volume – III) of PWD is to
be followed.
13. Materials obtained by dismantling Government structures or parts thereof shall remain the property of
Government. The contractor shall sort out and stack the serviceable materials within the premises and
also dispose of the unserviceable rubbish etc. as per instruction of the Engineer-in-Charge or his
representative.
The contractor shall remain the custodian of such dismantled materials till the charge of the same is
taken over by the Engineer-in-Charge or his representative.
14. The site must be cleared by the contractor from time to time by removing rubbish, debris etc. as
accumulated during the work and on completion the whole site must be left in a clean and tidy
condition to the satisfaction of Engineer-in-Charge or his representative.
15. Number of full bricks salvaged by dismantling all types of masonry part of the structure must
correspond to at least 20% of the volume dismantled.
16. Carriage of materials (unless specifically considered in the Rate Analysis) is the sole responsibility of
the contractor for which no extra payment should be made (unless in exigency a few of those seem to
be justified by the Engineer-in-Charge, when the same are to be approved by the concerned
Superintending Engineer).
A-4
PWD (W.B.), Schedule of Rates 2014
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS
(INCLUDING MODES OF MEASUREMENT)
(A) MATERIALS
GENERAL:
All materials to be used in works shall conform to Indian Standards Specification as published by B.I.S from
time to time (and in the absence thereof as approved by the Engineer-in-Charge). Unless specifically mentioned
otherwise the following modes of measurements shall be adopted. In general the mode of measurement of the
civil engineering works shall be guided by I.S.I. Code No.: 1200-1964 (Revised) for Indian Standard Method of
measurement of Building work.
A-1 Bricks
All bricks shall be of approved quality of standard specifications, made of good brick earth, uniform deep red,
cherry or copper colour, thoroughly burnt in kiln (machine made) without being vitrified, regular in shape and
size, sound, hard, homogeneous in texture, true to shape and of standard dimension and shall be free form
cracks, chips, flaws, stones or humps of any kind and shall not show appreciable signs of efflorescence either
dry or subsequent to soaking in water. The size of bricks shall be 93/ ”x 43/ ” x 23/ ” (conventional). 190 x 90 x
4 4 4
90 mm (modular). The Bricks shall emit a clear ringing sound on being struck and have minimum crushing
strength of 105 kg./sq.cm. All the bricks which absorb water more than 20% of their own dry weight after 24
hours immersion in cold water shall be rejected.
B-1
PWD (W.B.), Schedule of Rates
TABLE - 1
IS. Seive Designation Percentage passing for graded aggregate of nominal size
40mm 20mm 16mm 12.5mm
1 2 3 4 5
80 mm 100
63 mm
40 mm 95-100 100
20 mm 30-70 95-100 100 100
16 mm 90-100
12.5 mm. 90-100
10 mm. 10-35 25-55 30-70 40-85
4.75 mm. 0-5 0-10 0-10 0-10
2.36 mm.
When coarse aggregates brought to the site is ungraded, single size coarse aggregates of different nominal
sizes, conforming to the requirements vide table II given below, shall be mixed at site with the other ingredients
of concrete either directly in the mixture or on the platform in the proportion indicated in Table III below :
TABLE –II
IS. Seive Designation Percentage passing for single sized aggregate of nominal size
63mm 40mm 20mm 16mm 12.5mm 10 mm
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
80 mm 100
63 mm 85-100 100
40 mm 0-30 85- 100 100
20 mm 0-5 0-20 85-100 100
16 mm 85- 100 100
12.5 mm. 85-100 100
10 mm. 0-5 0-5 0-20 0-30 0-45 85-100
4.75 mm. 0-5 0-5 0-10 0-20
2.36 mm. 0-5
B-2
PWD (W.B.), Schedule of Rates
TABLE - III
SI. Cement Nominal Parts of Parts of Parts of Parts of Parts of
No. concrete mix size of aggregate of aggregate of aggregate of aggregate of aggregate of
aggregate size 50 mm. size 40 mm. size 20 mm size 12.5 mm size 10 mm.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1. C.C1:6: 12 63mm 9 3
2. C.C.1:6:12 40mm 9 3
1
3. C.C.1:5:10 63mm 7 2/ 212/
4. C.C. 1:5:10 40mm 712/ 212/
5. C.C.1:4:8 63mm 6 2
6. C.C.I:4:8 40mm 6 2
1
7. CC. 1:3:6 63mm 4 2/ 112/
8. CC. 1: 3 : 6 40mm 412/ 112/
9. CC. 1:3:6 20mm 412/ 121/
10. C.C.1:2:4 40mm 212/ 1 121/
11. C.C.1:2:4 20 mm 3 1
12. C.C.1:2:4 12.5mm 3 1
13. C.C. 1:1/2:3 20mm 2 1
Notes: The Proportions indicated in table III above are by volume. These proportions may be varied
somewhat by Engineer-in-Charge after making sieve analysis of the aggregates brought to the site, when
considered necessary for obtaining better density and strength of concrete, void ratio in the tune 0-25
All-in-aggregates: If combined aggregates are available, they need not be separated into fine and coarse.
But necessary adjustment may be made in the grading by the addition of single sized aggregates. The grading
of the all-in-aggregate when analysed as described in IS: 2386 (Part I) shall be in accordance with Table IV.
TABLE - IV
B-3
ii) Gravel, for use as coarse aggregates in cement concrete work must be hard, absolutely free from
surface coating and on being broken, the fractured surface must indicate a uniform and fine texture
free from laminations or planes or weakness. It shall be thoroughly washed and free from any
foreign elements.
(iii) Jhama chips for cement concrete work shall be obtained by breaking good quality Jhama bats,
must not be spongy or with any coating of foreign materials and should be homogeneous in texture.
The chips shall be more or less cubicle in shape.
All coarse aggregates for concrete works must be well graded. These shall be screened for removal
of dust and if so necessary in the opinion of the Engineer-in-Charge, shall he washed at the cost
and expenses of the contractor.
(i) Brick aggregates for lime concrete in foundation or flooring shall consist of approved, clean, hard
and well-burnt Jhama khoa. The khoa be well graded and unless otherwise specified shall pass
through 32 mm. ring.
(ii) Brick aggregates for Lime Terracing work on roof shall consist of khoa broken from 1st class brick
bats and unless otherwise specified shall pass through 25 mm ring and be suitably graded.
A—4 Sand
All sand shall be clean sharp and free from clay, loam, organic or any other foreign matter, shall be obtained
from approved source. The contractor shall get the sample of sand to be used in different kinds of works
approved by the Engineer-in-Charge before using the same in work. Sand which in the opinion of the Engineer-
in-Charge or his representative is dirty, must be washed to his satisfaction at the cost and expenses of the
contractor.
(i) In Malda District only BANSLOI Sand should be used in all types of of cement works. In Nadia
and Murshidabad Districts, coarse sand from SAINTHIA only should be used in structural concrete
works.
(ii) Sand for all cement concrete work must be coarse. The sand shall pass through a mesh, 4.75 mm.
square measured in the clear. Sand shall not be used for concrete works if it contains more than
10% of fine grains passing through a 76 mesh sieve as used for cement test, nor should the fineness
modulus be less than 2.00 unless specific permission is obtained from the Engineer-in-Charge.
(iii) Medium sand may be used for cement mortar, for masonry, plaster etc. fineness modulus shall be
between 2 and 1.8.
(iv) Sand filling in plinth or foundation where specified may be done with fine sand or Silver sand.
B-4
A—5 Surki :
Surki shall be made from well burnt 1st class brick bats, ground to pass through a mesh 2 mm, each way, and
shall be perfectly clean and free from any foreign matter.
A-6 Lime:
All lime shall be freshly burnt and slaked and screened before use, the slaking should be done at site of work.
Lime for works including roof terracing shall be Bisra, Satna or other approved stone lime.
The specification covers lime as used in construction of building and other structures as described below (refer
IS. 712-1973).
(a) Quick-lime shall mean a calcined material, the major part of which is calcium oxide in natural
association with a relatively small amount of magnesium oxide and capable of slaking with water.
(b) Fat lime shall mean the lime which has high calcium oxide content (between 95 and 100 percent)
and is dependent for setting and hardening on the absorption of carbon dioxide from the atmosphere.
This is defined as class—C in I.S.: 712-1973 which is used for finishing coat in plastering, white
washing etc. and with addition of pozzolanic materials (surki) for masonry mortar.
(c) Hydraulic lime shall mean the lime which contains small quantities of silica and alumina and I or
iron oxide which are in chemical combination with some of the calcium oxide content, giving a
putty of mortar that has the property of setting and hardening under water.
(d) Hydrated lime shall mean a dry powder resulting from treatment of quick-lime with water enough
to satisfy its chemical affinity for water under the conditions of hydration.
Classification of Lime
Class A: Eminently hydraulic lime (containing 25% to 30% of clay) used for foundations and
other hydraulic structures, shall be supplied as hydrated lime only and should be used particularly
in any masonry work below G.L. It should be noted that no masonry work below G.L. should be
taken up with the use of any lime, other than specified hydraulic lime. In case of doubt if any in
respect of hydraulic lime being used in work below G.L., it is preferable not to use lime mortar at
all below G.L.
Class C: Fat lime is used mainly for lime punning, white washing and with suitable admixture,
such as surki or any other pozzolanic material to produce artificial hydraulic mortar.
A—7 Cement :
No cement except those supplied by the department or approved by Engineer-in-Charge shall be used in work
or brought to site by contractor. Cement bags must be stored in a water-tight shed having wooden floor or
platforms raised at least 50 mm. from ground as approved by the Engineer-in-Charge. Cement which is partially
set or which is lumpy or caked is to be treated as damaged and shall be removed from the site immediately.
A—8 Steel:
All steel shall be clean and free from loose mill scales, dust, loose rust and coats of paints, oil or other coatings.
Any scale or loose rust shall be removed before use, even though the same may have been supplied by the
Department without any claim for extra charge for the same. No steel excepting those supplied by the Department
or approved by the Engineer-in-Charge shall be used in work or brought to site by the contractor.
B-5
A-9 Timber:
All timber shall be of best quality well-seasoned and/or well-treated for preservation and protection against
decay etc. It shall be uniform in substance, straight in fibre, free from large or dead knots, sap, flaws, sun-
cracks, shakes or blemishes of any kind. Any insect damage or splits across the grain shall not be permissible.
The colour of the timber shall be uniform throughout, firm and shining with a silky luster when planed and shall
not emit dull sound when struck.
A-9 Glass:
All glasses shall be of the specified type, colour visibility and sound and shall be free from cracks, flaws. spick
bubbles and blemishes and shall not weigh less than 7.4 kg/sq.m. unless otherwise specified.
A-11 Timber Doors, Windows etc. and their Fittings:
(i) Door and window work shall be carried out as per detailed drawings or as direced by the Engineer-
in-Charge, Specified timber shall be used, and it shall be sawn in the direction of the grains and be
straight and square.
(ii) Fittings shall be of iron, brass, aluminium or as specified. These shall be well made, reasonably
smooth and free from sharp edges, corners, flaws and other defects. Screw holes shall be counter
sunk to suit the head of specified wood screws. Iron fittings shall be finished bright or black
enameled or copper oxidised. Brass fitting shall be finished bright or, (brass) oxidised chromium
plated (etc treated) & aluminium fittings shall be finished bright or anodised or as specified.
Fittings shall be got approved by the Engineer-in-Charge before fixing. In case of renewal works,
the new fitting shall, as far as possible, match with the existing ones. Screws shall be driven home
with screw driver and not hammered in.
A-12 Fibre Reinforced Polymer (FRP) door shutter/frame:
The Polymer shall be either thermoplastic or thermoset resin, such as polyster, Isopolyester, Vinyl ester, epoxy
or Phenolic base. The fibre moulded skins may be of glass or other synthetic (Carbon or aramid) or natural (jute
or Coir) or other reinforcing materials.
The sandwich core to impart monolithic composite strucutres approved by Department of Science & Technology
or similar competent Authority.
Testing : As per IS 4020 door testing performance criteria.
Frame without Core: Frames shall have intermittent stiffness for rigidity and will have provision for hinge
fixing, including anchors.
Frame with Core: Such Composite frames will be filled with inner Core in addition to all the features mentioned
for frame without Core.
A-13 Paint etc.:
All paints shall be delivered in strong containers, marked with the colour of the paint, brand, volume of paint
content in litres and of the best quality of approved make and brand as approved by the Engineer-in-Charge.
Under no circumstances shall the paint be diluted with Linseed oil or otherwise. Any paint or enamel although
of approved brand, which so hardens in the container that it cannot be readily broken up with a stirrer to a
smooth uniform painting consistency, shall be rejected. Any paint or enamel too thick for proper brush
application shall be rejected.
B-6
(B) EXECUTION
GENERAL: All works shall be carried out in proper manner. Items of works not covered by the following.
shall be carried out as per best practice according to directions of the Engineer-in-Charge and to his satisfaction.
Unless otherwise specified in this section or in the description of item, the cost of all stages of works men-
tioned hereunder shall be deemed to have been included in the rates of items provided in the Schedule.
B—1 (a) Excavations of Foundation and Filling up Trenches:
(i) Foundation when excavated to the level shown in the drawing will be shown to the Engineer-in-Charge
and if on account of bad ground or for any reason whatsoever he decides to go deeper with the foundation,
the contractor shall excavate further to the depths required by the Engineer-in-Charge. In no case shall the
foundation soling or concrete be laid prior to receiving orders to that effect from the Engineer-in-Charge
or his authorised representative.
(ii) Excavating shall include throwing the excavated earth at least one metre or half the depth of excavation,
whichever is more, clear of the edge.
(iii) The excavated areas around the foundation of structures are to be filled up properly to the required levels
with earth obtained from excavation or other materials as directed, well rammed with water and consoli-
dated in layers not exceeding 150 mm. at a time. The quantity for this item of work will be measured on
the basis of quantity of excavation paid for less the volume occupied by the strucutre in foundation.
(b) Shoring:
(i) For loose earth and when the depth of excavation exceeds 3 metres, poling boards (vertical mem-
bers) of 50 to 75 mm. in thickness and 175 to 225 mm. in width preferably of sal-wood to be
placed close together and to be driven about 300 mm. in ground below the bottom of the trench
with intermediate sal-bullab piling of dia not less than 100 mm. at the rate of 900 to 1000 mm.
center to center to be placed in between the vertical surface of trench and the poling boards and
double struts of sal-bullah of not less than 100 mm. in dia between two wallings (horizontal
member) of 250 mm. in width and 75 mm. in thickness held horizontally between them.
(ii) For medium clay and when the depth of excavation exceeds 2 metres but not exceeds 3 metres
single struts will be provided and sal-bullah pilling may not be placed. Other requirements are to
be satisfied as (i) above.
(iii) For stiff clay or dry clay and when the excavation is within 2 metres, vertical poling boards will be
placed at the rate of 600 to 1000 mm. apart with or without walling pieces; but single or double
strutting will be provided. Other requirements are to be satisfied as per (i) above.
B-2 Lime Terracing:
Lime terracing on roof shall be composed of brick aggregate of 25 mm. (nominal) size unless otherwise speci-
fied, surki and Bisra or Satna lime in the specified proportion.
Lime concrete shall be laid (and not thrown) in a single layer and spread and rammed, with wooden rammers of
weight not exceeding 2 kg. to the specified average thickness, slopes and levels. The concrete shall be used
when it is quite fresh. Concrete left over from the previous day’s work shall in no circumstances be used.
During this preliminary ramming the surface shall be tested and kept perfectly true to slope, line and level and
even by means of a trowel, straight edge and spirit level. The concrete shall then be further consolidated by two
rows of labourers sitting close and beating the concrete in union with wooden thappies (weight 1 to 2 kg.) across
B-7
the entire width of the roof and thus slowly traversing the length of the roof. Special care shall be taken to
consolidate the concrete properly at its junction with the parapet wall. This beating shall be continued for three
to four days or more until the mortar is almost set and the wooden thappies rebound from the surface readily
when struck on it, causing a ringing sound to emit.
During the operation of mixing, “Kunji” water is to be sprinkled and allowed to soak well in. Lime water must
be continuously sprinkled on the terracing to keep it wet whilst being beaten. The mortar which comes to the
surface of the terracing during the beating shall be rendered smooth and finished off with lime rubbing and
afterwards with oil. Concrete shall be kept wet after each day’s work by spreading straw, and watering very
frequently, so as to ensure thorough setting of the concrete.
Mouths of rain water pipes shall be properly finished as per direction. The slope of the finished terrace shall not
be less than 1in 48. unless a flater slope is desired by the Engineer-in-Charge. The roof surface shall slope from
all sides towards the outlets. The minimum thickness of concrete at junction with parapet shall be 75 mm. and
shall be rounded. The concrete should be leak-proof and free from cracks.
Payment will be made on the basis of average finished thickness after consolidation.
(i) Shuttering and staging: Wherever necessary, shuttering and staging must be provided. Unless oth-
erwise stated no payment will be made for such shuttering or staging and the cost thereof will be
deemed to have been covered by the rate for relevant finished item of work. Where payment for
shuttering has been specified, the rate shall be deemed to cover the cost of the necessary staging as
well. Payment, if any, for shuttering will be on the basis of surtace area of shuttering in actual contact
with concrete.
Shuttering may be of approved dressed timber true to line, not less than 25 mm. thick. Surface to be
in contact with concrete are to be planed smooth except where otherwise stated. As an alternative,
sufficiently rigid steel shuttering may be used. In every case, joints of the shuttering are to be such as
to prevent the loss of liquid from concrete. In timber shuttering the joints must be perfectly closed
and the entire shuttering surface shall be covered with polythene sheets of approved quality. In case
of steel shuttering also the joints are to be similarly lined.
All shuttering and framing must adequately be stayed and braced to the satisfaction of the Engineer-
in-Charge for properly supporting the concrete during the period of hardening. It shall be so con-
structed that it may be removed without shock or vibration to the concrete.
Before the concrete is placed, the shuttering shall, if considered necessary be coated with and ap-
proved preparation for preventing the adhesion of the concrete to the moulds, and it is to be of such a
nature and so applied that the surface of the finished concrete is not stained. Care shall also be taken
that such approved preparation shall be kept out of contact with the reinforcement.
In no circumstances shall forms be struck until the concrete reaches strength of at least twice the
stress of which the concrete may be subjected at the time of striking.
B-8
Interior of all moulds and boxes must be thoroughly washed out with a hosepipe or otherwise so as to be
perfectly clean and free from all extraneous matter prior to the deposition of concrete.
All form works shall be removed without shock or vibration. Before the form work is stripped, the
concrete surface shall be exposed where necessary in order to ascertain that the concrete has hard- ened
sufficiently. In normal weather and with ordinary cement, vertical or side shuttering may be removed
after three days and the bottom shuttering of horizontal members after fourteen days in case of slabs and
twenty one days in case of beams and cantileves etc. from the date of placing the last portion of the
concrete in the structure. The above are the minimum and may be extended if found necessary. Before
stripping the shuttering of structural members the contractor shall take prior per mission of the Engineer-
in-Charge or his representative.
No plugs, bolts, ties, hold fasts or any other appliances whatsoever for the purpose of supporting the
shuttering are to be fixed in the structure or placed in such a way that damage might result to the work in
removing the same when the shuttering is struck.
(ii) Scaffolding: The scaffolding must be strong and rigid stiffened with necessary cross bracers and
always decked and boarded on the sills with close boarded veiling and swings to prevent any injury to
persons or materials. The contractor shall have to allow other traders to make reasonable use of his
scaffolding as and when directed by the Engineer-in-Charge.
If for the interest of the work contractors have to erect scaffolding in other’s properties including local
bodies or corporation, the arrangement for the same including the cost of licensing fees etc. shall have to
be borne by the contractor and the department should be kept free from any liability on this account.
(iii) Mixing, placing and compacting: The proportion specified is by volume in dry rodded condition of the
different constituents.
Boxes of suitable sizes shall be used for measuring sand and aggregate. The unit of measurement for
cement shall be bag of cement weighing 50 Kg. and this shall be taken as 0.035 cubic metre while
measuring the aggregate, shaking, ramming or hammering shall not be done. The proportioning of sand
shall be on the basis of its dry volume and in case of damp sand allowances for bulkage be made. The
aggregate in each batch of concrete are to be proportioned as to contain full bags of cement.
Normally all structural concrete shall be mixed in mixture machine in appropriate proportion, shall have
to be vibrated with suitable vibrator. Mixing shall be continued until there is uniform distribu- tion of the
materials and the mass is uniform in colour and consistency, but in no case mixing shall be be done for less
than two minutes. The rates appearing in the Schedule of Rates against such items are inclusive of hire
and operational charges of such appliances. For a particular job the Engineer-in- Charge may allow hand
mixing and or hand tapping of concrete In case of hand mixing concrete, extra cement up to 10% over the
standard requirement of cement for machine mix of particular mix shall have to be provided by the
contractor at his own cost.
B-9
As the bulking of sand may vary from day to day and at different parts of the day on account of
varying moisture content, frequent tests for bulking shall be carried out with the sand to be used and
amount of bulking allowed for in the field mix so as to keep the actual proportion constant through-
out.
Only such quantities as are required for immediate use are to be mixed at any one time. Sufficient water
is to be added to obtain proper workability so that the mixture may flow readily round the reinforcement
and into every part of the moulds. The workability shall be measured by the amount of slump.
The quantity of water to be used for each mix of 50 kg. cement to give the required consistency shall
not be more than 34 litres for 1:3:6 mix, 32 litres for 1:2:4 mix, 30 litres for 1:11/2:3 mix and 27 litres
for 1:1:2 mix. In the case of vibrated concrete, the limit specified may be suitably reduced to avoid
segregation.
Nominal Mix Concrete may be used for concrete of M20 or lower. The proportions of materials for
nominal mix concrete shall be in accordance with the following table.
Note: The proportion of the aggregates should be adjusted from upper limit to lower limit progressively as the
grading of the aggregates becomes finer and the maxirnum size of coarse aggregate become larger. Graded
coarse aggregate shall be used.
Example: For an average of fine aggregate (that is, Zone II). The proportions shall be 1:11/2 , I:.2 and 1:21/2
for maximum size of aggregates 10 mm, 20 mm and 40 mm respectively.
The total water content in each batch of concrete shall always be kept constant as the amount previously
determined by experiments. The quantity of water to be actually added may, therefore, vary depending on
moisture content in the aggregates. In actual job, if the quantities of the ingredients remain constant, the amount
of slump may be taken as a good guide indicating the total water content in the mixture. The consistency and
consequently the water content of the concrete shall therefore be kept constant and checked from time to time
as work proceeds, by means of standard slump test. The slump tests shall be carried out with concrete immedi-
ately after it has been mixed and before any initial set has commenced, the sample being taken preferably at the
point where the concrete is being delivered for placing in the moulds.
B-10
The mould shall then be removed by raising vertically immediately after filling. The moulded concrete shall
then be allowed to subside and the height of the specimen measured after coming to rest
The consistency shall be recorded in terms of millimetres of the subsidence of the specimen during the test,
which is known as slump.
I. S. : 456-2000 allows use of nominal mix of concrete upto grade M20 and may be allowed in works at the
discretion of Engineer-in-Charge and will be guided by the provision of IS 456-2000. For grade of concrete
above M20, design mix has to be adopted. For determination of mix proportion for design mix concrete, the
target strength should be higher than the specified characteristic strength to ensure that characteristic strength
is attained at 28 days at site. Accodring to Explanatory Hand Book on IS 456-1978 (S.P. 24—1983):
Standard deviation for different grades of concrete in absence of any test may be taken as per IS : 456 — 2000
as follows :
B-11
Once the target strength of cube moulds with specific mix design is obtained in the laboratory, it may be
inferred that the corresponding characteristic strength of concrete, prepared with the materials used in the test
mould (s) cured under identical condition as that of the test specimen, shall be obtained at site at 28 days.
The Explanatory Hand Book on IS. 456—1978 (S.P.-24-1983) provides an approximate formula for
expressing the strength of concrete at age‘t’ (in days),
t
ft = a +bt
xf28 where f 28 is the strength at 28 days.
ft = strength of concrete at any age ‘t’ (in days), a = 4.7 and b =0.833
ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA:
The concrete shall be deemed to comply with the strength requirements when both the following
conditions are met:
(a) The mean strength determined from any group of four non overlapping consecutive test results com-
plies with the appropriate limits, in Col. 2 of following table.
(b) Any individual test result complies with the appropriate limits in Col. 3 of following table.
Characteristic Compressive Strength Compliance Requirement
B-12
Providing a proper construction joint; (iii) the reinforcement has been displaced beyond the tolerances specified
; or (iv) construction tolerances have not been met. However, the hardened concrete may be accepted after
carrying out suitable remedial measures to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-Charge.
Frequency of sampling:
Sampling Procedure—a random sampling procedure shall be adopted to ensure that each concrete batch shall
have a reasonable chance of being tested; that is, the sampling should be spread over the entire period of
concreting and cover all mixing units.
Frequency- The minimum frequency of sampling of concrete of each grade shall be in accordance with the
following:
1-5 1
6-15 2
16-30 3
31-50 4
51 and above 4 Plus one additional sample for
each additional 50m 3 or part
thereof
TEST SPECIFICATION—The test specimens shall be made from each sample for testing at 28
days. Additional cubes may be required for various purposes such as to determine the strength of
concrete at 7 days or at the time of striking the form work, or to determine the duration of curing,
or to check the testing error. Additional cubes may also be required for testing cubes cured by
accelerated methods as described in IS: 9013—1978. The specimen shall be tested as described
in IS: 516-1959.
TEST STRENGTH OF SAMPLE—The test strength of the samples shall be the average of the
strength of three specimens. The individual variation should not be more than ± 15 percent of the
average.
Concrete shall be handled from the place of mixing to the place of final deposit as rapidly as
practicable by methods which will prevent the segregation or loss of the ingredients. It shall be
deposited as nearly as practicable in the final position to avoid re-handling or flowing. Unless
specially permitted by the Engineer-in-Charge, concrete shall not be dropped freely from a height
of more than 2 metres.
B-13
rubbish. When placing the concrete the finer materials must be carefully worked against the
moulds so that the faces of concrete shall be left perfectly smooth and free from honey-combing
upon withdrawal of the moulds. Any defect in this respect must be dealt with by the contractor as
directed by the Engineer-in-Charge without any extra charges thereof.
Depositing concrete under water shall not be allowed without specific permission from the
Engineer-in-Charge. The method of concreting to be adopted in such cases shall have to be
previously approved by him.
During placing and also immediately after deposition, the concrete shall be thoroughly compacted
by ramming, spearing etc. until it has been made to penetrate and fill all the spaces between and
around the steel rods, around embedded fixtures, and into the corners of formwork in such a
manner as to ensure a solid mass entirely free from voids. If so directed by the Engineer-in-
Charge, in addition to usual ramming, spearing etc. sufficient number and suitable type of vibrators
may have to be used on important jobs to enable working with homogeneity It is imperative that
the work should be done quickly as well as efficiently and adequate numb of hands must therefore
be employed to ensure this.
Concrete shall be placed and compacted in its final position before setting has commenced and
shall not subsequently be disturbed.
Concreting shall be carried out continuously up to construction joints, the position and arrangement
of which shall be predetermined by the Engineer-in-Charge or his representative. Any rest, pauses,
such as for meal, shall also be subject to his approval. All concreting work should be so
programmed as not to necessitate work at night. If for any reason this becomes imperative, the
contractor shall obtain previous permission of the Engineer-in-Charge or representative and make
proper lighting arrangements, at own cost, to his satisfaction.
(iv) Protection and curing: The contractor shall adequately protect freshly laid concrete, about 1 to
2 hours after its laying from too rapid drying due to sunshine, drying winds etc. and also from
rains or surface water and shocks. About 24 hours after laying of concrete, the surface shall be
cured by flooding with water of minimum 25 mm. depth or by covering with wet absorbent
materials. The curing shall be done for a minimum period of 7 days. Over the foundation concrete
the masonry work may be started after 48 hours of its laying, but the curing of cement concrete
shall be continued along with masonry work for a minimum period of 7 days.
In case of cement concrete used as sub-grade for flooring, the flooring may be commenced with
48 hours of the laying of sub-grade. In case it is not possible to do so due to exigencies of work.
the subgrade shall be roughened with steel wire brush without disturbing the concrete, wetted
with neat cement slurry at the rate of 1.75 kg of cement per square metre applied to the base
before laying floor, and full rate of artificial stone flooring/mosaic will be paid with the specific
orders of the Engineer-in-Charge. The curing to be continued along with top layer of flooring for
a minimum period of 7 days.
B-14
Joints may be made will be indicated by the Engineer-in-Charge or his representative.
In the case of horizontal joint any excess mortar or laitance shall be moved from the surface after the
concrete is deposited and before it has set.
When the work has to be commenced on a surface which has hardened, such surface shall be well
roughened and all laitance removed; the surface shall then be swept clean, thoroughly wetted and covered
with a thin layer of mortar composed of equal volumes of cement and sand. Such works shall be deemed
to be covered by the rates for concrete.
(vi) Minimum crushing strength: For major RCC work, (where concrete is specified by strength) the mix
should not be leaner than 1:11/2:3 so as to give ultimate crushing strength not less than 25 N/Sq. mm. at
28 days cured under field condition. The mix for the concrete is to be so adopted and the slump is to be
so allowed as to give specified strength and proper workability at the existing site conditions. Contractor
shall remain fully responsible for producing concrete of specified strength in the actual job and therefore
cast at his own cost test specimens of 15 cm. Cube as already specified during work and cure the same
in similar way as for laid concrete being tested for strength. Each set of test specimen shall be taken to
cover the quantity of concrete laid on the job during the period from the time of taking the previous set
of specimens and the quantity will be estimated by the Engineer-in-Charge from records maintained by
him.
The interior surface of the mould and base plate shall be lightly oiled before the concrete is placed in the
mould.
(a) Compacting—The test specimens shall be made as soon as practicable after mixing. and in such a way
as to produce full compaction of the concrete with neither segregation nor excessive laitance. The concrete
shall be filled into the mould in layers approximately 5 cm deep. In placing each scoopful of concrete,
the scoop shall be moved around the top edge of the mould as the concrete slides from it, in order to
ensure a symmetrical distribution of the concrete within the mould. Each layer shall be compacted either
by hand or by vibration. After the top layer has been compacted, the surface of the concrete shall be
finished level with the top of the mould, using a trowel, and covered with a glass or metal plate to
prevent evaporation.
Compacting by Hand—When compacting by hand, the standard tamping bar shall be used and the
strokes of the bar shall be distributed in a uniform manner over the cross—section of the mould. The
number of strokes per layer required to produce specified conditions will vary according to the type of
concrete. For cubical specimens, in no case shall the concrete be subjected to less than 35 strokes per
layer for 15 cm cubes or 25 strokes per layer for 10 cm cubes. For cylindrical specimens, the number of
strokes shall not be less than 30 per layer. The strokes shall penetrate into the underlying layer and the
bottom layer shall be rodded throughout its depth. Where voids are left by the tamping bar, the sides of
the mould shall be tapped close the voids.
B-15
(b) When the job concrete is placed by vibration and consistency of the concrete is such that the test specimens
cannot be properly moulded by hand rodding as described under (a) above, the specimens shall be
vibrated to give a compaction corresponding to that of the job concrete. The fresh concrete shall be
placed in the mould in two layers, each approximately half the volume of mould. In placing each scoopfull
of concrete, the scoop shall be moved around the top edge of the mould as the concrete there slides from
it, in order to ensure a symmetrical distribution of concrete within the mould. Either internal or external
vibrator may be used. The vibration of each layer shall not be continued longer than what is necessary to
secure the required density. Internal vibrators shall be of appropriate size and shall penetrate only the
layer to be compacted. In compacting the first layer, the vibrators shall not be allowed to rest on the
bottom of the mould. In placing the concrete for the top layer, the mould shall be filled to the extent that
there will be no mortar loss during vibration. After vibrating the second layer, enough concrete shall be
added to bring the level above the top of the mould. The surface of the concrete shall then be struck off
with a trowel and covered with a class or steel plate as specified under (a) above. The whole process of
moulding shall be carried out in such a manner as to preclude the alternation of water cement ratio of the
concrete by loss of water either by leakage from the bottom or overflow from the top of the mould.
Curing - The test specimens shall be stored on the site at a place free from vibration, under damp
matting, sacks or other similar material for 24 hours +/-1/2 hour from the time of adding the water to the
other ingredients. The temperature of the place of storage shall be within the range of 220 to 320C. After
the period of 24 hours, they shall be marked for later identification. removed from the moulds and,
o
unless required for testing within 24 hours, stored in clean water at a temperature of 24 C to 300C until
they are transported to the testing laboratory. They shall be sent to the testing laboratory well packed in
damp sand, damp sacks, or other suitable material so as to arrive there in a damp condition not less than
24 hours before the time of test. On arrival at the testing laboratory, the specimens shall be stored in
water at a temperature of 270 + /-20C until the time of rest,records of the daily maximum and minimum
temperarure shall be kept during the period of the specimens remain on the site and in the laboratory.
After curing, the specimen suitably marked and properly wrapped shall be made over to the Engineer-
in-Charge or his representative who will arrange to have them tested at 28 days from the date of casting.
If there be any delay for any reason whatsoever the result of the test shall nevertheless be valid and will
be applicable as per rules in each case for all test specimens ns whatsoever. The contractor shall be
responsible for proper packing of the specimens at his own cost, for safe and convenient transport of the
same from the site to the testing laboratory. The cost of testing the test moulds and other charges including
cost of carriage of the test moulds from the work site to the particular laboratory (both ways) and other
incidental charges in this connection will have to be borne by contractor.
In case of concrete showing, on the result of the cube tests, strength less than that specified in (a) and (b)
of the Acceptance Criteria but has a strength greater than (c) & (d) of the said Acceptance Criteria
concrete may, at the discretion of the Engineer-in-Charge, be accepted as being structurally adequate
without further testing.
If the concrete is deemed not to comply pursuant to (c) &. (d) of the Acceptance Criteria, the Structural
adequacy of the parts affected may be investigated as per provision of I.S. 456-latest revision i.e. core
test and / or load test, as the case may be before rejection on the application of the Contractor with the
undertaking to bear the cost of such tests.
B-16
or sub-clause 16.5.3 of I.S. 456-1978, concrete in the member represented by such tests shall be considered
acceptable but the Engineer-in-Charge shall have the full power to fix the rate of deduction @ Rs.200/-
per cubic metre.
In case the test results do not satisfy the relevant requirement of the preceding paragraph, the volume of
concrete so deficient shall be deemed to be un-acceptable and shall be removed from the structure and
replaced by fresh concrete to specified strength and the contractor shall, in that case, have to carry out
the instruction of the Engineer-in-Charge irrespective of the amount of loss, inconvenience and difficulties
involved.
The contractor shall remain liable to act/to carry out instructions under the provision of this clause,
notwithstanding issuing of any certificate or the passing of any bills or accounts by the Engineer-in-
Charge.
(vii) Rehabilitation of Concrete For rehabilitation of Concrete Structures the following essential steps are
to be followed
(a) To remove the loose concrete/plaster until hard and sound surface is exposed.
(c) To apply two coats of cement based Polymer modified anti corrosive protective coating to exposed
reinforcement (manufacture’s specification is to be strictly followed).
(d) If diameter of bar is reduced by more than 25%, additional bar equivalent to 50% area of existing bar
is to be added by lapping/welding as deemed fit by Design wing.
(e) (i) The exposed hard concrete surface is to be saturated with clean water and a bond coat of
Cement slurry duly admixed with water resistant bonding agent.
Or
(ii) For concrete beam /column if found necessary by Engineer-in-Charge the surface may be
treated by epoxy based reactive agent for jointing fresh concrete with old surface.
(f) (i) For Slab / Chhaja / Weatherboard: To fill up the removed part of Concrete / Plaster with
fresh Concrete / Plaster admixed with the water resistant bonding agent as per
Manufacturer’s specification within the time the bond coat remains fresh or tacky. The
admixed material shall have to be applied within 30 minutes of preparation or as
specified in literature.
B-17
(ii) For Beams / Columns: To fill up the removed part of concrete with fresh concrete with
water proofing plasticising admixture as per manufacturer’s specification.
Cement mortar shall be prepared by mixing sand and cement in specified proportion. Sand shall be
measured on the basis of its dry volume. In case of damp sand, its quantity shall be increased suitably
to allow for bulkage.
Brick shall be laid in English bond. The brick shall be laid by layering method. A layer of mortar shall
be spread on full width for suitable length of the lower courses. Each brick shall first be laid so as to
project over the one below. Both at the end and at the side, then pressed into the mortar and shoved
into final position so as to embed the brick and to fill its inside face fully with mortar. Cut bricks shall
not be used except where necessary.
The walls shall be taken up true to plumb with plumb bob. The thickness of brick courses shall be
kept uniform and for this purpose, wooden straight edge with graduations giving thickness of each
brick course including joint shall be used. All courses shall be laid truly horizontal and all vertical
joints shall be truly vertical. Vertical joints in alternate course shall come directly one over the other.
A set of tools comprising wooden straight edge, mason’s spirit level, square, half metre rule, line and
pins, string and plumb shall be kept for every 3 masons for frequent checking during progress of
work. Faces of walls found not in plumb shall be dismantled.
Both the faces of walls of thickness greater than 25 cm. shall be kept in proper plane. All the connected
brickwork shall be carried out nearly at one level and no portion of the work shall be left more than 1
metre below the rest of the work. Where this is not possible, the work shall he racked according to
bond (and not left toothed) at an angle not steeper than 45°
Bricks shall be so laid that all joints are quite full of mortar. The thickness of joints shall not exceed
10 mm. Bricks shall be laid with frogs upward except in the top course where frog shall be placed
downward. The face joints shall be racked to a minimum depth of 15 mm. by racking tools daily
during the progress of work when the mortar is still green, so as to provide key for plaster or pointing
to be done. Where plastering or pointing is not required to be done, the joints shall he struck flush and
finished at the time of laying.
The face of brickwork shall be cleaned the very day that brickwork is laid daily and all mortar droppings
removed.
Green work shall be protected from rain by suitable covering. The brickwork shall be kept wet for a
period of at least 7 days. The top of masonry work shall be left flooded at the close of the day.
Scaffolding shall be sound and strong and holes left in masonry work for supporting the scaffolding
shall be filled and made good, before plastering.
B-18
B—5 Damp Proof Courses:
This shall be laid to specified thickness over walls for the full thickness of the super structure walls.
The surface shall be leveled and prepared before laying the cement concrete. Edges of damp proof
course shall be straight, even and vertical. Side shuttering shall consist of wooden form and shall be
strong and properly fixed so that it does not get disturbed during compaction and the mortar does not
leak through. The concrete mix shall be of workable consistency and shall be tamped thoroughly to
make a dense mass. When the sides are removed, the surface should come out smooth without any
honey-combing. The damp proof course shall be laid continuous and the surface shall be double
chequered. Damp proof course shall be cured for at least seven days, after which it shall be allowed to
dry. Water proofing materials of approved quality shall be added to concrete mixture in accordance
with the manufacturer’s specifications starring the quantity for water proofing materials in litres or
kg. per 50 kg. of cement and will be paid for separately. Similarly, polymer based paint used under
damp proof course as per manufacturer’s specification shall also be paid separately.
The proportion of mortar of exterior or interior plaster shall be as specified in the items of work.
The plaster shall be of thickness as specified and the surface shall be similarly cured as for cement
concrete. The moulding shall be carried out as shown in the drawing and shall be separately measured
in overall length unless otherwise specified in the items. Interior corners and edges of openings if so
directed by the Engineer-in-Charge shall be rounded off or chamfered with the same mortar for which
no extra payment will be allowed. All cement concrete surface should be chipped off properly before
taking up the plastering work.
The artificial stone flooring shall be laid in panels of shape and size as directed. The casting ol the
panels will be so programmed as to prevent bonding of the freshly laid panel with adjacent panels.
Unless otherwise specified, the underlay shall be with graded stone chips 12 mm. down, the thickness of
topping shall be of 3mm. thick and colouring pigment as may be required shall only be added with the
topping. The topping and the underlay shall not be laid in one operation. After laying the ‘Underlay’ the
surface shall be left out to dry. The topping shall be laid only alter the underlay has sufficiently dried
and initially set and after thoroughly brushing with hand wire brush and sweeping clean and after
application of slurry. The topping shall be finished with an English trowel and a piece of clean dry
linen. During all the stages. the required level shall be carefully observed and maintained. Suitable
grading, where required shall be provided in the flooring for water drainage as directed by the Engineer-
in-Charge.
The corner between floor and wall shall be rounded off if so directed by the Engineer-in-Charge for
which no separate payment shall be made. All cement concrete surface should be chipped off properly
before taking up the flooring work.
B-19
B-8 Rain Water Pipes :
The rain water pipes shall be of the materials and of the sizes as specified. All rainwater pipes shall have
suitable grating as directed at the inlet opening at roof and shall be fitted and fixed in proper position
with necessary offsets, clamps, shoe, Y-junctions and other accessories as required and as directed by
the Engineer-in- Charge. The pipes are to be fixed to walls in cement mortar (1: 4 with necessary
clamps and nails, suitable teak wood blocks being fixed on the walls to receive the nails. Y- junction
shall be used at the top of the pipe and the vertical leg thereof shall be provided with a cowl. All joints
are to be properly packed. In case the hole is made much larger than the size of the pipe, cement
concrete (1:2:4) shall be used to fill the annular space. The pipes with fittings etc. are to be painted with
2 coats of paints as approved by the Engineer-in-Charge.
Before white washing all the nails etc. have to be removed from the walls and all nail or other holes,
small depressions or damages in plaster of wall surface shall be filled or repaired to original condition
with lime paste.
Old surfaces spoiled by smoke and greasy soots shall be sprinkled with surki and water and rubbed
with brick bats or steel wire brushes or steel scrapers. The surface shall then the broomed to remove
all dust and shall be washed with clean water.
Preparation of white wash : The white washing is to be done with 5 parts of stone lime and one part
of shell lime with necessary gum (2 Kg. per Cu.M. of lime) using indigo as necessary and to be mixed
as per standard practice.
Preparation of colour wash : Colour washing shall have a primer of white wash and shall be of
shade as approved by the Engineer-in-Charge, sufficient quantity of colour wash enough for complete
job shall be prepared in one operation to avoid any difference in shade.
Application of white wash and colour wash : The operation for each coat shall consist of four
consecutive strokes of the brush, one horizontally from right to left and the next from left to right and
the third stroke bottom to upward and the fourth from top to down ward before the previous stroke
dries. Each coat shall be allowed to dry before the next coat applied. No portion of the surface shall be
left out initially to be patched up later on. The brush shall be dipped in white wash or colour wash,
pressed lightly against the wall of the container and then applied by lightly pressing against the
surface with full swing of hand.
B-20
Protective Measures : Surfaces of doors, windows, floors, articles of furniture, beams, burghas etc.
and such other parts of the building not to be white or colour washed shall be protected from being
splashed upon. Such surfaces shall be cleaned of white or colour wash splashes, if any
Dry distemper of approved brand and manufacture shall be used. The shade shall be got approved from
the Engineer-in-Charge before application of the distemper. The dry distemper shall be stirred slowly in
clean water using 6 deciliters of water per kg. of distemper or as specified by the manufacturer. Warm
water shall preferably be used. It shall be allowed to stand for at least 30 minutes (or if practicable over
night) before use. The mixture shall be well stirred before and during use to maintain an even consistency.
Distemper shall not be mixed in larger quantity than is actually required for one day’s work.
Before new work is distempered, the surface shall be thoroughly brushed free from mortar droppings
and other foreign matter and sand papered smooth. New plaster surface shall be allowed to dry for at
least two months, before applying distemper. In the case of old work, all loose pieces and scales shall
be removed by sand papering. The surface shall be cleaned of all grease, dirt etc. Pitting in plaster
shall be made good with plaster of paris mixed with dry distemper of the colour to be used. The
surface shall then be rubbed down again with a fine grade Sand paper and made smooth. A coat of the
distemper shall be applied over the patches. The surface shall be allowed to dry thoroughly before the
regular coat of distemper is applied. The priming coat of whiting shall be applied and no white
washing coat shall be used as a priming coat for distemper.
Whiting (ground white chalk) shall be dissolved in sufficient quantity of warm water and thoroughly
stirred to form a thin slurry which shall then be screened through a clean coarse cloth, Two kg. of gum
and 0.4 kg. of copper sulphate dissolved separately in hot water be added for every Cu.m. of the slurry
which shall then be diluted with water to the consistency of milk so as to make as wash ready for use.
The treated surface shall be allowed to dry before distemper coat is given. In the case of new work,
the treatment shall consist of a priming coat of whiting followed by the application of two or more
coats of distemper till the surface shows an even colour. For old work the surface is to be prepared as
described above and one or more coats of distemper shall be applied till the surface attains an even
colour. The application of each coat shall be as follows: The entire surface shall be coated with the
mixture uniformly, with proper distemper brushes (ordinary white wash brushes shall not be allowed)
in horizontal strokes followed immediately by vertical ones which together shall constitute one coat.
The subsequent coats shall be applied only after the previous coat has dried. The finished surface
shall be even and uniform and shall show no brush marks. Enough distemper shall be mixed to finish
one room at a time. The application of a coat in each room shall be finished in one operation and no
work shall be started in any room, which cannot be completed the same day. After each day’s work,
the brushes shall be washed in hot water and hung down to dry. Old brushes which are dirty or caked
with distemper shall not be used.
B-11 Painting:
All surfaces for painting shall be properly sand papered and cleaned and where necessary good quality
putty shall be used to hide all holes, cracks, open joints etc. The rate for painting includes such work.
B-21
Paint shall be applied with approved brushes and surfaces shall be sand papered after every coat. All work
when completed shall present a smooth, clean solid and uniform surface, to the satisfaction of the Engineer-
in-Charge.
(a) Primer : All surfaces for painting, if they are new, should have a coat of priming before application of the
paint. Old surfaces where existing paints have been completely worn out owing to long use should
also receive a coat of priming before application of fresh painting.
(i) Wood primer : Wood primer of approved brand and manufacture is to be applied on the wooden surface
which would be free from moisture and loose particles.
(ii) Steel Primer : For steel surface red oxide primer, zinc chromate primer of approved brand and
manufacture and as per direction of the Engineer-in-Charge is to be applied on the surface. The surface
should be made free of grease, rust, moisture and loose particles.
(iii) Acrylic Primer Coat (solvent based Primer) : Acrylic primer coat is to be used as base coat on wall
finish of cement, lime or lime cement plaster surface before application of any wall coating e.g.
distemper, oil based paints, synthetic enamel, acrylic emulsion etc. on them. Priming coat shall be
preferably applied by brushing and not by spraying. Hurried priming shall be avoided particularly on
absorbent surface. New plaster patches in old work before applying distemper paints etc. should also
be treated with acrylic primer. The surface shall then be allowed to dry for at least 48 hours. It shall then
be sand papered to give a smooth and even surface. Any unevenness shall be made good by applying
putty, made of plaster of paris mixed with water on the entire surface including filling up the
undulation and then Sand papering the same after it is dry. The cement primer shall be applied with a
brush on the clean dry and smooth surface. Horizontal strokes shall be given first, vertical strokes
shall be applied immediately afterwards. The entire operation will constitute one coat. The surface
shall be finished as uniformly as possible leaving no brush marks. It shall be allowed to dry for at least
48 hours before oil bound distemper or paint is applied.
(b) Synthetic Enamel Paint: Synthetic enamel paint of approved brand and manufacture and of the
required shade shall be used for the top coat and an undercoat of shade to match the coat as
recommended by the manufacturer shall be used. Undercoat of the specified paints of shade suited to
the shade of the top coat shall be applied and allowed to dry overnight. It shall be rubbed next day
with the fine grade of wet abrasive paper to ensure a smooth and even surface free from brush marks
and all loose particles dusted off. Top coats of specified paint of the desired shade shall be applied
after the undercoat is thoroughly dry. Additional finishing coats shall be applied if found necessary to
ensure properly uniform glossy surface.
(C) Aluminium Paint : Aluminium paint of approved brand and manufacture shall be used. The paint
comes in compact dual containers with the paste and the medium separately. The two shall be mixed
together to proper consistency before use. Each coat shall be allowed to dry for 24 hours and lightly
rubbed down with fine grade sand paper and dusted before the next coat is applied. The finished
surface shall present an even and uniform appearance. As aluminium paint is likely to settle in the
container, care shall be taken to frequently stir the paint during use. Also the paint shall be applied
and laid off quickly, as surface is otherwise not easily finished.
B-22
(d) Interior Acrylic Emulsion Paint : Acrylic emulsion paint are not suitable for application on
external surface and surface which are liable to heavy condensation and are be used generally
on internal surface. For plastered surfaces a cement priming coat is required before application
of acrylic emulsion. Acrylic emulsion paint of approved brand and manufacture and of the
required shade shall be used. The paint will be applied in the usual manner with brush or roller.
The paint dries by evaporation of the water content and as soon as the water has evaporated the
film gets hard and the next coat can be applied. The time for drying varies from one hour on
absorbent surfaces to 2 to 3 hours on non-absorbent surfaces. The thinning of emulsion is to be
done with water and not with turpentine. Thinning with water will be particularly required for
the undercoat which is applied on the absorbent surface. The quantity of thinner to be added
shall be as per manufacturer’s instructions. The surface on finishing shall present a flat, velvety,
smooth finish. If necessary more coats will be applied till the surface present a uniform
appearance.
Presautions : (i) Old brushes if they are to be used with emulsion paints should be completely dried of
turpentine or oil paints by washing in warm soap water. Brushes should be quickly
washed in water, immediately after use and kept immersed in water during break periods
to prevent the paint from hardening on the brush.
(ii) In the preparation of walls for Acrylic emulsion painting, an oil base putty shall be used
in filling cracks, holes etc.
(iii) Splashes in floor etc. shall be cleaned out without delay as they will be difficult remove
after hardening.
(iv) Washing of surfaces treated with emulsion paints shall not be done within 3 to 4 weeks
of application.
(e) Varnishing : Varnish for the undercoat shall be a flatting varnish of the same manufacture
as the top coats. New wood work to be varnished shall be finished smooth with a
carpenter’s plane. Knots shall be cut to a slight depth. Cracks and holes shall be cleaned
of dust. The knots, cracks etc. shall then be filled in with woodputty. The varnish shall
be applied liberally with a full brush and spread evenly with short light strokes to avoid
frothing. If the work is vertical the varnish shall be crossed and recrossed and then laid
off, the later being finished on the upstroke so that varnish, as it sets, flows down and
eliminates brush marks. The above process will constitute one coat. If the surface is
horizontal, varnish shall be worked in every direction with light quick strokes and finished
in one definite direction so that it will set without showing brush marks. Rubbing down
and fatting the surface shall be done after each coat except the final coat with fine sand
paper. The work shall be allowed to dry away from draughts and damp air. The finished
surface shall then present a uniform appearance and fine glossy surface free from streaks,
blisters etc. Any varnish left over in the small container shall not be poured back into the
stock tin, as it will render the latter unfit for use. Special fine haired varnishing brush
shall be used and not ordinary paint brushes. Brushes shall be well worn and perfectly
clean.
B-23
(f) Oiling with Raw Linseed Oil : Raw linseed oil shall be lightly viscous but clear and of a
yellowish colour with light brown tinge. Its specific gravity at a temperature of 300 C shall be
between 0.293 and 0.298. The oil shall be mellow and sweet to the taste with very little
smell. The oil shall be of sufficiently matured quality. Oil turbid or thick, with acid and bitter
taste and rancid odour and which remains sticky for a considerable time shall be rejected. The
oil shall be of approved brand and manufacture. The wood work shall be cleaned of all
smoke and water and completely dried. The oil shall be applied freely with brushes (not rags)
and spread evenly and smooth until no more oil is absorbed. Each subsequent coat shall be
applied after the previons coat is thoroughly dried and in any case not before 24 hours of
application of the first coat. Work after completion shall not be patchy and sticky to the touch
and shall present a uniform appearance.
(g) Wax polishing : Wax polishing shall be done with material of approved brand and
manufacture. Preparation of surface will be same as for varnishing. The polish shall be applied
evenly with a clean soft pad of cotton cloth is such a way that the surface is completely and
fully covered. The surface is then rubbed continuously for half an hour. When the surface is
quite dry, a second coat shall be applied in the same manner and rubbed continuously for one
hour or until the surface is dry. The final coat shall then be applied and rubbed for two hours
(more if necessary) until the surface has assumed a uniform gloss and is dry, showing no sign
of stickiness. The final polish depends largely on the amount of rubbing which should be
continuous and with uniform pressure with frequently changes in the direction.
(h) French Polishing : Pure shellac varying from pale orange to lemon yellow colour, free from
resin or dirt shall be dissolved in methylated spirit at the rate of 150 gm. of shellac to a litre of
spirit. Suitable pigment shall be added to get required shade. The surface shall be cleaned.
All unevenness shall be rubbed down smooth with sand paper and well dusted. Knots if
visible shall be covered with a preparation of red lead and glue size laid on while hot. Holes
and indentations on the surface shall be stopped with glaziers putty. The surface shall then be
given a coat of wood filler made by mixing whiting (ground chalk) in methylated spirit at the
rate of 1.4 kg. of whiting per litre of spirit. The surface shall again be rubbed down perfectly
smooth with glass paper and wiped clean. A pad of woolen cloth covered by a fine cloth shall
be used to apply the polish. The pad shall be moistened with the polish and rubbed hard on
the wood in a series of overlapping circles applying the mixture sparingly but uniformly over
the entire area of an even level surface. A trace of linseed oil on the face of the pad facilitates this
operation. The surface shall be allowed to dry and the remaining coats applied in the same
way. To finish off, the pad shall be covered with a fresh piece of clean fine cotton cloth,
slightly damped with methylated spirit and rubbed lightly and quickly with circular motions.
The finished surface shall have a uniform texture and high gloss.
B-24
B-12 Terrazzo Flooring : (Cast in situ) : I.S. 2114-1962
(a) (i) The aggregates used in terrazzo topping shall be marble aggregates of required colour.
Marble powder used in terrazzo shall pass through I.S. Sieve 30
(ii) Aggregates for terrazzo under layer as well as the base concrete shall conform to the
Requirements of ordinary cement concrete.
(b) Cement used for floor finish work shall be ordinary cement or white cement of approved quality.
(c) Pigments incorporated in terrazzo shall be of approved make & brand and of permanent colour
(d) The dividing strips may be copper, brass, aluminium, plastic, glass or similar materials. Metallic
dividing strips shall have a protective coating of bitumen. The thickness of strip shall not be less
than 1.5 mm. and width not less than 20 mm.
(e) (i) The base concrete shall be lean concrete of mix 1:5:10 of lime concrete and thickness shall
be not less than 100 mm.
(ii) The cushioning layer shall preferably be lime concrete and thickness shall be no less than
75 mm.
(iii) The under layer shall be of cement concrete of1: 2: 4, size of coarse aggregates not exceeding
12 mm. The thickness of terrazzo topping shall be not less than the following,depending
upon the grades and size of chips used.
(f) The mix for terrazzo topping shall consist of cement with or without pigments, marble powder,
marble aggregates and water. The proportion of cement and marble powder shall be 3 parts of
cement and one part of powder by WEIGHT. For every part of cement marble powder mix, the
proportion of aggregates by VOLUME shall be as follows depending upon the size and grade of
marble aggregates.
Size of aggregates Proportion of aggregates to binder mix
2 11/3 parts
B-25
(g) The Proportion of cement shall be inclusive of any pigments added to cement. The
proportions pigments die mixed with ordinary cement or white cement to obtain different colour
to the binder, shall be as specified in the following Table :
(h) (i) Terrazzo topping shall be laid while the under layer is still plastic, but is hardened sufficiently,
normally between 18 and 24 hrs. After the laying of the under layer, terrazzo topping may be laid.
A cement slurry, preferably of the same colour as the topping shall be brushed on the surface
immediately before laying is commenced. The terrazzo topping shall be compacted thoroughly
by tamping or rolling and trowelled smooth. Excessive trowelling or rolling in early stages shall
be avoided. The compaction shall ensure that air is cleared from the mix.
(ii) The surface shall be left dry for air curing for a duration of 12 to 18 hrs. and then be cured by
allowing water to stand in pools over it for a period of not less than 4 days.
(iii) Grinding and polishing may be done either by hand or by machine. The first and second
grinding shall be done with carborundum stone of Grit size 60 and 80 respectively. After each
grinding, the surface shall be washed clean and grouted with neat cement grout of the same colour
(without marble powder) of cream like consistency and then shall be allowed to dry for 24 hours
and wet cured for 4 days. The third grinding shall be done with carborundum stone of Grit
size 120 to 150 and the surface shall then be washed clean and allowed to dry for 11 hours and
wet cured for 4 days. The fourth grinding shall be done with carborundum stone of Grit size 320
to 400 and the surface shall then be washed clean and rubbed hard with felt and slightly moistened
oxalic acid powder (5 gms. of oxalic acid powder per sq.m. of floor area shall be adequate) and
finally the surface shall be washed clean with dilute oxalic acid solution and dried.
B-26
B-13 Door, Window Frames and Shutters:
All doors, window frames must have plaster rabbit 12 mm x 12 mm. and rabbit for receiving
shutter at least 15 mm deep. Wood work shall not be painted, oiled or otherwise treated before
it has been approved by the Engineer-in-Charge. All portion of timber abutting against or
embedded in masonry or concrete shall be painted with boiling coal-tar, before being placed in
position. In place of coal-tar, use of approved wood primer shall be permitted. In case of door
frames without sills, the vertical members shall be buried in floor 40 mm. deep. Where sills are
provided, these sills shall be sunk in the floor to 40 mm. depth and shall rest on damp-proof
course. Sills shall be provided, where so directed. The door frames without sills while being
placed in position, shall be provided with temporary wooden bracing or dry bricks well wedged
between the styles at the sill level. These shall be retained to keep the frames from warping
during construction. The frames shall also be protected from damages during construction. The
shutters shall be so fixed that while closing, the left hand leaf of the shutter is closed first and
the right hand leaf of shutter overlaps on the left hand leaf. The overlapping shall be minimum
20 mm. Solid wood panels shall be made out of one or more pieces of timber of not less than
125 mm. in width. In order to avoid warping, splitting and cracking, normally piece not exceeding
200 mm. in width should be used. When made from more than one piece, the pieces shall be
joined with continuous tongued and grooved joints glued together and reinforced with metal
dowels. The grains of the solid panel shall run along the longer dimension of the panel. The
corners and edges of panels shall be finished as shown in drawings and these shall be feather
tongued into styles and rails. Sash bars shall have mittered joints with styles. In measuring
the width and thickness of styles and rails, a tolerance can be allowed up to 1 mm. Styles and
rails shall be properly and accurately mortised and tennoned. Rails which are more than 180
mm. in width shall have two tennons. Styles and end rails of shutters shall be made out of one
piece only. Lock and intermediate rails exceeding 200 mm. in width may be made out of one or
more pieces of timber, but the width of each piece shall not be less than 75 mm. Where more
than one piece of timber are used, they shall be joined with a continuous tongued and grooved
joint glued together and reinforced with metal dowels at regular intervals not exceeding 200
mm. or pinned with not less than three 40 mm. rust proof pins of the lost heads type. Jointed
pieces of timber shall belong to the same pieces. The tennons shall pass clear through styles.
When assembling a leaf, styles shall be left projecting as a horn. The styles and rails shall have
12 mm. grooves in paneled portion for the panel to fit in. The joinery work shall be
assembled and passed the Engineer-in-Charge and then the joints shall be pressed and secured
by bamboo pins of about 6 mm. diameter. The horns of styles shall be sawn off.
Glass panes shall be fixed by wooden beading having mittred joints. A thin layer of putty shall
be applied between glass panes and sash bars and also between glass panes and the beading.
Fixing of glass panes with simple putty’ and beads shall not be permitted. Putty shall be prepared
by mixing one part white lead with three parts of finely powdered chalk and then adding boiled
linseed oil to the mixture to form a stiff paste.
B-27
(b) Aluminium Sections.
Specifications for different component will by as follows.
(INDAL/BECO/or any approved/ISl marked Aluminium extruded sections.)
HINDALCO BECO
Shutter :
Bottom &Top. Member 4148 151.161
Style Side 9777 151.152
Inter Lock 9778 151.153
Shutter :
Bottom & Top. Member 4148 151.161
Style Side 9777 151.152
Inter lock 9778 151.153
Shutter :
Bottom & Top. Member 4148 151.161
Style Side 9777 151.152
Inter lock 9778 151.153
Accessories: EPDM Gasket, Adhesive, Screw, Cleat Angle
Glass: clear bubble freefloat glass
B-28
(B) Casement Window :
(i) 40 series (40 mm depth).
Outer Frame.
Peripheral members 4133 151.1
Mullion 9149 151.79
Shutter :
Frame members 9148 151.81
Glazing Clip 4135 151.96
Cleat Angle. (Non-Anodized) 2081 151.167
(ii) 34 series (34 mm depth).
Outer Frame
Peripheral Member 2082 151.164
Mullion 9139 151.163
Shutter :
Peripheral Member 2082 151.164
Mullion 9139 151.163
Shutter :
Frame members 4124 151.165
Glazing Clip 4125 151.166
Cleat Angle. (Non-Anodized) 2081 151.167
Accessories: Stainless steel / Aluminium Functional, Hinge, EPDM
Gasket-T & U Type, Adhesive, Screw, Glass
Frame.
Top, Bottom & Side member 9835 303.01
Louver
Light – 18 G 1702
Medium – 16 G 1702 Local make
Heavy – 14 G 1702
(D) Fixed glazzing on all tracks with member of fixed glazing flushed on one side only
Frame
Top, Bottom & Side 9210 151.53
Mullion 9207 151.52
Glazing Clip 4660 151.17
B-29
(E) Fixed Partition -for height of clear opening more than 1.0 metre.
Members:
Side, Top & Bottom 9210 151.53
Intermidiates 9207 151.52
Glazing Clip 4660 151.17
Members:
Side, Top & Bottom 9221 151.183
Intermidiates 9220 151.193
Glazing Clip 4660 151.17
B-30
F) Movable door shutters fully glazed, partly glazed
Partly prelaminated and rimless doors.
Shutter :
Top Rail 9201 151.261
Bottom Rail 9200 151.231
Lock Rail 9240 151.218
Door Vertical 9241 151.23
Glazing Clip 4660 151.17
Handle 5140 157.13
Accessories:
1. Heavy duty floor spring & top pin assembly
make: Garnish/Nita/Hardyn or any
approved make conforming to IS : 6315
2. EPDM Gasket
3. Wool Pile
4. Lock-Ramson.
5. Handle-Standard/Decorative/Acrylic.
6. Sundries: Adhesive, screw, Cleat Angle
(a) Unless otherwise specified the clamps shall be fixed to outer side of the frame with screws. For
the purpose of receiving clamps a recess of at least 12 mm. deep of suitable size shall be cut into
the frame. After fixing the frame true to plumb with the clamps, the exposed face of the clamps
shall he covered by a thin wooden covering fixed with screws.
(b) The side of the door, window frames which remains in contact with masonry shall invariably be
painted with a protective coat of paint.
(i) Fittings shall be of iron, aluminium or as specified. These shall be well made, reasonably smooth
and free from edges, corners, flaws and other defects. Screw holes shall be counter sunk to suit
the head of specified wood screws. All hinge pins shall be of steel and their riveted heads shall
be well formed.
B-31
bright (brass), oxidised or chromium—plated (electro-plated) and aluminium fittings shall be
finished bright or anodised or as specified. Fittings shall be got approved by the Engineer- in
charge before fixing.
(ii) Screws used for fittings shall be of the same metal and finish as the fittings; however anodised
brass screws or chromium brass screws shall be used for fixing aluminium fittings.
(iii) Fittings shall be fixed in proper position as shown in the drawings or as directed by the Engi-
neer-in-Charge. These shall be truly vertical or horizontal as the case may be. Screws shall be
driven home with screw driver and not hammered in. Recesses shall be cut to exact size and
depth for the counter -sinking of hinge.
B-16 Stone Masonry Block Walling :
(i) Considering ease in handling and other requirements, the nominal length and height of the block
is kept 300 mm. and 150 mm. respectively with the widths as 200, 150 and 100 mm. respec-
tively. The actual block dimensions are short by 10 mm. to accommodate mortar joint thickness.
These blocks weigh from 9 to 18 kg. each. The stone masonry blocks are made from large size
stone pieces bound together with lean cement concrete mix 1:5:8 (cement, sand, stone aggregate
10 mm. down). The stone piece sizes vary from 50 to 260 mm. To impart good workability and
bond, the sand should be well graded and should have tiny particles (15 to 20%) passing I.S.
sieve no. 300 micron and 5 to 15% passing I.S. sieve no 150 micron in area. Where fly ash is
available, this may be used as substitute for the fine particles of sand, provided good workability
and plasticity in such lean concrete is achieved to the desired extent and in such case of using of
fly ash, lesser cost of production of masonry stone block may be achieved at.
(ii) Stone masonry blocks are prepared in the following stages (a) Stone pieces are arranged in
mould (b) concrete (1:5:8) is filled around stone pieces in first layer (c) Second layer of stone
pieces is laid then (d) Concrete (1.5:8) is filled up to top.
Demoulding of such blocks follows soon after 3 to 7 minutes of its casting. The moulded blocks
are cured by frequent sprinkling of water over the stacks for 2 weeks and are cured for another 2
weeks before laying them in wall.
For quality control, testing of two blocks out of every 500 blocks for compressive strength
after providing proper capping as per test procedure laid down in I.S.-2185 of 1967, from
(1:5:8) lean concrete stone masonry block (290 mm x 190 mm.) and thickness 140 mm is
desired. Average ultimate crushing load for such block in tons is to be 38 and its average
compressive strength thus stands at 69 kg/sq. cm.
(iii) The blocks are used both for load bearing and non-load bearing walls. Permissible stresses in the
masonry are taken from the I.S. Code 1969 of 69 “Structural safety of building - masonry
walls”.
As cutting of the these blocks is not recommenced all length of walls, openings, spaces between
openings etc. shall be in multiple of 100 mm. and all height shall be multiple of course height
B-32
wall thickness is decided based on the strength of the blocks and the load coming over it. The
blocks should be dry at the time of laying in the masonry. If the climate is not dry, the blocks may
be wetted on the surface only in order to reduce the suctioning of water from the mortar. For
breaking of vertical joints in alternate course, smaller length blocks (depending upon the wall
length) are used. The external surface is finished with designable pointing; the internal face
may or may not be plastered.
Before beginning the actual demolition work, a careful study shall be made of the structure which is to
be pulled down and also of all its surroundings to ascertain how far the stage by stage demolition will
affect the safety of the adjoining structure. A definite plan of procedure for the demolition work, de-
pending upon the manner in which the loads off the various structural parts are supported, shall be
prepared and approved by the Engineer-in-Charge and this shall be followed as closely as possible, in
actual execution of the demolition work.
It should be ensured that the demolition operations do not, at any stage, endanger the safety of the
adjoining buildings. Moreover, the nuisance effect of the demolishing work on the use of the adjacent
buildings should be kept to the minimum.
No structure or part of the structure or any floor or temporary support or scaffold, side wall or any
device or equipment shall be loaded in excess of the safe carrying capacity, in its then existing condi-
tion.
1. On every demolition job, danger signs shall be posted all around the structure and all doors and
openings giving access to the structure shall be kept barricaded or manned except during the
actual passage of workmen or equipment. However, provisions shall be made for at least two
independent exists for escape of workmen during any emergency.
During nights, red lights shall be placed on or about all the barricades.
2 All the necessary safety appliances shall be issued to the workers and their use explained. It shall
be ensured that the workers are using all the safety appliances while at work
B-33
3. The power on all electrical service lines shall be shut off and all such lines cut or disconnected at or
outside the property line, before the demolition work is started. Prior to cutting of such lines, the
necessary approval shall be obtained from the electrical authorities concerned. The only exception
will be any power lines required for demolition work itself.
4. Water stream and other service lines shall be shut off and capped or otherwise controlled at or
outside the building line, before demolition work is started.
SPECIAL MEASURES FOR PUBLIC:
1. Safety distances to ensure safety of public shall be clearly marked and prominently sign posted.
Every sidewalk or road adjacent to the work shall be closed or protected. All main roads, which are
open to all, shall be kept open to the public clear and unobstructed at all times. Diversions for
pedestrians shall be constructed, where necessary for safety.
2. If the structure to be demolished is more than two storied or 7.5 m high, measured from the side
walk or street which cannot be closed or safely diverted, and the horizontal distance from the
inside of the sidewalk to the structure is 4.5 m or less, a substantial sidewalk shed shall be con-
structed over the entire length of the sidewalk adjacent to the structure, of sufficient width with a
view to accommodate the pedestrian traffic without causing congestion. The side walk shed shall
be lighted sufficiently to ensure safety at all times.
The roof of sidewalk sheds shall be capable of sustaining a load of 73 N/mm2. Only in exceptional
cases, say due to lack of other space, the storing of material on a sidewalk shed may be permitted
in which case the shed shall be designed for a load of 146 N/mm2. Roof of sidewalk shed shall be
designed taking into account the impact of the falling debris. By frequent removal of loads it shall
be ensured that the maximum load, at any time, on the roof of work shed is not more than 6000 N/
mm2. The height of sidewalk shed shall be such as to give a minimum clearance of 2.4 m.
Sidewalk shed opening. for loading purposes, shall be kept closed at all time except during actual
loading operations.
The deck flooring of the sidewalk shed shall consist of plank of not less than 50 mm in thickness
closely laid and deck made watertight. All members of the shed shall be adequately braced and
connected to resist displacement of members or distortion of framework.
When the horizontal distance from the inside of the sidewalk to the structure is more than 4.5 m
and less than 7.5 m, a sidewalk shed or fence with substantial railing shall be constructed on the
inside of the sidewalk or roadway along the entire length of the demolition side of the property with
movable bars as may be necessary for the proper execution of the work.
Prior to commencement of work, all material of fragile nature like glass shall be removed.
All openings shall be boarded up.
Dust shall be controlled by suitable means to prevent harm to workmen.
B-34
SEQUENCE OF DEMOLITION OPERATIONS:
(a) it causes the least damage and nuisance to the adjoining building and the members of the public, and
(b) it satisfies all safety requirements to avoid any accidents.
2. All existing fixtures required during demolition operation shall be well protected with substantial covering
to the entire satisfaction of the rules and regulations of the undertakings or they shall be temporarily
relocated.
3. Before demolition work is started, glazed sash, glazed doors and windows etc. shall be removed. All
fragile arid loose fixtures shall be removed. The lath and all loose plaster shall he stripped off throughout
the entire building. This is advantageous because it reduces glass breakage and also eliminates a large
amount of dust producing material before more substantial parts of the buildings are removed.
4 The demolition shall always proceed systematically storey by storey, in the descending order. All work in
the upper floor shall be completed and approved by the Engineer-in-Charge prior to disturbance to any
supporting member on the lower floor. Demolition of the structure in sections may be permitted in exceptional
cases if proper precautions are ensured to prevent injuries to persons and damage to property.
DEMOLITION OF WALLS:
1. While walls of sections of masonry are being demolished, it shall be ensured that they are not allowed to
fall as single mass upon the floors of the building that are being demolished so as to exceed the safe
carrying capacity of the floors. Overloading of floors shall be prevented by removing the accumulating
debris through chutes or by other means immediately. The floor shall be inspected by the Engineer-in-
Charge before undertaking demolition work and if the same is found to be incapable to carry the load of the
debris, necessary additional precautions shall be taken so as to prevent any possible unexpected collapse of
the floor.
2. Walls shall be removed part by part. Stages shall be provided for the men to work on if the walls are less
than one and a half brick thick and dangerous to work by standing over them.
DEMOLITION OF FLOOR:
1. Prior to removal of masonry or concrete floor adequate support centering shall be provided.
2. When floors are being removed, no workmen shall be allowed to work in the area, directly underneath and
such area shall be barricaded to prevent access to it.
B-35
DEMOLITION OF CERTAIN SPECIAL TYPES AND ELEMENTS OF STRUCTURES:
1. ROOF TRUSSES:
a) If a building has a pitched roof, the structure should be removed to wall plate level by hand
methods. Sufficient purlins and bracing should be retained to ensure stability of the remaining
roof trusses while each individual truss is removed progressively.
(b) On no account should the bottom tie of roof trusses be cut until the principal rafters are prevented
from making out ward movement.
Heavy baulks of timber and steel beams should be supported before cutting at the extremities and should
then be lowered gently to a safe working place.
3. BRICK ARCHES:
Expert advice should be obtained and, at all stages of the demolition, the closest supervision should be given
by persons fully experienced and conversant in this type of work to ensure that the structure is stable at all
times.
(a) On no account should the restraining influence of the abutments be removed before the dead load
of the spandrel fill and the arch rings are removed.
(b) A single span arch can be demolished by hand by cutting narrow segments progressively from each
springing parallel to the span of the earth, until the width of the arch has been reduced to a minimum
which can then be collapsed.
(c) Where deliberate collapse is feasible, the crown may be broken by the demolition ball method
working progressively from edges to the centre.
(d) In multi-span arches, before individual arches are removed, lateral restraint should be provided at
the springing level. Demolition may then proceed as for single span; where explosives are used it is
preferable to ensure the collapse of the whole structure in one operation to avoid the chance of
leaving unstable portion standing.
Canopies, cornices, staircases and balconies should be demolished or supported before tailing down load is
removed.
B-36
5. IN-SITU REINFORCED CONCRETE:
Before commencing demolition, the nature and condition of the concrete, the condition and position of
reinforcement and the possibility of lack of continuity of reinforcement should be ascertained.
Demolition should be commenced by removing partition and external non-load bearing cladding.
(a) REINFORCED CONCRETE BEAMS :
A supporting rope should be attached to the beam. Then the concrete should be removed from both ends
by pneumatic drill and the reinforcement exposed. The reinforcement should then be cut in such a way
as to allow the beam to be lowered under control to the floor.
The reinforcement should be exposed at the base after restraining wire guy ropes have been placed
round the member at the top. The reinforcement should then be out in such a way as to allow it to be
pulled down to the floor under control.
The slab should be cut into strips parallel to the main reinforcement and demolished strip by strip. Where
ribbed construction has been used, the principle of design and method of construction should be determined
before demolition is commenced. Care should be taken not to cut the ribs inadvertently.
Dismantled materials may be thrown to the ground only after taking adequate precautions. The material shall
preferably be dumped inside the building. Normally such materials shall be lowered to the ground or to the top
of the sidewalk shed, where provided, by means of ropes of suitable tackles.
B-37
(C) MODES OF MEASUREMENTS
GENERAL: Unless specifically mentioned otherwise, the following modes of measurement shall be
adopted.
C-1 Brick Walls:
The thickness of brick wall made of Modular Bricks with one brick laid flat (with long side
parallel to the length of the wall) shall be measured as 100 mm. One brick thick walls (with the
length of the brick parallel to the thickness of the wall) shall be measured as 200 mm., one and
half brick as 300 mm, two brick walls measured as 400 mm and so on.
(b) With Conventional Bricks (93/ 4” x 43/ 4” x 23/ 4”) or (248 mm x 120 mm x 70 mm) :
The thickness of brick wall made with one brick laid on edge (with the long side parallel to the
length of the wall) shall be measured as 75 mm. Similarly, a wall made with one brick laid flat
(with the long side parallel to the length of wall) shall be measured as 125 mm. 1 brick thick walls
(with the length of brick parallel to the thickness of the wall) shall be measured as 250 mm., one
and half brick walls (i.e. one brick along the length and one brick along the width) shall be
measured as 375 mm., two brick thick walls measured as 500 mm. and so on.
(c) The width of lintels etc. covering the entire thickness of brick wall shall also be measured as
equal to corresponding wall thickness.
(d) Net measurement of all wall will be taken after deduction of all opening etc. This applies to 125/
100 mm. thick and 75 mm. thick walls also. Parapets (upto 1060 mm. height) will be measured
along with the brick work of the floor just below the roof and will be paid for at the same rate.
(e) No extra payment will be made for curved or chamfered work even though it may necessitate
cutting of bricks. For small curves or chamfers the Engineer-in-Charge may, at his discretion
allow measurement on the square (i.e. without deduction for the quantity removed for forming
the small curve or chamfer).
Finished net measurement will be taken after deduction of large holes, rebates etc. but without
deduction for the volume of reinforcement, if any, in the concrete.
B-38
C-3 Reinforcement:
The measurement will be on the basis of calculated weight of reinforcement only (i.e. without considering
the weight of tying wires) actually consumed in the finished work as per drawing and design or as per
direction of the Engineer-in-Charge. If the length of any rod be more than that shown in the drawing but
has been allowed to be used, the length will be taken as the length shown in the drawing. Hooks and laps
as per standard practice will be measured and paid for.
(i) Payment will be made on the basis of surface measurement without any deduction for door,
window or opening or similar dimension and without any separate measurement for jambs. sills
and soffits of such openings.
(ii) For cement paint and oil painting to walls or concrete jellies or similar other works, method of
measurements shall be the same as in plaster.
C-6 Painting:
(a) Measurement for painting work in doors and windows, grills, gratings, collapsible gates, corrugated
roofing etc. shall be on the following basis. In all such cases the “Area” shall be measured flat
(and not girthed). For door and windows, no separate payment shall be made for the frames
(chowkats), the “Area” in such cases represents the area of the wall opening covered by the
frames (including exposed surface of the frames). For grills, gratings etc. the area represents the
area of the opening covered by outer frames.
(a) The area measured as above shall be multiplied by the factor given below and the works of painting
shall be paid on the quantities thus arrived at:
B-39
Multiplying Multiplying
Name of surface painted
factor for factor for
painting one painting
side only both side only
B40
Note as per IS : 1200 (Part XV)-1976/P-8
Note 1 . The Height shall be taken from bottom of lowest rail, if palisades do not go below it or from
lower end of palisades, if they project below lowest rail, upto top of palisades, but not upto
top of standards, if they are higher than palisades.
Note 2 . Where doors, windows etc. are of composite types other than those included in this table,
different portions shall be measured separately with their appropriate coefficients, center line
of common rail being taken as the dividing line between the two portions.
Note 3 . Measurement of painting of doors, windows, collapsible gates, rolling shutters etc as given
in this table shall be deemed to include painting, if required of all iron fittings in the same
shade.
Note 4 When two faces of a door, window etc. are to be treated with different specified finishes,
measurable under separate items, edges of frames and shutters shall be treated with the one
or the other type of finish and measurement thereof shall be deemed to be included in the
measurement of the face treated with that finish.
Note 5 . In case shutters are fixed on both faces of a frame, measurement for the door frame and
shutter on one face shall be taken on the manner already described, while the additional
shutter on the other face shall be measured exclusive of the frame.
Note 6 . Where shutter is provided with clearance exceeding 15 cm. at top and/or at bottom, such
openings shall be deducted from the overall measurement and relevant coefficients applied.
C-7 Metal, Chips, Boulders, Bats, Sand, Lime, Coal, Carried Earth etc. :
(a) Unless specifically mentioned otherwise in the description of the item itself, measurements for
supply and / or carriage shall be taken in stacks and that as soon after the stacks are made as
possible. The height and the shape and size of the stacks shall be as per direction of the Engineer-
in-charge but in no case shall the height of the stacks be less than the minimum as indicated
hereinafter.
Allowance for shrinkage and / or shrinkage shall be made as indicated hereinafter. The net
quantity shall be arrived at after deducting these allowances from the measurement of fresh
stacks and payment for supply or carriage shall be made on the net quantity thus derived.
Quantity of any material shall always indicate such net quantity, unless specifically mentioned
otherwise.
(b) If for any special reasons, as per provisions in any particular contract, final measurements have to
be taken in wagons (before unloading at destination) no deduction for shrinkage and / or
shrinkage shall be made.
For carried earth supplied by the contractor, the earth is to be first stacked at site for measurement
and the earth utilised in the work after such stacks have been measured. The items of earthwork
with such carried earth include the cost of such operation. The net quantity, for the purpose of
payment, shall be derived after deducting allowances for shrinkage and/or shrinkage as specified
below. In special circumstances, the Engineer-in-Charge may, at his sole discretion, take borrow-
pit measurements for such carried earth, in which case no allowance for shrinkage and/or
shrinkage is to be deducted.
Where earth is to be carried from any excavation, the measurement for carriage for excavated
earth will be taken on the basis of earth excavated.
B-41
(c) For conversion of brick materials from one form to another 314 Nos. of bricks (conventional size)
will be taken to produce 1 cu.m. of bats and 1.1 cu.m. of bats to produce 1 cu.m. of khoa or metal.
Unless specifically mentioned otherwise in any particular contract, 1025 kg.. of steam coal shall be
taken as equivalent no 1 cu.m. (When measured in very old and settled stacks or in wagons at
destination or after deducting sinkage and/or shrinkage allowance when measured in fresh stacks).
Similarly 1107 Kg. of slack coal shall be taken as equivalent to 1 cu.m.
(d) For consolidation of stone or jhama metal and similar works involving utilisation of materials already
measured in stacks, the quantity of materials actually consumed in such works will be taken to be same
as the recorded quantities (after due allowance for sinkage and/or shrinkage, where applicable) of the
stack or stacks actually utilised in such works.
(e) Schedule showing minimum height of stacks and allowance to be deducted for sinkage and/or
shrinkage when measured in fresh stacks.
B-42
C-8 Carriage:
All items involving carriage, loading, unloading & stacking shall be in accordance with the provisions of
the Schedule of Rates of Public Works (Roads) Department applicable at the material time within the
jurisdiction of the circle.
C-9 Glazing:
All glazing shall be measured in square metres. Each pane of glass shall be measured to the nearest 0.5
cm. both width and height. Irregular or circular panes shall be measured as the smallest rectangular area
from which the irregular or circular pane can be cut. Irregular panes shall be measured separately, and
described as irregular shapes measured square.
(a) The value of materials supplied by the Department for use on the work shown in the schedule on page
II of the contract form (West Bengal Form No. 2911) in respect of items of work for which the contractor’s
rates are inclusive of the cost of such materials, will be debited to him in his accounts at the rates
specified in the schedule.
(b) Regarding materials in respect of items of work for which the contractor’s rates are not inclusive of the
cost of such materials, the contractor shall only act as custodian on behalf of the Govt. and the value of
such materials will not be charged to him except under sub-clause (f) and (g) hereof
(c) When the contract provides for use of certain specified materials to be supplied by the Deptt. the
contractor shall not obtain such materials from other sources unless authorised in writing by the Engineer-
in- Charge of the works.
(d) Materials supplied for a particular work or a part thereof shall not be used elsewhere except with
written permission of the said Engineer-in-Charge.
(e) Materials shall be supplied to the contractor in such installments as may be decided by the Engineer-in-
Charge.
(f) The contractor shall be held responsible for any misuse, loss or damage of the materials issued or
handed over to him by the Engineer-in-Charge. In default, the cost of such materials shall be recovered
from the contractor according to the terms of the provisions made in sub-clause (g) and (h) thereof.
(g) In the following cases, the materials issued or handed over to the contractor shall be deemed to have to
been misused by him.
(i) Materials lost or damaged due to negligence on the part of the contractor and/or defective storage
by him.
B-43
(ii) Materials used in excess of the requirements as shown in consumption chart attached herewith
(iii) Materials used without permission of the Engineer-in-Charge in temporary works (e.g. coffer
dams, embankments, shoring etc.) or in the construction of contractor’s godown, site office, labour
hutments etc.
The value of materials misused as above (in which case the decision of the Engineer-in-Charge shall be
final) shall be recovered at 50 per cent in excess of the highest of the following three rates;
(i) Issue rate as specified in the contract
(ii) Department stock rate at the time of recovery of value
(iii) Market rate at the time recovery of value.
(h) In cases of loss or damage of materials issued or handed over to the contractor other than under the
circumstances mentioned in sub-clause 9(g) the materials so lost or damaged shall be replaced by the
Engineer-in- Charge at the cost of the contractor and the certificate of the Engineer-in-Charge as to the
cost of replacement shall be final and binding on the contractor.
(i) Where so specified and in any case in respect of cement, steel and bituminous materials supplied by the
Deptt. a stock register shall be maintained by the contractor and the daily receipts, issues and balance of
such materials shall be shown therein. This register shall be produced by the contractor to the Engineer-
in-Charge or his representative whenever required for verification of stock.
(j) Whenever asked for by the Engineer-in-Charge during the progress of work and also with the final bill,
the contractor shall submit to the former a statement showing :
(i) The total quantity of materials received by the contractor from the Deptt.
(ii) Consumption thereof item by item in the work ; and
(iii) The balance in hand.
(k) Whenever by computing the consumption of materials of any description in any item or group of items
of work requiring use of such materials.
(i) It is found that the contractor has used less materials than are required by the specification and/or
as shown in consumption chart attached herewith, the value of the quantity of materials less used
shall be recovered from the contractor at 5(five) per cent in excess of the issue rate of such
materials. In such an event the contractor shall not be entitled to claim or receive the materials,
the cost of which has been thus recovered; or
(ii) If it is found that contractor has used any materials in excess of the requirement, the value of the
materials used in excess shall be recovered from the contractor as provided in sub- clause (g)
hereof.
(iii) Provided that recovery of materials used less or in excess as indicated in paragraphs (i) and (ii) of
the sub-clause shall be subjected to the decision of the Engineer-in-Charge who may allow
variation according to para I of consumption chart.
B-44
(D) MISCELLANEOUS
Extra rate for difficult I River line Areas / Difficult nature of work
D-1 The following extra rates will be allowed on the whole schedule of rates mentioned below.
D-2 Extra rate in respect all works on the whole schedule of rates for works
(i)Within the perimeter of Jail including perimeter wall work, where works
are permitted within restricted hours only @ 10%.
B-45
(ii) Rajbhavan, Kolkata @10%
(iii) If repair works required inside running wards / cabins of hospitals are restricted by hospital
authority in writing for duration less than usual working hours an extra rate of 10% will be
allowed.
(iv) If for unavoidable circumstances. works are to be done in emergency cases at night, extra rate
@10% will be applicable to items of night work only strictly under certificate of Engineer- in-
Charge.
(v) For works at Bhutni under Manikchawk P.S. in Malda District Extra 15% (Fifteen per cent) over
and above the rates provided in this schedule is allowed.
D-3 Rates for rehabilitation works in heritage structure / monuments (except buildings in use for Govt. or
similar offices) requiring careful expert quality conscious mistries under guidance of experts, may be
25% higher than the Schedule rate for corresponding items considering wastage of labour and lesser
output, with specific permission from Superintending Engineer of Concerned Circle.
D-4 5% (Five percent) extra in respect of works within Contai-I, Contai-Il, Contai- III, Khejuri-l, Nandigram-
1, Nandigram- II.Sutahata-I, Sutahata-II panchayat samity under East Midnapore District will be
allowed on the whole schedule excepting those under section-I (A) Earth works etc. (B) Dismantling
and cutting chase, holes etc. (N) Thatch, Mud and Bamboo works and whole of Section-II.
Extra in respect of works within following Police station will be allowed on (the whole schedule except-
ing those under section-I (A) Earth works etc. (B) Dismantling and cutting chase, holes etc (N) Thatch,
Mud and Bamboo works and whole of Section-II.
[Additional 5% (Five percent) for Durgachak, Haldia and Digha Police station area.
20% (twenty percent ) extra for Nayachar Island (developed on the midst of Hooghly river under the
Administrative control of D. M. East Midnapore on the whole schedule.
(i) 20% for works in the following places (a) Hill area of Garubathan Block (b) Kalimpong Municipal
Area (c) Dow hill area of Kurseong Sub-Division (d) Miric Block (e) Section from Mane Bhanjan to
Phalut of Simana Sandakphu Phalut Road (f) Section from Peshoke Khola to Lopchu Tea Garden of S.
H. No. 12 (g) within 10 km. from Mongpu under Takda Block (h) Ghoom Tiger Hill Road (i) Section
Pankhabari Bazar to the Starting of Kurseong Municipal Road of Garidhura- Kurseong Road (j) Kalimpong
Block 1/lI and Mongpo & Takda Block. k)Bijanbari Block l) Sukia Pokhri Block.
The rates under sections stated above for Jalpaiguri district are to be enhanced by 15% for works in
Boxa Hills .
B-46
The rates for all types of concrete works. masonry works and sand cement plastering in the District of
Uttar Dinajpur and Dakshin Dinajpur have been arrived at with the consideration that Bansloi sand
(Murarai Variety) shall be used in all such works. If any work is done with local sand with the approval
of the Executive Engineer, the rate of the item shall be reduced accordingly on the basis of difference of
cost of Bansloi sand and local sand. All cement concrete works in the District of Uttar Dinajpur and
Dakshin Dinajpur Shall be done with stone chips of Pakur variety when no specific mention is made in
the description of item.
D-6 The Schedule of Rates will be enhanced due to various circumstances as mentioned below:-
(a) By 10% (Ten percent) for works done within the Hills region of Ajodhya in the District of Purulia (a
region will be treated hills if the altitude is more than 200 Meters from the level of any adjoining
area within 10 km.)
(b) By 5 %( Five percent) for works done within the region of Khanakul-I & II Block under the
District of Hooghly.
B-47
CHART FOR CONSUMPTION OF MATERIALS
Consumption of different materials of construction in the corresponding contract items of work shall be
computed on the basis of the quantities shown in this table subject to a variation of plus/minus 5 (Five) per
cent. For steel reinforcement the variation may be permitted upto ±10%
(i) That dry sand with necessary allowance for bulking is used and (ii) that the size of
bricks used shall be 248 ×120× 70 mm or 93/ "×43/ "×23/ " for conventional bricks and
(190 ×90 × 90 mm) for modular bricks
Sl. Description of Items Unit Name of Materials Quantity of
No. required Materials
required
1. 10 mm. cement plaster 1:2 % sq.m. 1. Cement 0.54 Cu.m.
2. Sand 1.08 Cu.m
2. -Do- 1:3 % sq.m. 1. Cement 0.40 Cu.m.
2. Sand 1.20 Cu.m
3. -Do- 1:4 % sq.m. 1. Cement 0.30 Cu.m.
2. Sand 1.20 Cum.
4. -Do- 1:6 % sq.m. 1. Cement 0.20 Cu.m.
2. Sand 1.20 Cu.m
5. 15 mm cement plaster 1:2 % sq.m. 1. Cement 0.80 Cu.m.
2. Sand 1.60 Cu.m
6. -Do- 1:3 % sq.m. 1. Cement 0.60 Cu.m.
2. Sand 1.80 Cu.m
7. -Do- 1:4 % sq.m. 1. Cement 0.46 Cu.m.
2. Sand 1.84 Cu.m
8. -Do- 1:6 % sq.m. 1. Cement 0.30 Cu.m.
2. Sand 1.80 Cu.m
9. 20 mm. cement plaster 1:3 % sq.m. 1. Cement 0.80 Cu.m.
2. Sand 2.40 Cu.m
10. -Do- 1:4 % sq.m. 1. Cement 0.60 Cu.m.
2. Sand 2.40 Cu.m
11. -Do- 1:6 % sq.m. 1. Cement 0.40 Cu.m.
2. Sand 2.40 Cu.m
12. 25 mm. cement plaster 1:3 % sq.m. 1. Cement 0.884 Cu.m.
2. Sand 2.65 Cu.m
13. -Do- 1:4 % sq.m. 1. Cement 0.71 Cu.m.
2. Sand 2.84 Cu.m
B-48
Sl. Description of Items Unit Name of Materials Quantity of
No. required Materials
required
14. 25 mm. cement plaster 1:6 % sq.m. 1. Cement 0.472 cu.m.
2. Sand 2.84 cu.m
15. Cement flush / rule/ tuck 1:3 % sq.m. 1. Cement 0.119 cu.m.
pointing 2. Sand 0.357 cu.m
16. -Do- 1:4 % sq.m. 1. Cement 0.091 cu.m.
2. Sand 0.366 cu.m
B-49
Sl. Description of Items Unit Name of materials Quantity of
No. required materials required
B-50
Sl. Description of Items Unit Name of materials Quantity of
No. required materials required
33. Cement concrete with 1:3:6 cu.m. 1. Jhama chips 0.93 Cu.M.
jhama chips (6 to 19
mm.)
B-51
Sl. Description of Items Unit Name of materials Quantity of
No. required materials required
40 25 mm artificial stone 1:2:4 %sq.m 1.Jhama chips (5to 12 2.268 cu.m.
floor with jhama mm.)
chips(which includes 1.140 cu.m.
3mm thick neat cement 2.Sand
finish)(cement in the 0.872 cu.m.
consumption chart is 3.Cement
exclusive of cement
required for slurry
purpose)
41 20 mm artificial stone 1:2:4 %sq.m 1.Jhama chips (5to 12 1.716 cu.m.
floor with jhama mm.)
chips(which includes 0.858 cu.m.
3mm thick neat cement 2.Sand
finish)(cement in the 0.73 cu.m.
consumption chart is 3.Cement
exclusive of cement
required for slurry
purpose)
B-52
Sl. Description of Items Unit Name of materials Quantity of
No. required materials required
43 20 mm artificial stone 1:2:4 %sq.m 1.stone chips (5to 12 1.676 Cu.M.
floor with stone mm.)
chips(which includes 0.838 Cu.M.
3mm thick neat cement 2.Sand
finish)(cement in the 0.70 Cu.M.
consumption chart is 3.Cement
exclusive of cement
required for slurry
purpose)
46 7.5 cm lime terracing in roof with Sq.m 1.Brick Khoa 0.075 cu.m.
brick khoa,surki,lime(7:2:2) 2.Surki 0.021 cu.m.
Including finishing 3.Lime 0.021 cu.m.
B-53
Sl. Description of Items Unit Name of Quantity of
No. materials materials required
required
48 12.5 cm lime terracing in roof with Sq.m 1.Brick Khoa 0.125 cu.m.
brick khoa,surki,lime(7:2:2) 2.Surki 0.036 cu.m.
Including finishing 3.Lime 0.036 cu.m.
B-54
Sl. Description of Items Unit Name of Quantity of Sl. No. Descript
No. materials materials required ion of
required Items
B-55
Sl. No. Description of Items Unit Name of materials Quantity of
required materials required
B-56
67. 20 mm thick (finished) terrazzo work in
floor with precast tiles set on 20 mm av.
th. of lime / cement mortar 1:3 and sides
with admixtures of pigment as and when
necessary and white cement / grey
cement in ordinary grey colour (cement
in consumption chart is exclusive of
cement required for slurry @ 1.75
Kg./m2)
(a) When sand cement mortar is used in % sq.m 1.Grey cement 1.422 Cu.m
bed 2.Coarse sand 2.4 Cu.m
3.Pigment 31 kg
(b) When lime mortar is used in bed % sq.m 1.Unslaked Lime 5.65 Quintals
2.Surki 2.67 Cu.m
3.Grey Cement 0.616 Cu.m
4.Pigment 31 kg
68 -Do-
In black and red colour
(a)when sand cement morter is used in % sq.m 1.Grey cement 1.422 Cu.m
bed 2.Coarse sand 2.4 Cu.m
3.Pigment 31 kg
(b) when lime morter is used in bed % sq.m 1.Unslaked Lime 5.65 Quintals
2.Surki 2.67 Cu.m
3.Grey Cement 0.616 Cu.m
4.Pigment 31 kg
69 -DO-
In Silver colour
(a)when sand cement morter is used in % sq.m 1.Grey cement 1.268 Cu.m
bed 2.White cement 0.154 Cu.m
3.Coarse sand 2.4 Cu.m
b) when lime morter is used in bed % sq.m 1.Unslaked Lime 5.65 Quintals
2.Surki 2.67 Cu.m
3.Grey Cement 0.462 Cu.m
4. White cement 0.154 Cu.m
B-57
Sl. No. Description of Items Unit Name of Quantity of
materials materials required
required
70 20 mm thick (finished)
terrazzo work, in floor with
precast tiles set on 20mm
avg. thick of lime/cement
morter 1:3 and sides with
admixtures of pigment as and
when necessary and white
cement / grey cement in Pink,
Green, Yellow, Light Green
colour
(a)when sand cement morter % sq.m 1.Grey Cement 1.114 Cu.m
is used in bed 2.White Cement 0.308 Cu.m
3.Coarse sand 2.4 Cu.m
4.Pigment 31 kg
b) when lime morter is used % sq.m 1.Unslaked Lime 5.65 Quintals
in bed 2.Surki 2.67 Cu.m
3.Grey Cement 0.308 Cu.m
4. White cement 0.308 Cu.m
5 Pigment 31 kg
71(A) Plaster with composite
Morter of cement,lime and
sand with (1:2:9)
(a)35 mm thick % sq.m Cement 0.455 Cu.m
(b)25 mm thick % sq.m Cement 0.325 Cu.m
(c)20 mm thick % sq.m Cement 0.260 Cu.m
(d)15 mm thick % sq.m Cement 0.200 Cu.m
71(B) Plaster with composite
Morter of cement,lime and
sand with (1:1:6)
(a)20 mm thick % sq.m Cement 0.390 Cu.m
(b)15 mm thick % sq.m Cement 0.300 Cu.m
(c)10 mm thick % sq.m Cement 0.198 Cu.m
72 Rubble Masonry in cement
Morter
(a) 1:6 Cu.m 1.Stone 1.25 Cu.m
2.Cement 0.065 Cu.m
3.Sand 0.385 Cu.m
(b) Cu.m 1.Stone 1.25 Cu.m
2.Cement 0.09 Cu.m
3.Sand 0.36 Cu.m
73 250 mm th. Masonary work Cu.m 1.Cement 0.020 Cu.m
with Autoclave aerated 2.Sand 0.120 Cu.m
concrete blocks of size 625 3. Autoclave 1.05 Cu.m
mm x 250 mm x 125 mm aerated concrete
in Cement Mortar (1:6) blocks
74 125 mm thick Autoclave %Sq.m 1.Cement 0.25 Cu.m
aerated concrete blocks work 2.Sand 1.00 Cu.m
with its size 625 mm x 250 3. Autoclave 12.80 Cu.m
mm x 125 mm in Cement aerated concrete
Mortar (1:4). blocks
75 100 mm thick Autoclave %Sq.m 1.Cement 0.19 Cu.m
aerated concrete blocks work 2.Sand 0.78 Cu.m
with its size 625 mm x 250 3. Autoclave 9.86 Cu.m
mm x 125 mm in Cement aerated concrete
Mortar (1:4). blocks
76 Ordinary Cement concrete Cu.m 1. Stone chips 0.88 Cu.m
(mix 1:2:4) with graded stone 2.Cement 0.44 Cu.m
chips (6mm nominal size) 3.Sand 0.22 Cu.m
77 Masonry work with precast Cu.m 1.Cement Cu.m
Hollow Concrete Block of 2.Sand Cu.m
size 300mm X 200mm X 3. precast Hollow Cu.m
150mm with cement mortar Concrete Block
(6:1)
78 100mm thick Masonry work %Sq.m 1.Cement Cu.m
with precast Hollow Concrete 2.Sand Cu.m
Block of size 400mm X 3. precast Hollow Cu.m
100mm X 150mm Concrete Block
B-58
Quantity of Stone Aggregate to be considered for arriving consolidated rate of the
following Cement Concrete related Items:
B-59
Sl. Reference Description of Item Qnty. of Stone Aggregate to be Remarks
No. of Item considered per Cu.m. of Concrete
4) Chapter – C; Batch Mixed concrete of M 20 Grade
It. No. with well Graded stone chips of 20
9(A)(a) to mm nominal size etc. etc.
9(A)(e) [with Batching Plant & transit mixer],
In Ground Floor and Foundation.
20 mm Nominal Size – 0.54 Cu.m.
[Pakur Variety]. 10 mm Nominal Size – 0.36 Cu.m.
(i) Without approved concrete
pump.
(ii) With approved concrete pump.
B-60
Sl. Reference Description of Item Qnty. of Stone Aggregate to be Remarks
No. of Item considered per Cu.m. of Concrete
5) Chapter – C; Supplying ready mixed concrete of M20
It. No. Grade with well graded stone chips of
9(B)(a) to 20 mm nominal size etc. etc.
9(B)(e) In Ground Floor and Foundation.
[Pakur Variety].
20 mm Nominal Size – 0.54 Cu.m.
(i) Without approved concrete 10 mm Nominal Size – 0.36 Cu.m.
pump.
(ii) With approved concrete pump.
B-61
INDIAN STANDARDS FOR BUILDING WORKS
BUILDING CONSTRUCTION PRACTICE
Sl. No Specification for Indian Standard
No
1 Design of structural Timber (Fourth revision) 883 : 1994
4 Construction of floor roof with joists and filler blocks: Part-I with 6061 (Part 1) :1971
hollow concrete filler block
5 Construction of floor & roof with joists & filler block: Part 2 with 6061 (Part 2) :1981
hollow clay blocks joints and hollow clay filler block
6 Construction of floor and roof with joists & filler blocks: Part 3 6061 (Part 3): 1981
precast hollow clay block joints and hollow clay filler block
7 Construction of floor roof with joists & filler blocks: Part 4 with 6061 (Part 4): 1981
hollow clay block slab panels
8 Anti-termite measures in buildings part I constructional measures 6313 (Part 1): 1981
(First Revision)
12 Construction of reinforced brick and R.B.C floor and roofs 10440 :1983
25 Concrete structures for the storage of liquids: Part I general 3370 (Part 1) : 1965
requirements (Amendment No 1)
26 Concrete structures for the storage of liquids: Part 2 Reinforced 3370 (Part 2) : 1967
concrete structures (Amendment No-2)
27 Concrete structure for the storage of liquids: Part 3 Prestressed concrete 3370 (Part 3) : 1967
structures (Amendment No I)
28 Concrete structures for the storage of liquids Part 4: Design table 3370 (Part 4) : 1967
(Amendment No. 2)
29 Use of immersion vibrators for consolidating concrete (first revision) 3558 : 1983
30 Extreme Weather concreting : Recommended practice 7861 (Part 1) 1975
for hot weather concreting. (Amendment No. 1)
31 Extreme Weather concreting: Recommended practice for hot weather 7861 (Part 2): 1981
concreting. (Amendment No. 1)
B-63
CEMENT MATRIX PRODUCT
40 Concrete masonary units Part I Hollow and Solid concrete blocks 2185 :(Part 1) :
(Second Revision) (Amendment No 1) 1979
41 Concrete masonary units Part 2 Hollow and Solid lightweight 2185 : (Part 2) :
concrete blocks (first revision) 1983
42 Reinforced concrete fence posts (First Revision) 4996 : 1984
45 Precast reinforced concrete door & window frames (first revision) 6523 : 1983
48 Precast concrete blocks for lintels and sills (Amendment No-I) 9893 :1981
B-64
CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT
58 Mild steel and medium tensile steel bars and hard drawn steel wire for 432 (Part II) : 1982
concrete reinforcement Part 2 Hard Drawn Steel wire (Third Revision)
59 High strength deformed steel bars and wires for concrete reinforcement 1786 : 1985
(Third Revision) Amendment No.1
CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT
64 Wooden flush doors shutters (Solid core type) Part-1 Ply wood face 2202 (Part 1) : 1999
panels (Sixth Revision)
65 Wooden flush doors shutters (Solid core type) Part-2 particle board 2202 (Part 2) : 1983
face panels and hard board (Third Revision)
66 Steel doors frames (Second Revision) (Amendment No.2) 4351 : 2003
67 Wooden side sliding doors 4962 : 1968
68 Collapsible gate 10521 : 1983
B-65
EARTHQUAKE ENGINEERING
Sl. Specification for Indian Standard No.
No.
69 Earthquake resistant design & construction of buildings (Second 4326 : 1993
Revision) (Amendment No. 1)
70 Criteria for earthquake resistant design of structures (Fourth 1893 : 2002
Revision) (Amendment No. 1)
71(a) Improving earthquake resistant low strength masonry buildings – 13828 : 1993
Guidelines (Amendment No. 1)
71(b) Ductile detailing of reinforced concrete structure subjected to 13920 : 1993
seismic forces
FIRE FIGHTING
73 Selection, installation and maintenance of portable first aid fire 2190 : 1992
extinguishers (Third Revision)
74 Installation and maintenance of internal fire hydrants and hose reels on 3844 : 1989
premises (First Revision)
75 Selection, Operation and maintenance of special fire fighting appliances: 5896 (Part 1) :
Part:1 combined foam and crash tender 1970
FIRE SAFETY
77 Fire Safety of buildings (General) : Details of construction (First Revision) 1642 : 1989
78 Fire safety of buildings (General) : Exposure hazard construction (First 1643 : 1988
Revision)
B-66
FLOORING, WALL FINISHING & ROOFING
Sl. No Specification for Indian Standard
No
79 Chequered Cement concrete tiles specification 13801 : 1993
83 Laying, fixing and maintenance of linoleum floor (First Revision) 1198 : 1982
84 Application of cement and cement lime plaster finishes (First Revision) 1661 : 1972
89 Use of silicate type chemical resistant mortars (First Revision) 4441 1980
91 Laying of bitumen mastic flooring for industries handling LPG and 13074 : 1991
other light hydrocarbon products
B-67
FUNCTIONAL RQUIREMENT IN BUILDINGS
100 Sound Insulation of building and of building elements: part 1 Airborne 11050(Part1):198
sound insulation in buildings and of building elements 4
101 Sound Insulation of building and of building elements: part 2 impact sound 11050(Part2):198
insulation in buildings and of building elements 4
102 Rating of Sound Insulation of building and of building elements: part 3 11050(Part3):198
Airborne sound insulation of facade elements and facades 4
103 Buildings and facilities for the physically handicapped(first revision) 4963:1987
105 Retaining wall for hill area : Part 1 Selection type of wall 14458 (Part 1) :
1998
106 Retaining wall for hill area : Part 2 Design of retaining / breast walls 14458 (Part 2) :
1997
107 Retaining wall for hill area : Part 3 construction of dry stone walls 14458 (Part 3) :
1998
108 Land slide controls 14680 : 1999
B-68
Housing
Sl.No Specification for Indian Standard No
109 Design and construction of floors and roofs with precast 13994:1994
reinforced planks and RC joists
110 Design and construction of floors and roofs with 14142:1994
prefabricated brick panel
111 Construction of floor and roof with RC channel units 14215:1994
112 precast reinforced concrete planks and joists for flooring 13990:1994
and roofing
113 prefabricated brick panel and partially precast concrete 14143:1994
joists for flooring and roofing
114 precast reinforced concrete channel unit for construction 14201:1994
of floors and roofs
115 Precast L-panel units for roofing 14241:1994
B-70
PUBLIC HEALTH ENGINEERING
Safety in construction
Sl No Specification for Indian Standard No
160 Steel tubular scaffolding:Part2 Safety regulations for 4014(part 2):1967
scaffolding
161 Preventive measures against hazards at work places: 13416(part 1):1992
Part 1 falling material hazards prevention
162 Preventive measures against hazards at work places: 13416(part 2):1992
Part 2 fall prevention
163 Preventive measures against hazards at work places: 13416(part 3):1994
Part3 disposal of debris
164 Preventive measures against hazards at work places: 13416(part 4):1994
Part4 timber structures
165 Preventive measures against hazards at work places: 13416(part 5):1994
Part5 timber structures
B-71
STONES
Sl No Specification for Indian Standard No
166 Marble(blocks,slabs and titles) 1130:1969
167 Sandstone(slabs and titles)(first revision) 3622:1977
STRUCTURAL SAFETY
Sl No Specification for Indian Standard No
168 Design loads(other than earthquake) for buildings and 875(part 1):1987
structures Part 1 Dead Load-unit weights of building
169 Design loads(other than earthquake) for buildings and 875(part 2):1987
structures Part 2 Imposed Load (second revision)
STRUCTURAL SECTIONS
Sl No Specification for Indian Standard No
170 Aluminium bulb angles Marine application(first 6449:1987
revision)
171 Aluminium channels(first revision) 3921:1985
172 Aluminium equal leg angles(first revision) 3908:1986
173 Aluminium I-beam(first revision) 5384:1985
174 Aluminium T-bars for Marine application(first revision) 6475:1987
175 Aluminium T sections(first revision) 6445:1985
176 Aluminium unequal leg angles(first revision) 3909:1986
177 Light Gauge structural steel sections(revised) 811:1987
TIMBER AND TIMBER STORES
For overall guidance and reference latest edition of National Building Code of India, may
be consulted.
B-72
PWD (WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
(A) EARTH WORK,ANTITERMITE TREATMENT
Rate (Rs.)
area of Haldibari PS
Siliguri Sub Divn.
Howrah/ Hoogly
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Sub Div
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
Dist.
No.
1) Cutting with chisel %Cum - 19223 19223 19223 - 19223 19223 19223 - - - 19223 - - -
2) by blasting operation
%Cum - 23240 23240 23240 - 23240 23240 23240 - - - 23240 - - -
3 Earth work in filling in foundation trenches or
plinth with good earth, in layers not exceeding
150 mm. including watering and ramming etc.
layer by layer complete. (Payment to be made on
the basis of measurement of finished quantity of
work)
(a) With earth obtained from excavation of
foundation. %Cum 7831 7831 7831 7831 7831 7831 7831 7831 7831 7831 7831 7831 7831 7831 7831
Page 1
PWD (WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
(A) EARTH WORK,ANTITERMITE TREATMENT
Rate (Rs.)
area of Haldibari PS
Siliguri Sub Divn.
Howrah/ Hoogly
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Sub Div
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
Dist.
No.
(B) Do - by fine sand %Cum 110422 56872 50928 50928 80670 74726 53306 50928 80670 74726 74726 152063 66393 66393 62827
5 Earth work in filling in compound, tank, low land,
ditches etc. with good earth, in layers not
exceeding 150 mm. including breaking clods and
consolidating the same by ramming and dressing
complete. (Payment will be made on profile
measurement before and after the work)
Page 2
PWD (WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
(A) EARTH WORK,ANTITERMITE TREATMENT
Rate (Rs.)
area of Haldibari PS
Siliguri Sub Divn.
Howrah/ Hoogly
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Sub Div
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
Dist.
No.
Page 3
PWD (WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
(A) EARTH WORK,ANTITERMITE TREATMENT
Rate (Rs.)
area of Haldibari PS
Siliguri Sub Divn.
Howrah/ Hoogly
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Sub Div
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
Dist.
No.
Page 4
PWD (WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
(A) EARTH WORK,ANTITERMITE TREATMENT
Rate (Rs.)
area of Haldibari PS
Siliguri Sub Divn.
Howrah/ Hoogly
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Sub Div
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
Dist.
No.
Page 5
PWD (WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
(A) EARTH WORK,ANTITERMITE TREATMENT
Rate (Rs.)
area of Haldibari PS
Siliguri Sub Divn.
Howrah/ Hoogly
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Sub Div
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
Dist.
No.
Page 6
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
area of Haldibari PS
Siliguri Sub Divn.
Howrah/ Hoogly
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Sub Div
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
Dist.
No.
a) In ground floor including roof. Cu.M. 451 451 451 451 451 451 451 451 451 451 451 451 451 451 451
b) Extra rate for each addl. Floor over the
Cu.M. 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50
rate of ground floor
(c) Extra rate for careful dismantling and
recovering at least 150 no of useable bricks Cu.M. 58 58 58 58 58 58 58 58 58 58 58 58 58 58 58
per cum
2 Dismantling all types of plain cement
concrete works, stacking serviceable
materials at site and removing rubbish as
directed within a lead of 75 m
In ground floor including roof.
(a) upto 150 mm. thick Cu.M. 949 949 949 949 949 949 949 949 949 949 949 949 949 949 949
(b) above 150 mm. thick Cu.M. 1431 1431 1431 1431 1431 1431 1431 1431 1431 1431 1431 1431 1431 1431 1431
(c ) Extra rate for each addl floor over the
rate of ground floor. Cu.M. 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50
Page 7
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
area of Haldibari PS
Siliguri Sub Divn.
Howrah/ Hoogly
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Sub Div
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
Dist.
No.
Page 8
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
area of Haldibari PS
Siliguri Sub Divn.
Howrah/ Hoogly
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Sub Div
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
Dist.
No.
Page 9
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
area of Haldibari PS
Siliguri Sub Divn.
Howrah/ Hoogly
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Sub Div
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
Dist.
No.
Page 10
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
area of Haldibari PS
Siliguri Sub Divn.
Howrah/ Hoogly
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Sub Div
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
Dist.
No.
a) Pakur Variety Cu.M. 4603 4271 4213 4134 4427 4306 4352 4219 4393 4415 4324 4939 4431 4478 4583
(b ) River bazree Cu.M. 5930 4644 4712 5038
(c ) RajMahal Cu.M. 5033
(d) With local hard blackstone variety chips
Cu.M. 5131 5024 4881
(crusher broken)
Page 11
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
area of Haldibari PS
Siliguri Sub Divn.
Howrah/ Hoogly
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Sub Div
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
Dist.
No.
Page 12
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
area of Haldibari PS
Siliguri Sub Divn.
Howrah/ Hoogly
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Sub Div
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
Dist.
No.
Page 13
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
area of Haldibari PS
Siliguri Sub Divn.
Howrah/ Hoogly
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Sub Div
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
Dist.
No.
(i) Pakur Variety Cu.M. 5389 5063 5007 4930 5216 5098 5142 5013 5183 5204 5140 5741 5244 5290 5392
(ii ) River Bazree Cu.M. 6792 5535 5600 5920
(iii) RajMahal Cu.M. 5887
(iv) With local hard blackstone variety chips
(crusher broken) Cu.M. 5937 5829 5693
Page 14
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
area of Haldibari PS
Siliguri Sub Divn.
Howrah/ Hoogly
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Sub Div
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
Dist.
No.
Page 15
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
area of Haldibari PS
Siliguri Sub Divn.
Howrah/ Hoogly
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Sub Div
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
Dist.
No.
Page 16
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
area of Haldibari PS
Siliguri Sub Divn.
Howrah/ Hoogly
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Sub Div
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
Dist.
No.
Page 17
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
area of Haldibari PS
Siliguri Sub Divn.
Howrah/ Hoogly
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Sub Div
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
Dist.
No.
Page 18
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
area of Haldibari PS
Siliguri Sub Divn.
Howrah/ Hoogly
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Sub Div
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
Dist.
No.
Page 19
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
area of Haldibari PS
Siliguri Sub Divn.
Howrah/ Hoogly
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Sub Div
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
Dist.
No.
Page 20
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
area of Haldibari PS
Siliguri Sub Divn.
Howrah/ Hoogly
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Sub Div
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
Dist.
No.
Page 21
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
area of Haldibari PS
Siliguri Sub Divn.
Howrah/ Hoogly
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Sub Div
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
Dist.
No.
Page 22
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
area of Haldibari PS
Siliguri Sub Divn.
Howrah/ Hoogly
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Sub Div
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
Dist.
No.
Page 23
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
area of Haldibari PS
Siliguri Sub Divn.
Howrah/ Hoogly
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Sub Div
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
Dist.
No.
Page 24
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
area of Haldibari PS
Siliguri Sub Divn.
Howrah/ Hoogly
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Sub Div
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
Dist.
No.
Page 25
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
area of Haldibari PS
Siliguri Sub Divn.
Howrah/ Hoogly
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Sub Div
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
Dist.
No.
Page 26
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
area of Haldibari PS
Siliguri Sub Divn.
Howrah/ Hoogly
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Sub Div
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
Dist.
No.
Page 27
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
area of Haldibari PS
Siliguri Sub Divn.
Howrah/ Hoogly
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Sub Div
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
Dist.
No.
a) 20 mm thick Sq.m 551 545 541 531 543 544 550 542 544 545 534 567 550 557 549
b) 25 mm thick Sq.m 586 578 573 561 575 577 584 574 577 579 564 605 584 593 583
c) 37.5mm thick Sq.m 668 656 648 630 652 655 665 650 654 657 635 697 665 678 664
19 Brick work with 1st class bricks in lime and
surki mortar (1:2) ( 1 lime putty/paste: 2
surki) lime to be slaked at site and the mortar
to be prepared with such lime putty and first
class surki made from kiln burnt bricks
having its fineness modulus between 2 and
2.5 and which passes through B.S. sieve No
8 with correspondes to I.S sieve No 200 with
considerable grinding and pugging it
complete.
a) In foundation and plinth Cu.M 6042 5509 4872 4872 6042 5896 5892 5222 5523 5506 5490 7153 5523 5506 5506
b) In Super structure, ground floor. Cu.M 6267 5734 5096 5096 6267 6120 6117 5447 5748 5730 5714 7378 5748 5730 5730
Page 28
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
area of Haldibari PS
Siliguri Sub Divn.
Howrah/ Hoogly
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Sub Div
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
Dist.
No.
(a) In foundation and plinth Cu.M. 6011 5410 4812 4812 5913 5816 5757 5089 5528 5508 5507 7131 5487 5487 5546
(b) In superstructure, ground floor Cu.M. 6236 5635 5037 5037 6138 6041 5982 5314 5753 5733 5732 7356 5712 5712 5771
Page 29
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
area of Haldibari PS
Siliguri Sub Divn.
Howrah/ Hoogly
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Sub Div
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
Dist.
No.
(a) In foundation and plinth Cu.M. 5882 5268 4670 4670 5784 5674 5615 4948 5386 5366 5358 7008 5339 5339 5398
(b) In superstructure, ground floor Cu.M. 6107 5493 4895 4895 6009 5899 5840 5172 5611 5591 5584 7233 5564 5564 5623
NOTE : 633 kg of unslaked lime @1 cu.m.
of lime putty/paste.
25 Extra Labour for brick for string course and
set square brick work, brackets and similar
Cu.M. 253 253 253 253 253 253 253 253 253 253 253 253 253 253 253
other projection brick works to be paid in
respective item.
26 Brick work with 1st class modular bricks
(a) With cement mortar (1:4)
(i) In foundation and plinth Cu.M. 5734 5638
(ii) In superstructure, ground floor Cu.M. 5880 5784
(b) With cement mortar (1:6)
(i) In foundation and plinth Cu.M. 5398 5302
(ii) In superstructure,ground floor Cu.M. 5521 5425
27 Add extra for basement and each additional
floor over the rate for ground floor on item
Nos. 19 to 26 except 25
(a) Upto 4th floor Cu.M. 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 112 112
(b) Above 4th floor Cu.M. 134 134 134 134 134 134 134 134 134 134 134 134 134 134 134
28 Extra over rate of corresponding items for
brick works in arches including hire and
labour charges for shuttering, centring etc.
complete.
(a) Clear span not exceeding 1,500 mm. Cu.M. 1044 1044 1044 1044 1044 1044 1044 1044 1044 1044 1044 1044 1044 1044 1044
(b) Clear span exceeding 1,500 mm. but not
Cu.M. 1107 1107 1107 1107 1107 1107 1107 1107 1107 1107 1107 1107 1107 1107 1107
exceeding 2,400 mm.
(c) Clear span exceeding 2,400 mm. but not
Cu.M. 1150 1150 1150 1150 1150 1150 1150 1150 1150 1150 1150 1150 1150 1150 1150
exceeding 3,600 mm.
(d) Clear span exceeding 3,600 mm. but not
Cu.M. 1168 1168 1168 1168 1168 1168 1168 1168 1168 1168 1168 1168 1168 1168 1168
exceeding 4,800 mm.
Page 30
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
area of Haldibari PS
Siliguri Sub Divn.
Howrah/ Hoogly
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Sub Div
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
Dist.
No.
Page 31
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
area of Haldibari PS
Siliguri Sub Divn.
Howrah/ Hoogly
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Sub Div
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
Dist.
No.
(a) 50 mm. thick panels Sq. M 405 405 405 405 405 405 405 405 405 405 405 418 405 405 405
(b) 37.5 mm thick panels Sq. M 351 351 351 351 351 351 351 351 351 351 351 364 351 351 351
(Cement and steel required for item no. 38
will not be issued by Deptt.)
Page 32
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
area of Haldibari PS
Siliguri Sub Divn.
Howrah/ Hoogly
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Sub Div
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
Dist.
No.
Page 33
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
area of Haldibari PS
Siliguri Sub Divn.
Howrah/ Hoogly
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Sub Div
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
Dist.
No.
Page 34
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
area of Haldibari PS
Siliguri Sub Divn.
Howrah/ Hoogly
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Sub Div
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
Dist.
No.
Page 35
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
area of Haldibari PS
Siliguri Sub Divn.
Howrah/ Hoogly
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Sub Div
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
Dist.
No.
Page 36
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
area of Haldibari PS
Siliguri Sub Divn.
Howrah/ Hoogly
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Sub Div
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
Dist.
No.
Page 37
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
area of Haldibari PS
Siliguri Sub Divn.
Howrah/ Hoogly
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Sub Div
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
Dist.
No.
Page 38
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
area of Haldibari PS
Siliguri Sub Divn.
Howrah/ Hoogly
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Sub Div
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
Dist.
No.
Page 39
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
(D) Flooring
Rate (Rs.)
Jalpaiguri,Alipurduar,
/Area of Kalyani Sub
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Haldibari PS
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Divn.
Description of Items Unit
Dist.
Div
PS
S)
No.
In ground floor.
3 mm. thick topping (High polishing grinding
on this item is not permitted with ordinary
cement).
Using grey cement
(i) 20 mm. thick Sq. M 265 260 255 246 257 260 264 256 258 259 249 279 265 272 260
(ii) 25 mm. thick Sq. M 303 296 291 278 292 297 301 292 295 295 282 322 303 313 296
(iii) 35 mm. thick Sq. M 372 362 354 336 357 363 369 355 359 360 341 396 370 384 361
(Add extra @1.5% for each addl. floor upto
4th floor and @1.75% for each additional
floor above 4th floor for item No.1 and 3).
Page 40
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
(D) Flooring
Rate (Rs.)
Jalpaiguri,Alipurduar,
/Area of Kalyani Sub
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Haldibari PS
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Divn.
Description of Items Unit
Dist.
Div
PS
S)
No.
Page 41
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
(D) Flooring
Rate (Rs.)
Jalpaiguri,Alipurduar,
/Area of Kalyani Sub
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Haldibari PS
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Divn.
Description of Items Unit
Dist.
Div
PS
S)
No.
(i) In ordinary grey colour Sq. M 759 751 745 732 747 752 757 746 749 750 737 792 758 769 752
(ii) In black colour Sq. M 848 840 834 821 836 841 846 835 838 839 826 880 847 858 841
(iii) In red colour Sq. M 862 855 848 835 850 855 860 849 852 853 840 895 862 872 855
Page 42
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
(D) Flooring
Rate (Rs.)
Jalpaiguri,Alipurduar,
/Area of Kalyani Sub
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Haldibari PS
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Divn.
Description of Items Unit
Dist.
Div
PS
S)
No.
(i) In ordinary grey colour Sq. M 1056 1039 1037 1037 1049 1043 1041 1037 1047 1047 1049 1079 1047 1047 1053
(ii) In black colour Sq. M 1164 1147 1144 1144 1157 1150 1148 1144 1154 1154 1156 1186 1155 1155 1160
(iii) In red colour Sq. M 1172 1154 1152 1152 1164 1158 1156 1152 1162 1162 1164 1194 1163 1163 1168
Page 43
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
(D) Flooring
Rate (Rs.)
Jalpaiguri,Alipurduar,
/Area of Kalyani Sub
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Haldibari PS
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Divn.
Description of Items Unit
Dist.
Div
PS
S)
No.
Page 44
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
(D) Flooring
Rate (Rs.)
Jalpaiguri,Alipurduar,
/Area of Kalyani Sub
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Haldibari PS
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Divn.
Description of Items Unit
Dist.
Div
PS
S)
No.
Page 45
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
(D) Flooring
Rate (Rs.)
Jalpaiguri,Alipurduar,
/Area of Kalyani Sub
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Haldibari PS
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Divn.
Description of Items Unit
Dist.
Div
PS
S)
No.
In ground floor Sq. M 1166 1149 1147 1147 1159 1153 1151 1147 1156 1156 1157 1178 1156 1156 1162
(b) Supplying fitting and fixing in position 8
mm. to 12 mm. thick Dholpur slab in wall,
dado making suitable arrangement to hold
the stone properly with approved
polymerised adhesives (6 mm thick) as per
ISI specification including pointing with
cement mortar (1:2) (1 cement: 2 marble
dust) with admixture of pigment matching the
stone shades all complete as per direction of
Engineer-in-charge including cost of all
materials, labour, scaffolding, staging, curing
complete [using white cement for pointing @
2.4 kg/ Sq.m].
In ground floor Sq. M 1283 1283 1283 1283 1283 1283 1283 1283 1283 1283 1283 1320 1283 1283 1283
Page 46
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
(D) Flooring
Rate (Rs.)
Jalpaiguri,Alipurduar,
/Area of Kalyani Sub
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Haldibari PS
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Divn.
Description of Items Unit
Dist.
Div
PS
S)
No.
Page 47
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
(D) Flooring
Rate (Rs.)
Jalpaiguri,Alipurduar,
/Area of Kalyani Sub
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Haldibari PS
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Divn.
Description of Items Unit
Dist.
Div
PS
S)
No.
Page 48
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
(D) Flooring
Rate (Rs.)
Jalpaiguri,Alipurduar,
/Area of Kalyani Sub
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Haldibari PS
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Divn.
Description of Items Unit
Dist.
Div
PS
S)
No.
Page 49
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
(D) Flooring
Rate (Rs.)
Jalpaiguri,Alipurduar,
/Area of Kalyani Sub
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Haldibari PS
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Divn.
Description of Items Unit
Dist.
Div
PS
S)
No.
Page 50
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
(D) Flooring
Rate (Rs.)
Jalpaiguri,Alipurduar,
/Area of Kalyani Sub
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Haldibari PS
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Divn.
Description of Items Unit
Dist.
Div
PS
S)
No.
Page 51
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
(D) Flooring
Rate (Rs.)
Jalpaiguri,Alipurduar,
/Area of Kalyani Sub
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Haldibari PS
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Divn.
Description of Items Unit
Dist.
Div
PS
S)
No.
(A) Floor
With Sand Cement Mortar (1:4) 20 mm thick
& 2 mm thick cement slurry at back side of
tiles using cement @ 2.91 Kg/Sq.m & joint
filling using white cement slurry @
0.20kg/Sq.m.
(a) Area of each tile upto 0.09 Sq.m
(i) Coloured decorative Sq. M 844 827 824 824 837 830 828 824 834 834 834 867 833 833 838
(ii) Other than Coloured decorative including
white Sq. M 794 777 774 774 787 780 778 774 784 784 784 817 783 783 788
(B) Wall
Page 52
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
(D) Flooring
Rate (Rs.)
Jalpaiguri,Alipurduar,
/Area of Kalyani Sub
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Haldibari PS
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Divn.
Description of Items Unit
Dist.
Div
PS
S)
No.
(C ) Floor
With Polymerised
With PolymerisedAdhesive
Adhesiveand
& Epoxy
Epoxy grout
pointing including spacer- 2 mm ( When
Tiles are laid over existing hard ready
surface)
(a) Area of each tile upto 0.09 Sq.m [using
adhesive 3 mm thick]
(i) Coloured decorative Sq. M 895 895 895 895 895 895 895 895 895 895 895 916 895 895 895
(ii) Other than Coloured decorative including
Sq. M 845 845 845 845 845 845 845 845 845 845 845 866 845 845 845
white
(b) Area of each tile above 0.09 Sq.m [using
adhesive 4.5 mm thick]
(i) Coloured decorative Sq. M 1083 1083 1083 1083 1083 1083 1083 1083 1083 1083 1083 1105 1083 1083 1083
(ii) Other than Coloured decorative including
Sq. M 1020 1020 1020 1020 1020 1020 1020 1020 1020 1020 1020 1043 1020 1020 1020
white
(D ) Wall
With Polymerised
With PolymerisedAdhesive
Adhesiveand
& Epoxy
Epoxy grout
pointing including spacer- 2 mm ( When
Tiles are laid over existing hard ready
surface)
(a) Area of each tile upto 0.09 Sq.m [using
adhesive 3 mm thick]
(i) Coloured decorative Sq. M 920 920 920 920 920 920 920 920 920 920 920 942 920 920 920
(ii) Other than Coloured decorative including
white Sq. M 870 870 870 870 870 870 870 870 870 870 870 891 870 870 870
Page 53
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
(D) Flooring
Rate (Rs.)
Jalpaiguri,Alipurduar,
/Area of Kalyani Sub
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Haldibari PS
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Divn.
Description of Items Unit
Dist.
Div
PS
S)
No.
(i) Coloured decorative Sq. M 1333 1333 1333 1333 1333 1333 1333 1333 1333 1333 1333 1355 1333 1333 1333
(ii) other than Coloured decorative including
Sq. M 1258 1258 1258 1258 1258 1258 1258 1258 1258 1258 1258 1280 1258 1258 1258
white
Note:-1. If Cement grout is used in place of
epoxy grout then deduct Rs 115/ Sq.m for
item 30 (C) [a] & 30 (D) [a] and Rs 87/ Sq.m
for item 30 (C) [b] & 30 (D) [b]
2. Add extra for each addl, floor over the
rate for item 16 & 30.
(i) upto 4 th floor-Rs 5/ Sq.m
(i) above 4 th floor-Rs 6.25/ Sq.m
31 A Supplying, fitting & fixing granite tiles 10mm
to 12mm. thick in columns, wall, facia etc.
with 15 thick [avg] cement mortar (1:2)
including making suitable arrangements to
hold the stones properly by brass / copper
hooks including pointing in cement mortar
(1:2) (1 white cement : 2 marble dust) with
admixture of pigment matching the stone
shades all complete as per direction of the
Engineer-in-charge including cost of all
materials, labours, scaffolding, staging
,curing and roughening of concrete surface
complete.
[Using cement slurry at back side of tiles@
4.4 kg/sq.m & white cement slurry for joint
filling @ 1.8 kg/sq.m]
Area of each slab upto 0.2 Sq.m Sq. M 2015 2003 2002 2002 2010 2006 2004 2002 2008 2008 2010 2046 2009 2009 2013
Page 54
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
(D) Flooring
Rate (Rs.)
Jalpaiguri,Alipurduar,
/Area of Kalyani Sub
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Haldibari PS
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Divn.
Description of Items Unit
Dist.
Div
PS
S)
No.
Page 55
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
(D) Flooring
Rate (Rs.)
Jalpaiguri,Alipurduar,
/Area of Kalyani Sub
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Haldibari PS
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Divn.
Description of Items Unit
Dist.
Div
PS
S)
No.
Page 56
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
(D) Flooring
Rate (Rs.)
Jalpaiguri,Alipurduar,
/Area of Kalyani Sub
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Haldibari PS
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Divn.
Description of Items Unit
Dist.
Div
PS
S)
No.
Page 57
PWD(WB)Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
Jalpaiguri,Alipurduar,
/Area of Kalyani Sub
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Haldibari PS
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Divn.
Description of Items Unit
Dist.
Div
PS
S)
No.
(a) In single layer (Cement 1.7 Kg/ Sq.m) Sq.M 389 387 387 387 388 388 387 387 388 388 388 391 388 388 389
(b) In double layer (Cement 3.4 Kg/ Sq.m) Sq.M 721 716 716 716 719 718 716 716 719 719 719 725 718 718 720
Page 58
PWD(WB)Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
Jalpaiguri,Alipurduar,
/Area of Kalyani Sub
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Haldibari PS
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Divn.
Description of Items Unit
Dist.
Div
PS
S)
No.
5 Repair to roof cracks with Bitumen(VG-40) Sq.M 239 235 235 235 237 236 235 235 237 237 237 242 236 236 237
including cutting grooves and cleaning
cracks, heating bitumen as directed and
finished with sand blinding. (Bitumen 1.687
Kg/ Sq.m, Meadium Sand 0.6 Cu.m/100
Sq.m) (Bitumen to be supplied by contractor)
6 Repairs to cracks in terraced roof by cutting Metre 190 168 152 152 190 183 189 152 168 168 173 301 173 173 173
V-grooves 75 mm. to 100 mm. deep and 150
mm. to 200 mm. wide and filling the same
with beaten lime concrete (2:2:7) with lime
putty / paste and finishing complete (2 lime
putty / paste : 2 surki : 7 brick khoa )
10 Opening out and examining portion of Each 156 156 156 156 156 156 156 156 156 156 156 156 156 156 156
bearing of beam including mending good Bearing
damages as necessary.
Page 59
PWD(WB)Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
Jalpaiguri,Alipurduar,
/Area of Kalyani Sub
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Haldibari PS
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Divn.
Description of Items Unit
Dist.
Div
PS
S)
No.
(b) Clear span exceeding 3.7m but not Each 3214 3214 3214 3214 3214 3214 3214 3214 3214 3214 3214 3214 3214 3214 3214
exceeding 5m.
(c) Clear span exceeding 5m but not Each 3597 3597 3597 3597 3597 3597 3597 3597 3597 3597 3597 3597 3597 3597 3597
exceeding 6m.
(d) Clear span exceeding 6m but not Each 4076 4076 4076 4076 4076 4076 4076 4076 4076 4076 4076 4076 4076 4076 4076
exceeding 7.3m.
(ii) Height exceeding 5m but not
exceeding 7.3m.
(a) Clear span not exceeding 3.7m. Each 3286 3286 3286 3286 3286 3286 3286 3286 3286 3286 3286 3286 3286 3286 3286
(b) Clear span exceeding 3.7m but not Each 3959 3959 3959 3959 3959 3959 3959 3959 3959 3959 3959 3959 3959 3959 3959
exceeding 5m.
(c) Clear span exceeding 5m but not Each 4491 4491 4491 4491 4491 4491 4491 4491 4491 4491 4491 4491 4491 4491 4491
exceeding 6m.
(d) Clear span exceeding 6m but not Each 5164 5164 5164 5164 5164 5164 5164 5164 5164 5164 5164 5164 5164 5164 5164
exceeding 7.3m.
12 Labour for changing burgahs excluding Each 27 27 27 27 27 27 27 27 27 27 27 27 27 27 27
mending damages.
[Payment for the wooden burgahs (replacing
the old ones) will be made against Item 4 of
carpenter's work ]
Page 60
PWD(WB)Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
Jalpaiguri,Alipurduar,
/Area of Kalyani Sub
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Haldibari PS
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Divn.
Description of Items Unit
Dist.
Div
PS
S)
No.
13 Encasing R.S. joist / beam with 16 to 18 Sq.M 634 605 598 572 607 616 618 600 613 614 583 677 623 641 614
B.W.G. wire netting (13 to 19 mm. mesh)
and cement concrete (1:1..5:3) with stone
chips including finishing with 15 mm. thick
cement plaster (1:4) and 2 coats white
washing complete.( Cement 18.9 Kg/ Sq.m)
(a) Valamoid or similar bituminous paste as Sq.M 264 249 220 278 264 264 264 264 220 191 191 - - - -
approved
(b) Cement mortar (1:3) (Cement Sq.M 249 233 204 262 248 248 248 248 205 175 175 - - - -
0.5Kg/Sq.m)
16 Ridging of Ranigunge pattern tiled roof of 1st
class quality fitted and fixed including the
cost of setting and pointing with
(a) Valamoid or similar bituminous paste as Metre 148 148 148 148 148 148 148 148 148 148 148 - - - -
approved
(b) Cement mortar (1:3) (Cement 0.2Kg/Mtr) Metre 147 147 147 147 147 147 147 147 147 147 147 - - - -
Page 61
PWD(WB)Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
Jalpaiguri,Alipurduar,
/Area of Kalyani Sub
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Haldibari PS
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Divn.
Description of Items Unit
Dist.
Div
PS
S)
No.
(a) In Roof Sq.M 549 549 549 549 549 549 549 549 549 549 549 569 549 549 549
(b) In Wall Sq.M 539 539 539 539 539 539 539 539 539 539 539 559 539 539 539
Page 62
PWD(WB)Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
Jalpaiguri,Alipurduar,
/Area of Kalyani Sub
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Haldibari PS
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Divn.
Description of Items Unit
Dist.
Div
PS
S)
No.
(i) In Roof:-
a) With 0.60 mm thick sheet Sq.M 725 725 725 725 725 725 725 725 725 725 725 750 725 725 725
b) With 0.63 mm thick sheet Sq.M 755 755 755 755 755 755 755 755 755 755 755 779 755 755 755
c) With 0.80 mm thick sheet Sq.M 947 947 947 947 947 947 947 947 947 947 947 966 947 947 947
(ii) In wall:-
a) With 0.60 mm thick sheet Sq.M 711 711 711 711 711 711 711 711 711 711 711 735 711 711 711
b) With 0.63 mm thick sheet Sq.M 740 740 740 740 740 740 740 740 740 740 740 765 740 740 740
c) With 0.80 mm thick sheet Sq.M 932 932 932 932 932 932 932 932 932 932 932 951 932 932 932
25 Supplying, fitting and fixing glass reinforced
polyester translucent fiber glass sheet to
match with GCI Corrugation as per IS: 12866
- 1989 in roof fitted and fixed with 10 mm dia
"J" or "L" hook, bolts and nuts, limpet and
bitumen washers and putty with 150mm end
lap and one corrugation minimum side lap
complete.
ii) Fire retardant milky white Sq.M 937 937 937 937 937 937 937 937 937 937 937 1012 952 1005 937
iii) Coloured other than natural white or tinted Sq.M 907 907 907 907 907 907 907 907 907 907 907 1000 934 993 907
blue
iv) Special coloured textured tissue Sq.M 987 987 987 987 987 987 987 987 987 987 987 1083 1032 1077 987
Page 63
PWD(WB)Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
Jalpaiguri,Alipurduar,
/Area of Kalyani Sub
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Haldibari PS
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Divn.
Description of Items Unit
Dist.
Div
PS
S)
No.
i) Natural white or tinted blue colour Sq.M 1042 1042 1042 1042 1042 1042 1042 1042 1042 1042 1042 1056 1042 1042 1042
ii) Fire retardant milky white Sq.M 1133 1133 1133 1133 1133 1133 1133 1133 1133 1133 1133 1145 1133 1133 1133
iii) Coloured other than natural white or tinted Sq.M 1133 1133 1133 1133 1133 1133 1133 1133 1133 1133 1133 1145 1133 1133 1133
blue
iv) Special coloured textured tissue Sq.M 1234 1234 1234 1234 1234 1234 1234 1234 1234 1234 1234 1250 1234 1234 1234
ii) Fire retardant milkyl white Metre 721 721 721 721 721 721 721 721 721 721 721 731 721 721 721
iii) Coloured other than natural white or tinted Metre 721 721 721 721 721 721 721 721 721 721 721 731 721 721 721
blue
iv) Special coloured textured tissue Metre 840 840 840 840 840 840 840 840 840 840 840 850 840 840 840
ii) Fire retardant milky white Metre 1011 1011 1011 1011 1011 1011 1011 1011 1011 1011 1011 1095 1011 1011 1011
iii) Coloured other than natural white or tinted Metre 981 981 981 981 981 981 981 981 981 981 981 1083 981 981 981
blue
iv) Special coloured textured tissue Metre 1061 1061 1061 1061 1061 1061 1061 1061 1061 1061 1061 1166 1061 1061 1061
Page 64
PWD(WB)Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
Jalpaiguri,Alipurduar,
/Area of Kalyani Sub
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Haldibari PS
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Divn.
Description of Items Unit
Dist.
Div
PS
S)
No.
(a) In roof: with 0.63 mm. sheets. Sq.M 530 530 530 530 530 530 530 530 530 530 530 543 530 530 530
(b) In wall: with 0.63 mm. sheets. Sq.M 513 513 513 513 513 513 513 513 513 513 513 527 513 513 513
(b) Serrated adjustable type Metre 260 260 260 260 260 260 260 260 260 260 260 268 260 260 260
(a) 225 mm. wide gutter Metre 376 376 376 376 376 376 376 376 376 376 376 381 376 376 376
Page 65
PWD(WB)Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
Jalpaiguri,Alipurduar,
/Area of Kalyani Sub
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Haldibari PS
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Divn.
Description of Items Unit
Dist.
Div
PS
S)
No.
(b) 300 mm. wide gutter Metre 444 444 444 444 444 444 444 444 444 444 444 450 444 444 444
32 Galvanised iron sheets valley gutter with Metre 605 605 605 605 605 605 605 605 605 605 605 613 605 605 605
perimeter not less than 750 mm with 225
mm lap each way fitted and fixed with
necessary bolts, nuts, screws, etc.complete.
Valley gutter made of 0.63 mm. thick sheets.
(300mm End lapping)
Page 66
PWD(WB)Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
Jalpaiguri,Alipurduar,
/Area of Kalyani Sub
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Haldibari PS
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Divn.
Description of Items Unit
Dist.
Div
PS
S)
No.
(b) With all new fittings including the cost Metre 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 125 127 125 125 125
thereof.
35 Renewing galvanised J or L hook-bolt with
nut and with necessary limpet and bitumen
washers, putty etc. fitted and fixed complete.
(Total length of bolt upto 225 mm)
39 Walling or roofing fitted and fixed complete Sq.M 352 352 352 352 352 352 352 352 352 352 352 375 352 352 352
with cut drum sheets including the cost of
drums, cost of cutting drums and flattening
the sheets and cost of necessary nails and
screws.
Page 67
PWD(WB)Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
Jalpaiguri,Alipurduar,
/Area of Kalyani Sub
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Haldibari PS
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Divn.
Description of Items Unit
Dist.
Div
PS
S)
No.
(b) Made with 50 mm. X 6 mm. flats Metre 168 168 168 168 168 168 168 168 168 168 168 173 168 168 168
(c) Made with 50 mm. X 10 mm. flats Metre 266 266 266 266 266 266 266 266 266 266 266 275 266 266 266
(a) Above 1.5 m to 3 m span Each 440 440 440 440 440 440 440 440 440 440 440 440 440 440 440
(b) Above 3 m to 6 m span Each 728 728 728 728 728 728 728 728 728 728 728 728 728 728 728
(c) Above 6 m to 9 m span Each 1503 1503 1503 1503 1503 1503 1503 1503 1503 1503 1503 1503 1503 1503 1503
(d) Above 9 m to 12 m span Each 2048 2048 2048 2048 2048 2048 2048 2048 2048 2048 2048 2048 2048 2048 2048
(e) Above 12 m to 15 m span Each 2954 2954 2954 2954 2954 2954 2954 2954 2954 2954 2954 2954 2954 2954 2954
Page 68
PWD(WB)Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
Jalpaiguri,Alipurduar,
/Area of Kalyani Sub
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Haldibari PS
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Divn.
Description of Items Unit
Dist.
Div
PS
S)
No.
(a) For 20 mm. thick precast tiles (cement Sq.M 613 596 595 595 606 601 596 595 606 604 606 641 604 604 609
14.6 kg/ Sq.m for underlayer)
(b) For 25 mm. thick precast tiles (cement Sq.M 656 638 637 637 648 643 638 637 648 646 648 683 647 647 651
14.6 kg/ Sq.m for underlayer)
(Add extra @ 1.5% for each additional
floor upto 4th floor and @ 1.75% for each
additional floor above 4th floor)
Page 69
PWD(WB)Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
Jalpaiguri,Alipurduar,
/Area of Kalyani Sub
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Haldibari PS
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Divn.
Description of Items Unit
Dist.
Div
PS
S)
No.
(a) By Bricks (cement 25.66 kg/ Sq.m) Sq.M 915 838 791 791 891 877 863 811 866 861 863 1021 858 858 872
(b) By 1St Class Brick Bats (cement Sq.M 763 693 688 680 714 725 707 700 714 717 719 790 821 718 733
29.66kg/ Sq.m)
Page 70
PWD(WB)Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
Jalpaiguri,Alipurduar,
/Area of Kalyani Sub
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Haldibari PS
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Divn.
Description of Items Unit
Dist.
Div
PS
S)
No.
48 Labour for taking out and refixing of Narriah Sq.M - - 106 106 - - - 106 - - - - - - -
tiles(Khapra) in slope roof over GCI/Plane
Sheet roofing or bamboo frame work.
Page 71
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
(F) STRUCTURAL STEEL WORKS, GRILLS, GATES ETC.
Rate (Rs.)
Jalpaiguri,Alipurduar,
/Area of Kalyani Sub
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Haldibari PS
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Divn.
Description of Items Unit
Dist.
Div
PS
S)
No.
Page72
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
(F) STRUCTURAL STEEL WORKS, GRILLS, GATES ETC.
Rate (Rs.)
Jalpaiguri,Alipurduar,
/Area of Kalyani Sub
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Haldibari PS
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Divn.
Description of Items Unit
Dist.
Div
PS
S)
No.
Page73
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
(F) STRUCTURAL STEEL WORKS, GRILLS, GATES ETC.
Rate (Rs.)
Jalpaiguri,Alipurduar,
/Area of Kalyani Sub
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Haldibari PS
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Divn.
Description of Items Unit
Dist.
Div
PS
S)
No.
b) Span beyond 12 Mtr and up to 20.00 Mtr MT. 81868 81868 81868 81868 81868 81868 81868 81868 81868 81868 83206 84531 83206 83206 83206
c) Span beyond 20 Mtr and up to 30 Mtr MT. 84370 84370 84370 84370 84370 84370 84370 84370 84370 84370 85736 87086 85736 85736 85736
ii) For other Structural works like galleries
etc. MT. 81364 81364 81364 81364 81364 81364 81364 81364 81364 81364 82715 84053 82715 82715 82715
Page74
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
(F) STRUCTURAL STEEL WORKS, GRILLS, GATES ETC.
Rate (Rs.)
Jalpaiguri,Alipurduar,
/Area of Kalyani Sub
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Haldibari PS
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Divn.
Description of Items Unit
Dist.
Div
PS
S)
No.
(a) From 1st floor level Qntl. 199 199 199 199 199 199 199 199 199 199 199 199 199 199 199
(b) Add extra for each addl. Floor Qntl. 58 58 58 58 58 58 58 58 58 58 58 58 58 58 58
7 Ordinary grating bars made of round or
square M.S. rods fitted and fixed in holes of
window frames etc, complete.
In ground floor. Qntl. 7664 7664 7664 7664 7664 7664 7664 7664 7664 7664 7791 7918 7791 7791 7791
(Steel materials will not be issued by the
Deptt.)
(Add extra @1% for each additional floor
upto 4th floor. @1.25% for each additional
floor above 4th floor).
8 M.S. round or square bar grating of windows
etc. fitted and fixed in holes of window frame
and with intermediate flat bar stiffener( with
necessary holes for the grating bars and with
the ends turned and fixed to timber frame
with necessary screws) complete , as
directed.
In ground floor. Qntl. 7842 7842 7842 7842 7842 7842 7842 7842 7842 7842 7969 8096 7969 7969 7969
(Steel materials will not be issued by the
Deptt.)
Page75
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
(F) STRUCTURAL STEEL WORKS, GRILLS, GATES ETC.
Rate (Rs.)
Jalpaiguri,Alipurduar,
/Area of Kalyani Sub
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Haldibari PS
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Divn.
Description of Items Unit
Dist.
Div
PS
S)
No.
Page76
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
(F) STRUCTURAL STEEL WORKS, GRILLS, GATES ETC.
Rate (Rs.)
Jalpaiguri,Alipurduar,
/Area of Kalyani Sub
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Haldibari PS
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Divn.
Description of Items Unit
Dist.
Div
PS
S)
No.
Page77
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
(F) STRUCTURAL STEEL WORKS, GRILLS, GATES ETC.
Rate (Rs.)
Jalpaiguri,Alipurduar,
/Area of Kalyani Sub
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Haldibari PS
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Divn.
Description of Items Unit
Dist.
Div
PS
S)
No.
Page78
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
(F) STRUCTURAL STEEL WORKS, GRILLS, GATES ETC.
Rate (Rs.)
Jalpaiguri,Alipurduar,
/Area of Kalyani Sub
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Haldibari PS
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Divn.
Description of Items Unit
Dist.
Div
PS
S)
No.
(iii) 25 mm dia.
(a) 450 mm long. Each 260 260 260 260 260 260 260 260 260 260 260 262 260 260 260
(b) 500 mm long. Each 295 295 295 295 295 295 295 295 295 295 295 298 295 295 295
(c) 750 mm long Each 402 402 402 402 402 402 402 402 402 402 402 405 402 402 402
(iv) 32 mm dia:
(a) 450 mm long Each 378 378 378 378 378 378 378 378 378 378 378 381 378 378 378
(b) 500 mm long Each 402 402 402 402 402 402 402 402 402 402 402 405 402 402 402
(c) 750 mm long Each 498 498 498 498 498 498 498 498 498 498 498 504 498 498 498
Page79
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
(F) STRUCTURAL STEEL WORKS, GRILLS, GATES ETC.
Rate (Rs.)
Jalpaiguri,Alipurduar,
/Area of Kalyani Sub
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Haldibari PS
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Divn.
Description of Items Unit
Dist.
Div
PS
S)
No.
(c) Length above 150mm. Kg. 114 114 114 114 114 114 114 114 114 114 114 115 114 114 114
Page80
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
(F) STRUCTURAL STEEL WORKS, GRILLS, GATES ETC.
Rate (Rs.)
Jalpaiguri,Alipurduar,
/Area of Kalyani Sub
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Haldibari PS
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Divn.
Description of Items Unit
Dist.
Div
PS
S)
No.
Page81
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
(F) STRUCTURAL STEEL WORKS, GRILLS, GATES ETC.
Rate (Rs.)
Jalpaiguri,Alipurduar,
/Area of Kalyani Sub
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Haldibari PS
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Divn.
Description of Items Unit
Dist.
Div
PS
S)
No.
Page82
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
(F) STRUCTURAL STEEL WORKS, GRILLS, GATES ETC.
Rate (Rs.)
Jalpaiguri,Alipurduar,
/Area of Kalyani Sub
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Haldibari PS
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Divn.
Description of Items Unit
Dist.
Div
PS
S)
No.
(ii) 40 mm x 6 mm flat Mtr. 265 265 265 265 265 265 265 265 265 265 267 270 267 267 267
Page83
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
(F) STRUCTURAL STEEL WORKS, GRILLS, GATES ETC.
Rate (Rs.)
Jalpaiguri,Alipurduar,
/Area of Kalyani Sub
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Haldibari PS
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Divn.
Description of Items Unit
Dist.
Div
PS
S)
No.
(i) Above 50 mm. Each 126 126 126 126 126 126 126 126 126 126 126 126 126 126 126
(ii) below 50mm. Each 109 109 109 109 109 109 109 109 109 109 109 109 109 109 109
47 Labour for taking out steel door and window
frame for repairs and re-fixing the same ( or
replacement by new one) including mending
good damages (excluding the cost of repair
of damages) and applying a protective coat
of paint.
Upto one sq.m.area of frame. Each 129 129 129 129 129 129 129 129 129 129 129 129 129 129 129
48 Supplying, fitting and fixing cast iron heavy
type spiral staircase of approved design with
50 mm.dia. Stem and C.I. Steps 150 mm as
per design 900 mm. high C.I, railing including
necessary M.S. tie of suitable section
embedded to wall with cement concrete
(1:2:4) including cost of intermediate C.I.
platform secured with necessary tie to stem
and wall with cement concrete (1:2:4)
including fixing the stem in ground with
cement concrete (1:3:6) complete in all
respect with all labour and materials.
Page84
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
area of Haldibari PS
Siliguri Sub Divn.
Howrah/ Hoogly
of Haldibari PS
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Sub Div
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
No.
NOTE:
(1) Without the specific permission of the
Superintending Engineer no work
involving 1st class best Indian teak and
Siliguri: Sal wood should be carried out.
(2) In case of of using under specified
timber in frame, shutter etc. penal rate of
reduction to a maximum of 50% will be
made in such under specified timber
work.
Page 85
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
area of Haldibari PS
Siliguri Sub Divn.
Howrah/ Hoogly
of Haldibari PS
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Sub Div
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
No.
Mode of measurement :
Weight of frame shall be calculated for
the M.S. sections of frames. Payment of
butt hinges, clamps, hasp bolt, socket
bolts, screws etc. will be paid separately.
The weight of section should be
calculated at 7.85 gm/Cu.cm
2 Extra rate for Curved wood works in doors
and window frame fitted and fixed complete
over corresponding Items of Item No. 1. (In
measuring such average length and average Cu.M 10% 10% 10% 10% 10% 10% 10% 10% 10% 10% 10% 10% 10% 10% 10%
breadth to be taken into consideration, depth
remaining constant). (The quantum should
be corrected upto three decimals)
3 (A) Wood work in posts, post plates, rafters,
battens, truss members, purlins etc. fitted
and fixed complete (excluding the cost of
bolts, paints, but including the cost of nails,
screws etc.)
(The quantum should be corrected upto
three decimals)
(i) Sal : Siliguri. Cu.M 113732 100740 100740 100740 113732 100740 100740 100740 100740 98217 98217 94433 94433 94433 98217
(ii) Sal : Local. Cu.M 89345 83717 83717 83717 89345 83717 83717 83717 83717 83717 83717 83717 82468 82468 82468
(iii) Sal : Malayasian Cu.M 95964 86841 86841 86841 95964 86841 87465 87465 87465 87465 89340 - - - -
Page 86
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
area of Haldibari PS
Siliguri Sub Divn.
Howrah/ Hoogly
of Haldibari PS
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Sub Div
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
No.
(i) Sal : Siliguri. Cu.M 103101 90108 90108 90108 103101 90108 90108 90108 90108 87586 87586 83802 83802 83802 87586
(ii) Sal : Malayasian Cu.M 86069 76952 76952 76952 86069 76952 77577 77577 77577 77577 79450 - - - -
(iii) Local Sal. Cu.M 79454 73831 73831 73831 79454 73831 73831 73831 73831 73831 73831 73831 72583 72583 72583
Note: Extra for Lifting Charges:-
i) upto 4th floor Rs. 200/- per Cu.m
ii) Above 4th floor Rs. 250/- per Cu.m
5 Wood work in upper rails of railing, hand rail
of staircase, balcony etc. includig necessary
bend, moulding fitted and fixed complete (for
purpose of payment section will be
measured in the square).
(a) 1st class best Indian teak. Cu.M 191777 174641 168051 168051 191777 168051 166732 166732 166732 166732 166732 174641 166732 166732 166732
(b) Ordinary teak. Cu.M 148278 141687 128507 128507 148278 141687 128507 128507 135097 135097 135097 135097 135097 135097 135097
(c) Sishu, Gamar, Champ, Badam, Bhola,
Cu.M 101454 95579 95579 95579 101454 95579 95579 95579 95579 95579 98843 98843 95579 95579 95579
Morga, Hallak.
(d) Other Local Wood. Cu.M 44896 38352 38352 38352 44896 38352 38352 38352 38352 38352 38352 38352 39007 39007 39007
Note: Extra for Lifting Charges:-
i) upto 4th floor Rs. 200/- per Cu.m
ii) Above 4th floor Rs. 250/- per Cu.m
Page 87
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
area of Haldibari PS
Siliguri Sub Divn.
Howrah/ Hoogly
of Haldibari PS
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Sub Div
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
No.
(a) 1st class best Indian Teak. Metre 145 135 130 130 145 130 130 130 130 130 130 135 130 130 130
(b) Ordinary Teak Wood. Metre 118 114 106 106 118 114 106 106 110 110 110 110 110 110 110
(c) Sal : Siliguri. Metre 106 97 97 97 106 97 97 97 97 96 96 93 93 93 96
(d) Sal : Malayasian Metre 94 88 88 88 94 88 89 89 89 89 90 - - - -
(e) Local Sal. Metre 90 86 86 86 90 86 86 86 86 86 86 86 85 85 85
Page 88
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
area of Haldibari PS
Siliguri Sub Divn.
Howrah/ Hoogly
of Haldibari PS
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Sub Div
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
No.
(a) 1st class best Indian Teak. Each 425 389 375 375 425 375 373 373 373 373 373 390 373 373 373
(b) Ordinary Teak Wood. Each 330 316 289 289 330 316 289 289 303 303 303 303 303 303 303
(c) Sal : Siliguri. Each 289 261 261 261 289 261 261 261 261 255 255 247 247 247 255
(d) Sal : Malayasian Each 250 230 230 230 250 230 232 232 232 232 236 - - - -
(e) Local Sal. Each 236 223 223 223 236 223 223 223 223 223 223 224 221 221 221
11 M.S. sash bar upto 1200mm. Length with
coach screws and flat iron clamps 40mm X
6mm fitted and fixed complete.
(a) With 40mm. X 10mm flat. Each 296 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 253 250 250 250
(b) With 40mm. X 6mm flat. Each 212 182 182 182 182 182 182 182 182 182 182 184 182 182 182
12 Renewing M.S. sash bar upto 1200mm.
Length with coach screws (new) and flat iron
clamps (40mm X 6mm) fitted and fixed
complete.
(a) With 40mm. X 10mm flat. Each 313 267 267 267 267 267 267 267 267 267 267 270 267 267 267
(b) With 40mm. X 6mm flat. Each 229 199 199 199 199 199 199 199 199 199 199 201 199 199 199
13 Renewing M.S. clamps 40mm. X 6mm. Only
for sash bar fitted and fixed complete. Each 31 27 27 27 27 27 27 27 27 27 27 27 27 27 27
Page 89
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
area of Haldibari PS
Siliguri Sub Divn.
Howrah/ Hoogly
of Haldibari PS
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Sub Div
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
No.
Page 90
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
area of Haldibari PS
Siliguri Sub Divn.
Howrah/ Hoogly
of Haldibari PS
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Sub Div
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
No.
Page 91
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
area of Haldibari PS
Siliguri Sub Divn.
Howrah/ Hoogly
of Haldibari PS
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Sub Div
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
No.
Page 92
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
area of Haldibari PS
Siliguri Sub Divn.
Howrah/ Hoogly
of Haldibari PS
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Sub Div
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
No.
(a) 200mm long Each 155 155 155 155 155 155 155 155 155 155 155 160 155 155 155
(b) 250mm long. Each 184 184 184 184 184 184 184 184 184 184 184 189 184 184 184
(c) 300mm long. Each 193 193 193 193 193 193 193 193 193 193 193 201 193 193 193
ii) Brass hasp bolt of approved quality fitted
and fixed complete (oxidised) with 16mm dia
rod with centre bolt and round fitting.
(a) 200mm long Each 528 528 528 528 528 528 528 528 528 528 528 534 528 528 528
(b) 250mm long. Each 707 707 707 707 707 707 707 707 707 707 707 713 707 707 707
(c) 300mm long. Each 778 778 778 778 778 778 778 778 778 778 778 784 778 778 778
Page 93
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
area of Haldibari PS
Siliguri Sub Divn.
Howrah/ Hoogly
of Haldibari PS
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Sub Div
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
No.
(a) 100mm size Each 211 211 211 211 211 211 211 211 211 211 211 213 211 211 211
(b) 125mm size Each 270 270 270 270 270 270 270 270 270 270 270 276 270 270 270
(c) 150mm size Each 370 370 370 370 370 370 370 370 370 370 370 375 370 370 370
30 Iron Gravity Hinge (block patent best quality)
fitted and fixed complete. Each 132 132 132 132 132 132 132 132 132 132 132 135 132 132 132
Page 94
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
area of Haldibari PS
Siliguri Sub Divn.
Howrah/ Hoogly
of Haldibari PS
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Sub Div
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
No.
(d) With anodised aluminium decorative Each 1193 1193 1193 1193 1193 1193 1193 1193 1193 1193 1193 1199 1193 1193 1193
handle.
34 Renewing rebeated iron mortice lock (local
best approved quality) with handle,
connected rods and keys consisting a
complete set with I.S.I.
(a) With chromium mark.
plated handle. Each 1033 1033 1033 1033 1033 1033 1033 1033 1033 1033 1033 1051 1033 1033 1033
(b) With oxidised handle. Each 836 836 836 836 836 836 836 836 836 836 836 854 836 836 836
(c) With anodised aluminium white handle. Each 1146 1146 1146 1146 1146 1146 1146 1146 1146 1146 1146 1165 1146 1146 1146
(d) With anodised aluminium decorative Each 1223 1223 1223 1223 1223 1223 1223 1223 1223 1223 1223 1241 1223 1223 1223
handle.
35 Renewing mortice lock handle with
connected rod:
(a) With chromium plated. Pair 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 490 496 490 490 490
(b) Oxidised. Pair 431 431 431 431 431 431 431 431 431 431 431 443 431 431 431
(c) Anodised aluminium (white). Pair 550 550 550 550 550 550 550 550 550 550 550 562 550 550 550
(d) Anodised aluminium (decorative). Pair 758 758 758 758 758 758 758 758 758 758 758 776 758 758 758
36 (a) Supplying 'Godrej' mortice lock chromium Each 1223 1223 1223 1223 1223 1223 1223 1223 1223 1223 1223 1223 1223 1223 1223
plated with latch and keys 4 levers, including
fitting and fixing complete.
(b) Supplying 'Godrej' mortice lock Each 2264 2264 2264 2264 2264 2264 2264 2264 2264 2264 2264 2264 2264 2264 2264
chromium plated with keys 6levers including
fitting & fixing complete.
(c) Supplying 6levers 'Godrej' Crystal Satine Each 2199 2199 2199 2199 2199 2199 2199 2199 2199 2199 2199 2199 2199 2199 2199
Mortice Lock with keys including fitting &
fixing complete.
39 (i) Brass floor door stopper. Each 134 134 134 134 134 134 134 134 134 134 134 140 134 134 134
(ii) Anodised aluminium floor door stopper Each 78 78 78 78 78 78 78 78 78 78 78 84 78 78 78
(iii) Steel body foot-door holder. Each 75 75 75 75 75 75 75 75 75 75 75 80 75 75 75
40 Renewing iron catch hook of approved Each 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 27 26 26 26
quality for fan light or clerestory window
41 50mm size hinges
Renewing with 6mm
for rod.
fan light or clerestory Each 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18
window (iron).
Page 95
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
area of Haldibari PS
Siliguri Sub Divn.
Howrah/ Hoogly
of Haldibari PS
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Sub Div
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
No.
Page 96
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
area of Haldibari PS
Siliguri Sub Divn.
Howrah/ Hoogly
of Haldibari PS
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Sub Div
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
No.
Page 97
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
area of Haldibari PS
Siliguri Sub Divn.
Howrah/ Hoogly
of Haldibari PS
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Sub Div
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
No.
56 (a) Supplying fitting and fixing door made Sq.M 2850 2850 2850 2850 2850 2850 2850 2850 2850 2850 2850 2860 2850 2850 2850
with IRC febric mesh of 75mm x
50mmx4.5mmx2.7mm on 50mm x 50mm x
6mm angle iron frames all round and one
37.5mm x 6mm M.S. flat bar over the netting
all round welded to angle iron frame and
providing locking arrangements if necessary
and with two coats of synthetic enamel
paint(Other than Hi-gloss) fitted and fixed
with clamps or haskal doomney etc.
complete including flat stiffeners on every 1.0
(b) Renewing IRC febric mesh of 75mm x Sq.M 1707 1707 1707 1707 1707 1707 1707 1707 1707 1707 1707 1718 1707 1707 1707
50mmx4.5mmx2.7mm on 50mm x 50mm x
6mm old angle iron frames all round and
one 37.5mm x 6mm M.S. flat bar over the
netting all round welded to angle iron frame
and providing locking arrangements if
necessary and with two coats of synthetic
enamel paint(Other than Hi-gloss) fitted and
fixed with clamps or haskal doomney etc.
complete including flat stiffeners on every 1.0
57 m apart both
Renewing ways.
brass Cost
hasp andof staple
Concrete
for for
locking Each 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 57 56 56 56
arrangement 100mm long with brass screws
complete.
58 Repairs to automatic door closer including Each 367 367 367 367 367 367 367 367 367 367 367 379 367 367 367
replacement of damaged main spring, oiling
and adjusting as necessary including taking
out and refitting the same.
59 (A) Iron door ring of approved quality
fitted and fixed with nut and washer
complete.
(i) 50mm dia. Each 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 20 19 19 19
(ii) 75mm dia. Each 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 33 32 32 32
(B) Split shank iron door ring fitted and
fixed complete
(i) 50mm dia. Each 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 35 32 32 32
(ii) 75mm dia. Each 47 47 47 47 47 47 47 47 47 47 47 50 47 47 47
60 Supplying anodised aluminium catch hook
with eye fitted and fixed to shutter and
chowkat complete of best quality:
(i) 150mm long. Each 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 42 43 42 42 42
(ii) 225mm long. Each 49 49 49 49 49 49 49 49 49 49 49 50 49 49 49
Page 98
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
area of Haldibari PS
Siliguri Sub Divn.
Howrah/ Hoogly
of Haldibari PS
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Sub Div
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
No.
Page 99
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
area of Haldibari PS
Siliguri Sub Divn.
Howrah/ Hoogly
of Haldibari PS
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Sub Div
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
No.
Page 100
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
area of Haldibari PS
Siliguri Sub Divn.
Howrah/ Hoogly
of Haldibari PS
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Sub Div
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
No.
(v) 150 mm grip x 12 mm dia rod. Each 104 104 104 104 104 104 104 104 104 104 104 110 104 104 104
66 Anodised aluminium decorative handle
(hexagonal / fluted) of approed quality fitted
and fixed complete.
(i) 150mm plate x 10mm dia rod x 12mm Each 99 99 99 99 99 99 99 99 99 99 99 110 99 99 99
hexagonal/fluted.
(ii) 175mm plate x 12mm dia rod x 60mm Each 114 114 114 114 114 114 114 114 114 114 114 120 114 114 114
hexagonal / fluted.
67 (a) Metallic magic eye of approved quality Each 61 61 61 61 61 61 61 61 61 61 61 73 61 61 61
fitted and fixed complete.
(b) Plastic magic eye of approved quality Each 43 43 43 43 43 43 43 43 43 43 43 49 43 43 43
fitted and fixed complete.
68 Anodised aluminium grip handle with base
plate of approved quality fitted and fixed
complete.
(a) With base plate.
(i) 165mm grip x 12mm dia rod x 42mm plate Each 167 167 167 167 167 167 167 167 167 167 167 179 167 167 167
x 3.2mm thick.
(ii) 225mm grip x 16mm dia rod x 38mm Each 202 202 202 202 202 202 202 202 202 202 202 208 202 202 202
plate x 3.2mm thick.
(iii) 300mm grip x 20mm dia rod x 50mm Each 239 239 239 239 239 239 239 239 239 239 239 245 239 239 239
plate x 3.2mm thick.
69 Supplying fitting and fixing 4mm thick acrylic Sq.M 706 706 706 706 706 706 706 706 706 706 706 712 706 706 706
ornamental finger plate made of transparent
acrylic sheet including providing holes of
knobs and keys as per existing shutter and
chamfering the edges of the acrylic sheet.
70 Iron door handle of approved quality fitted
and fixed complete:
(i) 100mm x 5mm. Each 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 46 45 45 45
(ii) 150mm x 5.5mm. Each 57 57 57 57 57 57 57 57 57 57 57 58 57 57 57
71 Supplying , fitting and fixing Godrej ultra Each 1937 1937 1937 1937 1937 1937 1937 1937 1937 1937 1937 1967 1937 1937 1937
vertibold brass rim lock.
72 Labour for taking out door and window frame
including shutter for repair or replacement of
different parts of the frame & refixing the
same including mending good all damaes
complete. (Concrete and brick work for
mending
(a) damage
Upto area 2.5 will
Sq.mbe paid separately) Sq.M 121 121 121 121 121 121 121 121 121 121 121 121 121 121 121
(b) Above area 2.5 Sq.m Sq.M 148 148 148 148 148 148 148 148 148 148 148 148 148 148 148
Page 101
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
area of Haldibari PS
Siliguri Sub Divn.
Howrah/ Hoogly
of Haldibari PS
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Sub Div
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
No.
73 Taking out shutter of door and window, Sq.M 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 128
dismantling by parts (for repair or
replacement of damaged parts),
reassembling and refitting and rehanging
same with old fittings but with new screws as
necessary. (Where different parts of same
shutter are renewed under different item,
74 payment
Taking outunder
dooritemand73window
will be shutters
made onceand
rehanging the same with old fittings.
(a) With new iron screws. Sq.M 78 78 78 78 78 78 78 78 78 78 78 78 78 78 78
(b) With old screws. Sq.M 67 67 67 67 67 67 67 67 67 67 67 67 67 67 67
(a) 1st class best Indian Teak. Sq.M 2143 2024 1978 1978 2143 1978 1969 1969 1969 1969 1969 2024 1969 1969 1969
(b) Ordinary Teak Wood. Sq.M 1841 1795 1703 1703 1841 1795 1703 1703 1749 1749 1749 1749 1749 1749 1749
(c) Sishu, Gamar, Champ,Badam,Bhola, Sq.M 1515 1474 1474 1474 1515 1474 1474 1474 1474 1474 1474 1496 1474 1474 1474
Mogra, Hallak.
(c) Other Local Wood. Sq.M 1215 1169 1169 1169 1215 1169 1169 1169 1169 1169 1169 1169 1174 1174 1174
(This is a repair item. Item No. 73 or 74
will be admissible in addition).
77 Renewing plated hook of Venetian Valve Each 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16
with screws.
78 Renewing valve rod of size 37.5mmx
37.5mm for Venetian Shutters fitted and
fixed with old plated screw
(a) Sishu, Gamar, Champ,Badam,Bhola, Metre 328 313 313 313 328 313 313 313 313 313 313 321 313 313 313
Mogra, Hallak.
(b) Other Local Wood. Metre 213 195 195 195 213 195 195 195 195 195 195 195 197 197 197
79 Strengthening corners of shutters with M.S.
corner plate fitted with screws:
(a) With 4.5mm thick plate. Each 29 29 29 29 29 29 29 29 29 29 29 29 29 29 29
Page 102
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
area of Haldibari PS
Siliguri Sub Divn.
Howrah/ Hoogly
of Haldibari PS
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Sub Div
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
No.
Page 103
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
area of Haldibari PS
Siliguri Sub Divn.
Howrah/ Hoogly
of Haldibari PS
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Sub Div
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
No.
(b) Sishu, Gamar, Champ,Badam,Bhola, Sq.M 2802 2647 2647 2647 2802 2647 2647 2647 2647 2647 2647 2733 2647 2647 2647
Mogra, Hallak.
(c) Other Local Wood. Sq.M 1667 1496 1496 1496 1667 1496 1496 1496 1496 1496 1496 1496 1513 1513 1513
(v) 45mm. Thick shutter.
(a) Ordinary Teak Wood. Sq.M 4470 4272 3877 3877 4470 4272 3877 3877 4075 4075 4075 4075 4075 4075 4075
(b) Sishu, Gamar, Champ,Badam,Bhola, Sq.M 3066 2890 2890 2890 3066 2890 2890 2890 2890 2890 2890 2988 2890 2890 2890
Mogra, Hallak.
(c) Other Local Wood. Sq.M 1775 1579 1579 1579 1775 1579 1579 1579 1579 1579 1579 1579 1599 1599 1599
(vi) 50mm. Thick shutter.
(a) 1st class best Indian teak. Sq.M 6308 5746 5530 5530 6308 5530 5486 5486 5486 5486 5486 5746 5486 5486 5486
(b) Ordinary Teak Wood. Sq.M 4881 4665 4232 4232 4881 4665 4232 4232 4448 4448 4448 4448 4448 4448 4448
Page 104
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
area of Haldibari PS
Siliguri Sub Divn.
Howrah/ Hoogly
of Haldibari PS
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Sub Div
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
No.
(b) Ordinary Teak Wood. Sq.M 2099 2016 1851 1851 2099 2016 1851 1851 1933 1933 1933 1933 1933 1933 1933
(c) Sishu, Gamar, Champ,Badam,Bhola, Sq.M 1511 1437 1437 1437 1511 1437 1437 1437 1437 1437 1437 1478 1437 1437 1437
Mogra, Hallak.
(c) Other Local Wood. Sq.M 877 816 816 816 877 816 816 816 816 816 816 816 822 822 822
(This is a repair item, Item No. 73 will be
admissible in addition). Lifting Charges
for upper floors refer item 86.
84 Panel shutters of door and window, as per
design (each panel consisting of single plank
without joint), including fitting and fixing the
same in position but excluding the cost of
hinge and other fittings.
In ground floor.
(In case of non-supply of single plank,
penal rate of reduction of 20% will be
made)
(i) 50mm thick shutters with 25mm thick
panel of size 30to 45 Cm.
(a) 1st class best Indian teak. Sq.M 8442 7664 7365 7365 8442 7365 7305 7305 7305 7305 7305 7664 7305 7305 7305
(b) Ordinary teak wood. Sq.M 6468 6169 5571 5571 6468 6169 5571 5571 5870 5870 5870 5870 5870 5870 5870
(ii) 40mm thick shutters with 19mm thick
panel of size 30to 45 Cm.
(a) Ordinary Teak Wood. Sq.M 5237 5002 4532 4532 5237 5002 4532 4532 4767 4767 4767 4767 4767 4767 4767
(b) Sishu, Gamar, Champ,Badam,Bhola, Sq.M 3568 3358 3358 3358 3568 3358 3358 3358 3358 3358 3358 3474 3358 3358 3358
Mogra, Hallak.
(c) Other Local Wood. Sq.M 2032 1799 1799 1799 2032 1799 1799 1799 1799 1799 1799 1799 1822 1822 1822
(iii) 35mm thick shutters with 19mm thick
panel of size 30to 45 Cm.
(a) Ordinary Teak Wood. Sq.M 4852 4639 4211 4211 4852 4639 4211 4211 4425 4425 4425 4425 4425 4425 4425
(b) Sishu, Gamar, Champ,Badam,Bhola, Sq.M 3335 3144 3144 3144 3335 3144 3144 3144 3144 3144 3144 3250 3144 3144 3144
Mogra, Hallak.
(c) Other Local Wood. Sq.M 1939 1727 1727 1727 1939 1727 1727 1727 1727 1727 1727 1727 1748 1748 1748
(iv) 25mm thick shutters with 12mm thick
panel of size 30to 45 Cm.
(a) Ordinary Teak Wood. Sq.M 3570 3423 3129 3129 3570 3423 3129 3129 3276 3276 3276 3276 3276 3276 3276
(b) Sishu, Gamar, Champ,Badam,Bhola, Sq.M 2527 2396 2396 2396 2527 2396 2396 2396 2396 2396 2396 2469 2396 2396 2396
Mogra, Hallak.
(c) Other Local Wood. Sq.M 1567 1422 1422 1422 1567 1422 1422 1422 1422 1422 1422 1422 1436 1436 1436
Page 105
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
area of Haldibari PS
Siliguri Sub Divn.
Howrah/ Hoogly
of Haldibari PS
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Sub Div
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
No.
Page 106
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
area of Haldibari PS
Siliguri Sub Divn.
Howrah/ Hoogly
of Haldibari PS
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Sub Div
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
No.
(b) Sishu, Gamar, Champ,Badam,Bhola, Sq.M 4214 4028 4028 4028 4214 4028 4028 4028 4028 4028 4028 4132 4028 4028 4028
Mogra, Hallak.
(c) Other Local Wood. Sq.M 2851 2644 2644 2644 2851 2644 2644 2644 2644 2644 2644 2644 2665 2665 2665
(iii) 35mm thick shutters with 12mm thick
valve.
(a) Ordinary Teak Wood. Sq.M 5245 5062 4695 4695 5245 5062 4695 4695 4878 4878 4878 4878 4878 4878 4878
(b) Sishu, Gamar, Champ,Badam,Bhola, Sq.M 3941 3778 3778 3778 3941 3778 3778 3778 3778 3778 3778 3869 3778 3778 3778
Mogra, Hallak.
(c) Other Local Wood. Sq.M 2742 2560 2560 2560 2742 2560 2560 2560 2560 2560 2560 2560 2578 2578 2578
(iv) 25mm thick shutters with 12mm thick
valve.
(a) Ordinary Teak Wood. Sq.M 4250 4108 3825 3825 4250 4108 3825 3825 3966 3966 3966 3966 3966 3966 3966
(b) Sishu, Gamar, Champ,Badam,Bhola, Sq.M 3242 3116 3116 3116 3242 3116 3116 3116 3116 3116 3116 3186 3116 3116 3116
Mogra, Hallak.
(c) Other Local Wood. Sq.M 2315 2175 2175 2175 2315 2175 2175 2175 2175 2175 2175 2175 2189 2189 2189
Page 107
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
area of Haldibari PS
Siliguri Sub Divn.
Howrah/ Hoogly
of Haldibari PS
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Sub Div
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
No.
(a) Ordinary Teak Wood. Sq.M 3278 3175 2968 2968 3278 3175 2968 2968 3071 3071 3071 3071 3071 3071 3071
(b) Sishu, Gamar, Champ,Badam,Bhola, Sq.M 2544 2451 2451 2451 2544 2451 2451 2451 2451 2451 2451 2503 2451 2451 2451
Mogra, Hallak.
(c) Other Local Wood. Sq.M 1868 1765 1765 1765 1868 1765 1765 1765 1765 1765 1765 1765 1776 1776 1776
Note: i) Lifting Charges for upper floors
refer item 86.
Page 108
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
area of Haldibari PS
Siliguri Sub Divn.
Howrah/ Hoogly
of Haldibari PS
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Sub Div
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
No.
(b) Sishu, Gamar, Champ,Badam,Bhola, Sq.M 3470 3293 3293 3293 3470 3293 3293 3293 3293 3293 3293 3391 3293 3293 3293
Mogra, Hallak.
(c) Other Local Wood. Sq.M 2174 1978 1978 1978 2174 1978 1978 1978 1978 1978 1978 1978 1997 1997 1997
(iii) 35mm thick shutters with 19mm thick
panel.
(a) Ordinary Teak Wood. Sq.M 4446 4271 3923 3923 4446 4271 3923 3923 4097 4097 4097 4097 4097 4097 4097
(b) Sishu, Gamar, Champ,Badam,Bhola, Sq.M 3208 3053 3053 3053 3208 3053 3053 3053 3053 3053 3053 3139 3053 3053 3053
Mogra, Hallak.
(c) Other Local Wood. Sq.M 2069 1897 1897 1897 2069 1897 1897 1897 1897 1897 1897 1897 1914 1914 1914
(iv) 25mm thick shutters with 12mm thick
panel.
(a) Ordinary Teak Wood. Sq.M 3409 3283 3031 3031 3409 3283 3031 3031 3157 3157 3157 3157 3157 3157 3157
(b) Sishu, Gamar, Champ,Badam,Bhola, Sq.M 2513 2401 2401 2401 2513 2401 2401 2401 2401 2401 2401 2463 2401 2401 2401
Mogra, Hallak.
(c) Other Local Wood. Sq.M 1688 1564 1564 1564 1688 1564 1564 1564 1564 1564 1564 1564 1576 1576 1576
Note: i) Lifting Charges for upper floors refer
item 86.
91 Shutters of 2/3rd panel and 1/3rd glazed of
doors and windows as per design (each
panel consisting of a single plank without
joint and with ordinary glass of 7.4kg. Per
sq.m./3mm thick) fitted with putty bed and
teak wood beads and nails including fitting
and fixing shutters in position but excluding
the cost of glass , putty , teak bead, nails,
hinges etc. and other fittings, in ground floor.
Page 109
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
area of Haldibari PS
Siliguri Sub Divn.
Howrah/ Hoogly
of Haldibari PS
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Sub Div
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
No.
(a) Ordinary Teak Wood. Sq.M 4966 4768 4371 4371 4966 4768 4371 4371 4570 4570 4570 4570 4570 4570 4570
(b) Sishu, Gamar, Champ,Badam,Bhola, Sq.M 3558 3381 3381 3381 3558 3381 3381 3381 3381 3381 3381 3479 3381 3381 3381
Mogra, Hallak.
(c) Other Local Wood. Sq.M 2259 2063 2063 2063 2259 2063 2063 2063 2063 2063 2063 2063 2082 2082 2082
(iv) 25mm thick shutters with 12mm thick
panel.
(a) Ordinary Teak Wood. Sq.M 3797 3659 3382 3382 3797 3659 3382 3382 3520 3520 3520 3520 3520 3520 3520
(b) Sishu, Gamar, Champ,Badam,Bhola, Sq.M 2815 2692 2692 2692 2815 2692 2692 2692 2692 2692 2692 2761 2692 2692 2692
Mogra, Hallak.
(c) Other Local Wood. Sq.M 1909 1772 1772 1772 1909 1772 1772 1772 1772 1772 1772 1772 1786 1786 1786
Note: i) Lifting Charges for upper floors
refer item 86.
(ii) In case of panel with Rly. Type battens
the rate will be reduced by Rs. 12.00 per
Sq.m]
92 Shutter of 1/3rd fixed louvered, 2/3rd glazed
of doors as per design (with ordinary glass of
7.4kg per sq.m./3mm. Thick) fixed with putty
bed, teak wood beads and nails including
fitting and fixing shutters in position but
excluding the cost of glass , putty , teak
bead, nails, hinges etc. and other fittings, in
ground floor.
(i) 50mm thick shutters with 19mm thick
valve.
(a) 1st class best Indian teak. Sq.M 6820 6246 6026 6026 6820 6026 5982 5982 5982 5982 5982 6246 5982 5982 5982
(b) Ordinary teak. Sq.M 5364 5143 4701 4701 5364 5143 4701 4701 4922 4922 4922 4922 4922 4922 4922
(ii) 40mm thick shutters with 12mm thick
valve.
(a) Ordinary Teak Wood. Sq.M 4509 4335 3989 3989 4509 4335 3989 3989 4162 4162 4162 4162 4162 4162 4162
(b) Sishu, Gamar, Champ,Badam,Bhola, Sq.M 3278 3124 3124 3124 3278 3124 3124 3124 3124 3124 3124 3209 3124 3124 3124
Mogra, Hallak.
(c) Other Local Wood. Sq.M 2143 1971 1971 1971 2143 1971 1971 1971 1971 1971 1971 1971 1988 1988 1988
(iii) 35mm thick shutters with 12mm thick
valve.
(a) Ordinary Teak Wood. Sq.M 3966 3818 3522 3522 3966 3818 3522 3522 3670 3670 3670 3670 3670 3670 3670
(b) Sishu, Gamar, Champ,Badam,Bhola, Sq.M 2914 2782 2782 2782 2914 2782 2782 2782 2782 2782 2782 2855 2782 2782 2782
Mogra, Hallak.
(c) Other Local Wood. Sq.M 1943 1796 1796 1796 1943 1796 1796 1796 1796 1796 1796 1796 1811 1811 1811
Page 110
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
area of Haldibari PS
Siliguri Sub Divn.
Howrah/ Hoogly
of Haldibari PS
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Sub Div
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
No.
Page 111
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
area of Haldibari PS
Siliguri Sub Divn.
Howrah/ Hoogly
of Haldibari PS
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Sub Div
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
No.
(c) Other Local Wood. Sq.M 1846 1721 1721 1721 1846 1721 1721 1721 1721 1721 1721 1721 1734 1734 1734
Note: i) Lifting Charges for upper floors
refer item 86.
Page 112
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
area of Haldibari PS
Siliguri Sub Divn.
Howrah/ Hoogly
of Haldibari PS
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Sub Div
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
No.
Page 113
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
area of Haldibari PS
Siliguri Sub Divn.
Howrah/ Hoogly
of Haldibari PS
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Sub Div
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
No.
Page 114
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
area of Haldibari PS
Siliguri Sub Divn.
Howrah/ Hoogly
of Haldibari PS
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Sub Div
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
No.
Page 115
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
area of Haldibari PS
Siliguri Sub Divn.
Howrah/ Hoogly
of Haldibari PS
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Sub Div
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
No.
Page 116
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
area of Haldibari PS
Siliguri Sub Divn.
Howrah/ Hoogly
of Haldibari PS
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Sub Div
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
No.
Page 117
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
area of Haldibari PS
Siliguri Sub Divn.
Howrah/ Hoogly
of Haldibari PS
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Sub Div
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
No.
Page 118
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
area of Haldibari PS
Siliguri Sub Divn.
Howrah/ Hoogly
of Haldibari PS
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Sub Div
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
No.
(b) 32 mm thick shutters (single leaf) Sq.M. 2785 2785 2785 2785 2785 2785 2785 2785 2785 2785 2785 3047 2785 2785 2785
Page 119
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
area of Haldibari PS
Siliguri Sub Divn.
Howrah/ Hoogly
of Haldibari PS
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Sub Div
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
No.
(a) 35mm thick shutters (single leaf) Sq.M. 4689 4689 4689 4689 4689 4689 4689 4689 4689 4689 4689 5141 4689 4689 4689
(b) 25mm thick shutters (single leaf) Sq.M. 4483 4483 4483 4483 4483 4483 4483 4483 4483 4483 4483 4914 4483 4483 4483
Page 120
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
area of Haldibari PS
Siliguri Sub Divn.
Howrah/ Hoogly
of Haldibari PS
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Sub Div
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
No.
(b) Sq.M. 1143 1076 1076 1076 1143 1076 1076 1076 1076 1076 1076 1114 1076 1076 1076
Sishu/Champ/Badam/Gamar/Bhola/Mogra/H
allak
(For upper floors refer to item 128 )
106 Wall panelling / partition with Melamine
faced 3 layered flat pressed wood particle
board of approved make and brand as per
direction of Engineer - in - Charge of
requisite grade bonded with phenol
formaldehyde synthetic resin conforming to
IS: 848 - 1974 (excluding the cost of
supporting frame work and teak wood
battens / lipping)
In Ground Floor
(A) Plain : Conforming to IS: 3087 - 1985
a) 9 mm thick Sq.M. 746 746 746 746 746 746 746 746 746 746 746 773 746 746 746
b) 12 mm thick. Sq.M. 914 914 914 914 914 914 914 914 914 914 914 950 914 914 914
c) 18 mm thick. Sq.M. 1212 1212 1212 1212 1212 1212 1212 1212 1212 1212 1212 1263 1212 1212 1212
a) Exterior grade
9mm thick Sq.M. 1189 1189 1189 1189 1189 1189 1189 1189 1189 1189 1189 1244 1189 1189 1189
12mm thick Sq.M. 1242 1242 1242 1242 1242 1242 1242 1242 1242 1242 1242 1257 1242 1242 1242
9mm thick Sq.M. 983 983 983 983 983 983 983 983 983 983 983 1007 983 983 983
12mm thick Sq.M. 1203 1203 1203 1203 1203 1203 1203 1203 1203 1203 1203 1257 1203 1203 1203
Page 121
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
area of Haldibari PS
Siliguri Sub Divn.
Howrah/ Hoogly
of Haldibari PS
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Sub Div
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
No.
9mm thick Sq.M. 1292 1292 1292 1292 1292 1292 1292 1292 1292 1292 1292 1319 1292 1292 1292
12mm thick Sq.M. 1507 1507 1507 1507 1507 1507 1507 1507 1507 1507 1507 1569 1507 1507 1507
9mm thick Sq.M. 1007 1007 1007 1007 1007 1007 1007 1007 1007 1007 1007 1069 1007 1007 1007
12mm thick Sq.M. 1257 1257 1257 1257 1257 1257 1257 1257 1257 1257 1257 1319 1257 1257 1257
Page 122
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
area of Haldibari PS
Siliguri Sub Divn.
Howrah/ Hoogly
of Haldibari PS
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Sub Div
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
No.
(ii) 19mm Sq.M. 2113 2113 2113 2113 2113 2113 2113 2113 2113 2113 2113 2200 2113 2113 2113
(iii) 25mm Sq.M. 2863 2863 2863 2863 2863 2863 2863 2863 2863 2863 2863 2988 2863 2863 2863
(b) Local Sal Sq.M. 218 211 211 211 218 211 211 211 211 211 211 217 209 209 209
(c) Sq.M. 215 209 209 209 215 209 209 209 209 209 209 219 209 209 209
Sishu/Champ/Badam/Gamar/Bhola/Mogra/H
allak
111 Hessian partition as per design fitted and
fixed complete (excluding supporting
framework but including necessary wood
battens of size 25 mmx25 mm).
(a) malayasian Sal Sq.M. 193 182 182 182 193 182 184 184 184 184 185
(b) Local Sal Sq.M. 185 179 179 179 185 179 179 179 179 179 179 185 177 177 177
(c) Sq.M. 183 176 176 176 183 176 176 176 176 176 176 187 176 176 176
Sishu/Champ/Badam/Gamar/Bhola/Mogra/H
allak
Page 123
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
area of Haldibari PS
Siliguri Sub Divn.
Howrah/ Hoogly
of Haldibari PS
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Sub Div
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
No.
(c) Sq.M. 252 245 245 245 252 245 245 245 245 245 245 254 245 245 245
Sishu/Gamar/Champ/Badam/Bhola/Mogra/H
allak
115 Renewing canvas only of ceiling including Sq.M. 124 124 124 124 124 124 124 124 124 124 124 129 124 124 124
taking out old battens etc. and refixing the
same with new screws.
Page 124
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
area of Haldibari PS
Siliguri Sub Divn.
Howrah/ Hoogly
of Haldibari PS
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Sub Div
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
No.
In Ground Floor
(a) Ordinary Teak Sq.M. 630 618 593 593 630 618 593 593 605 605 605 618 605 605 605
(b) Sal Local Sq.M. 546 535 535 535 546 535 535 535 535 535 535 547 532 532 532
Page 125
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
area of Haldibari PS
Siliguri Sub Divn.
Howrah/ Hoogly
of Haldibari PS
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Sub Div
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
No.
Page 126
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
area of Haldibari PS
Siliguri Sub Divn.
Howrah/ Hoogly
of Haldibari PS
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Sub Div
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
No.
In Ground Floor
(i) 4mm thick Sq.M. 718 706 681 681 718 706 681 681 693 693 693 781 693 693 693
(ii) 6mm thick Sq.M. 906 893 868 868 906 893 868 868 881 881 881 987 881 881 881
(iii) 12mm thick Sq.M. 1218 1206 1181 1181 1218 1206 1181 1181 1193 1193 1193 1256 1193 1193 1193
(a) Ordinary teak Mtr. 116 112 104 104 116 112 104 104 108 108 108 108 108 108 108
(b) Mtr. 87 83 83 83 87 83 83 83 83 83 83 85 83 83 83
Sishu/Champ/Badam/Gamar/Bhola/Mogra/H
allak
Page 127
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
area of Haldibari PS
Siliguri Sub Divn.
Howrah/ Hoogly
of Haldibari PS
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Sub Div
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
No.
Page 128
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
area of Haldibari PS
Siliguri Sub Divn.
Howrah/ Hoogly
of Haldibari PS
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Sub Div
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
No.
(c) other Local wood Sq.M. 1136 917 917 917 917 917 917 917 917 917 917 917 939 939 939
Page 129
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
area of Haldibari PS
Siliguri Sub Divn.
Howrah/ Hoogly
of Haldibari PS
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Sub Div
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
No.
(a) 19mm mesh. Sq.M. 471 455 455 455 471 455 455 455 455 455 455 462 452 452 452
(b) 25mm mesh Sq.M. 442 426 426 426 442 426 426 426 426 426 426 431 422 422 422
(c) 37.5mm mesh Sq.M. 421 405 405 405 421 405 405 405 405 405 405 409 401 401 401
(a) 19mm mesh. Sq.M. 240 240 240 240 240 240 240 240 240 240 240 247 240 240 240
(b) 25mm mesh Sq.M. 210 210 210 210 210 210 210 210 210 210 210 216 210 210 210
(c) 37.5mm mesh Sq.M. 189 189 189 189 189 189 189 189 189 189 189 193 189 189 189
Page 130
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
area of Haldibari PS
Siliguri Sub Divn.
Howrah/ Hoogly
of Haldibari PS
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Sub Div
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
No.
(a) 50mm x 25mm x 2.7mm x 2.7mm. Sq.M. 263 263 263 263 263 263 263 263 263 263 263 271 263 263 263
(b) 75mm x 25mm x 2.7mm x 2.7mm. Sq.M. 257 257 257 257 257 257 257 257 257 257 257 264 257 257 257
(c) 75mm x 25mm x 4.5mm x 2.7mm. Sq.M. 303 303 303 303 303 303 303 303 303 303 303 313 303 303 303
(d) 75mm x 50mm x 4.5mm x 3.0mm. Sq.M. 259 259 259 259 259 259 259 259 259 259 259 267 259 259 259
(e) 75mm x 50mm x 2.7mm x 2.7mm. Sq.M. 256 256 256 256 256 256 256 256 256 256 256 263 256 256 256
(f) 75mm x75mm x 4.5mm x 4.5mm. Sq.M. 308 308 308 308 308 308 308 308 308 308 308 318 308 308 308
(g) 75mm x 75mm x 2.7mm x 2.7mm. Sq.M. 227 227 227 227 227 227 227 227 227 227 227 232 227 227 227
(h) 100mm x 100mm x 2.7mm x 2.7mm. Sq.M. 206 206 206 206 206 206 206 206 206 206 206 211 206 206 206
(i) 25mm x 25mm x 2.7mm x 2.7mm. Sq.M. 350 350 350 350 350 350 350 350 350 350 350 361 350 350 350
(j) 25mm x 25mm x 2.2mm x 2.2mm. Sq.M. 223 223 223 223 223 223 223 223 223 223 223 228 223 223 223
140 Renewing G.I. sheet door with old sheet but Sq.M. 1941 1842 1842 1842 1941 1842 1842 1842 1842 1842 1842 1842 1820 1820 1820
with new local sal wood frame (styles, rails
and diagonal braces 100mm x 35mm)
including fitting, fixing with proper screws and
rehanging shutter with haskal and doomney
(excluding the cost of haskal and doomney).
141 Renewing G.I. sheet door with new sheet Sq.M. 820 820 820 820 820 820 820 820 820 820 820 820 820 820 820
0.63mm th. but with old local sal wood frame
(styles, rails and diagonal braces 100mm x
35mm) including fitting, fixing with proper
screws and rehanging shutter with haskal
and doomney (excluding the cost of haskal
and doomney).
Page 131
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
area of Haldibari PS
Siliguri Sub Divn.
Howrah/ Hoogly
of Haldibari PS
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Sub Div
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
No.
142 (a) Supplying, fitting fixing I.S.I. approved Set 2427 2427 2427 2427 2427 2427 2427 2427 2427 2427 2427 2534 2427 2427 2427
quality and brand hydraulic (oil check) floor
door spring, heavy duty double action with
brass shoe, brass top centre aluminium top
cover etc. complete set as per direction of
Engineer-in-charge.
(b) Supplying, fitting fixing Godrej type Set 4212 4212 4212 4212 4212 4212 4212 4212 4212 4212 4212 4408 4212 4212 4212
hydraulic (oil check) floor door spring, heavy
duty double action with brass shoe, brass top
centre aluminium top cover etc. complete set
as per direction of Engineer-in-charge.
(ii) 66mm x 70mm Mtr. 525 525 525 525 525 525 525 525 525 525 525 549 525 525 525
Page 132
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
area of Haldibari PS
Siliguri Sub Divn.
Howrah/ Hoogly
of Haldibari PS
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Sub Div
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
No.
145 Supplying, Fitting & Fixing 30 mm thick Sq.m 2277 2277 2277 2277 2277 2277 2277 2277 2277 2277 2277 2380 2277 2277 2277
Factory made solid Panel PVC Door Shutter
consisting of outer frame made out of M.S.
tubes of 19 gauge thickness and size 19
mmx19 mm for styles, top and bottom rails,
M.S. frame shall have cost of steel primers of
approved make and manufacture, M.S.
frame covered with 5 mm th. heat moulded
PVC “C” channel of size 30 mm th, 70 mm
width out of which 50 mm shall be flat and 20
mm shall be tapered in 45 degree angle on
either sides forming styles; and 5 mm th. 95
mm wide PVC sheet out of which 75 mm
shall be flat and 20 mm tapered in 45 degree
on the inner side to form top & bottom rail
and 115 mm wide PVC sheet out of which
75mm shall be flat and 20 mm shall be
tapered on both sides to form lock rail. Top,
bottom and lock rails shall be provided either
side of the panel with 10 mm (5 mmx2) th.,20
mm wide cross PVC sheet as gap insert for
top rail and bottom rail. Paneling of 5 mm th.
both side PVC sheet to be fitted in the M.S.
frame welded/sealed to the styles &rails with
7 mm (5 mm+2 mm) th.x15 mm wide PVC
sheet beading on inner side and joined
together with solvent cement adhesive. An
additional 5 mm th. PVC strip of 20 mm
Page 133
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
area of Haldibari PS
Siliguri Sub Divn.
Howrah/ Hoogly
of Haldibari PS
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Sub Div
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
No.
146 Supplying, Fitting & Fixing 30 mm thick both Sq.m 2868 2868 2868 2868 2868 2868 2868 2868 2868 2868 2868 3000 2868 2868 2868
side prelaminated Factory made solid Panel
PVC Door Shutter consisting of outer frame
made out of M.S. tubes of 19 gauge
thickness and size 19 mmx19 mm for styles,
top and bottom rails, M.S. frame shall have
cost of steel primers of approved make and
manufacture, M.S. frame covered with 5 mm
th. heat moulded PVC “C” channel of size 30
mm th, 70 mm width out of which 50 mm
shall be flat and 20 mm shall be tapered in
45 degree angle on either sides forming
styles; and 5 mm th. 95 mm wide PVC sheet
out of which 75 mm shall be flat and 20 mm
tapered in 45 degree on the inner side to
form top & bottom rail and 115 mm wide
PVC sheet out of which 75mm shall be flat
and 20 mm shall be tapered on both sides to
form lock rail. Top, bottom and lock rails
shall be provided either side of the panel with
10 mm (5 mmx2) th.,20 mm wide cross PVC
sheet as gap insert for top rail and bottom
rail sheet to be fitted in the M.S. frame
welded/sealed to the styles &rails with 7 mm
(5 mm+2 mm) th.x15 mm wide PVC sheet
beading on inner side and joined together
with solvent cement adhesive. An additional
5 mm th. PVC strip of 20 mm which is to be
Page 134
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
area of Haldibari PS
Siliguri Sub Divn.
Howrah/ Hoogly
of Haldibari PS
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Sub Div
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
No.
147 Supplying, Fitting & Fixing 30 mm thick Sq.m 2677 2677 2677 2677 2677 2677 2677 2677 2677 2677 2677 2800 2677 2677 2677
Double Leaf Factory made solid Panel PVC
Door Shutter consisting of outer frame made
out of M.S. tubes of 19 gauge thickness and
size 19 mmx19 mm for styles, top and
bottom rails, M.S. frame shall have cost of
steel primers of approved make and
manufacture, M.S. frame covered with 5 mm
th. heat moulded PVC “C” channel of size 30
mm th, 70 mm width out of which 50 mm
shall be flat and 20 mm shall be tapered in
45 degree angle on either sides forming
styles; and 5 mm th. 95 mm wide PVC sheet
out of which 75 mm shall be flat and 20 mm
tapered in 45 degree on the inner side to
form top & bottom rail and 115 mm wide
PVC sheet out of which 75mm shall be flat
and 20 mm shall be tapered on both sides to
form lock rail. Top, bottom and lock rails
shall be provided either side of the panel with
10 mm (5 mmx2) th.,20 mm wide cross PVC
sheet as gap insert for top rail and bottom
rail. Paneling of 5 mm th. both side PVC
sheet to be fitted in the M.S. frame
welded/sealed to the styles &rails with 7 mm
(5 mm+2 mm) th.x15 mm wide PVC sheet
beading on inner side and joined together
with solvent cement adhesive. An additional
5 mm th. PVC strip of 20 mm which is to be
Page 135
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
area of Haldibari PS
Siliguri Sub Divn.
Howrah/ Hoogly
of Haldibari PS
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Sub Div
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
No.
148 Supplying, Fitting & Fixing 30 mm thick thick Sq.m 3197 3197 3197 3197 3197 3197 3197 3197 3197 3197 3197 3346 3197 3197 3197
both side prelaminated Double Leaf Factory
made solid Panel PVC Door Shutter
consisting of outer frame made out of M.S.
tubes of 19 gauge thickness and size 19
mmx19 mm for styles, top and bottom rails,
M.S. frame shall have cost of steel primers of
approved make and manufacture, M.S.
frame covered with 5 mm th. heat moulded
PVC “C” channel of size 30 mm th, 70 mm
width out of which 50 mm shall be flat and 20
mm shall be tapered in 45 degree angle on
either sides forming styles; and 5 mm th. 95
mm wide PVC sheet out of which 75 mm
shall be flat and 20 mm tapered in 45 degree
on the inner side to form top & bottom rail
and 115 mm wide PVC sheet out of which
75mm shall be flat and 20 mm shall be
tapered on both sides to form lock rail. Top,
bottom and lock rails shall be provided either
side of the panel with 10 mm (5 mmx2) th.,20
mm wide cross PVC sheet as gap insert for
top rail and bottom rail. Paneling of 5 mm th.
both side PVC sheet to be fitted in the M.S.
frame welded/sealed to the styles &rails with
7 mm (5 mm+2 mm) th.x15 mm wide PVC
sheet beading on inner side and joined
together with solvent cement adhesive. An
149 Supplying, Fitting & Fixing Factory made Mtr. 352 352 352 352 352 352 352 352 352 352 352 366 352 352 352
P.V.C. door frame of size 50 mmx47 mm
with a wall thickness of 5 mm, made out of
extruded 5 mm, PVC sheet miter cut at two
corners and joined with two nos of 1.5 mm
long brackets of 15 mm x15 mm M.S. square
tube. The two vertical door profiles are to be
reinforced with 19 mmx 19 mm M.S. Square
tube of 19 gauge, weather seal to be
provided through out the frame. The door
frame shall be fixed with the wall using
65/100 mm long M.S. Screws through the
frame by using P.V.C fasteners. A minimum
of 4 Nos of screws to be provided for each
vertical member and minimum 2 Nos for
Page 136
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
area of Haldibari PS
Siliguri Sub Divn.
Howrah/ Hoogly
of Haldibari PS
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Sub Div
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
No.
150 Supplying, Fitting & Fixing Factory made Mtr. 447 447 447 447 447 447 447 447 447 447 447 466 447 447 447
prelaminated P.V.C. door frame of size 50
mmx47 mm with a wall thickness of 5 mm,
made out of extruded 5 mm Prelaminated
PVC sheet miter cut at two corners and
joined with two nos of 1.5 mm long brackets
of 15 mm x15 mm M.S. square tube. The two
vertical door profiles are to be reinforced with
19 mmx 19 mm M.S. Square tube of 19
gauge, weather seal to be provided through
out the frame. The door frame shall be fixed
with the wall using 65/100 mm M.S. Screws
through the frame by using P.V.C fasteners.
A minimum of 4 Nos of screws to be
provided for each vertical member and
minimum 2 Nos for horizontal member etc.
area of Haldibari PS
Siliguri Sub Divn.
Howrah/ Hoogly
of Haldibari PS
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Sub Div
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
No.
(b) Moulded door using 2 mm Prelam Sq.M. 3560 3560 3560 3560 3560 3560 3560 3560 3560 3560 3560 3727 3560 3560 3560
moulded PVC sheet on both side.
(b) Moulded door using 2 mm Prelam Sq..M 4296 4296 4296 4296 4296 4296 4296 4296 4296 4296 4296 4500 4296 4296 4296
moulded PVC sheet on both side.
153 Taking out door shutter and rehanging the Sq..M 609 609 609 609 609 609 609 609 609 609 609 629 609 609 609
same by fixing aluminium sheet [0.457 mm]
with proper nail etc.
Page 138
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
area of Haldibari PS
Siliguri Sub Divn.
Howrah/ Hoogly
of Haldibari PS
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Sub Div
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
No.
154 Supplying fitting and fixing in position Mtr. 282 282 282 282 282 282 282 282 282 282 282 288 282 282 282
approved P.V.C. door frame (Matt finish)
made of extruded P.V.C. multichamber
hollow section having dimensions 60mm x
50mm x 2mm (+/-0.2mm), horizontal section
will be joined with vertical section by
galvanised steel screws after inserting two
number steel brackets as reinforcement
making suitable space for placing hinges,
one steel tube 40mm x 20mm x 1.20 mm will
be inserted on one full vertical side of the
frame (hinge side) as reinforcement, the
frame will then be fixed in the opening with
the help of P.V.C. expandable
fastner/wooden gutties and galvanised steel
screws including cost of all materials and
labour, hire charges of tools and appliances,
carriage of all materials, taxes and all other
incidental charges complete.
155 PVC Door Shutter-37 mm thick:
(A)
Page 139
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
area of Haldibari PS
Siliguri Sub Divn.
Howrah/ Hoogly
of Haldibari PS
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Sub Div
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
No.
Supplying fitting and fixing P.V.C. door Sq.M. 2310 2310 2310 2310 2310 2310 2310 2310 2310 2310 2310 2413 2310 2310 2310
shutter of approved quality & shade in
position, the style & rail of the P.V.C. door
shutter will be made of rigid P.V.C.
multicavity hollow chamber of suitable size
and section with 2.0 mm (+/-0.2 mm) wall
thickness, the section will have 2nos. built in
beads, horizontal & vertical section shall be
fixed to each other by self tapping screws
and 2 nos. of solid plastic or M.S. tubular
galvanised brackets of length 200mm x
80mm and other 100mm x 100mm both 1.20
mm in each corner of the shutter frame for
placing hinges. Polymer based multicavity
hollow section of 105 mm x37mm with 2.0
mm (+/- 0.2 mm) wall thickness will be fitted
in the middle as lock rail reinforced by solid
polymer bar of 200 mm long at both ends
abd screws from both sides. The section
frame will then be fitted in by PVC panels of
size 100 mmx20 mm with wall thickness of
1.2 mm (+/- 0.2 mm) and 2 nos. of 6 mm dia
and screws from both sides 6mm dia bright
rod will be inserted horizontally with both side
check and nut system and stretches where
fixing of hinges / hasp bolt / tower bolt / door
ring are required to be strong enough to with
stand wear and tear. The rate is inclusive of
Page 140
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
area of Haldibari PS
Siliguri Sub Divn.
Howrah/ Hoogly
of Haldibari PS
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Sub Div
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
No.
Supplying fitting and fixing P.V.C. door Sq.M. 2149 2149 2149 2149 2149 2149 2149 2149 2149 2149 2149 2244 2149 2149 2149
shutter of approved quality & shade in
position, the style & rail of the P.V.C. door
shutter will be made of rigid P.V.C.
multicavity hollow chamber of 59 mm x30
mm section with 2.0 mm (+/-0.2 mm) wall
thickness.Horizontal & vertical section shall
be fixed to each other by self tapping screws
and 1 solid polymeric or M.S. galvanised
tubular 'L' shaped bracket 100mm x 200mm
in each corner of the shutter frame for
placing hinges. Polymer based multicavity
hollow section of 120 mm x30mm with 2.0
mm (+/- 0.2 mm) wall thickness will be fitted
in the middle, reinforced by solid polymer bar
of 200 mm long at both ends and screws
from both sides as lock rail. The section
frame will then be fitted in by PVC panels of
size 100 mmx25 mm with wall thickness of
1.2 mm (+/- 0.2 mm) and 2 nos. of 6 mm dia
bright rod will be inserted horizontally with
both side check and nut system and
stretches where fixing of hinges / hasp bolt /
tower bolt / door ring are required to be
strong enough to with stand wear and tear.
The rate is inclusive of cost of all materials,
labour, and hire of tools and plants and
156 Wall paneling with Gypsum Plaster Board of Sq.M. 1007 1006 1006 1006 1007 1006 1006 1006 1006 1006 1006 1020 1005 1005 1005
12.5 mm thick fitted to G.I. channel of 55
mmx50 mm placed at 300 mm c/c in
horizontal direction and metal stand 55
mmx48 mm placed @900 mm c/c in vertical
direction connected with G.I. connecting
clips. 12.5 mm thick Gypsum plaster based
are to be fixed with G.I. channel by machine
screws. The boards are to be joined with
jointing compound and fibre tape and
finished with top coat etc the rate includes
the cost of all materials, labour charges
including scaffolding etc. complete as per
direction of the Engineer-in-charge.
In ground floor
Page 141
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
area of Haldibari PS
Siliguri Sub Divn.
Howrah/ Hoogly
of Haldibari PS
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Sub Div
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
No.
157 M.F. suspended ceiling made with 12.5 mm Sq.M. 1257 1257 1257 1257 1257 1257 1257 1257 1257 1257 1257 1273 1257 1257 1257
thick Gypsum plaster board including G.I.
perimeter channel of 0.55 mm flush (having
two flanges 20 mm and 30 mm respectively
and web 27 mm ) along with perimeter of
ceiling with G.I. intermediate channel of 0.9
mm thick size 45 mmx15mm placed at 750
mm c/c with G.I. ceiling angle of size 25
mmx10mmx0.55 mm thick fixed to the ceiling
with G.I. Cleat and steel expansion fastener
ceiling section 0.55 mm thick of size 51.50
mmx26mm fixed to the intermediate
channels with the help of connecting clip and
in the direction of perpendicular to the
intermediate channel of 300 mm c/c 12.5
mm thick Gypsum plastered board are to be
fixed under ceiling section as above by
machine screws. The boards are to be joined
and finished with jointing compound, paper
tape and application of top coat etc. as per
the direction of Engineer-in-charge. (The rate
includes of cost of all materials including
Page 142
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
area of Haldibari PS
Siliguri Sub Divn.
Howrah/ Hoogly
of Haldibari PS
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Sub Div
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
No.
158 P.V.C Partition: Sq.M 2221 2221 2221 2221 2221 2221 2221 2221 2221 2221 2221 2333 2221 2221 2221
Supplying,fitting and fixing the partition,frame
will be made with rectangular steel tube of
size 50mmx25mm with wall thickness not
less than 1.00mm. The vertical members
duly welded to the horizontal members shall
be placed between 1000mm to 1200mm
apart the entire partition frame will be
securedly fixed to the wall, ceiling and floor
using rawlplug or wooden gutties and screws
etc.the frame will be painted with synthetic
paint, the section of the partition frame will
then fitted with PRINTED LAMINATED
P.V.C extruded hollow section of size
100mmx25mm. panel with approved quality
fixed in the place by means of P.V.C
extruded beading on both sides or P.V.C
extruded angles (20mmx18mm) on one side
and P.V.C extruded beading (9mmx9mm) on
other side ,angle/beading will be fixed to the
steel frame by 19mm (nos.6) self tapping
steel screw placed at an interval of 450mm
and complete in all respect as per direction
of Engineer-in-Charge with all labour and
materials
Page 143
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
area of Haldibari PS
Siliguri Sub Divn.
Howrah/ Hoogly
of Haldibari PS
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Sub Div
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
No.
159 P.V.C- False Ceiling : Sq.M 1542 1542 1542 1542 1542 1542 1542 1542 1542 1542 1542 1615 1542 1542 1542
Providing False Ceiling made with
framework of steel tube of 40mm x 20mm of
not less than 18 gauge,the long and cross
section will be welded with each other
1000mm to 1200mm apart the entire
framework will be fixed in wall using rawlplug
or gutties or screws etc. and suspended from
ceiling with M.S flat 19mmx3mm as
necessary,the entire frame will be painted
with red oxide. PRINTED LAMINATED
P.V.C Section 150mm x 12mmx 1.00mm (+/-
0.01mm) of approved quality and colour will
be fixed on the frame so that the entire
framework will not be visible from below
P.V.C Section will be fixed with the frame
with the help of self tapping steel screws
including all materials and labour charges
including fitting,fixing the same and hoisting
including mending the damages in all
respect and cost of paint as required as per
direction of Engineer-in-Charge .
In ground floor.
Page 144
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
(H)BAND MOULDING, CORNICE ETC.
Rate (Rs.)
Jalpaiguri,Alipurduar,
/Area of Kalyani Sub
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Haldibari PS
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Divn.
Description of Items Unit
Dist.
Div
PS
S)
No.
(ii) Projection 40 mm
(a) Depth or width (75 mm to 100 mm)
(Cement 3.5Kg/Mtr.) Metre 76 70 69 69 73 72 70 69 73 73 73 81 72 72 74
Page 145
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
(H)BAND MOULDING, CORNICE ETC.
Rate (Rs.)
Jalpaiguri,Alipurduar,
/Area of Kalyani Sub
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Haldibari PS
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Divn.
Description of Items Unit
Dist.
Div
PS
S)
No.
Page 146
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
(H)BAND MOULDING, CORNICE ETC.
Rate (Rs.)
Jalpaiguri,Alipurduar,
/Area of Kalyani Sub
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Haldibari PS
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Divn.
Description of Items Unit
Dist.
Div
PS
S)
No.
Page 147
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
(H)BAND MOULDING, CORNICE ETC.
Rate (Rs.)
Jalpaiguri,Alipurduar,
/Area of Kalyani Sub
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Haldibari PS
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Divn.
Description of Items Unit
Dist.
Div
PS
S)
No.
Page 148
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
(H)BAND MOULDING, CORNICE ETC.
Rate (Rs.)
Jalpaiguri,Alipurduar,
/Area of Kalyani Sub
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Haldibari PS
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Divn.
Description of Items Unit
Dist.
Div
PS
S)
No.
Page 149
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
(H)BAND MOULDING, CORNICE ETC.
Rate (Rs.)
Jalpaiguri,Alipurduar,
/Area of Kalyani Sub
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Haldibari PS
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Divn.
Description of Items Unit
Dist.
Div
PS
S)
No.
Page 150
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
Jalpaiguri,Alipurduar,
/Area of Kalyani Sub
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Haldibari PS
Bardhaman
Bankura
Birbhum
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
Dist.
Div
S)
No.
Page 151
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
Jalpaiguri,Alipurduar,
/Area of Kalyani Sub
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Haldibari PS
Bardhaman
Bankura
Birbhum
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
Dist.
Div
S)
No.
(c) 10 mm. thick plaster Sq.M 131 122 121 121 127 124 122 121 126 125 125 138 124 124 126
4 Plaster with lime and surki mortar including
rounding off or chamfering corners as
directed and raking out joints (Ground floor).
Page 152
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
Jalpaiguri,Alipurduar,
/Area of Kalyani Sub
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Haldibari PS
Bardhaman
Bankura
Birbhum
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
Dist.
Div
S)
No.
Page 153
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
Jalpaiguri,Alipurduar,
/Area of Kalyani Sub
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Haldibari PS
Bardhaman
Bankura
Birbhum
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
Dist.
Div
S)
No.
(b) 12 mm thick plaster Sq.M 114 101 100 100 110 103 101 100 105 105 104 124 103 103 105
(ii) (1:3) with Lime & Sand mortar
(a) 25 mm thick plaster Sq.M 160 134 133 133 151 139 134 133 145 143 141 178 139 139 145
(b) 19 mm thick plaster Sq.M 133 113 112 112 126 117 113 112 121 120 119 147 117 117 121
(c) 12.5 mm thick plaster Sq.M 109 96 95 95 105 99 96 95 101 100 100 118 99 99 101
(iii) (1:4) with Lime & Sand mortar
(a) 25 mm thick plaster Sq.M 145 122 121 121 137 127 122 121 132 130 129 161 127 127 132
(b) 19 mm thick plaster Sq.M 119 101 100 100 113 105 101 100 109 108 106 131 105 105 109
(c) 12.5 mm thick plaster Sq.M 97 86 85 85 93 88 86 85 91 90 89 105 88 88 91
23 Surki beaten plaster (1:2) including rounding
off or chamfering corners, as directed and
raking out joints or roughening surface
(a) 19 mm thick plaster Sq.M 172 160 156 156 172 162 162 161 161 159 158 185 161 159 159
(b) 12.5 mm thick plaster Sq.M 128 119 117 117 128 121 121 120 120 119 118 136 120 119 119
24 Flush pointing to stone masonry wall in
cement morter (1:3) including racking out Sq.M 45 43 43 43 44 43 43 43 44 44 44 47 44 44 44
joints (Cement 0.119 Cu.m/100 Sq.m)
Page 154
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
Jalpaiguri,Alipurduar,
/Area of Kalyani Sub
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Haldibari PS
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Divn.
Description of Items Unit
Dist.
Div
PS
S)
No.
(c) Three coats (on new works only). %Sq.M 2081 2081 2081 2081 2081 2081 2081 2081 2081 2081 2081 2120 2081 2081 2081
4 Colour washing with "ELLA" with a coat of
white wash priming including cleaning and
smoothening surface thoroughly :
(i) Internal (all floors)
(a) One coat %Sq.M 1496 1496 1496 1496 1496 1496 1496 1496 1496 1496 1496 1522 1496 1496 1496
(b) Two coats %Sq.M 2240 2240 2240 2240 2240 2240 2240 2240 2240 2240 2240 2281 2240 2240 2240
(ii) External surface (ground floor)
(a) One coat %Sq.M 1514 1514 1514 1514 1514 1514 1514 1514 1514 1514 1514 1540 1514 1514 1514
(b) Two coats %Sq.M 2264 2264 2264 2264 2264 2264 2264 2264 2264 2264 2264 2305 2264 2264 2264
N.B. : Extra for each additional floor in
external walls refer item 20
5 Colour washing with any shade with
Stainers, as required including cleaning and
smoothening surface thoroughly :
(i) Internal surface (All floors)
(a) One coat of colour wash
(i) Other than yellow, pink. %Sq.M 1525 1525 1525 1525 1525 1525 1525 1525 1525 1525 1525 1551 1525 1525 1525
(ii) Yellow, pink. %Sq.M 1537 1537 1537 1537 1537 1537 1537 1537 1537 1537 1537 1563 1537 1537 1537
(b) Two coats (on new works only).
(i) Other than yellow, pink. %Sq.M 2139 2139 2139 2139 2139 2139 2139 2139 2139 2139 2139 2179 2139 2139 2139
(ii) Yellow, pink. %Sq.M 2157 2157 2157 2157 2157 2157 2157 2157 2157 2157 2157 2197 2157 2157 2157
(ii) External surface (Ground floor)
Page 155
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
Jalpaiguri,Alipurduar,
/Area of Kalyani Sub
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Haldibari PS
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Divn.
Description of Items Unit
Dist.
Div
PS
S)
No.
Page 156
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
Jalpaiguri,Alipurduar,
/Area of Kalyani Sub
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Haldibari PS
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Divn.
Description of Items Unit
Dist.
Div
PS
S)
No.
Page 157
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
Jalpaiguri,Alipurduar,
/Area of Kalyani Sub
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Haldibari PS
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Divn.
Description of Items Unit
Dist.
Div
PS
S)
No.
i) Water based interior grade Acrylic Primer %Sq.M 4798 4798 4798 4798 4798 4798 4798 4798 4798 4798 4798 4899 4798 4798 4798
ii) Solvent based interior grade Acrylic
Primer %Sq.M 5303 5303 5303 5303 5303 5303 5303 5303 5303 5303 5303 5434 5303 5303 5303
In Ground Floor:
(a) One Coat %Sq.M 3404 3404 3404 3404 3404 3404 3404 3404 3404 3404 3404 3474 3404 3404 3404
(b) Two Coats %Sq.M 4899 4899 4899 4899 4899 4899 4899 4899 4899 4899 4899 5010 4899 4899 4899
[This item to be done under specific
instruction of the Superintending Engineer]
Page 158
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
Jalpaiguri,Alipurduar,
/Area of Kalyani Sub
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Haldibari PS
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Divn.
Description of Items Unit
Dist.
Div
PS
S)
No.
Page 159
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
Jalpaiguri,Alipurduar,
/Area of Kalyani Sub
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Haldibari PS
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Divn.
Description of Items Unit
Dist.
Div
PS
S)
No.
Page 160
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
area of Haldibari PS
Siliguri Sub Divn.
Howrah/ Hoogly
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Sub Div
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
Dist.
No.
N.B.:
(Payment against item 1, 2, 3, 4 will be
made only when done at specific
direction of the Engineer- in-charge. Cost
of taking out shutter etc.for this item and
rehanging the same or changing glass
panes cracked or broken in the operation
will be deemed to be covered by the rate
of this item and no seperate payment
therefor shall be made.)
Page161
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
area of Haldibari PS
Siliguri Sub Divn.
Howrah/ Hoogly
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Sub Div
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
Dist.
No.
Page162
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
area of Haldibari PS
Siliguri Sub Divn.
Howrah/ Hoogly
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Sub Div
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
Dist.
No.
Page163
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
area of Haldibari PS
Siliguri Sub Divn.
Howrah/ Hoogly
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Sub Div
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
Dist.
No.
15 Coal tarring :
(a) One coat Sq.M 175 175 175 175 175 175 175 175 175 175 175 175 175 175 175
(b) Two coats Sq.M 257 257 257 257 257 257 257 257 257 257 257 258 257 257 257
18 French polishing to wood work including
preparing surface (ordinary gloss)
(a) On new wood work Sq.M 492 492 492 492 492 492 492 492 492 492 492 500 492 492 492
(b) On old French polished surface including
complete removal of the old polish. Sq.M 563 563 563 563 563 563 563 563 563 563 563 571 563 563 563
Page164
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
area of Haldibari PS
Siliguri Sub Divn.
Howrah/ Hoogly
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Sub Div
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
Dist.
No.
Page165
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates;
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
(L)GLARZIER'S WORK
Rate (Rs.)
area of Haldibari PS
Siliguri Sub Divn.
Howrah/ Hoogly
of Haldibari PS
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Bardhaman
Bankura
Birbhum
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
Div
No.
(i) 3 mm thick(White) Sq.M 479 479 479 479 479 479 479 479 479 479 479 488 479 479 479
(ii) 3 mm thick(Coloured) Sq.M 550 550 550 550 550 550 550 550 550 550 550 558 550 550 550
6 Supplying best Indian laminated safety glass
5 mm. thick including cutting to required
sizes, setting on putty bases and fitted and
fixed with teak glazing beads (19 mm x 12 Sq.M 2405 2405 2405 2405 2405 2405 2405 2405 2405 2405 2405 2436 2405 2405 2405
mm) including putty and nails as necessary
complete.(In all floors for internal wall & upto
6 m height for external wall)
Page 166
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates;
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
(L)GLARZIER'S WORK
Rate (Rs.)
area of Haldibari PS
Siliguri Sub Divn.
Howrah/ Hoogly
of Haldibari PS
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Bardhaman
Bankura
Birbhum
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
Div
No.
Page 167
PWD(WB)Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
Jalpaiguri,Alipurduar, plains of
excluding area of Kalyani Sub
area of Haldibari PS
Siliguri Sub Divn.
Howrah/ Hoogly
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Haldibari PS
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
Div
No.
Page 168
PWD(WB)Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
Jalpaiguri,Alipurduar, plains of
excluding area of Kalyani Sub
area of Haldibari PS
Siliguri Sub Divn.
Howrah/ Hoogly
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Haldibari PS
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
Div
No.
Page 169
PWD(WB)Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
Jalpaiguri,Alipurduar, plains of
excluding area of Kalyani Sub
area of Haldibari PS
Siliguri Sub Divn.
Howrah/ Hoogly
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Haldibari PS
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
Div
No.
(i) 75 mm. Dia projection 75 mm. Each 465 465 465 465 465 465 465 465 465 465 465 477 465 465 465
(ii) 75 mm. Dia projection 150 mm. Each 562 562 562 562 562 562 562 562 562 562 562 574 562 562 562
(iii) 100 mm. Dia projection 75 mm. Each 610 610 610 610 610 610 610 610 610 610 610 628 610 610 610
(iv) 100 mm. Dia projection 150 mm. Each 682 682 682 682 682 682 682 682 682 682 682 694 682 682 682
(v) 150 mm. Dia projection 75 mm. Each 891 891 891 891 891 891 891 891 891 891 891 903 891 891 891
(vi) 150 mm. Dia projection 150 mm. Each 1140 1140 1140 1140 1140 1140 1140 1140 1140 1140 1140 1153 1140 1140 1140
(D)(1) C. I Bend of down pipe (Without
door)
(i) 75 mm. Dia. Each 430 430 430 430 430 430 430 430 430 430 430 441 430 430 430
(ii) 100 mm. Dia. Each 533 533 533 533 533 533 533 533 533 533 533 543 533 533 533
(iii) 150 mm. Dia. Each 942 942 942 942 942 942 942 942 942 942 942 955 942 942 942
(D)(2) C. I Bend of down pipe. (With door)
(i) 75 mm. Dia. Each 506 506 506 506 506 506 506 506 506 506 506 518 506 506 506
(ii) 100 mm. Dia. Each 609 609 609 609 609 609 609 609 609 609 609 621 609 609 609
(iii) 150 mm. Dia. Each 1050 1050 1050 1050 1050 1050 1050 1050 1050 1050 1050 1062 1050 1050 1050
(E) C. I shoe of down pipe.
(i) 75 mm. Dia. Each 411 411 411 411 411 411 411 411 411 411 411 423 411 411 411
(ii) 100 mm. Dia. Each 454 454 454 454 454 454 454 454 454 454 454 466 454 454 454
(iii) 150 mm. Dia. Each 592 592 592 592 592 592 592 592 592 592 592 604 592 592 592
10 Supplying, fitting, fixing C.I Grating (Heavy
type).
(a) Up to 100 mm Square or 100 mm Dia. Each 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 86 80 80 80
(b) Above 100 mm and upto 150 mm
Square or round. Each 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 128 134 128 128 128
Page 170
PWD(WB)Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
Jalpaiguri,Alipurduar, plains of
excluding area of Kalyani Sub
area of Haldibari PS
Siliguri Sub Divn.
Howrah/ Hoogly
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Haldibari PS
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
Div
No.
Page 171
PWD(WB)Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
Jalpaiguri,Alipurduar, plains of
excluding area of Kalyani Sub
area of Haldibari PS
Siliguri Sub Divn.
Howrah/ Hoogly
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Haldibari PS
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
Div
No.
Page 172
PWD(WB)Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
Jalpaiguri,Alipurduar, plains of
excluding area of Kalyani Sub
area of Haldibari PS
Siliguri Sub Divn.
Howrah/ Hoogly
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Haldibari PS
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
Div
No.
A) UPVC Pipes:
(i) 75 mm. Dia. Metre 216 216 216 216 216 216 216 216 216 216 216 228 216 216 216
(ii) 110 mm. Dia. Metre 291 291 291 291 291 291 291 291 291 291 291 303 291 291 291
(iii) 160 mm. Dia. Metre 570 570 570 570 570 570 570 570 570 570 570 584 570 570 570
B) UPVC Fittings:
a) Plain Tee
(i) 75 mm. Dia. Nos 117 117 117 117 117 117 117 117 117 117 117 120 117 117 117
(ii) 110 mm. Dia. Nos 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 206 200 200 200
(iii) 160 mm. Dia. Nos 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 611 600 600 600
b) Plain Y
(i) 75 mm. Dia. Nos 144 144 144 144 144 144 144 144 144 144 144 153 144 144 144
(ii) 110 mm. Dia. Nos 261 261 261 261 261 261 261 261 261 261 261 271 261 261 261
(iii) 160 mm. Dia. Nos 686 686 686 686 686 686 686 686 686 686 686 700 686 686 686
Page 173
PWD(WB)Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
Jalpaiguri,Alipurduar, plains of
excluding area of Kalyani Sub
area of Haldibari PS
Siliguri Sub Divn.
Howrah/ Hoogly
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Haldibari PS
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
Div
No.
Page 174
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
area of Haldibari PS
Siliguri Sub Divn.
Howrah/ Hoogly
of Haldibari PS
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Sub Div
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
No.
Page 175
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
area of Haldibari PS
Siliguri Sub Divn.
Howrah/ Hoogly
of Haldibari PS
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Sub Div
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
No.
Page 176
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
area of Haldibari PS
Siliguri Sub Divn.
Howrah/ Hoogly
of Haldibari PS
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Sub Div
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
No.
Page 177
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
area of Haldibari PS
Siliguri Sub Divn.
Howrah/ Hoogly
of Haldibari PS
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Sub Div
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
No.
Page 178
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
area of Haldibari PS
Siliguri Sub Divn.
Howrah/ Hoogly
of Haldibari PS
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Sub Div
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
No.
Page 179
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
(O) FENCING
Rate (Rs.)
area of Haldibari PS
Siliguri Sub Divn.
Howrah/ Hoogly
of Haldibari PS
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Sub Div
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
No.
Page 180
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
(O) FENCING
Rate (Rs.)
area of Haldibari PS
Siliguri Sub Divn.
Howrah/ Hoogly
of Haldibari PS
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Sub Div
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
No.
(a) Galvanised wire of 9 to 12 B.W.G. %Mtr. 337 337 337 337 337 337 337 337 337 337 337 337 337 337 337
(b) Strand wire (3 to 7 ply) upto 6 mm. dia. %Mtr. 501 501 501 501 501 501 501 501 501 501 501 501 501 501 501
(c) Standard wire (3 to 7 ply) above 6 mm.
%Mtr. 589 589 589 589 589 589 589 589 589 589 589 589 589 589 589
dia
(d) Barbed wire %Mtr. 662 662 662 662 662 662 662 662 662 662 662 662 662 662 662
6 (a) Supplying, fitting galvanised 3 ply 12
gauge / 4 points line of barbed wire in
fencing (holes already made in the body of
the post) or fixed by staples tightening and
fixing the wires in taut condition with straining %Mtr. 2795 2795 2795 2795 2795 2795 2795 2795 2795 2795 2795 2920 2795 2795 2795
bolts including the cost of cutting and of
lapping joints in the wire as necessary but
excluding the cost of galvanised
staples,straining bolt and binding wire where
necessary.
(Payment to be made on the length of
individual lines of wire.)
Page 181
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
(O) FENCING
Rate (Rs.)
area of Haldibari PS
Siliguri Sub Divn.
Howrah/ Hoogly
of Haldibari PS
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Sub Div
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
No.
(d) Barbed wire %Mtr. 147 147 147 147 147 147 147 147 147 147 147 147 147 147 147
Page 182
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
(O) FENCING
Rate (Rs.)
area of Haldibari PS
Siliguri Sub Divn.
Howrah/ Hoogly
of Haldibari PS
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Sub Div
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
No.
(a) Net upto 1350 mm. height %Mtr. 1424 1424 1424 1424 1424 1424 1424 1424 1424 1424 1424 1424 1424 1424 1424
(b) Net above 1350 mm. height %Mtr. 1770 1770 1770 1770 1770 1770 1770 1770 1770 1770 1770 1770 1770 1770 1770
10 Labour for taking out (from fencing) line of
wire (galvanised, strand or barbed) by
drawing the same out through holes in the %Mtr. 97 97 97 97 97 97 97 97 97 97 97 97 97 97 97
body of the post or through holes formed by
fixed staples.
(Payment to be made on the length of the
wire taken out.)
11 Labour for taking out (from fencing) line of
wire (galvanised, strand or barbed) including
%Mtr. 129 129 129 129 129 129 129 129 129 129 129 129 129 129 129
the cost of taking out staples (by cutting or
otherwise, as necessary).
(Payment to be made on the length of the
wire taken out.)
12 Labour for taking out wove wire or similar net
(from fencing) including the cost of taking out
staples (by cutting or otherwise,as
necessary).
(a) Net upto 1350 mm. height %Mtr. 468 468 468 468 468 468 468 468 468 468 468 468 468 468 468
(b) Net above 1350 mm. height %Mtr. 541 541 541 541 541 541 541 541 541 541 541 541 541 541 541
13 Supplying galvanised straining bolts (with
eye at one end with double nuts and
washers) fitted and fixed complete.
(i) 10 mm. dia.
(a) 150 mm. Each 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 52 50 50 50
(b) 200 mm. Each 58 58 58 58 58 58 58 58 58 58 58 61 58 58 58
Page 183
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
(O) FENCING
Rate (Rs.)
area of Haldibari PS
Siliguri Sub Divn.
Howrah/ Hoogly
of Haldibari PS
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Sub Div
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
No.
Page 184
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
(O) FENCING
Rate (Rs.)
area of Haldibari PS
Siliguri Sub Divn.
Howrah/ Hoogly
of Haldibari PS
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Sub Div
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
No.
Page 185
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
(O) FENCING
Rate (Rs.)
area of Haldibari PS
Siliguri Sub Divn.
Howrah/ Hoogly
of Haldibari PS
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Sub Div
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
No.
(a) 25 mm. x 25 mm. x 8 g. Sq. M 833 833 833 833 833 833 833 833 833 833 833 846 833 833 833
(b) 25 mm. x 50 mm. x 8 g. Sq. M 646 646 646 646 646 646 646 646 646 646 646 658 646 646 646
(c) 50 mm. x 50 mm. x 8 g. Sq. M 533 533 533 533 533 533 533 533 533 533 533 546 533 533 533
(d) 75 mm. x 75 mm. x 8 g. Sq. M 465 465 465 465 465 465 465 465 465 465 465 477 465 465 465
(e) 75 mm. x 25 mm. x 8 g. Sq. M 615 615 615 615 615 615 615 615 615 615 615 627 615 615 615
23 Supplying fitting and fixing 600 mm (+/- 30
mm) diametre R.B.T (Reinforced Barbed
Tape) Concertina fencing on wall top using
concertina coils stretched to approx.6 meters
length at site clipped with two nos. of
Mtr. 481 481 481 481 481 481 481 481 481 481 481 494 481 481 481
horizontal R.B.T strands which will be
tensioned and fixed with the vertical M.S
angle iron posts by means of security
fasteners (such as 'C' clips, R.B.T clips etc.)
Page 186
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
(O) FENCING
Rate (Rs.)
area of Haldibari PS
Siliguri Sub Divn.
Howrah/ Hoogly
of Haldibari PS
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Sub Div
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
No.
Page 187
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
area of Haldibari PS
Siliguri Sub Divn.
Howrah/ Hoogly
of Haldibari PS
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Sub Div
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
No.
Page 188
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
area of Haldibari PS
Siliguri Sub Divn.
Howrah/ Hoogly
of Haldibari PS
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Sub Div
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
No.
(a) Brick-on-edge edging (125 mm) depth. %Metre 760 760 760 760 760 760 760 760 760 760 760 760 760 760 760
(b) Brick-on-end edging (250 mm) depth. %Metre 1197 1197 1197 1197 1197 1197 1197 1197 1197 1197 1197 1197 1197 1197 1197
Page 189
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
area of Haldibari PS
Siliguri Sub Divn.
Howrah/ Hoogly
of Haldibari PS
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Sub Div
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
No.
(a) Single flat soling %Sq.M 991 991 991 991 991 991 991 991 991 991 991 991 991 991 991
(b) Double flat soling %Sq.M 1457 1457 1457 1457 1457 1457 1457 1457 1457 1457 1457 1457 1457 1457 1457
7 Labour for taking out brick-on-end edging
including removing debris to flank or berm
sorting out serviceable materials and %Metre 671 671 671 671 671 671 671 671 671 671 671 671 671 671 671
stacking.
8 Labour for taking out brick-on-edge of
herring bone bond including removing debris
to flank or berm sorting out serviceable %Sq.M 1749 1749 1749 1749 1749 1749 1749 1749 1749 1749 1749 1749 1749 1749 1749
materials and stacking.
9 Labour for taking out brick-on-edge of
herring bone bond set in cement mortar
including removing debris to flank or berm %Sq.M 3499 3499 3499 3499 3499 3499 3499 3499 3499 3499 3499 3499 3499 3499 3499
sorting out serviceable materials and
stacking.
10 Supplying cinder including throwing
spreading rough leavlling and dressing. Cum 302 285 285 285 285 285 285 285 285 285 285 289 285 285 285
Page 190
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
area of Haldibari PS
Siliguri Sub Divn.
Howrah/ Hoogly
of Haldibari PS
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Sub Div
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
No.
Page 191
PWD(WB)Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
area of Haldibari PS
Siliguri Sub Divn.
Howrah/ Hoogly
of Haldibari PS
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Sub Div
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
No.
Page 192
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
( R) ALUMINIUN WORKS
Rate (Rs.)
area of Haldibari PS
Siliguri Sub Divn.
Howrah/ Hoogly
of Haldibari PS
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Sub Div
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
No.
i) Bottom & Top member. Metre 138 138 138 138 138 138 138 138 138 138 138 143 138 138 138
ii) Style side member. Metre 140 140 140 140 140 140 140 140 140 140 140 146 140 140 140
iii) Interlock member. Metre 176 176 176 176 176 176 176 176 176 176 176 183 176 176 176
e) Casement window ( 40 mm Depth
series)
i) Outer frame. Metre 185 185 185 185 185 185 185 185 185 185 185 192 185 185 185
ii) Mullion. Metre 264 264 264 264 264 264 264 264 264 264 264 274 264 264 264
iii) Shutter. Metre 182 182 182 182 182 182 182 182 182 182 182 190 182 182 182
iv) Glazing clip. Metre 49 49 49 49 49 49 49 49 49 49 49 52 49 49 49
v) Cleat angle. (Non-annodized) Metre 314 314 314 314 314 314 314 314 314 314 314 327 314 314 314
f) Casement window ( 34 mm Depth
series)
i) Outer frame. Metre 157 157 157 157 157 157 157 157 157 157 157 163 157 157 157
Page 193
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
( R) ALUMINIUN WORKS
Rate (Rs.)
area of Haldibari PS
Siliguri Sub Divn.
Howrah/ Hoogly
of Haldibari PS
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Sub Div
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
No.
ii) Mullion. Metre 228 228 228 228 228 228 228 228 228 228 228 237 228 228 228
iii) Shutter. Metre 134 134 134 134 134 134 134 134 134 134 134 140 134 134 134
iv) Glazing clip. Metre 52 52 52 52 52 52 52 52 52 52 52 54 52 52 52
v) Cleat angle. (Non-annodized) Metr. 314 314 314 314 314 314 314 314 314 314 314 327 314 314 314
g) Fixed glazing.
i) Top and bottom & side member. Metre 382 382 382 382 382 382 382 382 382 382 382 397 382 382 382
ii) Mullion. Metre 403 403 403 403 403 403 403 403 403 403 403 419 403 403 403
iii) Glazing clip. Metre 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50
h) Louvered window.
i) Top, bottom and side member. Metre 218 218 218 218 218 218 218 218 218 218 218 226 218 218 218
ii) Louvered Section. Metre 780 780 780 780 780 780 780 780 780 780 780 811 780 780 780
iii) Cleat angle ( Non-annodized). Metre 314 314 314 314 314 314 314 314 314 314 314 327 314 314 314
i) Fixed partitions.
(Unsupported length of vertical member upto
1.5 mtr. Height of both ends of vertical
member restrained but panels within 0.9
sq.m.)
i) Top , bottom & side member. Metre 382 382 382 382 382 382 382 382 382 382 382 397 382 382 382
ii) Intermediate member. Metre 403 403 403 403 403 403 403 403 403 403 403 419 403 403 403
iii) Glazing clip. Metre 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50
j) Fixed partitions.
(Unsupported length of vertical member upto
1.5 mtr. Height of both ends of vertical
member restrained but panels within 0.9
sq.m.)
i) Top , bottom & side member. Metre 548 548 548 548 548 548 548 548 548 548 548 571 548 548 548
ii) Intermediate member. Metre 571 571 571 571 571 571 571 571 571 571 571 594 571 571 571
iii) Glazing clip. Metre 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 46 47 46 46 46
k) Movable door shutter.
i) Door frame. (Top & sides). Metre 376 376 376 376 376 376 376 376 376 376 376 391 376 376 376
ii) Shutter :
Top rail. Metre 361 361 361 361 361 361 361 361 361 361 361 376 361 361 361
Bottom rail. Metre 534 534 534 534 534 534 534 534 534 534 534 557 534 534 534
Lock rail Metre 446 446 446 446 446 446 446 446 446 446 446 465 446 446 446
Door vertical. Metre 395 395 395 395 395 395 395 395 395 395 395 410 395 395 395
Glazing cleap. Metre 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50
Page 194
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
( R) ALUMINIUN WORKS
Rate (Rs.)
area of Haldibari PS
Siliguri Sub Divn.
Howrah/ Hoogly
of Haldibari PS
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Sub Div
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
No.
l) Rimless door.
i) Top & bottom rail. Metre 964 964 964 964 964 964 964 964 964 964 964 1003 964 964 964
II) Coloured
a) 2- track sliding window
i) Bottom frame Metre 283 283 283 283 283 283 283 283 283 283 283 292 283 283 283
ii) Top and side frame. Metre 253 253 253 253 253 253 253 253 253 253 253 262 253 253 253
b) 3- track sliding window
i) Bottom frame Metre 406 406 406 406 406 406 406 406 406 406 406 420 406 406 406
ii) Top and side frame. Metre 354 354 354 354 354 354 354 354 354 354 354 366 354 354 354
c) 4- track sliding window
i) Bottom frame Metre 478 478 478 478 478 478 478 478 478 478 478 495 478 478 478
ii) Top and side frame. Metre 421 421 421 421 421 421 421 421 421 421 421 436 421 421 421
d) Shutter for all track sliding window.
i) Bottom & Top member. Metre 153 153 153 153 153 153 153 153 153 153 153 158 153 153 153
ii) Style side member. Metre 149 149 149 149 149 149 149 149 149 149 149 156 149 149 149
iii) Interlock member. Metre 188 188 188 188 188 188 188 188 188 188 188 195 188 188 188
e) Casement window ( 40 mm Depth
series)
i) Outer frame. Metre 201 201 201 201 201 201 201 201 201 201 201 208 201 201 201
ii) Mullion. Metre 278 278 278 278 278 278 278 278 278 278 278 289 278 278 278
iii) Shutter. Metre 196 196 196 196 196 196 196 196 196 196 196 203 196 196 196
iv) Glazing clip. Metre 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 56 58 56 56 56
v) Cleat angle. (Non-annodized) Metre 314 314 314 314 314 314 314 314 314 314 314 327 314 314 314
f) Casement window ( 34 mm Depth
series)
i) Outer frame. Metre 172 172 172 172 172 172 172 172 172 172 172 178 172 172 172
ii) Mullion. Metre 245 245 245 245 245 245 245 245 245 245 245 255 245 245 245
iii) Shutter. Metre 169 169 169 169 169 169 169 169 169 169 169 175 169 169 169
iv) Glazing clip. Metre 59 59 59 59 59 59 59 59 59 59 59 61 59 59 59
v) Cleat angle. (Non-annodized) Metre 314 314 314 314 314 314 314 314 314 314 314 327 314 314 314
g) Fixed Glazing.
i) Top, bottom and side member. Metre 395 395 395 395 395 395 395 395 395 395 395 410 395 395 395
ii) Mullion. Metre 419 419 419 419 419 419 419 419 419 419 419 436 419 419 419
Page 195
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
( R) ALUMINIUN WORKS
Rate (Rs.)
area of Haldibari PS
Siliguri Sub Divn.
Howrah/ Hoogly
of Haldibari PS
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Sub Div
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
No.
Page 196
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
( R) ALUMINIUN WORKS
Rate (Rs.)
area of Haldibari PS
Siliguri Sub Divn.
Howrah/ Hoogly
of Haldibari PS
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Sub Div
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
No.
i) Bottom frame Metre 422 422 422 422 422 422 422 422 422 422 422 436 422 422 422
ii) Top and side frame. Metre 368 368 368 368 368 368 368 368 368 368 368 380 368 368 368
c) 4- track sliding window
i) Bottom frame Metre 507 507 507 507 507 507 507 507 507 507 507 524 507 507 507
ii) Top and side frame. Metre 437 437 437 437 437 437 437 437 437 437 437 452 437 437 437
i) Bottom & Top member. Metre 158 158 158 158 158 158 158 158 158 158 158 163 158 158 158
ii) Style side member. Metre 154 154 154 154 154 154 154 154 154 154 154 159 154 154 154
iii) Interlock member. Metre 193 193 193 193 193 193 193 193 193 193 193 200 193 193 193
e) Casement window ( 40 mm Depth
series)
i) Outer frame. Metre 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 214 207 207 207
ii) Mullion. Metre 284 284 284 284 284 284 284 284 284 284 284 295 284 284 284
iii) Shutter. Metre 201 201 201 201 201 201 201 201 201 201 201 208 201 201 201
iv) Glazing clip. Metre 58 58 58 58 58 58 58 58 58 58 58 60 58 58 58
v) Cleat angle. (Non-annodized) Metre 314 314 314 314 314 314 314 314 314 314 314 327 314 314 314
f) Casement window ( 34 mm Depth
series)
i) Outer frame. Metre 179 179 179 179 179 179 179 179 179 179 179 185 179 179 179
ii) Mullion. Metre 253 253 253 253 253 253 253 253 253 253 253 262 253 253 253
iii) Shutter. Metre 175 175 175 175 175 175 175 175 175 175 175 181 175 175 175
iv) Glazing clip. Metre 62 62 62 62 62 62 62 62 62 62 62 64 62 62 62
v) Cleat angle. (Non-annodized) Metre 314 314 314 314 314 314 314 314 314 314 314 327 314 314 314
g) Fixed glazing.
i) Top, bottom and side member. Metre 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 415 400 400 400
ii) Mullion. Metre 426 426 426 426 426 426 426 426 426 426 426 442 426 426 426
iii) Glazing clip. Metre 58 58 58 58 58 58 58 58 58 58 58 60 58 58 58
h) Louvered window.
i) Top, bottom and side member. Metre 230 230 230 230 230 230 230 230 230 230 230 239 230 230 230
ii) Louvered Section. Metre 803 803 803 803 803 803 803 803 803 803 803 835 803 803 803
iii) Cleat angle ( Non-annodized). Metre 314 314 314 314 314 314 314 314 314 314 314 327 314 314 314
Page 197
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
( R) ALUMINIUN WORKS
Rate (Rs.)
area of Haldibari PS
Siliguri Sub Divn.
Howrah/ Hoogly
of Haldibari PS
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Sub Div
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
No.
i) Fixed partitions.
(Unsupported length of vertical member upto
1.5 mtr. Height of both ends of vertical
member restrained but panels within 0.9
sq.m.)
i) Top , bottom & side member. Metre 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 415 400 400 400
ii) Intermediate member. Metre 426 426 426 426 426 426 426 426 426 426 426 442 426 426 426
iii) Glazing clip. Metre 58 58 58 58 58 58 58 58 58 58 58 60 58 58 58
j) Fixed partitions.
(Unsupported length of vertical member
more than 1.5 mtr.or both ends of vertical
member restrained but panels more than 0.9
sq.m.)
i) Top , bottom & side member. Metre 576 576 576 576 576 576 576 576 576 576 576 598 576 576 576
ii) Intermediate member. Metre 599 599 599 599 599 599 599 599 599 599 599 622 599 599 599
iii) Glazing clip. Metre 58 58 58 58 58 58 58 58 58 58 58 60 58 58 58
k) Movable door shutter.
i) Door frame. (Top & sides). Metre 376 376 376 376 376 376 376 376 376 376 376 391 376 376 376
ii) Shutter :
Top rail. Metre 381 381 381 381 381 381 381 381 381 381 381 395 381 381 381
Bottom rail. Metre 581 581 581 581 581 581 581 581 581 581 581 603 581 581 581
Lock rail Metre 478 478 478 478 478 478 478 478 478 478 478 495 478 478 478
Door vertical. Metre 419 419 419 419 419 419 419 419 419 419 419 434 419 419 419
Glazing clip. Metre 58 58 58 58 58 58 58 58 58 58 58 60 58 58 58
l) Rimless door.
i) Top & bottom rail. Metre 995 995 995 995 995 995 995 995 995 995 995 1035 995 995 995
2 Labour charge for fabrication and installation
of composite door, window , partitions made
from annodized extruded alloy aluminium
sections for the following units:-
Page 198
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
( R) ALUMINIUN WORKS
Rate (Rs.)
area of Haldibari PS
Siliguri Sub Divn.
Howrah/ Hoogly
of Haldibari PS
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Sub Div
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
No.
i) 2 track sliding window. Sq.M 703 703 703 703 703 703 703 703 703 703 703 703 703 703 703
ii ) 3 /4 track sliding window. Sq.M 950 950 950 950 950 950 950 950 950 950 950 950 950 950 950
iii ) Openable / Casement window. Sq.M 1128 1128 1128 1128 1128 1128 1128 1128 1128 1128 1128 1128 1128 1128 1128
iv ) Fixed glazzing. Sq.M 776 776 776 776 776 776 776 776 776 776 776 776 776 776 776
v ) Louvered window. Sq.M 737 737 737 737 737 737 737 737 737 737 737 737 737 737 737
vi) Add for special architectural feature,
where members / sections are required to be R.M. 261 261 261 261 261 261 261 261 261 261 261 261 261 261 261
bent as per requirement.
Page 199
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
( R) ALUMINIUN WORKS
Rate (Rs.)
area of Haldibari PS
Siliguri Sub Divn.
Howrah/ Hoogly
of Haldibari PS
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Sub Div
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
No.
Page 200
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
( R) ALUMINIUN WORKS
Rate (Rs.)
area of Haldibari PS
Siliguri Sub Divn.
Howrah/ Hoogly
of Haldibari PS
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Sub Div
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
No.
Page 201
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
( R) ALUMINIUN WORKS
Rate (Rs.)
area of Haldibari PS
Siliguri Sub Divn.
Howrah/ Hoogly
of Haldibari PS
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Sub Div
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
No.
Page 202
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
( R) ALUMINIUN WORKS
Rate (Rs.)
area of Haldibari PS
Siliguri Sub Divn.
Howrah/ Hoogly
of Haldibari PS
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Sub Div
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
No.
i) 4mm thick clear glass. Sq.M 475 475 475 475 475 475 475 475 475 475 475 482 475 475 475
ii) 4mm thick coloured / tinted / smoke
Sq.M 558 558 558 558 558 558 558 558 558 558 558 572 558 558 558
glass.
iii) 5mm thick clear glass. Sq.M 628 628 628 628 628 628 628 628 628 628 628 628 628 628 628
iv) 5mm thick coloured / tinted / smoke
Sq.M 698 698 698 698 698 698 698 698 698 698 698 698 698 698 698
glass.
v) 6mm thick clear glass. Sq.M 726 726 726 726 726 726 726 726 726 726 726 726 726 726 726
vi) 6mm thick coloured / tinted / smoke
Sq.M 789 789 789 789 789 789 789 789 789 789 789 803 789 789 789
glass.
vii) 8mm thick clear glass. Sq.M 1012 1012 1012 1012 1012 1012 1012 1012 1012 1012 1012 1026 1012 1012 1012
viii) 8mm thick coloured / tinted / smoke
Sq.M 1082 1082 1082 1082 1082 1082 1082 1082 1082 1082 1082 1096 1082 1082 1082
glass.
ix) 10mm thick clear glass. Sq.M 1291 1291 1291 1291 1291 1291 1291 1291 1291 1291 1291 1291 1291 1291 1291
x) 10 mm thick coloured / tinted / smoke
Sq.M 1361 1361 1361 1361 1361 1361 1361 1361 1361 1361 1361 1382 1361 1361 1361
glass.
xi) 12mm thick clear glass. Sq.M 1500 1500 1500 1500 1500 1500 1500 1500 1500 1500 1500 1500 1500 1500 1500
xii) 12mm thick coloured / tinted / smoke
Sq.M 2212 2212 2212 2212 2212 2212 2212 2212 2212 2212 2212 2212 2212 2212 2212
glass.
xiii) 12mm thick cleared toughened glass
Sq.M 3859 3859 3859 3859 3859 3859 3859 3859 3859 3859 3859 3859 3859 3859 3859
coforming to IS: 2553-1992 (Part-II)
xiv) 12mm thick coloured / tinted /
toughened glass coforming to IS: 2553-1992 Sq.M 4913 4913 4913 4913 4913 4913 4913 4913 4913 4913 4913 4913 4913 4913 4913
(Part-II)
10 Supplying stainless steel functional hinge for
casement window as per approved brand as
directed by Engineer- in -charge. (Natural
White)
(a) 250 mm long Each 361 361 361 361 361 361 361 361 361 361 361 229 361 361 361
(b) 300 mm long Each 397 397 397 397 397 397 397 397 397 397 397 265 397 397 397
11 Supplying annodized aluminium extruded
section box hinge for casement windows as
per approved brand and make directed by Each 44 44 44 44 44 44 44 44 44 44 44 46 44 44 44
Engineer- in -Charge.(Natural White)
12 Supplying 4 lever mortice lock or any
approved make and brand as per direction of
the Engineer- in -Charge.
i) 150 mm. Each 451 451 451 451 451 451 451 451 451 451 451 457 451 451 451
ii) 100 mm. Each 252 252 252 252 252 252 252 252 252 252 252 235 252 252 252
Page 203
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
( R) ALUMINIUN WORKS
Rate (Rs.)
area of Haldibari PS
Siliguri Sub Divn.
Howrah/ Hoogly
of Haldibari PS
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Sub Div
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
No.
iii) 75 mm. Each 157 157 157 157 157 157 157 157 157 157 157 163 157 157 157
13 (A) Supplying Aluminium casted body
hydraulic door closer as per I.S.I. Each 757 757 757 757 757 757 757 757 757 757 757 763 757 757 757
Page 204
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
area of Haldibari PS
Siliguri Sub Divn.
Howrah/ Hoogly
of Haldibari PS
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Sub Div
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
No.
a) Upto 3 metre below G.L. Mtr. 712 553 535 535 623 605 542 535 623 605 605 581 581 570
b) Beyond 3 metre upto 6 metre below G.L. Mtr. 761 601 583 583 672 654 590 583 672 654 654 629 629 619
c) Beyond 6 metre upto 9 metre below G.L. Mtr. 829 670 652 652 740 723 659 652 740 723 723 698 698 687
d) Beyond 9 metre upto 12 metre below G.L. Mtr. 946 787 769 769 857 840 776 769 857 840 840 815 815 804
f) Beyond 15 metre upto 18 metre below G.L. Mtr. 1151 992 974 974 1062 1045 981 974 1062 1045 1045 1020 1020 1010
a) Upto 3 metre below G.L. Mtr. 905 703 680 680 793 770 689 680 793 770 770 739 739 725
b) Beyond 3 metre upto 6 metre below G.L. Mtr. 954 751 729 729 841 819 738 729 841 819 819 787 787 774
c) Beyond 6 metre upto 9 metre below G.L. Mtr. 1022 820 797 797 910 887 806 797 910 887 887 856 856 842
d) Beyond 9 metre upto 12 metre below G.L. Mtr. 1091 888 866 866 978 956 875 866 978 956 956 924 924 911
f) Beyond 15 metre upto 18 metre below G.L. Mtr. 1325 1122 1100 1100 1212 1190 1109 1100 1212 1190 1190 1158 1158 1145
Page 205
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
area of Haldibari PS
Siliguri Sub Divn.
Howrah/ Hoogly
of Haldibari PS
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Sub Div
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
No.
a) Upto 3 metre below G.L. Mtr. 1420 1202 1178 1178 1299 1275 1188 1178 1299 1275 1275 1241 1241 1227
b) Beyond 3 metre upto 6 metre below G.L. Mtr. 1469 1251 1227 1227 1348 1324 1237 1227 1348 1324 1324 1290 1290 1275
c) Beyond 6 metre upto 9 metre below G.L. Mtr. 1537 1319 1295 1295 1416 1392 1305 1295 1416 1392 1392 1358 1358 1344
d) Beyond 9 metre upto 12 metre below G.L. Mtr. 1654 1437 1412 1412 1533 1509 1422 1412 1533 1509 1509 1475 1475 1461
f) Beyond 15 metre upto 18 metre below G.L. Mtr. 1811 1593 1569 1569 1690 1666 1579 1569 1690 1666 1666 1632 1632 1617
a) Upto 3 metre below G.L. Mtr. 1145 890 861 861 1004 975 873 861 1004 975 975 935 935 918
b) Beyond 3 metre upto 6 metre below G.L. Mtr. 1194 938 910 910 1052 1024 921 910 1052 1024 1024 984 984 967
c) Beyond 6 metre upto 9 metre below G.L. Mtr. 1331 1075 1047 1047 1189 1161 1058 1047 1189 1161 1161 1121 1121 1104
d) Beyond 9 metre upto 12 metre below G.L. Mtr. 1448 1192 1164 1164 1306 1278 1175 1164 1306 1278 1278 1238 1238 1221
f) Beyond 15 metre upto 18 metre below G.L. Mtr. 1702 1446 1418 1418 1560 1531 1429 1418 1560 1531 1531 1492 1492 1475
a) Upto 3 metre below G.L. Mtr. 1310 1017 984 984 1147 1114 997 984 1147 1114 1114 1069 1069 1049
b) Beyond 3 metre upto 6 metre below G.L. Mtr. 1427 1134 1101 1101 1264 1231 1114 1101 1264 1231 1231 1186 1186 1166
c) Beyond 6 metre upto 9 metre below G.L. Mtr. 1564 1270 1238 1238 1401 1368 1251 1238 1401 1368 1368 1322 1322 1303
d) Beyond 9 metre upto 12 metre below G.L. Mtr. 1701 1407 1375 1375 1538 1505 1388 1375 1538 1505 1505 1459 1459 1440
Page 206
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
area of Haldibari PS
Siliguri Sub Divn.
Howrah/ Hoogly
of Haldibari PS
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Sub Div
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
No.
f) Beyond 15 metre upto 18 metre below G.L. Mtr. 1935 1641 1609 1609 1772 1739 1622 1609 1772 1739 1739 1694 1694 1674
a) Upto 3 metre below G.L. Mtr. 1426 1095 1058 1058 1242 1205 1072 1058 1242 1205 1205 1154 1154 1131
b) Beyond 3 metre upto 6 metre below G.L. Mtr. 1474 1143 1106 1106 1290 1254 1121 1106 1290 1254 1254 1202 1202 1180
c) Beyond 6 metre upto 9 metre below G.L. Mtr. 1591 1260 1223 1223 1407 1371 1238 1223 1407 1371 1371 1319 1319 1297
d) Beyond 9 metre upto 12 metre below G.L. Mtr. 1708 1377 1340 1340 1524 1488 1355 1340 1524 1488 1488 1436 1436 1414
f) Beyond 15 metre upto 18 metre below G.L. Mtr. 1962 1631 1594 1594 1778 1741 1609 1594 1778 1741 1741 1690 1690 1668
a) Upto 3 metre below G.L. Mtr. 1590 1221 1180 1180 1385 1344 1197 1180 1385 1344 1344 1287 1287 1262
b) Beyond 3 metre upto 6 metre below G.L. Mtr. 1639 1270 1229 1229 1434 1393 1245 1229 1434 1393 1393 1335 1335 1311
c) Beyond 6 metre upto 9 metre below G.L. Mtr. 1756 1387 1346 1346 1551 1510 1362 1346 1551 1510 1510 1452 1452 1428
d) Beyond 9 metre upto 12 metre below G.L. Mtr. 1873 1504 1463 1463 1668 1627 1479 1463 1668 1627 1627 1569 1569 1545
f) Beyond 15 metre upto 18 metre below G.L. Mtr. 2127 1758 1716 1716 1922 1881 1733 1716 1922 1881 1881 1823 1823 1799
a) Upto 3 metre below G.L. Mtr. 2030 1441 1375 1375 1702 1637 1401 1375 1702 1637 1637 1545 1545 1506
b) Beyond 3 metre upto 6 metre below G.L. Mtr. 2078 1489 1424 1424 1751 1686 1450 1424 1751 1686 1686 1594 1594 1555
c) Beyond 6 metre upto 9 metre below G.L. Mtr. 2195 1607 1541 1541 1868 1803 1567 1541 1868 1803 1803 1711 1711 1672
Page 207
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
area of Haldibari PS
Siliguri Sub Divn.
Howrah/ Hoogly
of Haldibari PS
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Sub Div
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
No.
d) Beyond 9 metre upto 12 metre below G.L. Mtr. 2312 1724 1658 1658 1985 1920 1684 1658 1985 1920 1920 1828 1828 1789
f) Beyond 15 metre upto 18 metre below G.L. Mtr. 2566 1977 1912 1912 2239 2173 1938 1912 2239 2173 2173 2082 2082 2043
a) Upto 3 metre below G.L. Mtr. 2278 1588 1511 1511 1894 1818 1542 1511 1894 1818 1818 1710 1710 1664
b) Beyond 3 metre upto 6 metre below G.L. Mtr. 2375 1685 1608 1608 1992 1915 1639 1608 1992 1915 1915 1808 1808 1762
c) Beyond 6 metre upto 9 metre below G.L. Mtr. 2512 1822 1745 1745 2128 2052 1776 1745 2128 2052 2052 1944 1944 1898
d) Beyond 9 metre upto 12 metre below G.L. Mtr. 2629 1939 1862 1862 2245 2169 1893 1862 2245 2169 2169 2061 2061 2015
f) Beyond 15 metre upto 18 metre below G.L. Mtr. 2883 2192 2116 2116 2499 2423 2146 2116 2499 2423 2423 2315 2315 2269
a) Upto 3 metre below G.L. Mtr. 2506 1715 1627 1627 2066 1978 1662 1627 2066 1978 1978 1855 1855 1803
b) Beyond 3 metre upto 6 metre below G.L. Mtr. 2603 1812 1724 1724 2163 2076 1759 1724 2163 2076 2076 1953 1953 1900
c) Beyond 6 metre upto 9 metre below G.L. Mtr. 2740 1949 1861 1861 2301 2212 1896 1861 2301 2212 2212 2089 2089 2037
d) Beyond 9 metre upto 12 metre below G.L. Mtr. 2857 2066 1978 1978 2418 2329 2013 1978 2418 2329 2329 2206 2206 2154
f) Beyond 15 metre upto 18 metre below G.L. Mtr. 3091 2300 2212 2212 2651 2563 2247 2212 2651 2563 2563 2440 2440 2388
N.B.
a) Extra 10% per meter for work beyond
the initial depth of 18 metre will be paid.
Page 208
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
area of Haldibari PS
Siliguri Sub Divn.
Howrah/ Hoogly
of Haldibari PS
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Sub Div
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
No.
Page 209
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
area of Haldibari PS
Siliguri Sub Divn.
Howrah/ Hoogly
of Haldibari PS
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Sub Div
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
No.
c) above 9 metre to 12 metre depth. Cum 6557 5961 5287 5287 6464 6409 6353 5602 6072 6053 6061 6043 6043 6098
d) above 12 metre to 15 metre depth. Cum 6585 5988 5315 5315 6492 6436 6381 5629 6099 6081 6089 6070 6070 6126
e) above 15 metre to 18 metre depth. Cum 6645 6049 5375 5375 6553 6497 6442 5690 6160 6141 6150 6131 6131 6187
f) above 18 metre up to any depth. Cum 6673 6076 5403 5403 6580 6525 6469 5717 6187 6169 6177 6159 6159 6214
5 Taking out and removing silt from the bottom
of well after bailing out water, removing moss
and weed from the well surface (by wire
brush) and disinfecting the well complete.
Page 210
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
area of Haldibari PS
Siliguri Sub Divn.
Howrah/ Hoogly
of Haldibari PS
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Sub Div
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
No.
Page 211
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
(T)MISCELLANEOUS WORKS
Rate (Rs.)
area of Haldibari PS
Siliguri Sub Divn.
Howrah/ Hoogly
of Haldibari PS
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Sub Div
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
No.
Page 212
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
(T)MISCELLANEOUS WORKS
Rate (Rs.)
area of Haldibari PS
Siliguri Sub Divn.
Howrah/ Hoogly
of Haldibari PS
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Sub Div
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
No.
(Cement-2.5 Kg/No.)
(B) Stitching crack in brick wall by carefully
cutting out face brick 250 mm. long, 75 mm.
thick and 125 mm deep into the wall,cleaning
the gap and filling up the same with sound
new brick, carefully set in cement mortar Brick 45 42 40 40 44 43 43 41 43 43 43 50 43 43 43
(1:3) including mending good damages and
finishing the surface to match with adjacent
areas complete as per direction.
(Cement-1 Kg/No.)
(C) Renewing weathered face brick including
taking out the old brick completely and
setting the head brick carefully in cement
mortar (1:3) complete,including making good
all damages.
Page 213
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
(T)MISCELLANEOUS WORKS
Rate (Rs.)
area of Haldibari PS
Siliguri Sub Divn.
Howrah/ Hoogly
of Haldibari PS
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Sub Div
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
No.
Page 214
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
(T)MISCELLANEOUS WORKS
Rate (Rs.)
area of Haldibari PS
Siliguri Sub Divn.
Howrah/ Hoogly
of Haldibari PS
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Sub Div
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
No.
Page 215
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
(T)MISCELLANEOUS WORKS
Rate (Rs.)
area of Haldibari PS
Siliguri Sub Divn.
Howrah/ Hoogly
of Haldibari PS
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Sub Div
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
No.
Page 216
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
(T)MISCELLANEOUS WORKS
Rate (Rs.)
area of Haldibari PS
Siliguri Sub Divn.
Howrah/ Hoogly
of Haldibari PS
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Sub Div
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
No.
24 Pumping out water from ponds or tanks %Cum 1054 1054 1054 1054 1054 1054 1054 1054 1054 1054 1054 1073 1054 1054 1054
(Payment if permitted will be made on the
quantity of water calculated on the basis of
initial water level and final level on
consideration being made for any water that
may have been made for any water that may
have been added through percolation or
otherwise)
Page 217
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
(T)MISCELLANEOUS WORKS
Rate (Rs.)
area of Haldibari PS
Siliguri Sub Divn.
Howrah/ Hoogly
of Haldibari PS
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Sub Div
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
No.
(Cement- 25 Kg/No)
(ii) When more than half the gabion has to
be restored. Each 1268 1140 1093 1093 1220 1191 1162 1111 1198 1188 1190 1405 1181 1181 1209
(Cement- 50 Kg/No)
Page 218
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
(T)MISCELLANEOUS WORKS
Rate (Rs.)
area of Haldibari PS
Siliguri Sub Divn.
Howrah/ Hoogly
of Haldibari PS
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Sub Div
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
No.
Page 219
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
(T)MISCELLANEOUS WORKS
Rate (Rs.)
area of Haldibari PS
Siliguri Sub Divn.
Howrah/ Hoogly
of Haldibari PS
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Sub Div
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
No.
Page 220
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
(T)MISCELLANEOUS WORKS
Rate (Rs.)
area of Haldibari PS
Siliguri Sub Divn.
Howrah/ Hoogly
of Haldibari PS
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Sub Div
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
No.
Page 221
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
(T)MISCELLANEOUS WORKS
Rate (Rs.)
area of Haldibari PS
Siliguri Sub Divn.
Howrah/ Hoogly
of Haldibari PS
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Sub Div
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
No.
Page 222
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
(T)MISCELLANEOUS WORKS
Rate (Rs.)
area of Haldibari PS
Siliguri Sub Divn.
Howrah/ Hoogly
of Haldibari PS
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Sub Div
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
No.
(i) 600 mm. x 450 mm. size of board. Each 535 535 535 535 535 535 535 535 535 535 535 560 535 535 535
(ii) 900 mm. x 600 mm. size of board. Each 986 927 981 925 977 953 948 905 938 937 958 1046 957 957 962
48 Projection of individual brick 12.5 cm x 7.5
cm x 6.5 cm to 12.5 cm projection from wall
surface. (The rate covers the projection only,
Each 13 13 11 11 14 13 13 12 13 13 13 16 13 13 13
the embedded portion being including in the
measurement of the wall against appropriate
item)
Page 223
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
(T)MISCELLANEOUS WORKS
Rate (Rs.)
area of Haldibari PS
Siliguri Sub Divn.
Howrah/ Hoogly
of Haldibari PS
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Sub Div
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
No.
a) 3.90 metre height Each 386 386 386 386 386 386 386 386 386 386 386 386 386 386 386
Page 224
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
(T)MISCELLANEOUS WORKS
Rate (Rs.)
area of Haldibari PS
Siliguri Sub Divn.
Howrah/ Hoogly
of Haldibari PS
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Sub Div
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
No.
Page 225
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
(T)MISCELLANEOUS WORKS
Rate (Rs.)
area of Haldibari PS
Siliguri Sub Divn.
Howrah/ Hoogly
of Haldibari PS
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Sub Div
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
No.
Page 226
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
(T)MISCELLANEOUS WORKS
Rate (Rs.)
area of Haldibari PS
Siliguri Sub Divn.
Howrah/ Hoogly
of Haldibari PS
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Sub Div
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
No.
Page 227
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
(T)MISCELLANEOUS WORKS
Rate (Rs.)
area of Haldibari PS
Siliguri Sub Divn.
Howrah/ Hoogly
of Haldibari PS
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Sub Div
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
No.
Page 228
PWD(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
SECTION 1. ------------BUILDING WORKS
(T)MISCELLANEOUS WORKS
Rate (Rs.)
area of Haldibari PS
Siliguri Sub Divn.
Howrah/ Hoogly
of Haldibari PS
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Sub Div
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
No.
Page 229
Section 1.........BUILDING WORKS
PWD (WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
(U) - Additional Items
Rate (Rs.)
of Haldibari PS
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Haldibari PS
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
Div
No.
In Super Structure, Ground Floor. Sq.M. 694 573 573 573 577 575 573 573 577 576 577 585 576 576 578
3) 100 mm thick Autoclave aerated concrete
blocks work with its size 625 mm x 250 mm
x 100 mm made of fly ash, lime & cement
conforming to IS: 2185 ( Part-3)-1984 in
Cement Mortar (1:4) complete in all respect.
In Super Structure, Ground Floor. Sq.M. 563 558 557 557 560 559 558 557 560 560 560 567 560 560 561
4) Ordinary Cement concrete (mix 1:2:4) with
graded stone chips (6mm nominal size)
excluding shuttering and reinforcement,if
any, in gound floor as per relevant IS codes.
Pakur variety Cu.M. 6313 5822 5789 5281 5872 6106 6235 5872 5944 6068 5381 6937 6205 6501 6016
Page 230
Section 1.........BUILDING WORKS
PWD (WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
(U) - Additional Items
Rate (Rs.)
of Haldibari PS
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Haldibari PS
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
Div
No.
Page 231
Section 1.........BUILDING WORKS
PWD (WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
(U) - Additional Items
Rate (Rs.)
of Haldibari PS
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Haldibari PS
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
Div
No.
(i) In Roof:-
a) With 0.90 mm thick sheet Sq.M. 905 905 905 905 905 905 905 905 905 905 905 915 905 905 905
9) Supplying, fitting & fixing circular corrugated
Aluminium sheet (excluding the supporting
frame work) of approved make & brand in
alloy 3105 conforming to IS: 1254-1991 fitted
and fixed with 55 mm & 25 mm Self tapping
screw , EPDM Washer 16 mm dia & 3 mm th
washer etc complete with 150 mm. end lap
and one corrugation minimum side lap.
(Payment to be made on area of finished
work) (Aluminium sheet to be supplied by
contractor).
(i) In Roof:-
a) With 0.65 mm thick sheet Sq.M. 781 781 781 781 781 781 781 781 781 781 781 791 781 781 781
b) With 0.71 mm thick sheet Sq.M. 831 831 831 831 831 831 831 831 831 831 831 841 831 831 831
c) With 0.91 mm thick sheet Sq.M. 903 903 903 903 903 903 903 903 903 903 903 915 903 903 903
Page 232
Section 1.........BUILDING WORKS
PWD (WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
(U) - Additional Items
Rate (Rs.)
of Haldibari PS
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Haldibari PS
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
Div
No.
In Roof Sq.M. 2357 2357 2357 2357 2357 2357 2357 2357 2357 2357 2357 2366 2357 2357 2357
Page 233
Section 1.........BUILDING WORKS
PWD (WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
(U) - Additional Items
Rate (Rs.)
of Haldibari PS
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Haldibari PS
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
Div
No.
In Roof Sq.M. 2766 2766 2766 2766 2766 2766 2766 2766 2766 2766 2766 2776 2766 2766 2766
14) supplying wooden moulding slanting beat of
size 37mm X 18mm (finished) of approved
design to finish the joint between wooden
frame of door/window with masonary in true
line and level fitted & fixed with adhesive and
head less pins complete as per direction of
Engineer -in-charge.
a) Teak wood beat Mtr. 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 138 127 127 127
b) Kappoor wood beat Mtr. 87 87 87 87 87 87 87 87 87 87 87 93 87 87 87
15) Polishing with melamine finish to wooden
surface after preparing the surface as per
decision and direction of Engineer-in-
Charge.
Sq.M. 78 78 78 78 78 78 78 78 78 78 78 83 78 78 78
16) Supplying, fitting and fixing Godrej Multi Lock
or equivallent .
Each 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 150 159 150 150 150
Page 234
Section 1.........BUILDING WORKS
PWD (WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
(U) - Additional Items
Rate (Rs.)
of Haldibari PS
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Haldibari PS
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
Div
No.
Sq.M. 388 388 388 388 388 388 388 388 388 388 388 348 388 388 388
Page 235
Section 1.........BUILDING WORKS
PWD (WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
(U) - Additional Items
Rate (Rs.)
of Haldibari PS
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Haldibari PS
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
Div
No.
Sq.M. 573 573 573 573 573 573 573 573 573 573 573 584 573 573 573
Page 236
Section 1.........BUILDING WORKS
PWD (WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
(U) - Additional Items
Rate (Rs.)
of Haldibari PS
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Haldibari PS
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
Div
No.
Sq.M. 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 409 400 400 400
Page 237
Section 1.........BUILDING WORKS
PWD (WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
(U) - Additional Items
Rate (Rs.)
of Haldibari PS
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Haldibari PS
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
Div
No.
Sq.M. 2689 2689 2689 2689 2689 2689 2689 2689 2689 2689 2689 2936 2689 2689 2689
21) A. Exposed False-ceiling Work --
(a) Supplying, fitting & fixing High Pressure
steam Cured Non Asbestos fibre cement
standard ceiling board (Density > 1300Kg
per Cu.M. ) of size595mm X595mm
conforming IS 14862 and type B, catagory III
of ISO 8336, tested as per AS-1530 Part 3
and BS-476 Part 4,5,6,7 & 8, should be
placed in the Grid module to form a false
ceiling. All complete as per drawing &
direction of Engineer - in- Charge.
Page 238
Section 1.........BUILDING WORKS
PWD (WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
(U) - Additional Items
Rate (Rs.)
of Haldibari PS
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Haldibari PS
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
Div
No.
Page 239
Section 1.........BUILDING WORKS
PWD (WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
(U) - Additional Items
Rate (Rs.)
of Haldibari PS
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Haldibari PS
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
Div
No.
Page 240
Section 1.........BUILDING WORKS
PWD (WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
(U) - Additional Items
Rate (Rs.)
of Haldibari PS
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Haldibari PS
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
Div
No.
Page 241
Section 1.........BUILDING WORKS
PWD (WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
(U) - Additional Items
Rate (Rs.)
of Haldibari PS
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Haldibari PS
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
Div
No.
Page 242
Section 1.........BUILDING WORKS
PWD (WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
(U) - Additional Items
Rate (Rs.)
of Haldibari PS
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Haldibari PS
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
Div
No.
(i) 15mm thick OW Acoustic Board/Tiles. Sq.M. 945 945 945 945 945 945 945 945 945 945 945 957 945 945 945
(e) Supplying ,fitting & fixing Eco-friendly,
Water Resistance and Incombustable
Calcium Silicate board/tiles (Density >900 Kg
per Cu.M.) of approved design and brand
finished with calcium silicate jointing
compound to form a joint less false ceiling.
All complete as per drawing & direction of
Engineer - in- Charge.
False ceiling with
(i) 6mm thick square edged Calcium Silicate Sq.M. 439 439 439 439 439 439 439 439 439 439 439 455 439 439 439
Board
(ii) 8mm thick square edged Calcium Silicate Sq.M. 533 533 533 533 533 533 533 533 533 533 533 554 533 533 533
Board
(f) Supplying ,fitting & fixing Eco-
friendly,Moisture Resistance and
Incombustable Gypsum plaster board (
Density > 700Kg per Cu.M.) confirming to IS
2095- Part 1, 2011 of approved design and
brand finished with gypsum jointing
compound to form a joint less false ceiling.
All complete as per drawing & direction of
Engineer - in- Charge.
False ceiling with
(i) 9.5mm thick tapered edged Gypsum Sq.M. 460 460 460 460 460 460 460 460 460 460 460 486 460 460 460
Plaster Board
(ii) 12.5mm thick tapered edged Gypsum Sq.M. 475 475 475 475 475 475 475 475 475 475 475 502 475 475 475
Plaster Board
(g) Supplying ,fitting & fixing Eco-friendly,
Heat Resistance and Incombustable
Gypsum plaster board ( Density > 700Kg per
Cu.M.) confirming to IS 2095- Part 1, 2011
of approved design and brand finished with
gypsum jointing compound to form a joint
less false ceiling. All complete as per
drawing & direction of Engineer - in- Charge.
Page 243
Section 1.........BUILDING WORKS
PWD (WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
(U) - Additional Items
Rate (Rs.)
of Haldibari PS
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Haldibari PS
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
Div
No.
Page 244
Section 1.........BUILDING WORKS
PWD (WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
(U) - Additional Items
Rate (Rs.)
of Haldibari PS
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Haldibari PS
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
Div
No.
Page 245
Section 1.........BUILDING WORKS
PWD (WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
(U) - Additional Items
Rate (Rs.)
of Haldibari PS
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Haldibari PS
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
Div
No.
Page 246
Section 1.........BUILDING WORKS
PWD (WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
(U) - Additional Items
Rate (Rs.)
of Haldibari PS
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Haldibari PS
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
Div
No.
b) For unsupported length of vertical member Kg. 432 432 432 432 432 432 432 432 432 432 432 444 432 432 432
above 1.50m. height of both ends of vertical
member restrained but panel above 0.90
sqm
(unit wt of Top, bottom & side member @
1.978; intermediate member @ 2.055;
glazing clip @ 0.167 kg/m respectively)
[Note : for estimate purpose construction
wing may consider weight of Al-Sections
for Partition wall @ 5.0 Kg per Sq.M]
[Mode of Measurement:
for SL No. 24 to 26
Payment will be made on the basis of
actual weight of Aluminium Composit
section based on relevant specification]
Page 247
Section 1.........BUILDING WORKS
PWD (WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
(U) - Additional Items
Rate (Rs.)
of Haldibari PS
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Haldibari PS
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
Div
No.
Grill made with 10 mm wide and 5.2 mm Sq.M. 1859 1859 1859 1859 1859 1859 1859 1859 1859 1859 1859 1948 1859 1859 1859
thick aluminium sheet having expansion
width of 66.00 mm and weight not less than
3.26 Kg/Sq.m.
28) Supplying profiles of required section made
of Aluminium Alloy Extrusion conforming to
IS: 732-1983 and IS: 1285-1975; Annodised
with required film thickness and specified
colour/natural matt finished conforming to IS:
1868-1983 for fabrication of Structural
Glazing, Curtain Wall formed of basic
sections of any ISI embossed/certified make
and brand as per direction of Engineer-in-
charge. ( Payment will be made on finished
length of the work).
15 micron colour annodizing
Structural glazing /Cartain Wall
i) Mulion & Transom (Weight @1.819 Kg per Sq.M. 552 552 552 552 552 552 552 552 552 552 552 573 552 552 552
Meter)
ii) Sub frame for fixing Glass (Weight @0.31 Sq.M. 97 97 97 97 97 97 97 97 97 97 97 100 97 97 97
Kg per Meter)
29) Supplying Glazing Silicon of approved make
and brand for fixing of Glass on Sub-frame
as per direction of Engineer-in-charge for
Page 248
Section 1.........BUILDING WORKS
PWD (WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
(U) - Additional Items
Rate (Rs.)
of Haldibari PS
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Haldibari PS
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
Div
No.
(i) Fixing Plate (Wt. @ 0.515 Kg per Mtr.) Mtr. 139 139 139 139 139 139 139 139 139 139 139 144 139 139 139
(ii) Fixing cap (Wt. @ 0.342 Kg per Mtr.) Mtr. 92 92 92 92 92 92 92 92 92 92 92 96 92 92 92
32) Labour charge for fabrication and installation
of structural Glazing/Curtain Wall made from
annodized extruded allooy aluminium
sections for the following units:-
Sq.M. 881 881 881 881 881 881 881 881 881 881 881 881 881 881 881
Page 249
Section 1.........BUILDING WORKS
PWD (WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
(U) - Additional Items
Rate (Rs.)
of Haldibari PS
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Haldibari PS
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
Div
No.
Mtr. 270 270 270 270 270 270 270 270 270 270 270 270 270 270 270
35) Taking out old damaged tarfelt from the roof,
parapet etc. preparing the roof surfaces by
removing all spoils, blisters, moss etc. from
the working site and disposal of the same
beyond the compound and cleaning the site
in all respect as per direction of Engineer-in-
Charge.
Page 250
Section 1.........BUILDING WORKS
PWD (WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
(U) - Additional Items
Rate (Rs.)
of Haldibari PS
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Haldibari PS
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
Div
No.
Page 251
Section 1.........BUILDING WORKS
PWD (WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
(U) - Additional Items
Rate (Rs.)
of Haldibari PS
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Haldibari PS
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
Div
No.
A. Over Flat Roof. Sq.M. 367 367 367 367 367 367 367 367 367 367 367 367 367 367 367
B. Over Sloped Roof. Sq.M. 364 353 352 352 355 354 353 352 354 354 354 359 353 353 355
Page 252
Section 1.........BUILDING WORKS
PWD (WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
(U) - Additional Items
Rate (Rs.)
of Haldibari PS
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Haldibari PS
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
Div
No.
A. Over Flat Roof. Sq.M. 574 574 574 574 574 574 574 574 574 574 574 574 574 574 574
B. Over Sloped Roof. Sq.M. 571 567 566 566 569 568 567 566 569 569 568 573 568 568 569
40) Supplying and stacking of good earth
(adequate for horticulture work) at site
including royalty (earth measured in stack
will be reduced by 20% for payment)
Cu.M. 309 309 309 309 309 309 309 309 309 309 309 309 309 309 309
Page 253
Section 1.........BUILDING WORKS
PWD (WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
(U) - Additional Items
Rate (Rs.)
of Haldibari PS
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Haldibari PS
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
Div
No.
Cu.M. 462 462 462 462 462 462 462 462 462 462 462 462 462 462 462
42) Spreading of sludge, dump manure,/farm
yard manure/animel dung manure and good
earth in required thickness. This includes
supply of labour, tools & plants excluding
materials.
% Sq.M. 177 177 177 177 177 177 177 177 177 177 177 177 177 177 177
43) Supplying and fixing grasses tiles of grass
Maxican Carpet/Selection No. 1 Healthy &
fresh grasses (size 1'x1' or bigger) including
watering and maintenance of the lawn for 30
days or more till the grass forms a thick lawn
free from wees and fit for mowing including
supplying good earth as required by
Engineer-in-charge. (Rate includes supply of
labour, tools & plants including materials)
% Sq.M. 20343 20343 20343 20343 20343 20343 20343 20343 20343 20343 20343 20343 20343 20343 20343
Planting hedge plants in two rows at 30cm % Sq.M. 3565 3565 3565 3565 3565 3565 3565 3565 3565 3565 3565 3565 3565 3565 3565
apart
Page 254
Section 1.........BUILDING WORKS
PWD (WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
(U) - Additional Items
Rate (Rs.)
of Haldibari PS
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Haldibari PS
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
Div
No.
% Sq.M. 11888 11888 11888 11888 11888 11888 11888 11888 11888 11888 11888 11888 11888 11888 11888
46) Planting of trees ( Avenue plants) in 0.60m
dia holea, 1m deep dug in the ground, mixing
the soil with decayed farm yard/sludge
manure. This includes supply of labour, tools
& plants including materials but excluding
cost of tree.
Each 118 118 118 118 118 118 118 118 118 118 118 118 118 118 118
47) Maintanance of trees for one year (Avenue
Plants) including watering, trimming,
manuring, spraying insecticide and guarding
as required. This includes supply of labour,
tools & plants including materials.
Each Per 482 482 482 482 482 482 482 482 482 482 482 482 482 482 482
Year
48) Supplying and Planting of different plant /
trees ( Supplying well grown plants bushy
and healthy, minimum height as specified i.e.
exposed height including all leads & lift,
carriage, handling, manuring, applying
presticide and fertilizer etc.
i) Furcaria veriegated 10-12 leaves in height Each 162 162 162 162 162 162 162 162 162 162 162 162 162 162 162
20-30cm in earthen pots of size 25cm.
Page 255
Section 1.........BUILDING WORKS
PWD (WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
(U) - Additional Items
Rate (Rs.)
of Haldibari PS
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Haldibari PS
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
Div
No.
viii) China palm of leaves 4-5 in earthen pots Each 1893 1893 1893 1893 1893 1893 1893 1893 1893 1893 1893 1893 1893 1893 1893
size 25cm
ix) Ficus bengalensis (variegated) of height Each 185 185 185 185 185 185 185 185 185 185 185 185 185 185 185
60-75cm in earthen pots size 30cm
x) Ficus blakii ( F. Vivicon ) well branched ( Each 187 187 187 187 187 187 187 187 187 187 187 187 187 187 187
Bushy ) of height 120cm - 135 cm in earthen
pot of size 30cm.
xi) Ficus elastica Decora ( Rubber plant ) of Each 69 69 69 69 69 69 69 69 69 69 69 69 69 69 69
height 90cm-60cm in each earthen pot of
size 25cm.
xii) Ficus infectoria (Pilikhan) of height Each 61 61 61 61 61 61 61 61 61 61 61 61 61 61 61
135cm-150cm in big polybag of size 25cm-
30cm
xiii) Ficus regnold well branched (bushy) of Each 142 142 142 142 142 142 142 142 142 142 142 142 142 142 142
height 120cm-135cm in cement pots of size
35cm.
xvi) Adenium obesum of height 90cm-60cm Each 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207 207
in earthen pots of size 25cm.
xix) Bougainvillea (name variety, bushy Each 103 103 103 103 103 103 103 103 103 103 103 103 103 103 103
plants, full bloom) of height 90cm-60cm in
cement pots of size 30cm.
xx) Croton (broad leaves) 3-5 branches of Each 148 148 148 148 148 148 148 148 148 148 148 148 148 148 148
height 90cm-120cm in cement pots of size
30cm.
xxi) Croton different varieties of height 30 cm Each 110 110 110 110 110 110 110 110 110 110 110 110 110 110 110
to 90 cm in earthen pots of size 25cm.
Page 256
Section 1.........BUILDING WORKS
PWD (WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
(U) - Additional Items
Rate (Rs.)
of Haldibari PS
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Haldibari PS
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
Div
No.
xxvi) Areca Palm 4 - 5 suckers of height 90 Each 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127
cm to 105 cm in earthen pots of size 25 cm.
xxvii) Areca Palm 4 - 5 suckers of height Each 163 163 163 163 163 163 163 163 163 163 163 163 163 163 163
120 cm to 135 cm in earthen pots of size 25
cm.
xxviii) Dracaena (Mahatma) of height 30 cm Each 51 51 51 51 51 51 51 51 51 51 51 51 51 51 51
to 90 cm in earthen pots of size 20 cm.
Page 257
Section 1.........BUILDING WORKS
PWD (WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
(U) - Additional Items
Rate (Rs.)
of Haldibari PS
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Haldibari PS
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
Div
No.
Page 258
Section 1.........BUILDING WORKS
PWD (WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
(U) - Additional Items
Rate (Rs.)
of Haldibari PS
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Haldibari PS
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
Div
No.
(a) Plain Colour. Mtr. 606 606 606 606 606 606 606 606 606 606 606 606 606 606 606
(b) Pre-laminated Colour. Mtr. 661 661 661 661 661 661 661 661 661 661 661 661 661 661 661
Page 259
Section 1.........BUILDING WORKS
PWD (WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
(U) - Additional Items
Rate (Rs.)
of Haldibari PS
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Haldibari PS
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
Div
No.
Page 260
Section 1.........BUILDING WORKS
PWD (WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
(U) - Additional Items
Rate (Rs.)
of Haldibari PS
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Haldibari PS
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
Div
No.
Page 261
Section 1.........BUILDING WORKS
PWD (WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
(U) - Additional Items
Rate (Rs.)
of Haldibari PS
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Haldibari PS
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
Div
No.
v) Pile diameter - 500 mm. Mtr. 2040 2040 2040 2040 2040 2040 2040 2040 2040 2040 2040 2137 2040 2040 2040
vi) Pile diameter - 550 mm. Mtr. 2144 2144 2144 2144 2144 2144 2144 2144 2144 2144 2144 2245 2144 2144 2144
vii) Pile diameter - 600 mm. Mtr. 2259 2259 2259 2259 2259 2259 2259 2259 2259 2259 2259 2365 2259 2259 2259
viii) Pile diameter - 650 mm. Mtr. 2386 2386 2386 2386 2386 2386 2386 2386 2386 2386 2386 2499 2386 2386 2386
ix) Pile diameter - 700 mm. Mtr. 2529 2529 2529 2529 2529 2529 2529 2529 2529 2529 2529 2648 2529 2529 2529
Note:
1. The rate provided is exclusive of cost of
concrete. Construction wing is to add cost of
concrete of desired grade for volume
corresponding to 1.0m length of pile length,
to arrive at the complete rate. Also the
desired crushing strength is to be mentioned
in the space provided in the description of
item. The Rate of providing the temporary
steel casing upto 3m depth is included.
2.To obtain the complete rate the
construction wing have to add cost of
concrete volume for 1m length of pile,
multiplied by a factor:[1+ { dummy length of
pile( max=1.5m) / Individual pile length}]
3. The cost of dismantling the length of the
pile above cut off level is to be paid
separately.
Page 262
Section 1.........BUILDING WORKS
PWD (WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
(U) - Additional Items
Rate (Rs.)
of Haldibari PS
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Haldibari PS
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
Div
No.
Note:
1. The rate provided is exclusive of cost of
concrete. Construction wing is to add cost of
concrete of desired grade for volume
corresponding to 1.0m length of pile length,
to arrive at the complete rate. Also the
desired crushing strength is to be mentioned
in the space provided in the description of
item. The Rate of providing the temporary
steel casing upto 3m depth is included.
Page 263
Section 1.........BUILDING WORKS
PWD (WB) Schedule of Rates 2014
(U) - Additional Items
Rate (Rs.)
of Haldibari PS
REMARKS
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Haldibari PS
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Item
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Description of Items Unit
Div
No.
Note:
1. Add extra over the rate of ground floor for
basement and each additional floor above
ground floor for item 4
(i) upto 4 th floor. = Rs.96/Cum
(ii) above 4 th floor =Rs. 117/cum
Page 264
SECTION II ---- MATERIALS AND LABOUR
1. Building ---- (A) Materials delivered and stacked at site
RATE(Rs.)
area of Haldibari PS
REMARKS
Siliguri Sub Divn.
Howrah/ Hoogly
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Sub Div
Description of
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Dist.
Sl. No.
Items Unit
area of Haldibari PS
REMARKS
Siliguri Sub Divn.
Howrah/ Hoogly
Medinipur (W)
Medinipur (E)
Murshidabad
Bardhaman
Birbhum
Bankura
Sub Div
Description of
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Dist.
Sl. No.
Items Unit
except plains
Jalpaiguri,Ali
Haldibari PS
Coochbehar
Kalyani Sub
Kalyani Sub
Kolkata / 24
Pgs (N & S)
Siliguri Sub
Bardhaman
REMARKS
the area of
Darjeeling
Medinipur
Medinipur
Sub Divn.
excluding
excluding
of Siliguri
purduar,
plains of
Howrah/
Bankura
Dinajpur
Birbhum
Dakshin
/Area of
Hoogly
area of
Purulia
Malda
Nadia
Uttar/
Dist.
(W)
Div
Div
(E)
ZONE (A) (A) (B) (B) (A) (A) (A) (B) (B) (B) (B) (A) (A) (B) (B)
1) Mason (Head) Each 326 326 326 326 326 326 326 326 326 326 326 326 326 326 326
2) Mason (Ordinary) Each 296 296 296 296 296 296 296 296 296 296 296 296 296 296 296
3) Mazdoor (Male) Each 245 245 245 245 245 245 245 245 245 245 245 245 245 245 245
4) Mazdoor (Female) Each 245 245 245 245 245 245 245 245 245 245 245 245 245 245 245
5) Carpenter (Head) Each 326 326 326 326 326 326 326 326 326 326 326 326 326 326 326
6) Carpenter (Ordinary) Each 296 296 296 296 296 296 296 296 296 296 296 296 296 296 296
7) Carpenter (Helper) Each 270 270 270 270 270 270 270 270 270 270 270 270 270 270 270
8) Beater Women Each 270 270 270 270 270 270 270 270 270 270 270 270 270 270 270
9) Gharamee (Head) Each 326 326 326 326 326 326 326 326 326 326 326 326 326 326 326
10) Gharamee (Ordinary) Each 296 296 296 296 296 296 296 296 296 296 296 296 296 296 296
11) Bhistee Each 270 270 270 270 270 270 270 270 270 270 270 270 270 270 270
12) Stone Cutter Each 326 326 326 326 326 326 326 326 326 326 326 326 326 326 326
13) Santras Each 326 326 326 326 326 326 326 326 326 326 326 326 326 326 326
14) Blacksmith (Head) Each 326 326 326 326 326 326 326 326 326 326 326 326 326 326 326
15) Blacksmith (Ordinary) Each 296 296 296 296 296 296 296 296 296 296 296 296 296 296 296
16) Blacksmith (Helper) Each 270 270 270 270 270 270 270 270 270 270 270 270 270 270 270
17) Fitter Mechanic Each 326 326 326 326 326 326 326 326 326 326 326 326 326 326 326
18) Fitter Mechanic (Helper) Each 270 270 270 270 270 270 270 270 270 270 270 270 270 270 270
19) Hammer Man Each 270 270 270 270 270 270 270 270 270 270 270 270 270 270 270
20) Khalasi Each 245 245 245 245 245 245 245 245 245 245 245 245 245 245 245
21) Tarman Each 296 296 296 296 296 296 296 296 296 296 296 296 296 296 296
22) Painter Each 326 326 326 326 326 326 326 326 326 326 326 326 326 326 326
23) Spray Painter Each 326 326 326 326 326 326 326 326 326 326 326 326 326 326 326
24) Welder Each 326 326 326 326 326 326 326 326 326 326 326 326 326 326 326
25) Welder (Helper) Each 296 296 296 296 296 296 296 296 296 296 296 296 296 296 296
26) Rod Binder (Head) Each 326 326 326 326 326 326 326 326 326 326 326 326 326 326 326
27) Rod Binder (Ordinary) Each 296 296 296 296 296 296 296 296 296 296 296 296 296 296 296
28) Rod Binder (Helper) Each 270 245 245 245 245 245 245 245 245 245 245 245 245 245 245
29) Mosaic Mistry Each 326 326 326 326 326 326 326 326 326 326 326 326 326 326 326
Note :- (I)The above rates of labour are exclusive of 10% profit which would be admissible to the Contractors, but contractual percentage will not be applicable on the above rates.
(II) The workers employed on High Rise Building or any structure over 30 ft in height and also workers engaged in Tunnel workers shall be paid 20% as extra wages.
ANNEXURE-I
Table-1-1- ISSUE RATE OF CEMENT & STEEL MATERIALS
Cement:
PPC/PSC/ MT 8100 8320 7360 7560
OPC(33 Grade)
Cement:
8100 8320 7360 7560
OPC(43 Grade)
FORMAT - A
(Format for analysis of rate of items involving use of Cement supplied by Contractor)
Step - 2 Deduct cost of cement = (Quantity of cement) X (Issue rate of cement Rs. B
vide Item No. 1, Column - 4, Table - 1 - 1 of Annexure - I)
Step - 3 Add cost of cement supplied by Contractor including 10% Profit = Rs. C
1.1 X (Quantity of cement) X (Basic price of cement vide Item No. 1,
Column - 5, Table - 1 - 1 of Annexure-I)
Note: The quantity of cement shall be same as Step - 2.
FORMAT - B
Step - 2 Deduct Issue Rate (Per MT) of respective Quality Steel X 1.05 Rs. B
Step - 3 Add Basic Price at outlet of Steel of respective quality X 1.05 Rs. C
Step - 4 Add Contractor's Profit @ 10% on cost of Steel only (Sl. No. 3) Rs. D
Step - 5 Add cost of Carriage from outlet to site with necessary loading, Rs. E
unloading and stacking charges for 1.05 MT Steel
Step - 2 Add cost of stone aggregate of different grading as per consumption required for one cum of concrete.
( As per table:T-1)
Step - 3 Add cost of carriage of stone aggregate as per consumption required for one cum of concrete.
( As per table:T-2)
Step - 4 Add cost for loading and unloading of stone aggregate Rs. D
( As per table:T-3)
Note:
1. Cost of stone aggregate of different grading to be obtained from Table T-1 by considering rate of the nearest railway stack
yard.
2. Cost of carriage of stone aggregate to be obtained from Table: T-2 by considering the actual distance from the nearest
railway stack yard to the working site.
3. Cost for loading and unloading of stone aggregate to be obtained from Table:T-3
4. ANNEXURE – II is applicable for It. No. 5(a), 6(a)(i) to 6(e)(i), 7(a), 9(A)(a) to 9(A)(e) & 9(B)(a) to 9(B)(e) of Chapter –
C only.
P.W.D(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014 Vol-I
(TABLE :T-1)
RATES OF PAKUR VARIETY STONE AGGREGATES AT DIFFERENT RAILWAY YARDS
Aggregat
Boulder
Stone
Hand broken
es
Machine made Stone Chips Stone Screening Graded Aggregates
Aggregates
aggregates
aggregates
Stone dust
Grade - II
Stone grit
Grade - I
37.5 mm
40 mm
20 mm
10 mm
Name of
30 / 45 kg
Railway Unit
26.5 mm
22.4 mm
13.2 mm
11.2 mm
Type - A
Type - B
5.6 mm
Yards
(53 - 22.4
Nominal
Nominal
Nominal
45mm)
mm)
(63 -
size
size
size
Adrajn. Cum 1193 1401 1424 1419 1482 1497 1521 1376 1110 1013 989 1196 992 1473 1463 1296
Andal Cum 966 1174 1197 1192 1255 1270 1294 1149 883 786 762 969 765 1246 1236 1069
Asansol Cum 1024 1232 1255 1250 1313 1328 1352 1207 941 844 820 1027 823 1304 1294 1127
Ballyganj Cum 1250 1458 1481 1476 1539 1554 1578 1433 1167 1070 1046 1253 1049 1530 1520 1353
Bankura Jn. Cum 1304 1512 1535 1530 1593 1608 1632 1487 1221 1124 1100 1307 1103 1584 1574 1407
Bandel Jn. Cum 1135 1343 1366 1361 1424 1439 1463 1318 1052 955 931 1138 934 1415 1405 1238
Barasat Cum 1250 1458 1481 1476 1539 1554 1578 1433 1167 1070 1046 1253 1049 1530 1520 1353
Barrackpur Cum 1193 1401 1424 1419 1482 1497 1521 1376 1110 1013 989 1196 992 1473 1463 1296
Baripurjn. Cum 1304 1512 1535 1530 1593 1608 1632 1487 1221 1124 1100 1307 1103 1584 1574 1407
Berhampur
Cum 1473 1681 1704 1699 1762 1777 1801 1656 1390 1293 1269 1476 1272 1753 1743 1576
Court
Bishnupur Cum 1360 1568 1591 1586 1649 1664 1688 1543 1277 1180 1156 1363 1159 1640 1630 1463
Bongaon Cum 1304 1512 1535 1530 1593 1608 1632 1487 1221 1124 1100 1307 1103 1584 1574 1407
Burdwan In. Cum 966 1174 1197 1192 1255 1270 1294 1149 883 786 762 969 765 1246 1236 1069
Page 1
P.W.D(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014 Vol-I
Aggregat
Boulder
Stone
Hand broken
es
Machine made Stone Chips Stone Screening Graded Aggregates
Aggregates
aggregates
aggregates
Stone dust
Grade - II
Stone grit
Grade - I
37.5 mm
40 mm
20 mm
10 mm
Name of
30 / 45 kg
Railway Unit
26.5 mm
22.4 mm
13.2 mm
11.2 mm
Type - A
Type - B
5.6 mm
Yards
(53 - 22.4
Nominal
Nominal
Nominal
45mm)
mm)
(63 -
size
size
size
Chandrakona
Cum 1587 1795 1818 1813 1876 1891 1915 1770 1504 1407 1383 1590 1386 1867 1857 1690
Road
Contai roads Cum 1587 1795 1818 1813 1876 1891 1915 1770 1504 1407 1383 1590 1386 1867 1857 1690
Dalkhola Cum 1024 1232 1255 1250 1313 1328 1352 1207 941 844 820 1027 823 1304 1294 1127
Dankuni Cum 1135 1343 1366 1361 1424 1439 1463 1318 1052 955 931 1138 934 1415 1405 1238
Dhupguri Cum 1416 1624 1647 1642 1705 1720 1744 1599 1333 1236 1212 1419 1215 1696 1686 1519
Durgapur Cum 966 1174 1197 1192 1255 1270 1294 1149 883 786 762 969 765 1246 1236 1069
Falakata Cum 1473 1681 1704 1699 1762 1777 1801 1656 1390 1293 1269 1476 1272 1753 1743 1576
Haldia Cum 1530 1738 1761 1756 1819 1834 1858 1713 1447 1350 1326 1533 1329 1810 1800 1633
Jhargram Cum 1587 1795 1818 1813 1876 1891 1915 1770 1504 1407 1383 1590 1386 1867 1857 1690
Kalyani Cum 1193 1401 1424 1419 1482 1497 1521 1376 1110 1013 989 1196 992 1473 1463 1296
Kharagpur Jn. Cum 1473 1681 1704 1699 1762 1777 1801 1656 1390 1293 1269 1476 1272 1753 1743 1576
Krishnanagar
Cum 1304 1512 1535 1530 1593 1608 1632 1487 1221 1124 1100 1307 1103 1584 1574 1407
City
Maldah Town Cum 795 1003 1026 1021 1084 1099 1123 978 712 615 591 798 594 1075 1065 898
Midnapore Cum 1530 1738 1761 1756 1819 1834 1858 1713 1447 1350 1326 1533 1329 1810 1800 1633
New Farakka Cum 795 1003 1026 1021 1084 1099 1123 978 712 615 591 798 594 1075 1065 898
Page 2
P.W.D(WB) Schedule of Rates 2014 Vol-I
Aggregat
Boulder
Stone
Hand broken
es
Machine made Stone Chips Stone Screening Graded Aggregates
Aggregates
aggregates
aggregates
Stone dust
Grade - II
Stone grit
Grade - I
37.5 mm
40 mm
20 mm
10 mm
Name of
30 / 45 kg
Railway Unit
26.5 mm
22.4 mm
13.2 mm
11.2 mm
Type - A
Type - B
5.6 mm
Yards
(53 - 22.4
Nominal
Nominal
Nominal
45mm)
mm)
(63 -
size
size
size
New Alipore Cum 1250 1458 1481 1476 1539 1554 1578 1433 1167 1070 1046 1253 1049 1530 1520 1353
New
Cum 1587 1795 1818 1813 1876 1891 1915 1770 1504 1407 1383 1590 1386 1867 1857 1690
Alipurduar
New
Cum 1587 1795 1818 1813 1876 1891 1915 1770 1504 1407 1383 1590 1386 1867 1857 1690
Coochbehar
New Jalpaiguri Cum 1304 1512 1535 1530 1593 1608 1632 1487 1221 1124 1100 1307 1103 1584 1574 1407
Panskura Cum 1360 1568 1591 1586 1649 1664 1688 1543 1277 1180 1156 1363 1159 1640 1630 1463
Purulia Cum 1078 1286 1309 1304 1367 1382 1406 1261 995 898 874 1081 877 1358 1348 1181
Raniganj Cum 966 1174 1197 1192 1255 1270 1294 1149 883 786 762 969 765 1246 1236 1069
Sainthia Cum 795 1003 1026 1021 1084 1099 1123 978 712 615 591 798 594 1075 1065 898
Salimar Cum 1250 1458 1481 1476 1539 1554 1578 1433 1167 1070 1046 1253 1049 1530 1520 1353
Sealdah Cum 1250 1458 1481 1476 1539 1554 1578 1433 1167 1070 1046 1253 1049 1530 1520 1353
Serampore Cum 1193 1401 1424 1419 1482 1497 1521 1376 1110 1013 989 1196 992 1473 1463 1296
Suri Cum 795 1003 1026 1021 1084 1099 1123 978 712 615 591 798 594 1075 1065 898
Tarakeswar Cum 1416 1624 1647 1642 1705 1720 1744 1599 1333 1236 1212 1419 1215 1696 1686 1519
Tamluk Cum 1135 1343 1366 1361 1424 1439 1463 1318 1052 955 931 1138 934 1415 1405 1238
Page 3
(TABLE :T-3)
Rate for loading & unloading of Stone Aggregate
All districts of
West Bengal and
Item Darjeeling
Description of Items Unit Unit Darjeeling Plain of Remarks
No. Hill Area
Siliguri Sub-
Division
Zone
Item No. Unit up to up to up to up to
Items
10 km 20 km 50 km 100 km
(per km) (per km) (per km) (per km) (per km)
1.
All district except hill
124.00 10.90 10.10 9.50 8.40 7.90
area of Darjeeling
Carriage of Stone
Cum
Aggregate
Hill area of
185.00 16.40 15.20 14.30 12.60 11.90
Darjeeling
VOLUME – II
for
SANITARY & PLUMBING WORKS
INDEX
SUBJECT PAGE
I. Ferrule and Ferrule Connection (Original & Repair Works) ---- 1---1
II. G. I. Pipe Works and Its Fittings (Original & Repair Works) ---- 1--22
III. Cisterns, G. I. Tanks with Parts (Original & Repair Works) ---- 1--5
IV. Basins and sinks with Parts (Original & Repair Works) ---- 1--8
I. Hydrants and Allied Works (Original & Repair Works) ---- 1--2
II. Soil-pipe and Fittings (Original & Repair Works) ---- 1--17
III. Water Closets and Urinals (Original & Repair Works) ---- 1--6
IV. Inspection Pit, Septic Tank, Soak Pit etc. (Original & Repair Works) ----
ANNEXURE-I
I. Table - 1.1 ----
1. If in connection with Sanitary & Plumbing Works etc. any item or items of work relating
to Building works, Road works and Carriage crop up, the contactor shall if so directed,
have to execute such items. In respect of such items the Schedule of Rates for Building
Works, Road Works and Carriage for the Current year including general conditions,
general specifications etc. operative in the area will be applicable and the contractual
percentage will be applicable in respect of such works as well.
2. If not specifically indicated in the items themselves, the rates appearing in this schedule
are inclusive of cost of all supply, carriage, handling, fitting, fixing sales tax, royalty,
VAT, toll taxes, ferry charges etc. and all other incidental works involved in any floor, at
any level including all necessary jointing materials, scaffolding to any height, hire
charges of tools and plants, and all helping materials.
4. The issue of Departmental materials, if any required for the work will be at the rates and
under the terms and conditions as stipulated in the General Conditions and General
Specifications embodied in the Schedule of Rates for Building works, Materials and
Labour for the current year operative in the area.
(i) Cement: -
Issue Rate and Basic Price of Cement are shown in Table – 1.1 of Annexure – I.
All cement related item rates depicted in this Schedule are derived considering
the fact that Cement will be supplied by the Department at Issue Rate.
If Cement is supplied by the Contractor, then item rates are to be deduced as per
Format – A of Annexure – I.
Issue rate and Basic Price of Reinforcing Steel is shown in Table – 1.1 of
Annexure – I. All item rates related to Reinforcing Steel are derived considering
the fact that Reinforcing Steel will be supplied by the Department. If Reinforcing
steel is supplied by the Contractor, then item rates are to be deduced as per
Format – B of Annexure – I.
Cut pieces of Reinforcing Steel materials left surplus on completion of work shall
not be taken back if the same be considered as unsuitable for utilization in other
works.
i
5. The contractor shall be responsible for the safe custody and proper maintenance in
original condition of all sanitary and plumbing works till all works are completed and
formally handed over to the Department.
6. Renewal works include dismantling and taking out old work, mending good damage
after renewal and removal of the waste materials. The rate for any item of original nature
not provided in this Schedule may be deduced from the rate of similar item of renewal
work by multiplying by a factor 100/105 and conversely the rate of any items of renewal
nature not provided in this schedule may be deduced from the rate of similar item of
original nature by multiplying by a factor 105/100.
7. Where renewals are involved, indigenous materials shall be used without exception even
if this means changing the type. In cases of exceptional areas viz. operation theaters,
chemical laboratories etc., prior approval of the Engineer-in-Charge for using non-
indigenous materials is to be obtained. In such case, due care and scrutiny should be
exercised for selection of type before acceptance and payment.
8. Before application of rate, quantities of all items with metric unit must be calculated with
correction 2 places of decimal when the rate is up to Rs. 100.00 and 3 places of decimal
when the rate is above Rs. 100.00.
9. If not mentioned otherwise in the items themselves, all materials including fitting shall
conform to standard laid down by the Bureau of Indian Standards and bear I.S.I. mark
where such standardization has been made. All other materials must be of best quality
conforming to the standard laid down by the I.S.I. and being approved by the Engineer-
in-Charge. Under very special circumstances materials standardized by B.I.S. with I.S.I.
mark but not bearing I.S.I. mark may be accepted with prior approval of Engineer-in-
Charge with reduction by 20%.
10. Unless otherwise specifically mentioned in the items of this Schedule, all G.I. Pipes are
to be normally of TATA make, all sanitary wares should be of Parry ware, Hindware,
Neycer, C.E.R.A. (1st Quality) or should bear I.S.I. certification marks.
11. For works within the perimeter of Jail where works are permitted within the restricted
hours only, extra rate @ 10% in respect of all items of the schedule will be allowed.
12. Extra rates for difficult / reverine areas in respect of all items of this schedule will be
allowed as follows :
(a) In riverine areas connected by the river route and / or ferry crossing under:
(ii) 15% Extra for Haroa, Canning Kultali, Namkhana & Kakdwip P.S.
(iii) 22.5% Extra for Gosaba, Basanti, Manakhan Sandeskhali & Hingalganj P.S.
ii
(b) 10% Extra for all areas under Kakdwip PWD Sub-Division excluding the
jurisdiction of Kakdwaip P.S. in reverine areas connected by River Route and or
ferry crossing.
The Rates of items of work that include supply of stone materials in the “Cooch
Behar District exdcluding the area under Haldibari Police Station” are to be
enhanced by (i) 10% for works within Mathabhanga (Civil) Sub-Division and (ii)
5% for works within Dinhata (Civil) Sub Division. The said rates in the
Jalpaiguri Dist. are to be enhanced by 10% for works within area of Haldibari
Police Station.
(d) i) Rates of items except Section (B)(iv) ( Item 1 to 6) and items involving labour
only in Section (A) to (C) are to be enhanced by 10% for Darjeeling except
plains of Siliguri Sub Division.
In addition to above extra rate following enhancement will be applicable for all
items except items involving labour only:
ii) 20% for works in the following places : (a) Hill area of Garubathan Block
(b) Kalimpong Municipal area (c) Dow Hill area of Kurseong Sub Division (d)
Miric P.S. (e) Section from Mane Bhanjan to Phalut of Simana Sandakphu Phalut
road (f) Section from Peshoke Khola to Lopchu Tea Garden of S.H.No. 12(g)
Within 10 Km from Mongpu under Takda Block (h) Ghoom Tiger Hill Road (i)
Section Pankhabari Bazar to the starting of Kurseong Municipal Road of
Garidhura-Kurseong Road (j) Kalimpong Block I/II and Mongpo & Tagda
Block.
iii) 20% for works in the following places : Darjeeling Municipal area (b) Kurseong
Municipal area (excluding Dow Hill area) (c) Rangit (d) Health Centers at
Singritam, Pokhriabong, Lodhama, Takling, Gitdabling, Samathahar, Samolbong
& Stittong.
(e) The rates under sections stated above are to be enhanced by 15% for works in
Buxa Hills.
(f) The rates for all types of concrete works, Masonry works (except Dry Rubble
Masonry and allied works) and plastering etc. in the Hills of Darjeeling District
have been arrived at with cost of Balas on variety of stone aggregates and sand.
If any work is done with local approved stone aggregates/sand the rate of the item
iii
will be reduced by 15% such reduction will however, be 5% if Teesta variety
materials are used.
(g) The rates for all types of concrete works, Masonry works and sand cement
plastering in the District of Uttar Dinajpur and Dakshin Dinajpur have been
arrived at with the consideration that Bansloi sand (Murarai variety) shall be used
in all such works. If any work is done with local sand with the approved of the
Executive Engineer, the rate of the item shall be reduced accordingly on the basis
of difference of cost of Bansloi sand and local sand. All cement works in the
District of Uttar Dinajpur and Dakshin Dinajpur shall be done with stone chips of
Pakur variety when no specific mention is made in the description of item.
2. By 10% (Ten) for works done within the Hills region of Ajodhya in the District
of Purulia (a region will be treated hills in the altitude is more than 200 Meters
from the level of any adjoining area within 10 Km.
3. All the rates appearing in the schedule excepting those which are specifically
mentioned in the schedule are rates valid for Burdwan Division. Extra over
ratres for other division will be added by percentage as mentioned below from the
basic rates.
(a) Asansole Division - 2% (Two)
(b) Birbhum Division- 5% (Five)
(c) Purulia Division- 7% (Seven)
(j) In case of any ambiguity or dispute in any matter arising out of this schedule,
Superintending Engineer’s decision will be final.
iv
GENERAL SPECIFICATION
(Including Mode of Measurement)
A. EXECUTION
General - All works shall be carried out in proper manner. Items of works not covered by the
following shall be carried out as per direction of the Engineer-in-Charge and to his
satisfaction. Unless otherwise specified in this Section or in the description of item
the cost of all stages of works mentioned hereunder shall be deemed to have been
included in the rates of items provided in the Schedule.
1. G.I. Tank :
Before acceptance of any G.I. Tank, proper scrutiny as to the thickness of the
sheets should be made. Due check should also be made on each face of the tank by
punching holes to be subsequently mended and hermetically sealed by the
contractor without any extra charge being paid on this account by Department.
Thickness of M.S. Sheet is exclusive of galvanizing.
2. Flushing Cistern :
Flushing Cistern of I.P.W.C. & E.P.W.C. will be 10 litre pull and let low down
cistern types as specified. Flush pipes for urinals shall be made of G.I. Pipes of
Polythene pipes with fittings or lead pipes as may be directed by the Engineer-in-
Charge. Flushing cistern of urinals shall be of approve type. All flush pipes and
cisterns shall have to be painted with 2 coats of paint of approved shade and brand
over a coat of approved primer. The inlets of sanitary fittings and equipments to be
connected with the adjacent distribution line (water supply) with requisite lengths
and size of P.V.C. connection pipe is to be provided with necessary unions at both
ends within the quoted rates of respective items. Cost of these P.V.C. connection
pipe will be paid separately.
All G.I. Fittings will be of approved make. For installation of G.I. pipe line all
fittings and specials as may be necessary shall have to be fitted and fixed to the
line.
4. Joints :
The joints of pipes, fitting & accessories shall be made as specified and unless
otherwise specified, no separate payment shall be allowed.
(i) G.I. Pipes fitting, valves and cocks with jute and white lead paint.
(ii) C.I. Soil pipes & fittings: The jointing shall have to be done by either of
the two methods as specified :
v
(a) The half of the depth of the annular space between spigot and socket shall be
packed with spun yarn and the remaining half to be filled up with molten lead well
caulked with caulking tools.
(b) The half of the depth of the annular space between spigot and socket shall be
packed with tarred gasket and the remaining half will be filled up three quarters
with valamoid and the top quarter with cement mortar (4:1) and shall shall be
finished beveled at 45o.
(i) Stone Ware Pipes & Fittings : The half of the depth of the annular space
between socket and spigot shall be packed with tarred gasket and the
remaining half shall be filled up with Cement mortar (3:1) & shall be
finished beveled at 45o.
(ii) C.I.. Water mainline: The jointing shall have to be done with Tyton joints
as per manufacture’s specifications.
(i) C.I. Water main pipe line : The pipe shall have to be tested at least for
designed working pressure.
(iii) S.W. Pipe line : All sections between two inspection pits shall have to be
tested separately. The funnel shall be at least 1.3 meter above the soffit of
the S.W. pipe at the upper inspection pit.
Any defect or defects detected during testing shall be rectified at the contractor’s
expenses.
6. Septic Tank :
Construction of septic tank shall be done as per approved design. After completion of
the tank, the tank shall have to be filled up with clear water after removing any foreign
materials from the inside of the tank, if any. No separate payment shall be allowed on
this account.
7. Painting :
All pipes (G.I., C.I. water main and soil) and fittings shall have to be painted outside
with two coats of paint of approved brand and shade.
vi
B. MODE OF MEASUREMENT
All the pipe lines shall be measured in fitted condition along the central line of the
exposed surface.
2. Strainer:
The strainer as used in the Tube-Well shall be measured in fitted condition along the
central line of the exposed surface.
3. Boring of Tube-Well:
Boring for tube-wells always shall have to be done by the contractor’s pipe. In no case Deptt.
pipes or the pipes which will be actually lowered shall be used for the purpose of boring.
Labour rate of boring is inclusive of hire charge of boring pipes. Generally measurement of the
boring will be taken on the basis of the finished length of the tubewell from the ground line. If
for some special reasons, boring depth is required to be more than the finished length of the
tube-well, previous permission of Engineer-ion-Charge is to be taken to get the payment of extra
boring in excess of the finished length.
vii
SECTION (A) - PLUMBING WORKS PWD SOR Vol-II wef-01.07.2014
(A)-(I) FERRULE AND FERRULE CONNECTION
2 Supplying, fitting and fixing brass ferrule including connection with P.V.C.
pipe of approved make upto 450 mm long with plumbing joint,brass over
C.P. coupling at both ends, with cap and lining complete in all respect,
including cutting trenches in all sorts of soil and filling up trenches as per
direction of the Engineer-in-charge.
3 Dismantling existing ferrule with fittings and refixing same after cleaning. Each Set 193.00
PWD SOR Vol-II wef-01.07.2014
SECTION (A) - PLUMBING WORKS
All Districts of West
(A)-(II) G.I. PIPE WORKS AND FITTINGS Bengal
Item No. Description of Item Unit (Rs)
(a) Original Works
1 Supplying, fitting and fixing G.I. pipes of TATA make with all necessary
accessories, specials viz. socket, bend, tee, union, cross, elbo, nipple,
longscrew, reducing socket, reducing tee, short piece etc. fitted with
holder bats clamps, including cutting pipes, making threads, fitting, fixing
etc. complete in all respect including cost of all necessary fittings as
required,jointing materials and two coats of painting with approved paint
in any position above ground. (Payment will be made on the centre line
measurements of total pipe line including all specials. No separate
payment will be made for accesories, specials. Payment for painting will
be made seperately)
(ii) Chromium plated round shower with revolving joint (Equivalent to each 457.00
Code No. 541(N) & Model - Tropical / Sumthing Special of ESSCO or
similar brand).
(iii) Chromium plated shower arm 240 mm long (Equivalent to Code No. each 391.00
536(A) & Model - Tropical / Sumthing Special of ESSCO or similar brand).
(b) Chromium plated Rose shower with revolving joint and 150 mm long each 1819.00
shower arm (Equivalent to Code No. 5489 & Model - Florentine of Jaquar
or similar brand).
(c) Chromium plated Hand shower 70mm dia Round Shape Single flow each 1581.00
with Flexible Tube & fittings(Equivalent to Code No. ESH-5512 & Model -
Tropical / Sumthing Special of ESSCO or similar).
(d) Chromium plated Hand shower with Flexible Tube & each 2414.00
fittings(Equivalent to Code No. Hsh-1937 & (Equivalent to Code No. 5037
& Model - Florentine of Jaquar or similar).).
(e) Chromium plated double coat Hook(Equivalent to Code No. 35761 & each 659.00
Model - KUBIX of Jaquar or similar).
(f) hand Shower(Health Faucet) with 1mtr Fexible Tube with Wall each 1611.00
Hook(Equivalent to Code No.573 & Model -ALLIED of Jaquar or similar).
5 Supplying, fitting and fixing gunmetal wheel valve of approved brand and
make tested to 21 kg per sq. cm. (for water lines only).
(i) 100 mm dia each 12398.00
6 Supplying, fitting and fixing gunmetal wheel valve of approved brand and
make tested to 35 kg per sq. cm. (for gas line only).
(i) 100 mm dia each 16056.00
(ii) Chromium plated Bib Cock long body with wall flange with aerator each 843.00
(Equivalent to Code No. 512 & Model - Tropical / Sumthing Special of
ESSCO or similar brand)
(b) (i) Chromium plated Stop Cock (Equivalent to Code No. 513(A) & each 629.00
513(B) & Model - Tropical / Sumthing Special of ESSCO or similar brand).
(ii) Chromium plated Concealed Stop Cock (Equivalent to Code No. each 855.00
514(A) & Model - Tropical / Sumthing Special of ESSCO or similar brand).
(c) (i) Chromium plated Bib Cock (angular shape with wall flange) each 1105.00
(Equivalent to Code No. 5037 & Model - Florentine of Jaquar or similar
brand).
(ii) Chromium plated Bib Cock with wall flange (Equivalent to Code No. each 1105.00
5047 & Model - Florentine of Jaquar or similar brand).
(d) (i) Chromium plated angular Stop Cock with wall flange (Equivalent to each 1046.00
Code No. 5053 & Model - Florentine of Jaquar or similar brand).
(ii) Chromium plated concealed Stop Cock heavy duty (Equivalent to each 1224.00
Code No. 5083 & Model - Florentine of Jaquar or similar brand).
(f) (i) Polythene Bib Cock / Stop Cock (HD) with metal inlet (EMCO /
ATLAS or equivalent)
15 mm each 100.00
(ii) Polythene Bib Cock / Stop Cock with plastic inlet (EMCO / ATLAS or
equivalent)
15 mm each 100.00
PWD SOR Vol-II wef-01.07.2014
SECTION (A) - PLUMBING WORKS
All Districts of West
(A)-(II) G.I. PIPE WORKS AND FITTINGS Bengal
Item No. Description of Item Unit (Rs)
(g) Supplying, fitting and fixing alloy iron with brass spindle bib cock/ stop
cock of approved brand and make, spray painted and tested to 21 kg per
sq. cm.
(i) 15 mm each 195.00
(Note: Item 7c(i),(ii) & 7d (i) ,(ii) to be done as per specific direction of
the Superintending Engineer.)
8 Supplying, fitting and fixing push cock of heavy quality and of approved
make and brand.
(a) Cast iron
(c) (i) PTMT Push Cock (20 mm F/T) with spout ( Prayag or equivalent) each 177.00
(ii) PTMT Push Cock with reducer 15x20 mm ( Prayag or equivalent) each 215.00
(iii) PTMT Push Cock 15 mm (Female thread) ( Prayag or equivalent) each 156.00
(iv) PTMT Push Cock 15 mm with spout ( Prayag or equivalent) each 165.00
(d) Polythene
9 C.I. sluice valve with flanged ends drilled to as per I.S. 1358/62 and
having all cast iron components as per I.S. 780/71 solid forged bronze
inside screw spindle having ultimate tensile strength not less than 4.72
MT per sq. cm. Spindle nut valve and seat faces of hard wear resisting,
manufactured from best quality gunmetal conforming to I.S. 780/71,
painted black all over with asphalt base paint tested to 21 kg (hydraulic
pressure) per sq. cm., valve opening to anticlockwise direction, fitted and
fixed complete.
(i) 50 mm each 3245.00
10
Sluice valve chamber with C.I. heavy cover with locking arrangement,
(weight not less than 25 kg) (size of chamber 450 mm X 600 mm inside
upto 900 mm depth) 250 mm thick cement brick walls (6:1), 150 mm
thick cement concrete (6:3:1) bed with stone chips, 20 mm thick cement
plaster (6:1) for inside wall and 15 mm thick cement plaster (4:1) for
outer walls including rounding corners.
each set 11354.00
11 Supplying, fitting and fixing C.I. tail pieces in pair conforming to I.S.
specifications.
(i) 100 mm each pair 2319.00
12 Supplying, fitting and fixing cast iron spun pipe conforming to I.S.
1536/1976 with all necessary specials including cutting trenches in any
soil or through masonry, concrete etc., if necessary,and mending good all
damages including jointing pipes with Tyton joints as per manufacturer's
specifications and filling up the trenches all complete but excluding the
cost of masonry or concrete work, if required.
(a) Class A:
(b) Class B:
13 Renewing specials only of cast iron spun pipe conforming to I.S. Kg 102.00
14 Supplying, fitting and fixing C.I. holder bat clamp including cutting holes
in wall etc. and mending good all damages in cement concrete with
jhama chips (4:2:1) and cement plaster (6:1) to match and curing
complete in all respect.
(i) 15 mm each 28.00
18 Labour for fitting and fixing high density poly-ethylene pipes or P.V.C.
pipes for above ground work including cost of jointing materials paints
etc. fitting and fixing all necessary specials, cutting pipes, making threads,
cutting holes in walls or R.C. floor where necessary and mending good all
damages excluding the cost of masonry or concrete work, if necessary,
but including the cost and fitting and fixing holder bat clamps(any floor)
or for underground work including cutting trenches upto 1.5 metre and
refilling the same complete as per direction of the Engineer-in-charge.
(Payment will be made on centre line measurement of the total pipeline
including specials. )
(A)Above Ground
(i) 15 mm dia. metre 27.00
(B)Under Ground
(i) 15 mm dia. metre 42.00
20 mm metre 136.00
25 mm metre 186.00
32 mm metre 249.00
40 mm metre 308.00
50 mm metre 406.00
65 mm metre 634.00
80 mm metre 811.00
20 mm metre 164.00
25 mm metre 214.00
19(II) Supplying, fitting and fixing PVC pipes for underground work of
approved make (medium duty) conforming to ASTMD - 1785 and
threaded to match with GI Pipes as per IS : 1239 (Part - I). with all
necessary accessories, specials viz. socket, bend, tee, union, cross, elbo,
nipple, longscrew, reducing socket, reducing tee, short piece etc. fitted
including cost of all materials ,jointing materials, cutting pipes, making
threads ,cutting trenches upto 1.5 metre below surface in all sorts of soil
and refilling the same as directed complete in all respect. (Payment will
be made on the centre line measurement of the total pipe line including
all specials No separate payment will be made for accessories, specials.)
PVC Pipes
(Dia)
15 mm metre 122.00
20 mm metre 150.00
25 mm metre 200.00
32 mm metre 263.00
40 mm metre 327.00
50 mm metre 424.00
65 mm metre 652.00
80 mm metre 839.00
19(III) Supply of PVC pipes & fittings (medium duty) conforming to ASTMD -
1785 and threaded to match with GI Pipes as per IS : 1239 (Part - I).
(B) Socket
PWD SOR Vol-II wef-01.07.2014
SECTION (A) - PLUMBING WORKS
All Districts of West
(A)-(II) G.I. PIPE WORKS AND FITTINGS Bengal
Item No. Description of Item Unit (Rs)
(Dia)
15 mm Each 11.00
20 mm Each 14.00
25 mm Each 24.00
32 mm Each 35.00
40 mm Each 45.00
50 mm Each 56.00
65 mm Each 117.00
80 mm Each 190.00
100 mm Each 255.00
125 mm Each 269.00
150 mm Each 320.00
200 mm Each 552.00
250 mm Each 697.00
300 mm Each 929.00
(C) Elbow
(Dia)
15 mm Each 14.00
20 mm Each 19.00
25 mm Each 29.00
32 mm Each 43.00
40 mm Each 73.00
50 mm Each 119.00
65 mm Each 174.00
80 mm Each 280.00
100 mm Each 506.00
125 mm Each 634.00
150 mm Each 1331.00
200 mm Each 1684.00
250 mm Each 2206.00
300 mm Each 2671.00
(E) Tee
(Dia)
15 mm Each 15.00
20 mm Each 25.00
25 mm Each 38.00
32 mm Each 60.00
PWD SOR Vol-II wef-01.07.2014
SECTION (A) - PLUMBING WORKS
All Districts of West
(A)-(II) G.I. PIPE WORKS AND FITTINGS Bengal
Item No. Description of Item Unit (Rs)
40 mm Each 105.00
50 mm Each 132.00
65 mm Each 255.00
80 mm Each 368.00
100 mm Each 677.00
125 mm Each 911.00
150 mm Each 2380.00
200 mm Each 3541.00
250 mm Each 4586.00
300 mm Each 5457.00
(G) Flange
(Dia)
15 mm Pair 50.00
20 mm Pair 69.00
25 mm Pair 89.00
32 mm Pair 109.00
40 mm Pair 139.00
50 mm Pair 168.00
65 mm Pair 267.00
80 mm Pair 327.00
100 mm Pair 383.00
125 mm Pair 495.00
150 mm Pair 624.00
200 mm Pair 940.00
250 mm Pair 1089.00
300 mm Pair 1386.00
(I) Union
(Dia)
15 mm Each 30.00
20 mm Each 44.00
25 mm Each 60.00
32 mm Each 89.00
40 mm Each 129.00
50 mm Each 159.00
PWD SOR Vol-II wef-01.07.2014
SECTION (A) - PLUMBING WORKS
All Districts of West
(A)-(II) G.I. PIPE WORKS AND FITTINGS Bengal
Item No. Description of Item Unit (Rs)
(J) Threaded End Cap
(Dia)
15 mm Each 10.00
20 mm Each 15.00
25 mm Each 19.00
32 mm Each 25.00
40 mm Each 35.00
50 mm Each 48.00
65 mm Each 73.00
80 mm Each 90.00
100 mm Each 129.00
125 mm Each 310.00
150 mm Each 318.00
200 mm Each 769.00
250 mm Each 1003.00
300 mm Each 1212.00
40 X 20 Each 108.00
PWD SOR Vol-II wef-01.07.2014
SECTION (A) - PLUMBING WORKS
All Districts of West
(A)-(II) G.I. PIPE WORKS AND FITTINGS Bengal
Item No. Description of Item Unit (Rs)
40 X 25 Each 79.00
40 X 32 Each 162.00
50 X 15 Each 248.00
50 X 25 Each 221.00
50 X 32 Each 191.00
65 X 25 Each 230.00
65 X 40 Each 319.00
65 X 50 Each 311.00
80 X 25 Each 494.00
100 X 32 Each 763.00
100 X 65 Each 800.00
23 Supply ,Fitting & Fixing of 32 mm PVC Waste Nozzle with jamnut, full Each 55.00
thread or half thread complete.
24 Supply ,Fitting & Fixing of 40 mm PVC Waste Nozzle with jamnut, full Each 62.00
thread or half thread complete.
25 Supply ,Fitting & Fixing of Plug with chain for waste with jamnut, full Each 37.00
thread or half thread complete.
26 Supply ,Fitting & Fixing of Polythene Coupling - (Nipple & Nut) 15 mm Each 31.00
size
27 Supply ,Fitting & Fixing of Polythene Coupling - (Nipple & Nut) 20 mm Each 30.00
size
28 Supply ,Fitting & Fixing of Polythene Coupling - (Nipple & Nut) 25 mm Each 32.00
size
29 Supply ,Fitting & Fixing of Polythene Coupling - (Nipple & Nut) 32 mm Each 32.00
size
30 Supply ,Fitting & Fixing of Polythene Coupling - (Nipple & Nut) 40 mm Each 45.00
size
31 Supply ,Fitting & Fixing of Polythene Coupling - (Nipple & Nut) 50 mm Each 51.00
size
33 (A) Labour for fitting and fixing G.I. pipes above ground (exposed) in
structures with holder bat clamps including cost of jointing materials,
holder bat clamps etc.,as necessary, including cutting pipe, making
threads etc. complete in all respect with two coats of painting with
approved paint any height. (Payment will be made on the centre line
measurement of the total pipeline including specials. Payment of
painting will be paid seperately)
PWD SOR Vol-II wef-01.07.2014
SECTION (A) - PLUMBING WORKS
All Districts of West
(A)-(II) G.I. PIPE WORKS AND FITTINGS Bengal
Item No. Description of Item Unit (Rs)
(i) 15 mm dia. metre 47.00
(B) Labour for fitting and fixing G.I. pipes above ground (concealed) in
structures with holder bat clamps including cost of jointing materials,
holder bat clamps etc.,as necessary, including cutting pipe, making
threads etc. complete in all respect with two coats of painting with
approved paint any height. (Payment will be made on the centre line
measurement of the total pipeline including specials. Payment of
painting will be paid seperately.)
34 Labour for fitting and fixing G.I. pipes for under ground work including
cost of jointing materials, cutting pipes,making threads etc. complete in
all respect including cutting trenches upto 1.5 metre below surface in all
sorts of soil and refilling the same as directed with two coats of painting
to G.I. pipes and specials with bituminous paint. (Payment will be made
on the centre line measurement of the total pipeline including specials.
Payment of painting to be paid seperately.)
35 Labour for fitting and fixing G.I. specials including cost of jointing
materials.
(a) Plug.
(b) Socket, Reducing socket, Bend, Plain equal elbow, Reducing elbow,
Nipple, Short piece.
(i) Upto 25 mm dia. each 8.00
(c) Plain tee, Reducing tee, Pendent tee, Jamnut, Socket and Nipple.
4 Renewing C.I. clamp for pipe including cutting hole in wall etc. and
mending good all damages with cement concrete(4:2:1) with jhama chips
and cement plaster (6:1) to match with and curing.
(i) 15 mm each 28.00
6 Opening out leaky water supply pipe and making the joints water tight
including cutting threads where necessary.
(i) Upto 40 mm dia. each 60.00
9 Perforating G.I. pipe of all diameters by drilling including taking G.I. pipes Dozzen 68.00
to workshop and back if required.
11 Cutting out section of G.I. water main pipe upto 100 mm. each 40.00
13 Rewashering stop cock/ bib cock/ push cock/ pillar cock including gland
packing if necessary.
(i) 15 mm each 14.00
(a) bib cock/ stop cock/ pillar cock/ waste fittings. each 55.00
PWD SOR Vol-II wef-01.07.2014
SECTION (A) - PLUMBING WORKS
All Districts of West
(A)-(II) G.I. PIPE WORKS AND FITTINGS Bengal
Item No. Description of Item Unit (Rs)
(b) Elbow action bib/ pillar tap. each 75.00
19 Plugging up C.I. main with necessary materials & Labour Complete set 209.00
20 Renewing copper plated gas cock C.P. or oxidised (approved brand, wall/
bench type).
6 mm/ 10 mm/ 15 mm
22 Dismantling upto 100 mm sluice valve by parts and cutting out worn out Each Set 472.00
bolts and reassembling the same after regrinding valve,rewashering
flanges, asbestos diamond packing including studs,bolts, nuts and
necessary repairs.
SECTION (A) - PLUMBING WORKS PWD SOR Vol-II wef-01.07.2014
(A)-(III) CISTERN, G.I. TANKS WITH PARTS
2 Supplying, fitting and fixing 10 litre P.V.C. low-down cistern conforming to each 1181.00
I.S. specification with P.V.C. fittings complete,C.I. brackets including two
coats of painting to bracket etc.
(a) Sky blue, Venetian, Min. green, Turquoise, Citrus yellow , Champage,
Saphire - By 50%
(b) Roman brown, Fern green, Misty lilac, Orange, Sienna gold, Silver grey,
Sepia, Alpine, Cornil sorvinto blue - 100%
4 Supplying, fitting and fixing concealed cistern of approved make with flash
plate Cute/Loop/Shell/Nova (Code No. concealo-H(80mm Body sap code
508179 of Hindware or equivalent).
Matt/Gloss Nos 9641.00
5 Supplying G.I. tank with Galvanised iron sheet with 450 mm dia C.I. raised
approved type locking cover and 50 mm cleaning flange and plug.
7 Supplying, fitting and fixing cast iron raised rain proof tank cover 450mm. each 1198.00
8 Supplying, fitting and fixing cast iron raised rain proof tank cover 500 mm each 1495.00
dia. with locking arrangements (weighing not less than 12 kg).
12 Labour for lowering plastic water storage tank and stacking in places as
directed.
13 Labour for punching hole in plastic water storage tank upto 50 mm dia. each 19.00
(i) Internal fittings for cistern complete of approved make. Each Set 326.00
8 Fixing G.I. tank in position including refitting pipe connection. each 116.00
9 Dewatering and repairing G.I. tank above 1000 litre and upto 2000 litre each 280.00
capacity with G.I. washer, bolts, nuts and cement concrete at bottom as
necessary.
10 Dewatering and repairing G.I. tank upto 1000 litre capacity with G.I. each 210.00
washer, bolts and nuts and washer.
12 Cleaning and removing mud upto 2000 litre Water Tank including masonry each 111.00
reservoir.
13 Cleaning and removing mud above 2000 litre Water Tank including Cum 68.00
masonry reservoir.
14 Cleaning and disinfecting upto 2000 litre Water Tank including masonry each 157.00
reservoir.
15 Cleaning and disinfecting above 2000 litre Water Tank including masonry Cum 89.00
reservoir.
SECTION (A) - PLUMBING WORKS PWD SOR Vol-II wef-01.07.2014
(A)-(III) CISTERN, G.I. TANKS WITH PARTS
2 Supplying, fitting and fixing white vitreous china best quality approved
make wash basin with C.I. brackets on 75 mm X 75 mm wooden blocks,
C.P. waste fittings of 32 mm dia., one approved quality brass C.P. pillar
cock of 15 mm dia., C.P. chain with rubber plug of 30 mm dia., approved
quality P.V.C. waste pipe with C.P. nut 32 mm dia., 900 mm long approved
quality P.V.C. connection pipe with heavy brass C.P. nut including mending
good all damages and painting the brackets with two coats of approved
paint.
(iv) Angle back wash basin 400 mm X 400 mm size each 2278.00
3 Supplying, fitting and fixing pedestal of approved make for wash basin each 1911.00
(white)
4 Best quality sink in mosaic in silver grey colourwith C.P. waste and other
fittings, rubber plug and chain, C.I. heavy brackets with two coats of
approved paint.
5 Supplying, fitting and fixing White Vitreous China Sink in position on C.I.
brackets including two coats of painting of brackets.
(c) Laboratory table sink including cutting of laboratory table as required. each 2812.00
450 mm X 300 mm X 150 mm
N.B. For using coloured Basin, Sink, Pedestal etc. th rates of the
corresponding rates of white viterous porcelain colour will be enhanced by
as followes:
(a) Sky blue, Venetian, Min. green, Turquoise, Citrus yellow , Champage,
Saphire - By 50%
(b) Roman brown, Fern green, Misty lilac, Orange, Sienna gold, Silver grey,
Sepia, Alpine, Cornil sorvinto blue - 100%
6 Supplying, fitting and fixing stainless steel sink complete with waste
fittings and two coats of painting of C.I. brackets.
(b) Sink with drain board 1050 mm X 450 mm X 180 mm each 6381.00
7 Supplying, fitting and fixing of Fire clay Kitchen Sink with overflow
conforming to IS: 771 with waste fittings and C.I. Brackets.(White Colour)
8 Supplying, fitting and fixing Drain boards for sinks with brackets in
position.
11 Supplying, fitting and fixing C.P. chain and stay with rubber plug.
(i) 25 mm dia. of plug Each Set 56.00
12 Supplying, fitting and fixing C.P. chain 1200 mm long with rubber plug 65 Each Set 200.00
mm dia.
13 Supplying, fitting and fixing C.P. chain or stay for wash basin each 13.00
15 Supplying, fitting and fixing complete Bottle waste trap (Heavy Quality)
(a) Chromium plated Bottle trap 32 mm with 190 mm long connecting pipe Each 808.00
and wall flange (Equivalent to Code No. 545 & Model - Tropical / Sumthing
Special of ESSCO or similar brand).
16 Supplying, fitting and fixing 15 mm swan neck tap with left & right hand Each 1046.00
operating nob with aerator (Equivalent to Code No. 510, 510(A) and
Model - TROPICAL / SUMTHING SPECIAL of ESSCO or similar brand).
(b) Polythene
18 Supplying, fitting and fixing C.I. bracket including two coats of painting.
a) (i) CP Pillar Cock - 15 mm. (Equivalent to Code No. 507 & Model - Each 713.00
Tropical / Sumthing Special of ESSCO or similar brand).
a) (ii) CP Pillar Cock Super Deluxe with Aerator - 15 mm. (Equivalent to Each 760.00
Code No. 508 & Model No. Tropical / Sumthing Special of ESSCO or similar
brand).
c) CP Pillar Cock - 15 mm. (Code No. 5011 & Model - FLORENTINE of Each 1105.00
JAQUAR or equivalent).
e) (i) CP Centre hole Basin mixture with regular spout without popup Each 3188.00
waste system with 450 mm long braided hoses. (Equivalent to Code No.
5167(B) & Model - FLORENTINE of JAQUAR or similar brand).
e) (ii) CP Wall Mixture without spout but with provision for connnection to Each 3188.00
Telephone Shower and exposed pipe for Overhead shower (Equivalent to
Code No. 5215 & Model - FLORENTINE of JAQUAR or similar brand).
f) CP Pillar Cock with 200 mm extended Lever Handle (Equivalent to Code Each 1641.00
No. 5031 & Model - FLORENTINE of JAQUAR or similar brand).
23 Supplying, fitting and fixing dome shaped C.P. waste grating for urinals.
1 Dismantling wash basin with brackets with or without waste fittings. each 35.00
2 Refixing wash basin with brackets with or without waste fittings. each 71.00
3 Dismantling Surgeon's wash/ Dental spitton with brackets with or without each 35.00
waste fittings.
4 Refixing Surgeon's wash/ Dental spitton with brackets with or without each 79.00
waste fittings.
7 Renewing wooden block of approved variety of size 150 mm X 100 mm X each 54.00
75 mm with nails and screws for fixing brackets for sinks/ basins.
14 Fixing brackets for wash basin/ sink/ drain board/ cistern. each 25.00
22 Renewing 32 mm N.P. waste fittings for wash basin including coupling C.P. each 128.00
chain and rubber plug.
23 Renewing simla cap and lining brass union, heavy type best Indian make.
24 Rectifying leakage of bed pan sink, renewing rubber washer fully complete each 86.00
with G.I. nuts and bolts.
27 Dismantling and refixing Surgeon's mixing valve after repairs. each 296.00
28 Dismantling and taking out lead / polythene waste pipe and refixing the each 34.00
same after removing chokage including necessary bendings/ offsets and
straightening and replacement of damaged parts, if any.
29 Cleaning and refixing displaced laboratory sink in proper position and each 51.00
making the edges of sinks perfectly water tight by renewing packing and
putty joints and setting with rubber sheeting.
30 Dismantling and re-fixing Swan Neck Piller Cock after necessary repairing, each 68.00
packing, washering complete.
31 Dismantling and removing heavy porcelain / enamelled bath tub for each 226.00
repairing the same or for repairing the floor underneath and placing the
same in its original position.
SECTION (A) - PLUMBING WORKS PWD SOR Vol-II wef-01.07.2014
(A)-(V) TUBE WELL
Item No. Description of Item Unit All Districts of
West Bengal
1 Labour for boring tube well of required dia. by water jet system through
any type of soil strata including hire and labour charges for boring pipes,
scaffolding, tools and plants as necessary and taking out them and
lowering pipes, strainers, blind pipe etc. and fitting and fixing the same
complete including bucket washing and other incidental works in the
connection. The tube well should have a minimum 50 mm gap in between
the outside of the tubewell pipe and the bore.
(c) For depth upto 150 metre for 40 mm dia. Tube well with top
enlargement of 80 mm dia.
(d) For depth upto 150 metre for 50 mm dia. tube well with top
enlargement of 100 mm dia.
(e) For depth upto 150 metre for 80 mm dia. tube well wuth top
enlargement of 150 mm dia.
(f) For depth more than 150 metre for 50 mm dia. tube well with top
enlargement of 100 mm dia.
2 Labour for boring through any type of soil for sinking tube well of required
dia. with top enlargement by rig boring system (either by reserve
circulation or by direct rotary method) including hire charges and labour
for rig machine, tools and plants, staging, force pumping set and making
arrangement for water required for boring etc. complete and lowering of
pipes, strainers, blind pipes etc. complete.
(a) For depth upto 250 metre for 100 mm dia. Tube well with top
enlargement of 200 mm dia.(upto 50 metre).
(b) For depth upto 250 metre for 150 mm dia. Tube well with top
enlargement of 250 mm dia.(upto 50 metre).
(c) For depth upto 250 metre for 150 mm dia. Tube well with top
enlargement of 300 mm dia.(upto 50 metre.)
Note: (i) For item no. 2, measurement will be taken below G.L. taking G.L.
as zero for payment. (ii) For item no. 1 & 2 for bored depth where no
lowering of pipe is involved the corresponding rates would be reduced by
30%.
4 Supplying G.I. pipe strainer with brass net & jacketted of approved quality.
(Heavy Type)
8 Supplying M.S. male / female adopter of approved make and brand for
coupling of M.S. pipe and fibre glass strainers, as per direction of the
Engineer - in - Charge.
9 Supplying, fitting and fixing steel cutter piece upto 450 mm long with
sockets.
11 Supplying, fitting and fixing chech valve (vertical) G.M. tested to 21 kg per
sq. cm.
13 Supplying, fitting and fixing special hand pump no. 6 of approved make each 4429.00
(for 50 mm or 40 mm dia. tube well).
15 Supplying, fitting and fixing 65 mm dia. deep well brass cylinder with each 2287.00
necessary fittings and accessories.
16 Supplying, fitting and fixing 15 mm dia. galv. M.S. connecting rod with metre 84.00
sockets.
17 Supplying, fitting and fixing heavy type bell mouth reducing socket.
20 Washing and developing tube well with air compressor pump and engine day 7613.00
for 8 (eight) hours continuous pumping per day with necessary
arrangements for testing the yield in gallons per hour with 'V' notch
including hire and labour charges for all tools and plants and scaffolding as
required.
21 Surging of existing tube well with chemical treatment and bucket wash
(prior to use of compressor machine) and developing the tube well with
compressor machine at least 3 (three) days at 8 (eight) hours per day till
the yield is obtained at least by 75% of the total specified yield of the tube
well (measured by 'V' notch tank) and draw down is within the permissible
limit of 10% variation and water so obtained after such washing and
developing will be free from sand and bacteria for which test report from
the Public Analyst is to be obtained. (The rate is inclusive of all labour and
materials including hire charges of tools and plants and cost of materials.)
(a) For tube well from 40 mm to 100mm top enlarged to have yield from each 17188.00
1500 to 3000 gallons per hour as per size and yield.
(b) For tube well of size bigger than 100mm dia. with top enlargement to each 28140.00
have yield of 6000 gallons per hour.
N.B. This item is to be executed with the special approval of the Engineer-
in-charge.
22 Labour for making arrangement for showing verticality test including the L.S. 926.00
cost for hire charges of tools and plants, scafolding, labour etc. all
complete.
23 Collecting sample of water for bacteriological and chemical test from any L.S. 1243.00
depth at any time during execution of work including hire and labour
charges for tools and plants and sterilising the equipments, paying all
charges and fees, testing etc. complete in all respect as per direction.
24 Packing the annular space between the outside of the tube well pipes & cu. m. 2050.00
strainers and the bore with pea size washed gravel of approved quality
having size from 2 mm to 5 mm or the size approved by the Engineer-in-
charge including cost of all materials labour and equipment complete.
Note: Initial 6 m. of Annular space between the housing pipe and the bore
should not be shrouded with Pea size gravel to avoid contamination with
surface water.
SECTION (A) - PLUMBING WORKS PWD SOR Vol-II wef-01.07.2014
(A)-(V) TUBE WELL
Item No. Description of Item Unit All Districts of
West Bengal
25 Packing annular space between the outside of the housing pipe and the cu. m. 421.00
bore with puddled clay balls of approved size as per direction of the
Engineer-in-charge with cost of all materials and labour complete.
26 Providing and fixing bell plug as required upto 250 mm (internal) dia. each 508.00
ERWMS pipe including cost of materials and labour complete.
27 Supplying, fitting and fixing 300 mm M.S. housing clamp of approved Per Set 2660.00
quality.
29 Geophysical investigation of the acquifer by electrologging system with all Each Test 8329.00
tools and plants as necessary including supply of necessary report.
1 Taking out pipes of existing tube well including strainer etc. complete for
portion
(a) Uptoof
20length:
metre below G.L.
(i) 40 mm dia. metre 29.00
(ii) 50 mm dia. metre 46.00
(iii) 80 mm dia. metre 54.00
(iv) 100 mm dia. metre 81.00
(v) 150 mm dia. metre 98.00
(vi) 200 mm dia. metre 130.00
(vii) 250 mm dia. metre 143.00
(viii) 300 mm dia. metre 162.00
(ix) 350 mm dia. metre 175.00
SECTION (A) - PLUMBING WORKS PWD SOR Vol-II wef-01.07.2014
(A)-(V) TUBE WELL
Item No. Description of Item Unit All Districts of
West Bengal
2 Supplying, fitting and fixing street pattern hydrant 65 mm with guaranteed each 4759.00
spindles and C.I.cover complete.
3 Supplying, fitting and fixing C.I. cover for street pattern hydrant. each 960.00
4 Renewing 150 mm X 150 mm grey rubber washer for flange of street each 49.00
hydrant.
5 Supplying, fitting and fixing spindle (G.M.) nipple for hydrants to make each 269.00
house union 25 mm to 40 mm size.
8 Dismantling garden hydrant and refixing the same after repair including each 146.00
regrinding seat 40 mm and above.
9 Dismantling fire hydrant after plugging off the supply for repairs and each 341.00
refixing the same including taking to workshop and back.
1 Supplying, fitting & fixing Cast iron soil pipe only conforming to I.S. 3989 /
1970 and I.S. 1729/1964 with bobbins, nails etc. including making holes in
the wall, floor etc. and cutting trenches etc. in any floor through masonry
concrete, if necessary, and mending good damages with necessary jointing
materials and painting two coats to the exposed surface with approved
paint complete. (Measurement will be made along the center line of the
total pipe line in fitted condition including specials,payment for specials &
Painting will however be paid seperately).
(a) With valamoid joints including sealing with sand cement morter (4:1)
upto quarter depth.
2 Supplying, fitting & fixing Cast iron single branch equal with door
conforming to I.S. 1729/1970 including joining and painting two coats to
the exposed surface with approved paint complete. (Payment of Painting
will however be paid seperately).
(a) With valamoid joints including sealing the top with cement mortar (4:1)
3 Supplying, fitting & fixing Cast iron double branch equal with door
conforming to I.S. 1729/1970 including jointing and painting two coats to
the exposed surface with approved paint complete. (Payment of Painting
will however be paid seperately).
(a) With valamoid joints including sealing the top with cement mortar (4:1)
N.B. For single or double junction without door, the rates for items 2 & 3
will be reduced by Rs. 50.00.
4 Supplying, fitting & fixing H.C.I. bend with door conforming to I.S.S.
including jointing complete and painting two coats to the exposed surface
with approved paint complete. (Payment of Painting will however be paid
seperately).
(a) With valamoid joints including sealing the top with cement mortar (4:1)
5 Supplying, fitting & fixing H.C.I. bend without door conforming to I.S.S.
including jointing complete and painting two coats to the exposed surface
with approved paint complete. (Payment of Painting will however be paid
seperately).
(a) With valamoid joints including sealing the top with cement mortar (4:1)
6 Supplying, fitting & fixing H.C.I. heel rest bend conforming to I.S.S.
including jointing complete and painting two coats to the exposed surface
with approved paint complete. (Payment of Painting will however be paid
seperately).
(a) With valamoid joints including sealing the topwith cement mortar (4:1)
7 (A) Supplying, fitting & fixing H.C.I. offset conforming to I.S.S. including
jointing complete with or without ear (75 mm projection) and painting
two coats to the exposed surface with approved paint complete. (Payment
of Painting will however be paid seperately).
(a) With valamoid joints including sealing the top with cement mortar (4:1)
(B) Supplying, fitting & fixing H.C.I. offset conforming to I.S.S. including
jointing complete with or without ear (150 mm projection) and painting
two coats to the exposed surface with approved paint complete. (Payment
of Painting will however be paid seperately).
SECTION (B) - SANITARY AND DRAINAGE WORKS PWD SOR Vol-II wef-01.07.2014
(B)-(II) SOIL PIPE AND FITTINGS
(a) With valamoid joints including sealing the top with cement mortar (4:1)
8 (a) H.C.I. bell mouth plain trap supplied, fitted and fixed with lead jointing each 965.00
complete 100 mm dia and painting two coats to the exposed surface with
approved paint complete. (Payment of Painting will however be paid
seperately).
(b) H.C.I. bell mouth plain trap supplied, fitted and fixed with valamoid each 861.00
joint complete 100 mm dia and painting two coats to the exposed surface
with approved paint complete. (Payment of Painting will however be paid
seperately).
9 Supplying, fitting & fixing approved patent vent cowl I.C.I. conforming to
I.S.S and painting two coats to the exposed surface with approved paint
complete. (Payment of Painting will however be paid seperately).
11 Supplying, fitting & fixing Cast Iron Fresh air inlet valve 100 mm and each 200.00
painting two coats to the exposed surface with approved paint complete.
(Payment of Painting will however be paid seperately).
12 Supplying, fitting & fixing Cast iron inverted single junction or antisyphon
all degrees conforming to I.S. 3989/1970 and 1729/ 1964 including jointing
and painting two coats to the exposed surface.(Painting will however be
paid seperately).
(a) With valamoid joints including sealing the top with cement mortar (4:1)
upto quarter depth.
13 Supplying, fitting & fixing Cast iron inverted double junction or antisyphon
all degrees conforming to I.S. 3989/1970 and 1729 / 1964 including
jointing and painting two coats to the exposed surface with approved
paint complete. (Measurement of Painting will however be paid
(a) With valamoid joints including sealing the top with cement mortar (4:1)
upto quarter depth.
14 Supplying,fitting and fixing cast iron 'P' or 'S' trap conformimg to I.S. 3989 /
1970 and 1729 / 1964 including lead caulked joints and painting two coats
to the exposed surface. (Painting to be paid seperately).
15 Supplying, fitting and fixing cast iron extension pipes for using in Traps only
(connector) conforming to I.S.3989/1970 and 1729/1964 including lead
caulked joints complete and painting two coats to the exposed surface
with approved paint complete. (Payment of Painting will however be paid
seperately).
16 Supplying, fitting and fixing with cement jointing (3:1) salt glazed
stoneware pipe including excavation of earth upto 1.50 metre depth in all
sorts of soil both mixed or unmixed and refilling (but excluding concreting
at bottom and sides).
17 Supplying, fitting and fixing with cement jointing (3:1) with jute gasket
soaked in cement mortar.
(a) Stoneware bend
20 Supplying, fitting and fixing yard gully with approved H.C.I. grating
complete.
22 Cast Iron fittings for soil pipe line conforming to I.S. 1729/1970 including
jointing and fitting and fixing in position and painting two coats to the
exposed surface complete including cost of all materials &
labour.(Payment of paiting will be paid seperatly.)
(a) Single junction of 150 mm.X 100 mm. dia with door
(i) With valamoid joint including sealing the top with cement mortar (4:1) each 1670.00
(b) Double junction of 150 mm.dia X 100 mm.dia X 100 mm. with door
(i) With valamoid joints including sealing the top with cement mortar (4:1) each 1698.00
(c) Double 'Y' junction of 150 mm.dia X 100 mm.dia X 100 mm.dia with
door
(i) With valamoid joints including sealing the top with cement mortar (4:1) each 1620.00
SECTION (B) - SANITARY AND DRAINAGE WORKS PWD SOR Vol-II wef-01.07.2014
(B)-(II) SOIL PIPE AND FITTINGS
N.B. For any junction without door the rate for above items will be
reduced by Rs. 50.00
(B) Fittings
(i) Coupler
(a) 75 mm Each 55.00
(b) 110 mm Each 101.00
(c)160 mm Each 312.00
(ii) Plain Tee
(a) 75 mm Each 95.00
(b) 110 mm Each 182.00
(c) 160 mm Each 604.00
24 Labour for fitting and fixing U.P.V.C. pipes for above ground work including
cost of jointing materials etc. fitting and fixing all necessary specials,
cutting pipes, cutting holes in walls or R.C. floor where necessary and
mending good all damages excluding the cost of masonry or concrete
work, if necessary, but including the cost and fitting and fixing holder bat
clamps (any floor) or for underground work including cutting trenches
upto 1.5 metre and refilling the same complete as per direction of the
Engineer-in-charge. (Payment will be made on centre line measurement of
the total pipeline including specials.
(A)Above ground
(i) 75 mm dia. metre 45.00
(ii) 110 mm dia. metre 57.00
(iii) 160 mm dia. metre 66.00
(B)Under ground
(i) 75 mm dia. metre 73.00
(ii) 110 mm dia. metre 85.00
(iii) 160 mm dia. metre 94.00
4 Renewing lead caulked joints for H.C.I. pipe with new gaskets.
5 Renewing cast iron inspection door with bolts and nuts complete for each 98.00
fittings of 50 mm dia. to 150 mm dia. H.C.I. pipe.
6 Dismantling door of H.C.I. bend or junction and taking out broken nuts by each 30.00
drilling and refixing the same with new nuts including putty joints
complete.
SECTION (B) - SANITARY AND DRAINAGE WORKS PWD SOR Vol-II wef-01.07.2014
(B)-(II) SOIL PIPE AND FITTINGS
8 Renewing door of H.C.I. bend or junction with new bolts and nuts including set 84.00
taking out.
10 Refixing yard gully including necessary cement brick work (4:1) and 13 mm
thick cement plaster (2:1) etc. complete including mending good all
damages. (Cement work will be paid seperately).
13 Scraping the hard scum of 'S' trap carefully to render the flushing flow easy each 88.00
after soaking with strong acid through W.C. pan on floor and also cleaning
through flanged junction door underneath the ceiling including necessary
scafolding and resetting the flanged door watertight by putty joints by
methor labour.
SECTION (B) - SANITARY AND DRAINAGE WORKS PWD SOR Vol-II wef-01.07.2014
(B)-(III) WATER CLOSETS AND URINALS
1 Supplying, fitting and fixing Shallow water closet Indian pattern (I.P.W.C.)
of approved make in white vitreous chinaware in position (excluding cost
of concrete for fixing).
N.B. For W.C. with trap without vent the rate will be reduced by Rs.25.00
4 Supplying, fitting and fixing Orissa pattern water closet in white glazed
vitreous chinaware of approved make in position complete excluding 'P' or
'S' trap (excluding cost of concrete for fixing).
5 Suppling, fitting and fixing Wall mounted water closet of white glazed each 5057.00
vitreous chinaware of approved make and brand in position complete with
necessary nut and boalts (Equivalent to Code No. 20061 or 92065 &
Model Studio or Rubbic of Hidware or equivalent.)
(This item to be executed on specific permission of Superintending
Engineer)
SECTION (B) - SANITARY AND DRAINAGE WORKS PWD SOR Vol-II wef-01.07.2014
(B)-(III) WATER CLOSETS AND URINALS
6 Supplying, fitting and fixing Flat back urinal (half stall urinal) in white
vitreous chinaware of approved make in position with brass screws on 75
mm X 75 mm X 75 mm wooden blocks complete.
7 Supplying, fitting and fixing Squating plate with integral flushing in white
vitreous chinaware of approved make in cement concrete (6:3:1) with
jhama chips complete. (Payment of concrete will be paid seperately).
8 Supplying, fitting and fixing Half round channel with or without outlet as
required set in cement concrete (6:3:1) with jhama chips complete.
(Payment of concrete will be paid seperately).
9 Supplying, fitting and fixing Foot rest for water closet of size 275 mm X 125
mm with
(a) Artificial stone (4:2:1) with 6 mm stone chips and chequered including Each Pair 70.00
adding colour as necessary.
10 Supplying, fitting and fixing Closet seat of approved make with lid and C.P.
hinges, rubber buffer and brass screws complete.
(a) E.W.C.
(i) Plastic (hallow type) black each 353.00
(ii) Plastic (hallow type) white each 446.00
(iii) Bestolite (solid type) black each 632.00
(iv) Bestolite (solid type) white each 846.00
12 Supplying, fitting and fixing urinal flush pipe fittings of approved brand.
(a) C.P. urinal flush pipe fittings range of one each 525.00
(b) C.P. urinal flush pipe fittings range of two each 1179.00
(c) C.P. urinal flush pipe fittings range of three each 1609.00
13 Supplying, fitting and fixing 18 mm thick marble partition slab with chawk sq. m. 1710.00
doongri marbel square cut, both sides polished with two front corners
rounded and edges polished.
14 Supplying, fitting and fixing porcelain partition wall of approved make of each 1459.00
size 618 mm X 310 mm complete in all respect.
15 Supplying, fitting and fixing bevelled edged mirror 5.5 mm thick silver red
as per I.S. 3438 / 1965 together with brass C.P. hinges.
16 Supplying, fitting and fixing glass shelf with aluminium guard rails.
(a) Ordinary type with 5.5 mm sheet glass
19 Supplying, fitting and fixing best quality Indian make mirror 5.5 mm thick each 792.00
with silvering as per I.S.I. specifications supported on fibre glass frame of
any colour, frame size 550 mm X 400 mm
20 Supplying, fitting and fixing Tooth brush and Tumbler holder of approved each 465.00
make of size 140 mm X 65 mm (porcelain).
21 Supplying, fitting and fixing PTMT Smart Shelf of approved make of size each 285.00
300 mm.
(b) Aluminium
25 Supplying, fitting and fixing bathroom shelf of approved make of size 580 each 792.00
mm X 150 mm (porcelain).
N.B. For coloured sanitary wares rates will be enhanced over the rates of
corresponding items of white glazed sanitary wares as follows:
(a) Sky blue, Venetian pink, Min. green, Turquoise, Citrus yellow,
Champange, Saphire - by 50 %
(b) Roman brown, Fern green, Misty lilac, Orange, Sienna gold, Sepia,
Silver grey, Alpine, Cornil, Sorvinto Blue - by 100%
2 Dismantling Indian W.C. including taking out base concrete as necessary. each 45.00
3 Refixing Indian W.C. excluding cost of base concrete if necessary complete. each 71.00
6 Dismantling Orissa pattern W.C. including taking out of base concrete, if each 45.00
necessary, complete.
SECTION (B) - SANITARY AND DRAINAGE WORKS PWD SOR Vol-II wef-01.07.2014
(B)-(III) WATER CLOSETS AND URINALS
7 Refixing Orissa pattern W.C. Including cost of base concrete, if necessary, each 89.00
complete.Payment of concrete to be paid seperatly.
12 Refixing flush pipe/ M.S. bend/ C.P. flush pipe with I.R. adapter. each 35.00
18 Cleaning and polishing marble or mosaic partition including removing sqm 10.00
stains.
23 Repairing W.C. seat with brass plate and screws. set 83.00
i) With Pakur variety. Each 7980.00 7406.00 6991.00 6835.00 7749.00 7652.00 7743.00 7180.00 7548.00 7572.00 7373.00 - - - -
ii) With Bazree (N.B Varity) Each - - - - - - - - - - - 8620.00 7108.00 7129.00 7291.00
iii) Extra for each additional depth of 150 mm or part thereof beyond initial 600 mm depth. Each 1631.00 1187.00 1076.00 1076.00 1449.00 1340.00 1231.00 1112.00 1405.00 1368.00 1337.00 2009.00 1301.00 1301.00 1410.00
2 Constructing Inspection pit to a depth of 1.5 metre (inside), 250 mm thick 1st class brick work
(1:4) in all sides over a layer of jhama brick soling and 150 mm thick cement concrete with stone
chips (1:3:6) including necessary earth work, fitting and fixing approved type S.W. master trap,
constructing masonry invert with cement concrete (1:1.5:3) with stone chips, plastering inside
and outside (outside upto 300 mm below G.L.) with 20 mm thick cement plastering (1:4) and
neat cement punning, including supplying,fitting and fixing one 560 mm. dia R.C.C. manhole
cover of approved make with R.C.C. slab of 100 mm thick with cement concrete (1:1.5:3) with
stone chips including necessary reinforcement (upto 1%) and shuttering and necessary
corbelling brick work (1:4) so that the R.C.C. cover slab rests 150 mm above adjucent G.L.,
cement plaster (1:4) 10 mm thick on all external surfaces of the top slab as directed complete in
all respect and removal of surplus earth with all costs of labour and materials (excluding the cost
of master trap only).
(i) 900 mm X 750 mm (inside) chamber including fitting and fixing S.W. master trap of 150 mm
dia. of approved make
A) With Pakur variety. Each 13017.00 12195.00 11639.00 11370.00 12664.00 12502.00 12676.00 11881.00 12386.00 12437.00 12085.00 - - - -
B) With Bazree(N.B Varity) Each - - - - - - - - - - - 13440.00 11482.00 11503.00 11706.00
(ii) 900 mm X 750 mm (inside) chamber including fitting and fixing S.W. master trap of 100 mm
dia. of approved make
A) With Pakur variety. Each 12483.00 11661.00 11105.00 10836.00 12130.00 11969.00 12142.00 11348.00 11852.00 11903.00 11552.00 - - - -
B) With Bazree(N.B Varity) Each - - - - - - - - - - - 12810.00 10851.00 10872.00 11075.00
(iii) 1050 mm X 750 mm (inside) chamber including fitting and fixing S.W. master trap of 225
mm dia. of approved make
A) With Pakur variety. Each 13396.00 12497.00 11895.00 11581.00 12998.00 12821.00 13032.00 12158.00 12703.00 12765.00 12352.00 - - - -
B) With Bazree(N.B Varity) Each - - - - - - - - - - - 14212.00 11828.00 11870.00 12157.00
(iv) 1050 mm X 750 mm (inside) chamber including fitting and fixing S.W. master trap of 300
mm dia. of approved make
A) With Pakur variety. Each 13929.00 13030.00 12429.00 12115.00 13532.00 13355.00 13566.00 12692.00 13237.00 13299.00 12885.00 - - - -
B) With Bazree(N.B Varity) Each - - - - - - - - - - - 14746.00 12362.00 12404.00 12691.00
(v) Extra for additional depth beyond 1.5 metre.
(a) For (i) and (ii) Per Mtr. 3675.00 3373.00 3052.00 3052.00 3623.00 3591.00 3560.00 3201.00 3436.00 3426.00 3430.00 4261.00 3420.00 3420.00 3451.00
Depth
(b) For (iii) and (iv) Per Mtr. 3886.00 3562.00 3218.00 3218.00 3830.00 3796.00 3762.00 3377.00 3630.00 3619.00 3624.00 4515.00 3612.00 3612.00 3646.00
Depth
PWD SOR Vol-II wef-01.07.2014
SECTION (B) - SANITARY AND DRAINAGE WORKS
(B)-(IV) INSPECTION PIT, SEPTIC TANK, SOAK PIT ETC.
Item Description of Item Unit Rate (in Rs.)
No. Kolkata / 24 Bardhaman Purulia Birbhum Howrah Medinipur Medinipur Bankura Nadia Murshidabad Malda Darjeeling Jalpaiguri Coochbehar Uttar/ REMARKS
Pgs / (E) (W) excluding except ,Alipurduar,pl excluding the Dakshin
(N & S) Hoogly area of plains of ains of Siliguri area of Dinajpur
/Area of Kalyani Sub Siliguri Sub Sub Divn. & Haldibari PS Dist.
Kalyani Sub Div Divn. Area of
Div Haldibari PS
3 Construction of septic tank of different capacities as per approved drawing with 1st class brick
work in cement mortar (1:4) including two 560 mm dia. R.C.C. manhole cover(heavy type)of
approved make supplied, fitted and fixed in the 100mm thick R.C.C (1:1.5:3) top slab with
necessary fittings, 20mm thick cement plaster (4 : 1) with neat cement finish to the internal
surfaces and 15 mm thick cement plaster (4 : 1) to outside wall upto 200 mm below G.L floor
finished with 25 mm thick grey artificial stone over 100 mm thick R.C.C(1:1.5:3) bottom slab
including supplying, fitting and fixing all necessry specials, fittings, S.W. tees, C.I. foot rest etc.
including excavation earth in all sorts of soil, shoring, bailing out and pumping out water as
necessary, ramming, dressing the bed and fefilling the sides of the tanks with earth, removing
spoils, filling up the chamber with clear water, removing foreign materials from the chamber
and including constructing attached inspection pit as per approved drawing and connecting all
necessary pipes, joints etc. with internal plaster work and artificial stone flooring is to be done
with admixture of water proofing compound @ 0.5% by weight of cement with all costs of
labour and materials.
(i) For 10 users
A) With Pakur variety. Each 39964.00 37783.00 36005.00 35435.00 39177.00 38816.00 39158.00 36805.00 38237.00 38336.00 37741.00 - - - -
B) With Bazree(N.B Varity) - - - - - - - - - - - 42789.00 36783.00 36860.00 37419.00
(ii) For 20 users
A) With Pakur variety. Each 53147.00 50218.00 47784.00 47068.00 52125.00 51651.00 52062.00 48882.00 50829.00 50946.00 50209.00 - - - -
B) With Bazree(N.B Varity) - - - - - - - - - - - 57071.00 49000.00 49097.00 49819.00
(iii) For 30 users
A) With Pakur variety. Each 68982.00 64949.00 61740.00 60651.00 67487.00 66803.00 67465.00 63180.00 65805.00 65996.00 64747.00 - - - -
B) With Bazree(N.B Varity) - - - - - - - - - - - 73943.00 62908.00 63055.00 64119.00
(iv) For 50 users
A) With Pakur variety. Each 100021.00 94129.00 89549.00 87768.00 97721.00 96692.00 97863.00 91599.00 95357.00 95698.00 93636.00 - - - -
B) With Bazree(N.B Varity) - - - - - - - - - - - 106670.00 90464.00 90705.00 92357.00
(v) For 100 users
A) With Pakur variety. Each 126688.00 119354.00 113855.00 111373.00 123648.00 122315.00 124047.00 116304.00 120866.00 121375.00 118483.00 - - - -
B) With Bazree(N.B Varity) Each - - - - - - - - - - - 134581.00 114366.00 114702.00 116906.00
(vi) For 200 users
A) With Pakur variety. Each 198367.00 186151.00 177241.00 172648.00 193026.00 190734.00 194112.00 181194.00 188607.00 189605.00 183923.00 - - - -
B) With Bazree(N.B Varity) Each - - - - - - - - - - - 207110.00 173221.00 173843.00 177749.00
4 Construction of circular soak well 2.5 metre deep in all types of sandy soils with dry brick work Each 17982.00 16621.00 15177.00 15099.00 17723.00 17523.00 17515.00 15827.00 16837.00 16848.00 16749.00 20615.00 16835.00 16881.00 16911.00
upto 1.6 metre from the bottom having 150 mm intermediate cement brick work (1:4) band all
round and cement brick work (1:4) upto 0.90 metre from top with 20mm thick cement
plastering (1:4) to inside face upto the depth of cement brick work, 15mm thick cement plaster
(1:4) on outer face from top of the well upto G.L. and 6 mm thick cement plaster (1:4) on top of
the R.C.C. cover slab including filling bottom 1.00 metre of inside of the well with brick metal (50
mm to 63 mm size) including R.C.C. cover slab of 100 mm thick with cement conc (1:1.5:3) with
stone chips with necessary reinforcement and shuttering including one 560 mm dia. R.C.C.
manhole cover (heavy type)of approved make supplied, fitted and fixed in the cover slab with
necessary fittings, making nacessary arrangements for pipe connections, excavation of well
including shoring, dewatering and removing the exess earth from the premises as per direction
complete in all respect with all costs of labour and materials.
With 250 mm thick dry brick work and 250 mm thick cement brick work (1:6) and 1.00m inside
dia.
5 Open jointed stone ware pipe 100 mm dia. supplied, laid and fitted in position duly Each 273.00 273.00 273.00 273.00 273.00 273.00 273.00 273.00 273.00 273.00 273.00 313.00 273.00 273.00 273.00
encircled all round by 150 mm thick layer jhama metal (38 mm to 50 mm size) including
excavation of earth in any soil upto required depth including refilling trench,watering
and ramming complete. (Cost of Jhama Metal to be paid seperately).
6 Construction of soak gallery (600 mm X 450 mm) with two layers of jhama metal/Brick Each 1059.00 895.00 741.00 810.00 1060.00 1007.00 1007.00 782.00 895.00 895.00 955.00 1321.00 955.00 955.00 955.00
bats (38 mm to 50 mm size) 150 mm thick and 3 layers of dry brick flats in between the
layers of jhama metal leaving an opening of 100 mm X 150 mm in section along the G.L.
as per sketch including cutting trenches in required grade,back filling and compacting
to its original G.L. etc. complete including costs of labour and materials.
(This item is suitable for moorum and sandy area and predominantly sandy soils @ 1.50
metre length per head of user.)
SECTION (B) - SANITARY AND DRAINAGE WORKS PWD SOR Vol-II wef-01.07.2014
(B)-(IV) INSPECTION PIT, SEPTIC TANK, SOAK PIT ETC.
(i) 35 MT load bearing capacity round manhole cover provided with two each 4744.00
lifter hooks fitted with matching frame of size
Cover: 700 mm X 100 mm
Frame: 910 mm X 185 mm
opening: 560mm
Weight: 245 kg (approx)
(ii) 25 MT load bearing capacity round manhole cover provided with two each 3966.00
lifter hooks fitted with matching frame of size
Cover: 680 mm X 90 mm
Frame: 800 mm X 165 mm
opening: 500mm
Weight: 196 kg (approx)
(iii) 20 MT load bearing capacity round manhole cover provided with two each 3808.00
lifter hooks fitted with matching frame of size
Cover: 600 mm X 75 mm
Frame: 750 mm X 150 mm
opening: 525mm
Weight: 170 kg (approx)
(iv) 15 MT load bearing capacity round manhole cover provided with two each 2956.00
lifter hooks fitted with matching frame of size
Cover: 460 mm X 75 mm
Frame: 620 mm X 150 mm
opening: 360mm
Weight: 100 kg (approx)
SECTION (B) - SANITARY AND DRAINAGE WORKS PWD SOR Vol-II wef-01.07.2014
(B)-(IV) INSPECTION PIT, SEPTIC TANK, SOAK PIT ETC.
(v) 12 MT load bearing capacity round manhole cover provided with two each 3450.00
lifter hooks fitted with matching frame of size
Cover: 550 mm X 75 mm
Frame: 650mm X 135 mm
opening: 475mm
Weight: 100 kg (approx)
(Vi) 5 MT load bearing capacity round manhole cover provided with two each 3013.00
lifter hooks fitted with matching frame of size
Cover: 565 mm X 65 mm
Frame: 665 mm X 125 mm
opening: 470mm
Weight: 90 kg (approx)
(vii) 3 MT load bearing capacity round manhole cover provided with two each 1528.00
lifter hooks fitted with matching frame of size
Cover: 450 mm X 50 mm
Frame: 540 mm X 100 mm
opening: 370mm
Weight: 46 kg (approx)
(vii) 1 MT load bearing capacity round manhole cover provided with two each 1125.00
lifter hook with matching frame of size
Cover: 450 mm X 40 mm
Frame: 540 mm X 80 mm
opening: 360mm
Weight: 34 Kg. (approx)
(viii) 5 MT load bearing capacity gully pit cover with frame and hinge each 2344.00
arrangement for opening of size
Cover: 470 mm X 420 mm X 80 mm
Frame: 590 mm X 550 mm X 170 mm
opening: 380mm x 305mm
Weight: 100 kg (approx)
(ix) Light duty gully pit cover (yard gully) with with frame and hinge each 1451.00
arrangement for opening of size
Cover: 300 mm X 275 mm X 30 mm
Frame: 450 mm X 375 mm X 75 mm
opening: 300mm x 225mm
Weight: 43 kg (approx)
SECTION (B) - SANITARY AND DRAINAGE WORKS PWD SOR Vol-II wef-01.07.2014
(B)-(IV) INSPECTION PIT, SEPTIC TANK, SOAK PIT ETC.
9 Supplying, fitting and fixing in position C.I. manhole/ pit cover with rim.
(a) Round
(i) 450 mm X 100 mm X 21 kg (approx.) each 1972.00
(b) Square
(i) 450 mm X 450 mm X 16 kg (approx.) each 1599.00
(c) Rectangular
(i) 600 mm X 450 mm X 25 kg (approx.) each 2358.00
3 Removing sludge from septic tank, soak well etc. by methor labour
including disposal of the same outside the compound as directed.
4 Cleaning soak pit by removing the top slab and replacing inner filling with each 1361.00
jhama bats and repairing the pit as necessary including fitting the slab.
(C)-(I) MISCELLANEOUS
1 Cutting trench thorugh passage upto 40 mm wide including refilling, metre 29.00
watering and ramming.
2 Cutting out asphaltum road and restoring the same with spoils including metre 29.00
guarding and barricading
3 Cutting trench upto 1.00 metre deep through masonry foundation. metre 78.00
4 Opening out mud holes of boiler, grinding the same to proper size and Each Set 870.00
refixing including supplying, packing washer to watertight (hot water
installation) including carriage to workshop and back.
8 Tracing out underground pipe or pit by opening out test trench including each 39.00
filling it up.
9 Cutting hole through wall, roof or cornice and mending good all damages. each 69.00
14 Dismantling large distilling or cooking gas burner cock, refixing after repair, each 129.00
greasing and cleaning 50 mm dia.
15 Labour for jointing and lowering G.I. or E.R.W. M.S. pipes including strainer
within the tube well bore vertically with necessary sockets, special fittings
and welding as required including cost of all jointing materials, hire
charges of tools and plants, cutting pipes to required sizes, making
threads, welding pieces together etc. as necessary as per direction of the
Engineer-in-charge.
(ii) Above 100 mm dia. and upto 200 mm dia. pipe metre 79.00
(iii) Above 200 mm dia. and upto 300 mm dia. pipe metre 117.00
16 Labour charges for making slots in E.R.W.M.S. pipe as per direction of the
Engineer-in-charge for the purpose of using the slotted pipe as strainer
including cost of labour and hire charges of tools and plants,all complete.
17 Dismantling ball cock and refixing the same after repair including
straightening lever and renewing split pin.
18 Cleaning and removing silt from choked up gully pit including painting C.I. each 34.00
grating with bituminous paint.
19 Cleaning, scraping and removing sediment etc. from masonry urinal or each 25.00
through latrine seat including cleaning with acid by methor labour.
22 Renewing spindle valve and wheel of fire hydrant including taking out and
refixing the same.
23 Dismantling and refixing drain pipe including cutting trench and refilling
the same.
28 Cleaning rubbish, sludge, weeds scum, liquid earth, mud etc.etc.from road cum 292.00
side masonary drain/ hume pipe drain/ culvert etc. by mathor labour after
removing concrete.Slab/manhole cover etc.without damaging the same
and refixing the same properly after cleaning as necessary and removing
the sludge etc.etc.by using iron pans,buckets including all labour, tools &
plants including removing the spoils in dry condition and disposing the
same by truck beyond the road side in conformity with
municipal/corporation rules for such disposal including loading into truck
and cleaning the road side in all respects as per direction of the Engineer-
in-Charge.
29 Repairing damaged lead caulked joint by cutting trench through any type
of surface including taking out lead from the joint,recasting and
hammering the same with additional lead and lead wool,refilling the
trench and mending good damages of the surface complete in all respect
including cost of lead and lead wool.
(b) 20 mm dia.
(i) Light quality metre 164.00
(ii) Medium quality metre 192.00
(c) 25 mm dia.
(i) Light quality metre 236.00
(ii) Medium quality metre 278.00
(d) 32 mm dia.
(i) Light quality metre 249.00
(ii) Medium quality metre 305.00
(e) 40 mm dia.
(i) Light quality metre 277.00
(ii) Medium quality metre 347.00
(f) 50 mm dia.
(i) Light quality metre 388.00
(ii) Medium quality metre 479.00
(g) 65 mm dia.
(i) Light quality metre 508.00
(ii) Medium quality metre 617.00
(h) 80 mm dia.
(i) Light quality metre 661.00
(ii) Medium quality metre 785.00
12 Supply of long screw (150 mm long) of TATA make with sockets (TATA
make) and jamnut.
(i) 15 mm each 38.00
15 Supply of G.I. short piece of TATA make (Above 50mm & upto150 mm
long)
(i) 15 mm each 55.00
N.B. The rates for supply of non TATA but I.S.I. marked G.I. pipes and
fittings will be arrived at by reducing the corresponding rates for TATA
pipes and fittings by 20%.
Section (C ) Materials and Labour Rate for Sanitary and Plumbing
1
Plumbing Mistry Each 326
Note: The above rates of labour are exclusive of 10% profit & 1% Labour welfare cess, which would be
admissible to the contractors, but contractual percentage will not be applicable on the above rates.
RECOMMENDATION ON SELECTION OF DIAMETER
OF PIPE IN DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM
Cement:
PPC/PSC/ MT 8100 8320 7360 7560
OPC(33 Grade)
Cement:
8100 8320 7360 7560
OPC(43 Grade)
FORMAT - A
(Format for analysis of rate of items involving use of Cement supplied by Contractor)
Step - 2 Deduct cost of cement = (Quantity of cement) X (Issue rate of cement Rs. B
vide Item No. 1, Column - 4, Table - 1 - 1 of Annexure - I)
Step - 3 Add cost of cement supplied by Contractor including 10% Profit = Rs. C
1.1 X (Quantity of cement) X (Basic price of cement vide Item No. 1,
Column - 5, Table - 1 - 1 of Annexure-I)
Note: The quantity of cement shall be same as Step - 2.
FORMAT - B
Step - 2 Deduct Issue Rate (Per MT) of respective Quality Steel X 1.05 Rs. B
Step - 3 Add Basic Price at outlet of Steel of respective quality X 1.05 Rs. C
Step - 4 Add Contractor's Profit @ 10% on cost of Steel only (Sl. No. 3) Rs. D
Step - 5 Add cost of Carriage from outlet to site with necessary loading, Rs. E
unloading and stacking charges for 1.05 MT Steel
Table - 1.8
Standard Wire MM Standard Wire MM
Gauge Gauge
Table - 1.9
Bermingham MM Bermingham MM
Wire Gauge Wire Gauge
1. The items in the Schedule of rates for Road and Bridge works are framed mostly in accordance
with the specifications laid down in the “Specifications for Road and Bridge Works (5th
Revision)” by The Ministry of Road Transport and Highways (MORT&H) and “Specifications
for Rural Road” by Ministry of Rural Development (MORD).
In This Volume, here in after, Specification of MORT&H means “Specifications for Road and Bridge
Works (5th Revision)” and Specification of MORD means “Specifications for Rural Roads”.
2. The rates of the items have been derived mostly from “ Standard Data Book for analysis of
rates” by MORT&H and Standard data book for analysis of rates for Rural Roads” by MORD.
Though rates of few items have also been derived following CPWD’s Analysis of rates. Where
the above documents are found to be inadequate to analyse the rate of an item, method of
analysis, generated in house based on feedback from construction sites, has been adopted.
3. Contractors profit has been considered as 10% and Overhead Charges have been considered as
5%, 15% and 20% for road works, Bridge works and Repair of Bridge works respectively.
Overhead charge is inclusive of all the items as stated in serial no. 3, in basic approach of
“standard data book of analysis of rates” by MORT&H.
4. The rates of steel materials have been taken from SAIL and RINL of Govt. of India, Department
of steel as on 1st, May 2014. The rates of Cements have been obtained from ECSC, Govt. of West
Bengal as on 2nd week of December’2013.
5. Price of Bitumen (VG grade), Emulsion and CRMB has been obtained from IOCL as on 16 th
June, 2014.
6. Prices of major construction materials like Stone materials, Bricks, Sand, etc. have been mostly
obtained from market or supplied by different Construction Divisions of this Department.
7. Prices of Bearings, Expansion joints, etc. have obtained from Original producer or enlisted
/registered supplier of MORT&H and Govt. of India.
8. Rates of some minor construction materials have been taken from SOR of PWD of other states.
9. Machinery usages rates have been taken from Standard Data Books of MORT&H, MORD,
CPWD and Other State PWDs as has been found appropriate.
10. For construction and maintenance of major roads having high traffic volume, items have been
selected and analysed according to STANDARD DATA BOOK for analysis of road and bridge
works by MORT&H.
For medium trafficked roads, items have been analysed following Standard data book for
analysis of rates for Rural Road by MORD and for roads having low traffic conventional items
involving traditional machineries have been retained as usual so as to provide the user wide
variety of items to select according to site conditions.
11. As the utility shifting and environment have become vital issues in present day two chapters
namely 'Site clearance' and 'Horticulture' have been dedicated in the SOR as per Standard Data
Book.
12. Since, now a day, concrete pavement and geo-synthetic are gaining more and more
importance, two separate chapters have been provided for 'Concrete-pavement' and 'Geo-
synthetic, in this volume of SOR.
13. For construction of good road, good embankment and sub grade and good drainage are very
essential, therefore, greater emphasis has been given to frame the chapter - II, i.e. 'Earthwork,
Erosion control and drainage’.
14. Since Traffic sign and road furniture’s are very important for the safety of road traffic a new
chapter namely, 'Traffic sign, road safety and appliances' has been introduced in this volume of
the SOR for Road and Bridge works.
15. Another new chapter called 'River training works and erosion control’ has been included in
this volume of SOR of PWD.
16. Some conventional maintenance items and common items for Road works, Culverts and
Bridges works (including maintenance of Wooden and Steel bridges) and for construction and
maintenance of ancillary structures including road side amenities, have been grouped under
the head 'Miscellaneous'
17. In most of the items, construction wing is required to add the cost of required cement, steel
stone chips or bitumen as per design and specification to arrive at the complete rate.
18. In some items, rates are inclusive of cost of cement and steel materials. In such cases
departmental issue rates have considered in the analysis of rates of items.
19. The rates of major construction materials used in the items have been duly taken into account
in the Analysis of Rate and need not be considered further.
20. Finally, The Rates of the items provided in this volume of SOR of PWD are tentative and for
estimation purpose only.
__________
CONTENTS
SCHEDULE OF RATES
ROAD WORKS
Chapter - 1 Carriage of Materials 225 - 229
Chapter - 2 Site Clearance 230 - 234
Chapter - 3 Earth Work, Erosion Control and Drainage 235 - 240
Chapter - 4 Sub-Bases, Bases (Non- Bituminous) and Shoulders 241 - 246
Chapter - 5 Bases and Surface Courses (Bituminous) 247 - 257
Chapter - 6 Cement Concrete Pavements 258 - 259
Chapter - 7 Geosynthetics and Reinforced Earth 260 – 261
Chapter - 8 Traffic Signs, Markings & Other Road Appurtenances 262 - 266
Chapter - 9 Horticulture 267 – 268
Chapter - 10 Maintenance of Roads 269 - 273
MISCELLANEOUS WORKS
Chapter - 18 Miscellaneous Works 315 – 322
APPENDICES
Appendix - I Distance From Refineries and Plant for Bituminous Products. 323 – 325
Appendix - II Distances From Quarries of Stone Aggregates and River Bed 326
Locations for River Bed Materials.
Appendix - III Sign of Distress, Probable Causes and Suggested Measure in 327 - 328
Bituminous Pavement.
Appendix - IV Specification for Anti-stripping Compound 329
Appendix - V Grouting Record 330
Appendix - VI History of Sinking of Well 331
Appendix - VII Tilt and Shift in Well 332
Appendix - VIII Pre-stressing Report 333
Appendix - IX Useful Tables 334
Appendix - X List of Some Indian and Foreign Standards referred in the 335 - 336
Specification.
DRAWINGS Details of KM Post, RC Guard Post & Terms Used in the 337 - 339
Specifications to Describe Road Cross-Section.
PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014 Volume III : Road & Bridge Works
GENERAL CONDITIONS
1.1. The Schedule of Rates (Vol. III) is divided into different Sub-sections, according to the nature of the works involved.
For contracts made specifically for Carriage works, the Sub-section dealing with carriage items will be operative. In
all other cases for contracts in respect of Road works, Bridge and Culvert works etc. the entire Schedule (including
the Sub-section dealing with carriage items) will be operative.
For contracts made specifically for Building works, P.W.D. Schedule, Volume I & II will only be operative.
1.2. The Engineer-in-Charge shall mean the Executive Engineer of the Division concerned. The Sub Divisional Officers
concerned is authorised to carry out general supervision, issue of day to day instructions and to approve materials
and workmanship on behalf of the Engineer - in - Charge.
1.3. All materials, tools and plants besides those to be supplied by the Govt. for the work, all labour (skilled and
unskilled) including their housing, sanitation, procurement of food stuff, medical aid, drinking water, etc. are to be
arranged by the Contractor. Cost for transportation of labour, materials and all items aforesaid shall have to be
borne by the Contractor unless otherwise specified in the contract. The expenditure deemed to be covered under
Overhead charges.
1.4. Arrangement for water for mixing concrete and mortar and for soaking and curing concrete, bricks, bats and other
materials, construction of platforms and vats including cost thereof are to be borne by the Contractor.
1.5. All rates quoted will be inclusive of labour, materials and profit except specifically mentioned otherwise, will include
all charges like Octroi, Toll, Ferry charges, Local charge, Income Tax, VAT/Sales Tax. Royalties etc. as may have to
be incurred by the Contractor for getting the respective items of works executed to proper order and complete and
finish. Unless specifically mentioned otherwise in the description of the item itself no extra charg e will be paid for
scaffolding (including stage, scaffolding) centering, shuttering, curing etc. Rates are to be deemed to be inclusive of
the same and also of the cost of any helping materials necessary for satisfactory completion of the work.
1.6. Renewal works include dismantling and taking out of old work and mending good damages after renewal and
clearing the worksite of all spoils and dismantled materials, as per direction of the Engineer-in-Charge.
1.7. Tools & Plants:
(a) The Contractor is to make his own arrangements for necessary tools and plants. If possible, the tools and
plants as stated in Table: 1-1, belonging to the State may however be rented out to the Contractor depending
on availability and on payment of hire charges as mentioned against each. No extension of time will be granted
due to non-availability of departmental tools & plants.
Table: 1 -1: List of Tools & Plants
(i) Power Roller (8 Ton or above) ` 750.00 per day plus ` 400.00 per day ( As wages
of operating staff )
(ii) Tar boiler (upto 400 gallons) ` 100.00 per day
N.B.: Per day shall mean a day of eight working hours. Hire charges shall be payable for the full period from the
date of issue to the date of return (both days inclusive).
(b) All stores, fuels, lubricants etc. for running the tools and plants lent out by the Department are to be supplied
by the Contractor; quality of which however, must be approved by the Engineer-in-Charge.
(c) Tools and plants should be taken delivery of and returned at Departmental godown in consultation with E.I.C.
The expenditure on carriage of such plants/equipments from the departmental custody to the place of work
and its return to the place as directed by Department should be borne by the Contractor. In case the Contractor
does not return the machinery by the due date, hire charges at double the issue rate will be recovered from the
party for the number of days such machineries are detained. In case the machineries have to be carried and
taken back to the godown by the Department engaging his own agency due to fault on the part of the
Contractor, the expenditure incurred on this account will be recovered from the Contractor.
(d) The machinery is to be handed over to the Contractor in running condition and should also be received back in
the same condition from the Contractor.
1
Volume III : Road & Bridge Works PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014
(e) The Contractor will be solely responsible for the safe custody and guarding of the machine during the period
the machine remains with the Contractor. During this period the Contractor will be held responsible for any
pilferage, theft or loss to the machine.
The roller will be driven by the Departmental driver as long as it remains in the custody of the Contractor. The
Contractor must not give any direction to the roller driver which is detrimental to the life of the roller. If any
damage occurs to the roller due to such direction, the Contractor will be held solely responsible for it.
(f) The machine must be well protected from storm and rain.
(g) All kinds of repairs, maintenance will be done by the Department However, in case of emergency minor or
running repairs within ` 500/- on each occasion can be done by the Contractor after taking prior approval of
the Department and also getting the materials approved by the Department In such cases the cost will be
reimbursable to the Contractor.
(h) The inspection of the machinery will be open to the Department at any time even if the machinery remains in
the custody of the Contractor.
(i) Hire charges will be realised per day of 8 hours. The hire charges for the machinery working for a part of a day
i.e. less than 8 hours will also be charged for the full day.
(j) All risks on account of carriage of machineries etc. by railway, road transport or ferry lies with the Contractor
and charges for loss or damages to the same will have to be borne by the Contractor.
(k) When the machine is given to parties other that Govt. body like Municipality, Corporation, Club etc. 50% of
the hire charges will be levied extra.
1.8. All materials shall be brought to the site after due approval of the Engineer-in-Charge. Rejected materials must be
removed by the Contractor from the site within 24 hours of the issue of orders to that effect. In case of non-
compliance with such orders the Engineer-in-Charge shall have the authority to remove the same at the cost and
expense of the Contractor and the Contractor shall not be entitled to any loss or damage on that account.
Departmental materials shall be issued to the Contractor to the extent of requirements as assessed and in small
instalments as decided by the Engineer-in-Charge. Issue of departmental materials may be of two categories :-
(A) Materials for which value is to be recovered from the Contractor.
(B) Materials which are issued direct to work (in respect of items the rates of which do not include the cost of
these materials).
For materials under Category (A) the value of the materials is issued to the Contractor on usual hand receipts,
shall be recovered from the bills of the Contractor in one installment, or in successive instalments as may be
decided by the Engineer-in-Charge.
For materials under Category (B), the Contractor will act as the custodian of the Department and he shall take
charge of the materials against appropriate receipts signed by him. The Contractor shall remain responsible for
the proper storage and safe custody of such materials. The rates for relevant items of work shall deemed to be
inclusive of reasonable consideration for such duties and responsibilities as the custodian.
Necessary carriage from the nearest Departmental godown to the site of work including loading, unloading and
stacking will have to be done by the Contractor at his own cost in case of cement.
All materials whatever be the category thereof shall be properly stored by the Contractor in suitable godown near
the site of work. Under no circumstances, whatsoever, shall any materials be removed from the site of work
without prior permission of the Engineer-in-Charge. The Contractor shall be responsible for any damage or loss of
such materials unless he can satisfy the Engineer-in-Charge that the reasons for such damage or loss are due to
circumstances beyond his control.
The Contractor shall also have to satisfy the Engineer-in-Charge regarding the proper utilization of such materials.
The value of any materials, which cannot be satisfactorily accounted for, shall be recovered from the Contractor‟s
bills or other dues as specified in P.W. Deptt‟s Order No. 2809 (3) A dt. 27.4.71 as reproduced below. The
quantities of materials for which such value is to be recovered shall be decided by the Engineer-in-Charge. In case
of dispute, the decision of Superintending Engineer of the Circle concerned shall be final and binding. Any
materials under category (A) which may be surplus on completion of the work may at sole direction of the
concerned Superintending Engineer be taken back provided the same be of non-perishable nature and has not
been damaged in any way. Surplus materials under category (B) shall be returned to the Engineer-in-Charge in
good condition.
2
PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014 Volume III : Road & Bridge Works
(a) The Value of materials supplied by the Department for use on the work shown in the schedule on page II of
the contract form (West Bengal Form No. 2911) in respect of items of work for which the Contractor‟s rates
are inclusive of the cost of such materials will be debited to him in his accounts at the rates specified in the
schedule.
(b) Regarding materials in respect of items of work for which the Contractor‟s rates are not inclusive of the cost
of such materials, the Contractor shall only act as custodian on behalf of the Govt. and the value of such
materials will not be charged to him except under sub-clause (f) and (g) hereof.
(c) When the contract provides for use of certain specified materials to be supplied by the Department the
Contractor shall not obtain such materials from other sources unless authorised in writing by the Engineer-
in-Charge of the works.
(d) Materials supplied for a particular work or a part thereof shall not be used elsewhere except with the written
permission of the Engineer-in- Charge.
(e) Materials shall be supplied to the Contractor in such instalments as may be decided by the said Engineer-in-
Charge.
(f) The Contractor shall be held responsible for any misuse, loss or damage of the materials issued or handed
over to him by the Engineer-in-Charge. In default, the cost of such materials shall be recovered from the
Contractor according to the terms of the provisions made in sub-clause (g) and (h) hereof.
(g) In the following cases, the materials issued or handed over to the Contractor shall be deemed to have been
misused by him.
(i) Materials lost or damaged due to negligence on the part of the Contractor and / or defective storage
by him.
(ii) Materials used in excess of the requirements as shown in Table 3.1-1.
(iii) Materials used without permission of the Engineer-in-Charge in temporary works (e.g. Coffer dams,
embankments, shoring etc.) or in the construction on Contractor‟s godown, site office, labour
hutments etc.
The value of materials misused as above (in which case the decision of the Engineer-in-Charge shall be final
and binding) shall be recovered at 50 per cent in excess of the highest of the following three rates:
(h) In cases of loss or damage of materials issued or handed over to the Contractor other than under the
circumstances mentioned in sub-clause (g), the materials so lost or damaged shall be replaced by the
Engineer-in-Charge at the cost of the Contractor and the certificate of the Engineer-in-Charge as to the cost
of replacement shall be final and binding on the Contractor.
(i) Where so specified and in any case in respect of cement, steel and bituminous materials supplied by the
Department a stock register shall be maintained by the Contractor and the daily receipts, issues and balance
of such materials shall be shown therein. This register shall be produced by the Contractor to the Engineer-
in-Charge or his representative whenever required for verification of stock.
(j) Whenever asked for by the Engineer-in-Charge during the progress of work and also with the final bill, the
Contractor shall submit to the former a statement showing.
(i) The total quantity of materials received by the Contractor from the Department..
(ii) Consumption thereof item by item in the work; and
(iii) The balance in hand.
(k) Whenever by computing the consumption of materials of any description in any item or group of items of
work requiring use of such materials.
3
Volume III : Road & Bridge Works PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014
(i) It is found that the Contractor has used less materials than are required by the specification and /
or are shown in Table 3.1-1, the value of the quantity of materials less used shall be recovered from
the Contractor at 50 (fifty) per cent in excess of the issue rate of such materials. In such an event the
Contractor shall not be entitled to claim or receive the materials, the cost of which has been thus
recovered ; or
(ii) If it is found that the Contractor has used any materials in excess of the requirement the value of the
material used in excess shall be recovered from the Contractor as provided in sub-clause (g) hereof;
(iii) Provided that recovery of materials used less or in excess as indicated in paragraphs (i) and (ii) of
the sub-clause shall be subjected to the decision of the Engineer-in-Charge who may allow variation
according to para 1 of consumption chart.
1.9. Subject to condition as aforesaid, the following materials, if available under category (A) shall be issued to the
Contractor at issue rate noted in Table I-1 in „Basic Cost of Materials‟ of this Schedule. The materials shall be
issued from any Sub-Divisional godown or godowns where such materials may be available and for this purpose a
stacking yard shall also be deemed as a godown. The Contractor shall be responsible for carriage of the materials
except bitumen and bitumen emulsion from the place of issue to the site of work including loading, unloading and
stacking at his own cost and the rate quoted will be deemed to be inclusive of carriage cost.
Steel materials of all categories and in sections and sizes as available in stock as stated below to be consumed
actually in the finished work. Cut pieces of steel material left surplus on completion of work shall not be taken
back if the same be considered as unsuitable for utilisation in other works.
If in the interest of the work, any material other than those mentioned above be issued under category (A), the
issue rate of such materials shall be based on the then market rate or the stock issue rate, whichever is higher.
Such issue rates shall be decided by the Engineer-in-Charge and his decision shall be binding.
1.10. Value of departmental stones issued to Contractor at site of work in hills will be recovered from the Contractor‟s
bills as follows :
(a) Rough dressed stones received from dismantled work.
(b) Undressed stones received from hard rocks blasting, re-cutting. To be determined by the
(c) Dressed stones received from old D.R.M. or C.R.M. work. (in case of Superintending Engineer
C.R.M. work stripping of old mortar will not be paid extra) concerned.
(d) Boulders.
1.11. Materials obtained by digging at site or dismantling of Govt. structures or part thereof shall remain the property of
Govt. The Contractor shall sort out and stack materials at site as per direction except in case of maintenance work
of road and building in which case the materials obtained after dismantling should be carried and stacked in the
Department godown. He shall also dispose of the unserviceable rubbish etc. as per instructions of the Engineer-in-
Charge or his representative. The Contractor shall remain the custodian of such dismantled materials till the
charge of the same is taken over by the Engineer-in-Charge or his representative. Consideration for assumption of
such responsibilities shall be deemed to have been included in the rates for the relevant items of work.
1.12. In case of collection of road metals etc. from quarry, the Contractor will have to pay royalty and other incidental
charges for quarry and blasting to the respective authorities as may be required. As and when demanded they
shall have to produce evidence in support of payment of such Royalties. The Sub-Divisional Officer, P.W. (Roads)
Department in-Charge will write to respective Divisional Forest Officer and Tea Garden Managers, if necessary,
giving the quantities of stone, stone chips and sand required to be collected for different Government works from
the forest or teagarden areas concerned mentioning the name of the quarries. In all cases stone, stone chips, and
sand must be of the best variety and obtained from the quarry as specified by the Engineer-in-Charge as available.
No quarrying of stone or sand should be done in any Jhora or road side land within a length as directed by the
Engineer-in-Charge.
1.13. Contractor‟s rate for steel reinforcements (or reinforced concrete work) and for other M.S. work should include
cost of straightening the coils of rods, kinks in flats and angles etc. and for this no extra payment will be made.
4
PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014 Volume III : Road & Bridge Works
1.14. All works are to be carried out with due regard to the convenience of the occupants, if any, of premises or of road
users, and in close co-operation with other Contractors who may be working in the area. All arrangement and
programme of work must be adjusted accordingly. All precautions must be taken to guard against chances of
injury or accident to the occupants, users and workers. The Contractor must see that all damages to any property
which in the opinion of the Engineer-in-Charge are due to the work of the Contractor are promptly rectified as per
his direction and to his satisfaction.
In case of roads or in such portion of roads which are open to traffic, replacement of existing culvert, bridge, the
construction of work must be done in such a way as not to dislocate the traffic. Whenever the Engineer-in-Charge
feels that the traffic cannot be run during construction over the existing road, necessary diversion road has to be
made and maintained for all kinds of traffic. Land required for providing diversion will have to be arranged by
Contractor where departmental land is not available. Provision in the schedule of items of the tender is to be kept
for such diversion road and its maintenance.
During construction works on roads open to traffic, suitable barriers are to be kept to segregate, the area of work.
Red lights are to be provided at such barriers at night during poor visibility on account of fog or otherwise. Night
Chowkiders are also to be maintained. All these will be considered to be included in the rates quoted by
Contractor for construction works.
Prominent signs (in boards measuring nearly 100 cm. x 60 cm.) indicating in black letters on a primrose yellow
background “Road-up, use at your own risk / works undergoing” on the side facing vehicles approaching the
disturbed area and the sign “clear” on the reverse side of the board, are to set up at about 100 m. distance on
either side of the area so disturbed. Similar board with the sign “You have been warned” shall be similarly fixed at
about 10m.distance at either end of the said disturbed area. In addition, other suitable direction or guiding
boards are to be fixed in proper positions to guide traffic to diversions etc. Unless specifically stipulated
otherwise, all the above shall be done at the cost and expense of the Contractor. It must be clearly understood
that the Government is indemnified by the Contractor against payment of any compensation or award on account
of any accident injuries and if any such payment has to be made by the Government under orders of appropriate
authorities the same shall be recovered from the Contractor.
1.15. Except when specifically mentioned in the description of the item itself, the rate for any item of work will apply
equally to all floors in any position and upto any height. In respect of concrete work etc. where the rate is on the
basis of volume the item shall apply to all cases, irrespective of the thickness, unless a specific item appears in
the schedule for the particular type of work.
1.16. The rates for items of works in Chapter 4,5,6,10 and items in Chapter 11 to 18 as provided in this Schedule are to
be enhanced excluding the cost of Government material issued as below:
All the islands situated under North and South 24 Parganas, which are not connected by major bridges from the
main land, the Schedule rates shall be enhanced by 20%. The carriage cost involved for the execution of works
shall be based on shortest distance.
1.17. The site must be cleared by the Contractor of rubbish etc. from time to time as these accumulate. On completion
of work all temporary diversion, barrier board and other structures of obstruction (including sunk pile or similar
underground work, if any) must be removed. All scars of construction shall be obliterated and the whole site left in
a clean workmanlike manner to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-Charge. No separate payment shall be made
for these, the cost thereof being deemed to have been included in the rates of various items of works.
5
Volume III : Road & Bridge Works PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
1.18. Public Utilities:
1.18.1 Drawings scheduling the affected services like water pipes, sewers, oil pipelines, cables, gas ducts etc.
owned by various authorities including Public Undertakings and Local Authorities included in the
Contract Documents shall be verified by the Contractor for the accuracy of the information prior to the
commencement of any work.
The Contractor shall notify all utility agencies who may have installation in the work area and secure
their assistance in locating and identifying all utilities before starting any work that may cause any
damage to such utilities.
The Contractor shall schedule work in such a manner as to protect existing utility facilities until they are
relocated, abandoned or replaced.
The Contractor shall ensure that all utilities encountered within the Right of Way i.e. OFC Cable,
telephone, power, water supply, sewerage or any others, remain operational at all times. Any utility, if
damaged, due to construction operation, shall be promptly repaired by the Contractor at his cost.
1.18.2 Notwithstanding the fact that the information on affected services may not be exhaustive, the final
position of these services within the works shall be supposed to have been indicated based on the
information furnished by different bodies and to the extent the bodies are familiar with the final
proposals. The intermediate stages of the works are, however, unknown at the design stage, these being
dictated by the Contractor's methods of working. Accordingly, the Contractor's programme must take
into account the period of notice and duration of diversionary works of each body as given on the
Drawings and the Contractor must also allow for any effect of these services and alterations upon the
Works and for arranging regular meetings with the various bodies at the commencement of the Contract
and throughout the period of the Works, the Contractor shall have no objection if the public utility
bodies vary their decisions in the execution of their proposals in terms of programme and construction,
provided that, in the opinion of the Engineer, the Contractor has received reasonable notice thereof
before the relevant alterations are put in hand.
1.18.3 No removal of or alterations to the utility shall be carried out unless written instructions are issued by
the Engineer.
1.18.4 Any services affected by the Works must be temporarily supported by, the Contractor who must also
take all measures reasonably required by the various bodies to protect their services and property
during the progress of the Works.
1.18.5 The Contractor may be required to carry out certain works for and on behalf of various bodies, which he
shall provide, with the prior approval of the Engineer.
1.18.6 The work of temporarily supporting and protecting the public utility services during execution of the
Works shall be deemed to be part of the Contract and no extra payment shall be made for the same.
1.18.7 The Contractor shall be responsible to co-ordinate with the service providers for cutting of trees, shifting
of utilities, removal of encroachments etc. to make site unencumbered for completion of work. This will
include frequent follow-up meetings. Co¬ ordination for making project site unencumbered shall be
deemed to be part of the Contract and no extra payment shall be made for the same.
1.18.8 In some cases, the Contractor may be required to carry out the removal or shifting of certain
services/utilities on specific orders from the Engineer for which payment shall be made to him. Such
works, however, shall be taken up by the Contractor only after obtaining clearance from the Engineer
and ensuring adequate safety measures.
1.19. Precautions for safeguarding the Environment:
1.19.1 General
The Contractor shall take all precautions for safeguarding the environment during the course of the
construction of the works. He shall abide by all laws, rules and regulations in force governing pollution
and environmental protection that are applicable in the area where the works are situated.
1.19.2 Borrow pits for Embankment Construction
Borrow pits shall be selected only after testing the suitability of materials for use in construction and
shall not normally be dug in the right-of-way of the road. The stipulations in Section 305.2.2 shall
govern. The borrow pits shall not be left in a condition likely to cause hazard to human and animal life.
The Contractor shall seek prior approval from the concerned authorities for operating the borrow pits.
6
PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014 Volume III : Road & Bridge Works
7
Volume III : Road & Bridge Works PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014
After the works are completed, with the approval of the Engineer, the treated shoulder shall be
dismantled, the debris disposed of and the area cleared as per the direction of the Engineer.
1.20.3 Passage of Traffic along a Temporary Diversion
In stretches where it is not possible to pass the traffic on part width of the carriageway, a temporary
diversion shall be constructed with 7 m carriageway and 2.5 m earthen shoulders on each side (total
width of roadway 12 m) with the following provision for road crust in the 7 m width:
i) Earthwork
ii) 200 mm (compacted) Granular sub-base
iii) 225 mm (compacted) Granular base course
iv) Priming and Tack Coat and
v) Premix carpet with Seal Coat/Mix Seal Surfacing
The location of such stretch, alignment and longitudinal section of diversion including junctions and
temporary cross drainage provision shall be as approved by the Engineer.
1.20.4 Traffic Safety and Control
The Contractor shall take all necessary measures for the safety of traffic during construction and provide,
erect and maintain such barricades, including signs, marking, flags, lights and flagmen as per the traffic
management plan submitted by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer, referred to in Sub-Section
112.1. Before taking up any construction, an agreed phased programme for the diversion of traffic on the
highway shall be drawn up in consultation with the Engineer.
All construction equipment working or parked on or within the traffic lanes or shoulders under "Traffic
maintained" conditions shall be equipped with flashing yellow beacons.
The Contractor shall conduct all operations to minimize any drop-offs (abrupt changes in roadway)
exposed to traffic. Drop-offs in the travelled way shall be protected by a wedge of compacted stable
material capable of carrying traffic (the wedge being 1 vertical to 4 horizontal or flatter).
The Engineer shall authorize other methods, to protect drop-offs when conditions do not allow a wedge of
compacted, stable material.
Warning signs, barricades, warning lights, and all other traffic control devices shall not be removed if the
hazard has not been eliminated. Only upon receipt of specific written authorization from the Engineer, the
Contractor may remove or cease to maintain warning signs, barricades, warning lights, and all other
traffic control devices.
The barricades erected on either side of the carriageway/portion of the carriageway closed to traffic,
shall be of strong design to resist violation, and painted with alternate black and white stripes. Red
lanterns or warning lights of similar type shall be mounted on the barricades at night and kept lit
throughout from sunset to sunrise.
At the points where traffic is to deviate from its normal path (whether on temporary diversion or part width
of the carriageway) the channel for traffic shall be clearly marked with the aid of pavement markings,
painted drums or a similar device to the directions of the Engineer. At night, the passage shall be
delineated with lanterns or other suitable light source including solar energy bulbs.
One-way traffic operation shall be established whenever the traffic is to be passed over part of the
carriageway inadequate for two-lane traffic. This shall be done with the help of temporary traffic signals
or flagmen kept positioned on opposite sides during all hours. For regulation of traffic, the flagmen shall
be equipped with red and green flags and lanterns/lights.
On both sides, suitable regulatory/warning signs as approved by the Engineer shall be installed for the
guidance of road users. On each approach, at least two signs shall be put up, one close to the point
where transition of carriageway begins and the other 120 m away. The signs shall be of approved design
and of reflective type, as directed by the Engineer.
1.20.5 Maintenance of Diversions and Traffic Control Devices
Signs, lights, barriers and other traffic control devices, adequate lighting and other arrangements, as well
as the riding surface of diversions and treated shoulders shall be maintained in a satisfactory condition
till such time they are required and as directed by the Engineer. The temporary travelled way shall be kept
free of dust by frequent applications of water, if necessary.
8
PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014 Volume III : Road & Bridge Works
GENERAL SPECIFICATION
2.1 MATERIALS
All materials used in the works shall be of the best kind and to the approval of the Engineer-in-Charge. All materials shall
comply with the relevant Bureau of Indian Standard Specification.
9
Volume III : Road & Bridge Works PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014
Sulphate resisting cement conforming to IS: 12330 shall be used when sodium sulphate and magnesium sulphate are present
in large enough concentration to be aggressive to concrete. The recommended threshold values as per IS: 456 are: sulphate
concentration in excess of 0.2 percent in surrounding soil or 300 ppm (0.03 percent) in ground water. Cement conforming to IS:
12330 shall be carefully selected from strength considerations to ensure that the minimum required design strength can be
achieved without exceeding the maximum permissible cement content of 450 kg/cum (excluding any mineral admixture).
Alternatively, Portland slag cement conforming to IS:455 with slag content more than 50 percent can be used instead of
sulphate resisting cement when the sulphate content in the surrounding soil is less than 1 percent or the sulphate content in
the ground water is less than 2500 ppm.
Cement conforming to IS: 8041 shall be used only for precast concrete products after specific approval of the Engineer.
Total chloride content shall be 0.1 percent by mass of cement for the cement to be used in structures other than prestressed
concrete structures and 0.05% by mass of cement in prestressed concrete structures. Also, total sulphur content calculated as
sulphuric anhydride (S03) shall in no case exceed 3.5 percent.-
Where chloride is encountered along with sulphates in soil or ground water, ordinary Portland cement with C3A content from 5
to 8 percent shall be preferably used in concrete, instead of sulphate resisting cement.
Manufacturer's test certificate shall be submitted to the Engineer by the contractor for every consignment of cement. The
certificate shall cover all the tests for chemical requirements, physical requirements and chloride content as per relevant codes
as applicable.
Independent tests of samples drawn from the consignment shall be carried out at the site laboratory or in an independent
laboratory approved by the Engineer, immediately after delivery. The following properties shall be tested:
i) Compressive strength.
ii) Setting time.
The cost of the tests shall be borne by the Contractor.
Cement in bags in local storage for more than 3 months after completion of tests, may be re-tested for compressive strength
and setting times (initial and final) before use and may be rejected if it fails to conform to any of the requirements.
Lot size for independent testing of cement at site shall be the quantity received at site on any day, subject to a maximum of 500
tonnes.
Per cent age Passing for Gr aded Aggr egat e of Nominal S ize
IS S iev e S ize
4 0 mm 2 0 mm 1 2 .5 mm
63 mm — — —
40 mm 95-100 100 —
20 mm 30-70 95-100 100
12.5 mm — — 90-100
10 mm 10-35 25-55 40-85
4.75 mm 0-5 0- 10 0-10
10
PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014 Volume III : Road & Bridge Works
Not e : When the grading falls outside the limits of any particular grading zone of sieves other than 600-micron IS Sieve by a
total amount not exceeding 5 percent, it shall be regarded as falling within that grading zone. However for crushed stone
sand, the permissible limit on 150-micron IS Sieve is increased to 20 percent. Reference shall be made to Clause: 4.3
of IS: 383.
11
Volume III : Road & Bridge Works PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014
The use of structural steel not covered by the above standards may be permitted with the specific approval of the Engineer.
Refer to Section 1900 of these Specifications for further details.
12
PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014 Volume III : Road & Bridge Works
pH value of water shall not be less than 6. Potable water is generally considered satisfactory for mixing concrete. Mixing
and curing with sea water shall not be permitted.
As a guide, the following concentrations represent the maximum permissible values:
a) To neutralize 100 ml sample of water, using phenolphthalein as an indicator, it should not require more than 5 ml
of 0.02 normal NaOH. For details of test refer IS:3025(Part 22).
b) To neutralize 100 ml sample of water, using mixed indicator, it should not require more than 25 ml of 0.02
normal. H2S04. For details of test refer IS: 3025(Part 23).
c) The Permissible limit's for solids shall be as follows :
Tested as per Permissible Limit max.
Organic : IS: 3025 (Pt. 18) 200 mg per liter
Inorganic : IS: 3025 (Pt. 18) 3000 mg per liter
Sulphates (SO4) : IS: 3025 (Pt. 28) 400 mg per liter
Chloride (Cl) : IS: 3025 (Pt. 32) 2000 mg per liter for concrete work not containing
embedded steel and 500 mg/lit for prestressed /
reinforced concrete work
Suspended matters : IS: 3025 (Pt. 17) 2000 mg per liter
All samples of water (including potable water) shall be tested and suitable measures taken, where necessary, to ensure
conformity of the water to the requirements stated herein.
2.1.9 TIMBER (cl. 1011 of MORT&H)
The timber used for structural purposes shall conform to IS: 883.
13
Volume III : Road & Bridge Works PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014
All prestressing steel shall be stored at least 300 mm above ground level and shall be invariably wrapped with
a protective covering of tar paper or polythene or any other approved material.
The Contractor should ensure that prestressing steel is used within 3 months of its manufacture. He should
chalk out his prestressing programme in such a manner as to avoid the possibility of initial corrosion before
placing in position.
2.1.13 SUPPLY OF STONE AGGREGATES FOR PAVEMENT COURSES (cl. 520 of MORT&H)
2.1.13.1 Scope
This Clause shall apply to the supply of stone aggregates only. The work shall consist only of collection, transportation and
stacking the stone aggregates and stone filler for subsequent use in pavement courses. The actual work of laying the
pavement courses shall, however, be governed by the individual Specification Clause for the actual work, given elsewhere in
these Specifications. The size and quantities of the aggregates to be supplied shall be so selected by the Engineer that the
grading requirements set forth in the individual Specification Clauses for the pavement courses, for which the supply is
intended, are satisfied.
All the materials shall be procured from approved sources and shall conform to the physical requirements, specified in the
respective Specification Clauses for the individual items given elsewhere in these Specifications.
2.1.13.2 Sizes of Stone Aggregates
The stone aggregates shall be designated by their standard sizes in the Contract and shall conform to the requirements
shown in Table 500-49.
2.1.13.3 Stacking
2.1.13.4 Coarse Aggregates
Only the aggregates satisfying the Specifications requirements shall be conveyed to the roadside and stacked. Each size of
aggregate shall be stacked separately. Likewise, materials obtained from different quarry sources shall be stacked separately
and in such a manner that there is no contamination of one source with another.
Table 3 : Size Requirements for Coarse Stone Aggregates (Table 500-49 of MORT&H)
Designat ion of S iev e Designat ion of
S. Thr ough which t he S iev e on which t he
Nominal S ize of Aggr egat e
No. Aggr egat es shall Aggr egat es shall be
Wholly Pass Wholly Ret ained
1) 75 mm 106 mm 63 mm
2) 63 mm 90 mm 53 mm
3) 45 mm 53 mm 26.5 mm
4) 26.5 mm 45 mm 22.4 mm
5) 22.4 mm 26.5 mm 13.2 mm
6) 13.2 mm 22.4 mm 11.2 mm
7) 11.2mm 13.2 mm 6.7 mm
8) 6.7 mm 11.2 mm 2.8 mm
15
Volume III : Road & Bridge Works PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014
Table 6 : Use of Viscosity Grade Bitumen as per IS: 7 3-2006 in replacement of Penetration Grade Bitumen as per IS : 7 3 -1 9 9 2
(As amended in 2 0 0 2 )
Bitumen Grade as per
Use Refer ence
IS :7 3 -2 0 0 6
May be used in spraying application in very cold climate in lieu of old 80/100
VG-10
penetration grade. Memo No KDO/C/Bit
VG-20 May be used for paving in cold climate in high altitude regions. dated 17.06.2009 of
May be used for construction of heavy duty bitumen pavements that need to Senior Divisional
VG-30 Consumer Sales
endure substantial traffic load. It can be used in lieu of 60/70 penetration grade.
Manager, Kolkata
May be used in highly stressed area such as intersection, near toll booth, truck Divisional Office, Indian
VG-40
parking lots in lieu of old 30/40 penetration grade. Oil Corporation Limited.
16
PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014 Volume III : Road & Bridge Works
17
Volume III : Road & Bridge Works PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014
2.2 GENERAL RULES FOR THE MEASUREMENT OF WORKS FOR PAYMENT (cl. 113 of MORT&H)
2.2.1 General
All measurements shall be made in the metric system. Different items of work shall be measured in accordance with the
procedures set forth in the relevant Sections read in conjunction with the General Conditions of Contract. The same shall
not, however, apply in the case of lump sum contracts.
2.2.2 Measurement of Pavement Thickness for Payment on Volume Basis
The finished thickness of sub-bases, base and bituminous layers and concrete courses to be paid on volume basis shall be
computed in the following manner:
18
PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014 Volume III : Road & Bridge Works
Levels shall be taken before and after construction, at the grid of points 10m centre-to-centre longitudinally in straight
reaches and 5 m centre-to-centre at curves. Normally, on two-lane roads, the levels shall be taken at four positions
transversely, at 0.75 m and 2.75 m from either edge of the carriageway and on single-lane roads, these shall be taken at
two positions transversely, being at 1.25 m from either edge of the carriageway. For multi-lane roads, levels shall be taken
at two positions transversely for each lane. The transverse position for levels shall be 0.75 m from either edge of the
carriageway and the remaining locations shall be at equi-distance in the balance portion of carriageway. For paved
shoulder an additional level shall be taken at the centre of the shoulder.
Suitable references for the transverse grid lines should be left in the form of embedded bricks on both ends or by other
means so that it is possible to locate the grid points for level measurements after each successive course is laid.
For pavement courses laid only over widening portions, at least one line of levels shall be taken on each strip of widening,
or more depending on the width of widening as decided by the Engineer.
Notwithstanding the above, the measurements may be taken at closer intervals also, if so desired by the Engineer, the need
for which may arise particularly in the case of estimation of the volume of the material for profile corrective course (levelling
course). The average thickness of the pavement course in any area shall be the arithmetic mean of the difference of levels
before and after construction at all the grid points falling in that area, provided that the thickness of finished work shall be
limited to those shown on the drawings or approved by the engineer in writing.
As supplement to level measurements, the Engineer shall have the option to take cores/ make holes to check the depth of
construction. The holes made and the portions cut for taking cores shall be made good by the Contractor by laying fres h
mix/material including compacting as required at his-own cost immediately after the measurements are recorded.
2.2.3 Checking of Pavement Thickness for Payment on Area Basis
Where payment for any bituminous course in Section 500 is allowed to be made on the area basis, the Engineer may have
its thickness checked with the help of a suitable penetration gauge at regular intervals or other means as he may decide.
2.3.1 Scope
The work covers the provision and maintenance of an adequately equipped field laboratory as required for site control on the
quality of materials and the works.
2.3.2 Description
The Contractor shall arrange to provide fully furnished and adequately equipped field laboratory. The field laboratory shall
preferably be located adjacent to the site office of the Engineer and provided with amenities like water supply, electric
supply etc. as for the site office of the Engineer as described in this Section.
The layout and size of the field laboratory shall be as indicated in the drawings. In case no drawings is furnished, the laboratory
shall include space for the storage of samples, equipment, laboratory tables and cupboards, working space for carrying out
various laboratory tests, a wash basin, toilet facility and a curing tank for the curing of samples, around 4 m x 2 m x 1 m in size
and a fume chamber. Wooden/concrete working table with a working platform area of about 1 m x 10 m shall be provided
against the walls. Wooden cupboards above and below the working tables shall be provided to store accessories such as,
sample moulds etc. At least 4 racks of slotted angles and M.S. sheets the size 1800 mm x 900 mm x 375 mm and at least
6 stools for laboratory test operators shall also be provided.
The items of laboratory equipment shall be provided in the field laboratory depending upon the items to be executed as per
Table 100-2.
2.3.3 Ownership
The field laboratory building and equipment shall be the property of the Contractor. The Employer and the Engineer shall
have free access to the laboratory.
2.3.4 Maintenance
The Contractor shall arrange to maintain the field laboratory in a satisfactory manner until the issue of Taking over Certificate
for the completed work. Maintenance includes all activities described in Section 120.4.
19
Volume III : Road & Bridge Works PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014
20
PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014 Volume III : Road & Bridge Works
21
Volume III : Road & Bridge Works PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014
Not e : The items and their numbers listed above in this Section are indicative and shall be decided by the Engineer as per
requirements of the Project and modified accordingly.
22
PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014 Volume III : Road & Bridge Works
2.5.2 DISMANTLING CULVERTS, BRIDGES AND OTHER STRUCTURES / PAVEMENTS (cl. 202 of MORT&H)
2.5.2.1 Scope
This work shall consist of dismantling and removing existing culverts, bridges, pavements, kerbs and other structures like
guard-rails, fences, utility services, manholes, catch basins, inlets, etc., from the right of way which in the opinion of the
Engineer interfere with the construction of road or are not suitable to remain in place, disposing of the surplus/unsuitable
materials and backfilling to after the required compaction as directed by the Engineer.
Existing culverts, bridges, pavements and other structures which are within the highway and which are designated for removal,
shall be removed upto the limit and extent specified in the drawings or as indicated by the Engineer.
Dismantling and removal operations shall be carried out with such equipment and in such a manner as to leave undisturbed,
adjacent pavement, structures and any other work to be left in place.
All operations necessary for the removal of any existing structure which might endanger new construction shall be completed
prior to the start of new work.
2.5.2.2 Dismantling Culverts and Bridges
The structures shall be dismantled carefully and the resulting materials so removed as not to cause any damage to the part
of the structure to be retained and any other properties or structures nearby.
Unless otherwise specified, the superstructure portion of culverts/bridges shall be entirely removed and other parts removed
up to at least 600 mm below the sub-grade, slope face or original ground level whichever is the lowest or as necessary
depending upon the interference they cause to the new construction. Removal of overlying or adjacent material, if required in
connection with the dismantling of the structures, shall be incidental to this item.
Where existing culverts/bridges are to be extended or otherwise incorporated in the new work, only such part or parts of the
existing structure shall be removed as are necessary and directed by the Engineer to provide a proper connection with the new
work. The connecting edges shall be cut, chipped and trimmed to the required lines and grades without weakening or
damaging any part of the structure to be retained. Due care should be taken to ensure that reinforcing bars which are to be left
in place so as to project into the new work as dowels or ties are not injured during removal of concrete.
Pipe culverts shall be carefully removed in such a manner as to avoid damage to the pipes.
Steel structures shall, unless otherwise provided, be carefully dismantled in such a manner as to avoid damage to members
thereof. If specified in the drawings or directed by the Engineer that the structure is to be removed in a condition suitable for
re-erection, all members shall be match-marked by the Contractor with white lead paint before dismantling; end pins, nuts,
loose plates, etc, shall be similarly marked to indicate their proper location; all pins, pin holes and machined surfaces shall
be painted with a mixture of white lead and tallow and all loose parts shall be securely wired to adjacent members or packed
in boxes.
Timber structures shall be removed in such a manner as to avoid damage to such timber or lumber having salvage value as is
designated by the Engineer.
2.5.2.3 Dismantling Pavements and Other Structures
In removing pavements, kerbs, gutters, and other structures like guard-rails, fences, manholes, catch basins, inlets, etc.,
where portions of the existing construction are to be left in the finished work, the same shall be removed to an existing joint or
cut and chipped to a true line with a face perpendicular to the surface of the existing structure. Sufficient removal shall be
made to provide for proper grades and connections with the new work as directed by the Engineer.
All concrete pavements, base courses in carriageway and shoulders etc., designated for removal shall be broken to pieces
whose volume shall not exceed 0.02 cu.m and used with the approval of the Engineer or disposed of.
2.5.2.4 Back-filling
Holes and depressions caused by dismantling operations shall be backfilled with excavated or other approved materials and
compacted to required density as directed by the Engineer.
2.5.2.5 Disposal of Materials
Ad surplus materials shall be taken over by the Contractor which may either be re-used with the approval of the Engineer or
disposed of with all leads and lifts.
23
Volume III : Road & Bridge Works PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014
24
PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014 Volume III : Road & Bridge Works
Notes : 1) This Table is not applicable for lightweight fill material, e.g., cinder, fly ash, etc.
2) The material to be used in subgrade shall be non-expansive and shall satisfy design CBR at the
specified dry density and moisture content. In case the available materials fail to meet the requirement of
CBR, use of stabilization methods in accordance with Clauses 403 and 404 or by any stabilization
method approved by the Engineer shall be followed.
2.6.2.2 General Requirements
2.6.2.2.1 Borrow Materials
The arrangement for the source of supply of the material for embankment and sub-grade and compliance with the guidelines,
and environmental requirements, in respect of excavation and borrow areas as stipulated, from time to time by the Ministry of
Environment and Forests, Government of India and the local bodies, as applicable shall be the sole responsibility of the
Contractor.
Borrow pits along the road shall be discouraged. If permitted by the Engineer, these shall not be dug continuously. Ridges
of not less than 8 m width should be left at intervals not exceeding 300 m. Small drains shall be cut through the ridges to
facilitate drainage. The depth of the pits shall be so regulated that their bottom does not cut an imaginary line having a slope
of 1 vertical to 4 horizontal projected from the edge of the final section of the bank, the maximum depth in any case being limited
to 1.5 m. Also, no pit shall be dug within the offset width of a minimum of 10 m.
Haulage of material to embankments or other areas of fill shall proceed only when sufficient spreading and compaction plant
is operating at the place of deposition.
Where the excavation reveals a combination of acceptable and unacceptable materials, the Contractor shall, unless
otherwise agreed by the Engineer, carry out the excavation in such a manner that the acceptable materials are excavated
separately for use in the permanent works without contamination by the unacceptable materials. The acceptable materials
shall be stockpiled separately.
The Contractor shall ensure that he does not adversely affect the stability of excavation or fills by the methods of stockpiling
materials, use of plants or siting of temporary buildings or structures.
2.6.2.2.2 Fly-Ash
Use of fly-ash shall conform to the Ministry of Environment and Forest guidelines. Where fly-ash is used the embankment
construction shall conform to the physical and chemical properties and requirements of IRC: SP: 38-2001, "Guidelines
for Use of Flyash in Road Construction". The term fly-ash shall cover all types of coal ash such as pond ash, bottom ash or
mound ash.
Embankment constructed out of fly ash shall be properly designed to ensure stability and protection against erosion in
accordance with IRC guidelines. A suitable thick cover may preferably be provided at intervening layers of pond ash for this
purpose. A thick soil cover shall bind the edge of the embankment to protect it against erosion. Minimum thickness of
such soil cover shall be 500 mm.
2.6.2.2.3 Compaction Requirements
The Contractor shall obtain representative samples from each of the identified borrow areas and have these tested at the
site laboratory following a testing programme approved by the Engineer. It shall be ensured that the subgrade material
when compacted to the density requirements as in Table 300-2 shall yield the specified design CBR value of the sub-
grade.
Table 11: Compaction Requirements for Embankment and Sub -grade (Table 300-2 of MORT&H)
The Contractor shall at least 7 working days before commencement of compaction submit the following to the Engineer for
approval:
25
Volume III : Road & Bridge Works PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014
i) The values of maximum dry density and optimum moisture content obtained in accordance
with IS: 2720 (Part 8), appropriate for each of the fill materials he intends to use.
ii) A graph of dry density plotted against moisture content from which each of the values in (i)
above of maximum dry density and optimum moisture content were determined.
The maximum dry density and optimum moisture content approved by the Engineer shall form the basis for compaction.
2.6.3 Construction Operations
2.6.3.1 Setting Out
After the site has been cleared to Clause 201, the work shall be set out to Clause 301.3.1 . The limits of embankment/sub-
grade shall be marked by fixing batter pegs on both sides at regular intervals as guides before commencing the earthwork.
The embankment/sub-grade shall be built sufficiently wider than the design dimension so that surplus material may be
trimmed, ensuring that the remaining material is to the desired density and in position specified and conforms to the
specified side slopes.
2.6.3.2 Dewatering
If the foundation of the embankment is in an area with stagnant water, and in the opinion of the Engineer it is feasible to
remove it, the same shall be removed by bailing out or pumping, as directed by the Engineer and the area of the
embankment foundation shall be kept dry. Care shall be taken to discharge the drained water so as not to cause damage
to the works, crops or any other property. Due to any negligence on the part of the Contractor, if any such damage is
caused, it shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor to repair/restore it to original condition or compensate for th e
damage at his own cost.
If the embankment is to be constructed under water, Clause 305.4.6 shall apply.
2.6.3.3 Stripping and Storing Topsoil
When so directed by the Engineer, the topsoil from all areas of cutting and from all areas to be covered by embankment
foundation shall be stripped to specified depths not exceeding 150 mm and stored in stockpiles of height not exceeding 2
m for covering embankment slopes, cut slopes and other disturbed areas where re-vegetation is desired. Topsoil shall not
be unnecessarily subjected to traffic either before stripping or when in a stockpile. Stockpiles shall not be surcharged or
otherwise loaded and multiple handling shall be kept to a minimum.
2.6.3.4 Compacting Ground Supporting Embankment/Sub-Grade
Where necessary, the original ground shall be levelled to facilitate placement of first layer of embankment, scarified, mixed
with water and then compacted by rolling in accordance with Clauses 305.3.5 and 305.3.6 so as to achieve minimum dry
density as given in Table 300-2.
In case where the difference between the sub-grade level (top of the sub-grade on which pavement rests) and ground level
is less than 0.5 m and the ground does not have 97 percent relative compaction with respect to the dry density (as given in
Table 300-2), the ground shall be loosened upto a level 0.5 m below the sub-grade level, watered and compacted in layers
in accordance with Clauses 305.3.5 and 305.3.6 to achieve dry density not less than 97 percent relative compaction as
given in Table 300-2.
Where so directed by the Engineer, any unsuitable material occurring in the embankment foundation (500 mm portion just
below the sub-grade) shall be removed, suitably disposed and replaced by approved materials laid in layers to the required
degree of compaction.
Any foundation treatment specified for embankments especially high embankments, resting on suspect foundations as
revealed by borehole logs shall be carried out in a manner and to the depth as desired by the Engineer. Where the ground
on which an embankment is to be built has any of such material types (a) to (f) in Clause 305.2.1.1 at least 500 mm of
such material must be removed and replaced by acceptable fill material before embankment construction commences.
2.6.3.5 Spreading Material in Layers and Bringing to Appropriate Moisture Content
2.6.3.6 Compaction
Only the compaction equipment approved by the Engineer shall be employed to compact the different material types
encountered during construction. Static three-wheeled roller, self-propelled single drum vibratory roller, tandem vibratory
roller, pneumatic tyre roller, pad foot roller, etc., of suitable size and capacity as approved by the Engineer shall be used for
the different types and grades of materials required to be compacted either individually or in suitable combinations.
26
PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014 Volume III : Road & Bridge Works
The compaction shall be done with the help of self-propelled single drum vibratory roller or pad foot vibratory roller of 80 to
100 kN static weight or heavy pneumatic tyre roller of adequate capacity capable of achieving the re quired compaction.
The Contractor shall demonstrate the efficacy of the equipment he intends to use by carrying out compaction trials. The
procedure to be adopted for the site trials shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval.
Earthmoving plant shall not be accepted as compaction equipment nor shall the use of a lighter category of plant to
provide any preliminary compaction to assist the use of heavier plant be taken into account.
Each layer of the material shall be thoroughly compacted to the densities specified in Table 300-2. Subsequent layers
shall be placed only after the finished layer has been tested according to Clause 903.2.2 and accepted by the Engineer.
The Engineer may permit measurement of field dry density by a nuclear moisture/density gauge used in accordance with
agreed procedure and provided the gauge is calibrated to give results identical to that obtained from tests in accordance
with IS:2720 (Part 28). A record of the same shall be maintained by the Contractor.
When density measurements reveal any soft areas in the embankment/sub-grade/earthen shoulders, further compaction
shall be carried out as directed by the Engineer. If in spite of that the specified compaction is not achieved, the material in
the soft areas shall be removed and replaced by approved material, compacted using appropriate mechanical means such
as light weight vibratory roller, double drum walk behind roller, vibratory plate compactor, trench compactor or vibratory
tamper to the density requirements and satisfaction of the Engineer.
27
Volume III : Road & Bridge Works PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014
2.6.3.10 Earthwork for Embankment and Sub-Grade to be Placed against Sloping Ground
Where an embankment/subgrade is to be placed against sloping ground, the latter shall be appropriately benched or
ploughed/scarified as required in Clause 305.4.1 before placing the embankment/sub-grade material. Extra earthwork
involved in benching or due to ploughing/ scarifying etc. shall be considered incidental to the work.
For wet conditions, benches with slightly inward fall and subsoil drains at the lowest point shall be provided as per the
drawings, before the fill is placed against sloping ground.
Where the Contract requires construction of transverse subsurface drain at the cut-fill interface, work on the same shall be
carried out to Clause 309 in proper sequence with the embankment and sub-grade work as approved by the Engineer.
embankments could be constructed in the approved manner over such ground by the use of lighter or modified equipment
after proper ditching and drainage have been provided. Where this exception is permitted, the selection of the material and
the construction procedure to obtain an acceptable layer shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. The cost of providing
suitable traffic conditions for construction equipment over any area of the Contract will be the responsibility of the
Contractor and no extra payment will be made to him. The remainder of the embankment shall be constructed as specified
in Clause 305.3.
Where filling or backfilling is to be placed under water, only acceptable granular material or rock shall be used unless
otherwise approved by the Engineer. Acceptable granular material shall be of GW, SW, GP, SP as per IS: 1498 and consist
of graded, hard durable particles with maximum particle size not exceeding 75 mm. The material should be non-plastic
having uniformity coefficient of not less than 10. The material placed in open water shall be deposited by end tipping
without compaction.
2.6.4.1 It shall be ensured prior to actual execution that the material to be used in the sub-grade satisfies the
requirements of design CBR.
2.6.4.2 Sub-grade shall be compacted and finished to the design strength consistent with other physical
requirements. The actual laboratory CBR values of constructed sub-grade shall be determined on remoulded samples,
compacted to the field density at the field moisture content and tested for soaked/unsoaked condition as specified in the
Contract.
2.7.1 Scope
This work shall consist of furnishing and laying of the live sod of perennial turf forming grass on embankment slopes, verges
(earthen shoulders) or other locations shown on the drawings or as directed by the Engineer. Unless otherwise specified, the
work shall be taken up as soon as possible following construction of the embankment, provided the season is favourable for
establishment of the sod.
2.7.2 Materials
The sod shall consist of dense, well-rooted growth of permanent and desirable grasses, indigenous to the locality where it is
to be used, and shall be practically free from weeds or other undesirable matter. At the time the sod is cut, the grass on the
sod shall have a length of approximately 50 mm and the sod shall have been freed of debris.
29
Volume III : Road & Bridge Works PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014
Thickness of the sod shall be as uniform as possible, with some 50-80 mm or so of soil covering the grass roots depending
on the nature of the sod, so that practically all the dense root system of the grasses is retained in the sod strip. The sods shall
be cut in rectangular strips of uniform width, not less than about 250 mm x 300 mm in size but not so large that it is
inconvenient to handle and transport these without damage. During wet weather, the sod shall be allowed to dry sufficiently to
prevent tearing during handling and during dry weather shall be watered before lifting to ensure its vitality and prevent the
dropping of the soil in handling.
30
PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014 Volume III : Road & Bridge Works
2.8.2 Materials
2.8.2.1 Seeds
The seeds shall be of approved quality and type suitable for the soil on which these are to be applied, and shall give
acceptable purity and germination to requirements set down by the Engineer.
Fertilizers shall consist of standard commercial materials and conform to the grade specified. Organic manure shall be
fully putrified organic matter such as cow dung.
Mulching materials shall consist of straw, hay, wood shavings, or sawdust and shall be delivered in dry condition suitable
for placing with a mulch blower. They shall be reasonably free of weed seed and such foreign materials as may detract from
their effectiveness as mulch or be injurious to the plant growth.
2.8.2.2 Topsoil
Topsoil shall not be obtained from an area known to have noxious weeds growing in it. If treated with herbicide or
sterilents, it shall be got tested by appropriate agricultural authority to determine the residual in the soil. Topsoil shall not
contain less than 2 percent and more than 12 percent organic matter.
A suitable grade of bituminous emulsion used as a tie down for mulch shall be as described in the Contract document or as
desired by the Engineer. Emulsified bitumen shall not contain any solvent or diluting agent toxic to plant life
2.8.2.4 Netting
Jute netting shall be undyed jute yarn woven into a uniform open weave with approximate 25 mm square openings.
Geonetting shall be made of uniformly extruded rectangular mesh having mesh opening of 20 mm x 20 mm. The colour
may be black or green. It shall weigh not less than 3.8 kg per 1000 sqm.
Fertilizer to the required quantities shall be spread and thoroughly incorporated into the soil surface as a part of the seed-
bed preparation.
All seeds shall be planted uniformly at the approved rate. Immediately after sowing, the area shall be raked, dragged or
otherwise treated so as to cover the seeds to a depth of 6 mm.
The operation of seed sowing shall not be performed when the ground is muddy or when the soil or weather conditions
would otherwise prevent proper soil preparation and subsequent operations.
31
Volume III : Road & Bridge Works PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014
2.8.4 Mulching, Applying Bituminous Emulsion and Jute Netting / Geonetting / Netting of Coir
Within 24 hours of seeding, mulching material mixed with organic manure shall be placed so as to form a continuous,
unbroken cover of approximate uniform thickness of 25 mm using an acceptable mechanical blower. Mulching material shall
be held in place and made resistant to being blown away by suitable means approved by the Engineer. When called for in the
Contract documents, mulch material shall be anchored in place with bituminous emulsion applied at the rate of 2300 litres
per hectare. Any mulch disturbed or displaced following application shall be removed, reseeded and remulched as specified.
Jute netting/geonetting or netting of coir shall be unrolled and placed parallel to the flow of water immediately following the
bringing, to finished grade, the area specified on the drawings or the placing of seed and fertilizer. Where more than one strip
is required to cover the given areas, they shall overlap a minimum of 100 mm. Jute netting/Geonetting /coir netting shall be
held in place by approved wire staples, pins, spikes or wooden stakes driven vertically into the soil.
2.9.1 Scope
Sub-surface drains shall be of close-jointed perforated pipes, open-jointed unperforated pipes, surrounded by granular
material laid in a trench or aggregate drains to drain the pavement courses. Sub-surface drains designed using
Geosynthetics and approved by the Engineer can also be used.
2.9.2 Materials
2.9.2.1 Pipe
Perforated pipes for the drains may be metal/asbestos cement/cement concrete/Poly Vinyl Chloride (PVC)/Poly Propylene
(PP)/Poly Ethylene (PE) and unperforated pipes of metal vitrified clay/cement concrete/asbestos cement PVC/PP/PE. The
type, size and grade of the pipe to be used shall be as specified in the Contract. In no case, however, shall the internal
diameter of the pipe be less than 100 mm. Holes for perforated pipes shall be on one half of the circumference only and
conform to the spacing indicated on the drawings. Size of the holes shall not ordinarily be greater than half of D85 size of the
material surrounding the pipe, subject to being minimum 3 mm and maximum 6 mm. D85 stands for the size of the sieve that
allows 85 percent of the material to pass through it.
32
PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014 Volume III : Road & Bridge Works
Table 12 : Grading Requirements for Filter Material Percent Passing by Weight (Table 300-3 of MORT&H)
S iev e Designat ion Class I Class II Class III
53 mm - - 100
45 mm - - 97-100
26.5 mm - 100 -
22.4 mm - 95-100 58-100
11.2 mm 100 48-100 20-60
5.6 mm 92-100 28-54 4-32
2.8 mm 83-100 20-35 0-10
1.4 mm 59-96 - 0-5
710 micron 35-80 6-18 -
355 micron 14-40 2-9 -
180 micron 3-15 - -
90 micron 0-5 0-4 0-3
Before placing the pipe, backfill material of the required grading(s) shall be laid for full width of the trench bed and
compacted to a minimum thickness of 150 mm or as shown on the drawings. The thickness of the backfill material on the
sides of the pipe shall be as shown on the drawings subject to a minimum of 150 mm. The pipe shall then be embedded
firmly on the bed.
Perforated pipes, unless otherwise specified, shall be placed with their perforations down to minimize clogging. The pipe
sections shall be joined securely with appropriate coupling fittings or bands.
Non-perforated pipes shall be laid with joints as close as possible with the open joints wrapped with suitable pervious material
(like suitable Geosynthetics of not less than 150 mm width) to permit entry of water but prevent fines entering the pipes. In the
case of non-perforated pipes with bell end, the bell shall face upgrade.
Upgrade end sections of the pipe installation shall be tightly closed by means of concrete plugs or plugs fabricated from
the same material as the pipe and securely held in place to prevent entry of soil materials.
After the pipe installation has been completed and approved, backfill material of the required grading (s) (see Clause
309.3.2.2) shall be placed over the pipe to the required level in horizontal layers not exceeding 150 mm in thickness and
thoroughly compacted. The minimum thickness of material above the top of the pipe shall be 300 mm.
Unless otherwise provided, sub-surface drains not located below the road pavement shall be sealed at the top by means of
150 mm thick layer of compacted clay so as to prevent percolation of surface water.
2.9.5 Use of Geosynthetics in Laying of Pipe and Backfilling
After excavating the trench for subsurface drain, the filter fabric shall be placed, the pipe installed and the trench
backfilled with permeable material according to dimensions and details shown on the drawings. Surfaces to receive filter
fabric prior to placing shall be free of loose or extraneous material and sharp objects that may damage the filter fabric
during installation. Adjacent rolls of the fabric shall be overlapped a minimum of 450 mm. The preceding roll shall overlap
the following roll in the direction the material is being spread.
Damage to the fabric resulting from Contractor's vehicles, equipment or operations shall be replaced or repaired by the
Contractor at his Cost.
2.9.6 Drain Outlet
The outlet for a sub-surface drain shall not be under water or plugged with debris but should be a free outlet discharging
into a stream, culvert or open ditch. The bottom of the pipe shall be kept above high water level in the ditch and the end
protected with a grate or screen. For a length of 500 mm from the outlet end, the trench for pipe shall not be provided with
granular material but backfilled with excavated soil and thoroughly compacted so as to stop water directly percolating from
the backfill material around the pipe. The pipe in this section shall not have any perforations.
2.9.7 Aggregate Drains
Aggregate drains shall be placed within the verge/shoulders after completion of the pavement. Depth, thickness and
spacing of the aggregate drains shall be as shown on the drawings.
Trenches for aggregate drains shall be excavated to a minimum width of 300 mm and to the depth shown on the drawings
or ordered by the Engineer. The bottom of the trench shall be sloped to drain and shall be free from loose particles of soil.
The trench shall be excavated so as to expose clearly the granular pavement courses to be drained.
33
Volume III : Road & Bridge Works PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014
Aggregate for the drains shall be durable gravel, stone or slag and shall be free from vegetable matter and other
deleterious substances. The grading requirements are given in Table 300-4. Grading to be adopted shall be indicated in
the drawings.
Table 13 : Grading Requirements for Aggregate Drains (Table 300-4 of MORT&H)
Per cent Passing by Weight
S iev e Designat ion Ty pe A Ty pe B
63 mm - 100
37.5 mm 100 85- 100
19 mm - 0-20
9.5 mm 45-100 0-5
3.35 mm 25-80 -
600 micron 8-45 -
150 micron 0-10 -
75 micron 0-5 -
34
PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014 Volume III : Road & Bridge Works
Table 15 : Physical Requirements for Materials for Granular Sub-base (Table 400-2 of MORT&H)
Aggregate Impact Value (AIV) IS:2386(Part4) or lS:5640 40 maximum
Liquid Limit IS:2720 (Part 5) Maximum 25
Plasticity Index IS:2720 (Part 5) Maximum 6
CBR at 98% dry density (at IS:2720-Part 8) IS:2720(Part5) Minimum 30 unless otherwise specified in the Contract
2.12 LIME TREATED SOIL FOR IMPROVED SUB-GRADE/SUB-BASE (cl. 402 of MORT&H)
2.12.1 Scope
This work shall consist of laying and compacting an improved sub-grade/lower sub-base of soil treated with lime on
prepared sub-grade in accordance with the requirements of these Specifications and in conformity with the tines, grades
and cross-sections shown on the drawings or as directed by the Engineer. Lime treatment is generally effective for soils which
contain a relatively high percentage of clay and silty clay.
2.12.2 Materials
2.12.2.1 Soil
Except when otherwise specified, the soil used for stabilization shall be the local clayey soil having a plasticity index greater
than 8.
2.12.2.2 Lime
Lime for lime-soil stabilization work shall be commercial dry lime slaked at site or pre-slaked lime delivered to the site in
suitable packing. Unless otherwise permitted by the Engineer, the lime shall have purity of not less than 70 percent by weight
of Quick-lime (CaO) when tested in accordance with IS: 1514. Lime shall be properly stored to avoid prolonged exposure to the
atmosphere and consequent carbonation which would reduce its binding properties.
35
Volume III : Road & Bridge Works PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014
36
PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014 Volume III : Road & Bridge Works
Water in requisite quantities may be sprinkled on the soil for aiding pulverisation. On the pulverized soil, the lime in
requisite quantities shall be spread uniformly and mixed thoroughly by working with spades or other similar implements till
the whole mass is uniform. After adjusting the moisture content to be within the limits mentioned later, the mixed material
shall be levelled up to the required thickness so that it is ready to be rolled.
2.12.3.8 Rolling
Immediately after spreading, grading and levelling of the mixed material, compaction shall be carried out with approved
equipment preceded by a few passes of lighter rollers if necessary. Rolling shall commence at edges and progress towards the
centre, except at super elevated portions or for carriageway with unidirectional cross-fall where it shall commence at the inner
edge and progress towards the outer edge. During rolling, the surface shall be frequently checked for grade and crossfall
(camber) and any irregularities corrected by loosening the material and removing/adding fresh material. Compaction shall
continue until the density achieved is at least 98 percent of the maximum dry density for the material determined in
accordance with IS: 2720 (Part 8).
Care shall be taken to see that the compaction of lime stabilised material is completed within three hours of its mixing or such
shorter period as may be found necessary in dry weather.
During rolling it shall be ensured that roller does not bear directly on hardened or partially hardened treated material
previously laid other than what may be necessary for achieving the specified compaction at the joint. The final surface shall be
well closed, free from movement under compaction planes, ridges, cracks or loose material. All loose or segregated or otherwise
defective areas shall be made good to the full thickness of the layer and recompacted.
2.12.3.9 Curing
The sub-base course shall be suitably cured for a minimum period of 7 days after which subsequent pavement courses
shall be laid to prevent the surface from drying out and becoming friable. No traffic of any kind shall ply over the completed sub-
base unless permitted by the Engineer.
2.12.4 Strength
When lime is used for improving the subgrade, the soil-lime mix shall be tested for its CBR value. When lime stabilized soil is
used in a sub-base, it shall be tested for unconfined compressive strength (UCS) at 7 days. In case of variation from the design
CBR/UCS, in situ value being lower, the pavement design shall be reviewed based on the actual CBR/UCS values. The extra
pavement thickness needed on account of lower CBR/UCS value shall be constructed by the Contractor at his own cost.
37
Volume III : Road & Bridge Works PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014
2.13 CEMENT TREATED SOIL AND CEMENT -FLYASH TREATED SUB-BASE/BASE (cl. 403 of MORT&H)
2.13.1 Scope
This work shall consist of laying and compacting a sub-base/base course of soil treated with cement or cement-flyash on
prepared subgrade/sub-base, in accordance with the requirements of these
Specifications and in conformity with the lines, grades and cross-sections shown on the drawings or as directed by the
Engineer.
2.13.2 Materials
2.13.2.1 Material to be Treated
The material used for cement or cement-flyash treatment shall be soil including sand and gravel, laterite, kankar, brick
aggregate, crushed rock or slag or any combination of these. For use in a sub-base course, the material shall have a
grading shown in Table 400-4. It shall have a uniformity coefficient not less than 5, capable of producing a well-closed surface
finish. For use in a base course, the material shall be sufficiently well graded to ensure a well-closed surface finish and have a
grading within the range given in Table 400-4. If the material passing 425 micron sieve is plastic, it shall have a liquid limit not
greater than 45 percent and a plasticity index not greater than 20 percent determined in accordance with IS:2720 (Part 5). The
physical requirements for the material to be treated with cement for use in a base course shall be same as for Grading I
Granular Sub-base, Clause 401.2.2.
2.13.2.2 Cement
Cement for stabilization shall either be ordinary Portland Cement, Portland Slag Cement or Portland Puzzolana Cement and
shall comply with the requirements of IS: 269, 455 or 1489 respectively.
Table 17 : Grading Limits of Material for Stabilisation with Cement (Table 400-4 of MORT&H)
IS siev e size Per cent age by mass passing S ub-Base/Base wit hin t he r ange
53.00 mm 100
37.5 mm 9 5 -1 0 0
19.0 mm 4 5 -1 0 0
9.5 mm 3 5 -1 0 0
4.75 mm 2 5 -1 0 0
600 micron 8-65
300 micron 5-40
75 micron 0-10
2.13.2.3 Flyash
Flyash may be from anthracitic coal or lignite coal. Flyash to be used for cement-flyash treatment shall conform to the
requirement given in Tables 400-5 and 400-6.
Table 18 : Chemical Requirements for Fly Ash as Pozzolana (Table 400-5 of MORT&H)
S I. Char act er ist ics Requir ement s for F ly Ash
Met hod of Test
No. Ant hr acit ic F ly ash Lignit e F ly ash
1) Si0 2 +Al2 03 +Fe2 03 in percent by mass, Min 70 50 IS:1727
2) Si0 2 in percent by mass, Min 35 25 IS:1727
3) MgO in percent by mass, Max 25 5.0 IS:1727
4) S0 3 in percent by mass, Max 2.75 3.5 IS:1727
5) Available alkalies as Na2 0/K 2 0 in percent by mass, Max, 1.5 1.5 IS:4032
6) Total chlorides in percent by mass, Max 0.05 0.05 IS:1727
7) Loss on ignition in percent by mass, Max 5.0 5.0 IS:1727
Table 19 : Physical Requirement for Fly Ash as a Pozzolona (Table 400-6 of MORT&H)
S I. No. Char act er ist ics Requir ement
1) Fineness-specific surface in m2 /Kg by Blaine's permeability test, Min 250
2) Particles retained on 45 micron IS sieve, Max 40
3) Lime reactivity in N/mm2 , Min 3.5
4) Soundness by autoclave test expansion of specimen in percent, Max 0.8
5) Soundness by Lechatelier method-expansion in mm, Max 10
38
PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014 Volume III : Road & Bridge Works
Pond ash or bottom ashes, which do not meet the requirements of Tables 400-5 and 400-6 can also be used for cement-flyash
treatment. However, in all cases of cement stabilised fly-ash/ bottom ash/ pond ash, mix should develop adequate
strength.
2.13.2.4 Quantity of Cement in Cement-Soil Stabilised Mix
The quantity of cement to be added as percent by weight of the dry soil shall be specified in the Contract. Also if lime is
used as pre-treatment for highly clayey soils, the quantity as percent by weight of dry soil shall be specified in the Contract.
The mix design shall be done on the basis of 7 day unconfined compressive strength (UCS) and/or durability test under 12
cycles of wet-dry conditions. The laboratory strength values shall be at least 1.5 times the minimum field UCS value
stipulated in the Contract.
2.13.2.5 Quantity of Cement in Cement/Fly Ash Treated Sub-base/Base
The quantity of cement shall be more than 2 percent by weight of cement/ fly-ash mix. The mix design shall be done to
achieve a strength of 1.75 MPa when tested on cylindrical specimens compacted to the density at optimum moisture
content, tested in accordance with IS: 2720 (Part 8 as specified in the contract) after 7 days moist curing. The design mix
shall indicate the proportions of cement and fly ash and the quantity of water to be mixed.
2.13.2.6 Weather Limitations
Stabilisation shall not be done when the air temperature in the shade is less than 10°C.
2.13.2.7 Degree of Pulverisation
For stabilisation, the soil before addition of cement shall be pulverised, where necessary, to the extent that it passes the
requirements as set out in Table 400-7 when tested in accordance with the method described in Appendix-3.
2.13.2.8 Moisture Content for Compaction
The moisture content at compaction checked vide IS: 2720 (Part 2) shall not be less than the optimum moisture content
corresponding to IS: 2720 (Part 8) nor more than 2 percent above it.
2.13.2.9 Rolling
Clause 402.3.8 shall apply except that care shall be taken to see that the compaction of cement stabilised material is
completed within two hours of its mixing or such shorter period as may be found necessary in dry weather.
2.13.2.10 Curing
The sub-base/base course shall be suitably cured for 7 days. Subsequent pavement course shall be laid soon after to prevent
the surface from drying out and becoming friable. No traffic of any kind shall ply over the completed sub-base unless
permitted by the Engineer.
2.13.2.11 Surface Finish
The surface finish of construction shall conform to the requirements of Clause 902.
Table 20 : Physical Requirements of Coarse Aggregates for Water Bound Macadam for Sub -base/Base Courses
(Table 400-8 of MORT&H)
S.No. Test Test Met hod Requir ement s
1) Los Angeles Abrasion value IS:2386(Part4) 40 percent (Max)
or Aggregate Impact value IS: 2386 (Part-4) or 30 percent (Max)
IS:5640*
2) Combined Flakiness and Elongation Indices (Total) ** IS;2386(Part-1) 35 percent (Max)
* Aggregates which get softened in presence of water shall be tested for Impact value under wet conditions in accordance
with IS: 5640.
** The requirement of flakiness index and elongation index shall be enforced only in the case of crushed broken stone and
crushed slag.
In case water bound macadam is used for sub-base, the requirements in respect of Los Angeles Value and Aggregate
Impact Value shall be relaxed to 50 percent and 40 percent maximum respectively.
2.14.2.4 Screenings
Screenings to fill voids in the coarse aggregate shall generally consist of the same material as the coarse aggregate.
However, where permitted, predominantly non-plastic material such as moorum or gravel (other than rounded river borne
material) may be used for this purpose provided liquid limit and plasticity index of such material are below 20 and 6
respectively and fraction passing 75 micron sieve does not exceed 10 percent.
40
PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014 Volume III : Road & Bridge Works
42
PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014 Volume III : Road & Bridge Works
The screenings shall be applied at a slow and uniform rate (in three or more applications) so as to ensure filling of all voids.
This shall be accompanied by dry rolling and brooming with mechanical brooms, hand brooms or both. In no case shall the
screenings be applied so fast and thick as to form cakes or ridges on the surface in such a manner as would prevent filling of
voids or prevent the direct bearing of the roller on the coarse aggregates. These operations shall continue until no more
screenings can be forced into voids of the coarse aggregates. The spreading, rolling, and brooming of screenings shall be
carried out in only such lengths of the road which could be completed within one day's operation.
2.14.3.7 Sprinkling of Water and Grouting
After application of screenings, the surface shall be copiously sprinkled with water, swept and rolled. Hand brooms shall be
used to sweep the wet screenings into voids and to distribute them evenly. The sprinkling, sweeping and rolling operation shall
be continued, with additional screenings applied as necessary until the coarse aggregates have been thoroughly keyed, well-
bonded and firmly set in its full depth and a grout has been formed of screenings. Care shall be taken to see that the sub-
base or sub-grade does not get damaged due to the addition of excessive quantities of water during construction.
In case of lime treated soil sub-base, construction of water bound macadam on top of it shall be taken up after curing as per
Clause 402.3.9 and as directed by the Engineer.
Application of binding material : After the application of screenings in accordance with Clauses 404.3.6 and 404.3.7, the
binding material where it is required to be used (Clause 404.2.7) shall be applied successively in two or more thin layers at a
slow and uniform rate. After each application, the surface shall be copiously sprinkled with water, the resulting slurry swept in
with hand brooms, or mechanical brooms to fill the voids properly, and rolled during which water shall be applied to the wheels
of the rollers if necessary to wash down the binding material sticking to them. These operations shall continue until the
resulting slurry after filling of voids, forms a wave ahead of the wheels of the moving roller.
2.14.3.8 Setting and Drying
After the final compaction of water bound macadam course, the pavement shall be allowed to dry overnight. Next morning
hungry spots shall be filled with screenings or binding material as directed, lightly sprinkled with water if necessary and roiled.
No traffic shall be allowed on the road until the macadam has set. The Engineer shall have the discretion to stop hauling
traffic from using the completed water bound macadam course, if in his opinion it would cause excessive damage to the
surface.
The compacted water bound macadam course shall be allowed to completely dry and set before the next pavement course
is laid over it.
2.14.3.9 Reconstruction of Defective Macadam
The finished surface of water bound macadam shall conform to the tolerances of surface regularity as prescribed in Clause
902. However, where the surface irregularity of the course exceeds the tolerances or where the course is otherwise defective due
to sub-grade soil mixing with the aggregates, the course to its full thickness shall be scarified over the affected area, reshaped
with added material or removed and replaced with fresh material as applicable and re-compacted. The area treated shall not
be less than 10 sq.m. In no case shall depressions be filled up with screenings or binding material.
If the water absorption value of the coarse aggregate is greater than 2 percent, the soundness test shall be carried out on
the material delivered to site as per IS:2386 (Part-5).
Table 24 : Physical Requirements of Coarse Aggregates for Wet Mix Macadam for Sub-base/Base Courses
(Table 400-12 of MORT&H)
S . No. Test Test Met hod Requir ement s
1) Los Angeles Abrasion value IS:2386 (Part-4) 40 percent (Max.)
or Aggregate Impact value IS:2386 (Part-4) or IS:5640 30 percent (Max.)
2) Combined Flakiness and Elongation indices (Total) IS:2386(Part-1) 35 percent (Max.)*
* To determine this combined proportion, the flaky stone from a representative sample
** should first be separated out. Flakiness index is weight of flaky stone metal divided by weight of stone sample. Only the
elongated particles be separated out from the remaining (non-flaky) stone metal. Elongation index is weight of elongated
particles divided by total non-flaky particles. The values of flakiness index and elongation index so found are added up.
2.15.2.1.2 Grading Requirements
The aggregates shall conform to the grading given in Table 400-13 of MORT&H.
Table 25 : Grading Requirements of Aggregates for Wet Mix Macadam (Table 400-13 of MORT&H)
IS S iev e Designat ion Per cent by weight passing t he IS S iev e
53.00 mm 100
45.00 mm 95-100
26.50 mm -
22.40 mm 60-80
11.20 mm 40-60
4.75 mm 25^0
2.36 mm 15-30
600.00 micron 8-22
75.00 micron 0-5
Material finer than 425 micron shall have Plasticity Index (PI) not exceeding 6.
The final gradation approved within these limits shall be graded from coarse to fine and shall not vary from the low limit on
one sieve to the high limit on the adjacent sieve or vice versa.
44
PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014 Volume III : Road & Bridge Works
45
Volume III : Road & Bridge Works PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014
After completion, the surface of any finished layer shall be well-closed, free from movement under compaction equipment or
any compaction planes, ridges, cracks and loose material. All loose, segregated or otherwise defective areas shall be made
good to the full thickness of the layer and recompacted.
2.15.3.5 Setting and Drying
After final compaction of wet mix macadam course, the road shall be allowed to dry for 24 hours.
2.15.4 Opening to Traffic
No vehicular traffic shall be allowed on the finished wet mix macadam surface. Construction equipment may be allowed
with the approval of the Engineer.
46
PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014 Volume III : Road & Bridge Works
Compaction requirement of earthen shoulder shall be as per Table 300-3. In the case of bituminous courses and concrete
pavement, work on shoulder shall start only after the pavement course has been laid and compacted.
During all stages of shoulder construction, the required cross fall shall be maintained to drain off surface water.
Regardless of the method of laying, all shoulder construction material shall be placed directly on the shoulder. Any spilled
material dragged on to the pavement surface shall be immediately removed, without damage to the pavement, and the
area so affected thoroughly cleaned.
2.16.4.2 Median and Islands
Median and islands shall be constructed in a manner similar to shoulder up to the road level. Thereafter, the median and
islands, if raised, shall be raised at least 300 mm by using kerb stones of approved material and dimensions and suitably
finished and painted as directed by the Engineer. If not raised, the median and islands shall be differentiated from the
shoulder/ pavement as the case may be, as directed by the Engineer. The confined area of the median and islands shall be
filled with local earth or granular material or any other approved material and compacted by plate compactor/power
rammer. The confined area after filling with earth shall be turfed with grass or planted with shrubs, or finished with
tiles/slabs as provided in the drawings.
2.16.4.3 Brick/Stone Block Edging
The brick/stone blocks shall be laid on edge, with the length parallel to the transverse direction of the road. They shall be
laid on a bed of 25 mm sand, set carefully rolled into position by a light roller and made flush with the finished level of the
pavement
2.16.5 Surface Finish and Quality Control of Works
The surface finish of construction shall conform to the requirements of Clause 902. Control on the quality of materials and
works shall be exercised by the Engineer in accordance with Section 900.
2.17 CEMENT CONCRETE KERB AND KERB WITH CHANNEL (cl. 409 of MORT&H)
2.17.1 Scope
This work shall consist of constructing cement concrete kerbs and kerbs with channel in the central median and/or along the
footpaths or separators in conformity with the lines, levels and dimensions as specified in the drawings or as directed by the
Engineer.
2.17.2 Materials
Kerbs and kerb with channel shall be provided in cement concrete of Grade M 20 in accordance with Section 1700 of these
Specifications.
2.17.3 Type of Construction
These shall be cast-in-situ construction with suitable kerb casting machine in all situations except at locations where
continuous casting with equipment is not practicable. In those locations precast concrete blocks shall be used.
2.17.4 Equipment
A continuous kerb casting equipment of adequate capacity and controls, capable of laying the kerbs in required cross-
sections and producing a well-compacted mass of concrete free of voids and honeycombs, shall be used.
2.17.5 Construction Operations
Kerb shall be laid on firm foundation of minimum 150 mm thickness of cement concrete of M 15 grade cast in-situ or on
extended width of pavement. The foundation shall have a projection of 50 mm beyond the kerb stone. Before laying the
foundation of lean concrete, the base shall be levelled and slightly watered to make it damp.
2.18 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR BITUMINOUS PAVEMENT LAYERS (cl. 501 of MORT&H)
2.18.1 General
Bituminous pavement courses shall be made using the materials described in the Specifications.
The use of machinery and equipment mentioned in various Clauses of these Specifications is mandatory. Details of the
machinery and equipment are available in the Manual for Construction and Supervision of Bituminous Works. The
equipment mandatory for any particular project shall be in accordance with the Contract Specifications for that project.
47
Volume III : Road & Bridge Works PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014
2.18.2 Materials
2.18.2.1 Binder
The binder shall be an appropriate type of bituminous material complying with the relevant Indian Standard, as defined in
the appropriate Clauses of these Specifications, or as otherwise specified herein. The choice of binder shall be stipulated
in the Contract or by the Engineer. Where viscosity grades of bitumen are specified, they are referred to by a designation in
accordance with IS: 73. Where modified bitumen is specified, it shall conform to the requirements of IRC: SP: 53 and IS:
15462; and the following provision of this Specification shall apply.
i) Modified bitumen from refinery sources or blended at approved central plant or at site using appropriate
industrial process and plant with high shear mill, and testing facilities to achieve stable and homogenous
mix shall be used. The use of high shear mixer or any other device capable of producing a homogeneous
blend is essential when the modifier is in powder form.
ii) Transportation tanks and storage tanks shall be insulated and equipped with effective heating system and
circulation/agitating device to maintain the specified temperature, homogeneity and viscosity of the
bitumen during transit and storage.
iii) Separation, difference in softening point (R&B), shall not be more than 3°C for any type of specified
modified bitumen when tested as per Annex B of IS: 15462.
Table 26: Selection of Binder for Bituminous Mixes (Table VII-1 of IRC: 37-2012)
Max imum Av er age air
Tr affic (CVD) Bit uminous Cour se Gr ade of Bitumen t o be used
Temper at ur e ° C
≤ 30°C ≤ 1500 commercial vehicles per day BM, DBM and BC VG 10/VG20
< 40°C For all types of traffic BM, DBM, SDBC and BC VG 30
≥ 40°C Heavy Loads, Expressways DBM, SDBC, BC VG 40 bitumen for wearing
msa>30msa course as well as binder course,
Modified bitumen may be used
for the wearing course.
Selection criteria for viscosity grade bitumen, based on highest and lowest daily mean temperatures at a particular site, are
given in Table 500-1 of MoRT&H.
Selection criteria for modified bitumen shall be in accordance with IRC: SP: 53.
Table 27: Selection Criteria for Viscosity-Graded (VG) Paving Bitumen’s Based on Climatic Conditions
(Table 500-1 of MORT&H)
Lowest Daily Mean Air Highest Daily Mean Air Temper at ur e, ° C
Temperature, °C Less than 20°C 20 to 30°C More than 30°C
More than -10°C VG-10 VG-20 VG-30
-10°C or lower VG-10 VG-10 VG-20
Both the highest daily mean air temperature and the lowest daily mean air temperatures mentioned in Tables 500-5 and
500-6 can be obtained for the weather station nearest to the project site crom the Indian Meteorological Organization
(IMO). This daily mean high temperature on a specific day is the same as daily 'normal" high temperature for that day as
usually reported in some newspapers. The highest of the 365 daily mean high air temperatures (which usually occurs on
some day in May or June) is used in Tables 500-5 and 500-6. Likewise, the lowest daily mean air temperature (which
usually occurs on some day in January) can also be obtained from the IMO. Since these are mean temperatures based on
the average of 30-40 years data, these temperatures are significantly lower than the absolute maximum temperatures,
which may have occurred in a specific year.
2.18.2.2 Coarse Aggregates
The coarse aggregates shall consist of crushed rock, crushed gravel or other hard material retained on the 2.36 mm sieve.
They shall be clean, hard, durable, of cubical shape, free from dust and soft or friable matter, organic or other deleterious
matter. Where the Contractor's selected source of aggregates has poor affinity for bitumen, the Contractor shall
demonstrate through test results that with the use of anti-stripping agents, the stripping value is improved to satisfy the
specification requirements. The Engineer may approve such a source and, as a condition for the approval of that source,
the bitumen shall be treated with approved anti-stripping agents, as per the manufacturer's recommendations, at the cost
of the Contractor.
48
PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014 Volume III : Road & Bridge Works
Where crushed gravel is proposed for use as aggregate not less than 90 percent by weight of the crushed material retained
on the 4.75 mm sieve shall have at least two fractured faces, except that in the case of bituminous concrete the
requirement in this regard shall be 95 percent. .
The aggregates shall satisfy the physical requirements set forth in the individual relevant clause for the material.
2.18.2.3 Fine Aggregates
Fine aggregates shall consist of crushed or naturally occurring material, or a combination of the two, passing 2.36 mm
sieve and retained on the 75 micron sieve. They shall be clean, hard, durable, dry and free from dust, and soft or friable
matter, organic or other deleterious matter. Natural sand shall not be allowed in binder and wearing courses.
However, natural sand upto 50 percent of the fine aggregates may be allowed in base courses. Fine aggregates shall have a
sand equivalent value of not less than 50 when tested in accordance with the requirement of IS: 2720 (Part 37). The
plasticity index of the fraction passing 0.425 mm shall not exceed 4 when tested in accordance with IS: 2720 (Part 5). The
fine aggregates shall satisfy the physical requirements set forth in the individual relevant-clause for the material in question.
2.18.2.4 Sources of Material
The sources of materials proposed to be used by the Contractor shall be tested to the satisfaction of the Engineer who shall
give the necessary approval. The Engineer may from time to time withdraw approval of a specific source, or attach
conditions to the existing approval. Any change in aggregate source for bituminous mixes shall require a new mix design,
and laying trials, where the mix is based on a job mix design. Stockpiles from different sources approved or otherwise, shall be
kept separate, such that there is no contamination between one material and another. Each source submitted for approval
shall contain material sufficient for at least 5 days' work.
2.18.3 Mixing
Pre-mixed bituminous materials shall be prepared in a hot mix plant of adequate capacity and capable of yielding a mix of
proper and uniform quality with thoroughly coated aggregates. Appropriate mixing temperatures are given in Table 500-2
of these Specifications, the difference in temperature between the binder and aggregate shall at no time exceed 14°C. In
order to ensure uniform quality of the mix and better coating of aggregates, the hot mix plant shall be calibrated from time to
time. The essential features of the hot mix plants are given in Annex A of IRC: 27.
Table 28 : Mixing, Laying and Rolling Temperatures for Bituminous Mixes (Degree Celcius) (Table 500-2 of MORT&H)
Bit umen Viscosit y Bit umen Aggr egat e Mix ed Mat er ial * Rolling
Lay ing Temperat ur e
Gr ade Temper at ur e Temper at ur e Temper at ur e Temper at ur e
VG-40 160-170 160-175 160-170 150 Min 100 Min
VG-30 150-165 150-170 150-165 140 Min 90 Min
VG-20 145-165 145-170 145-165 135 Min 85 Min
VG-10 140-160 140-165 140-160 130 Min 80 Min
Rolling must be completed before the mat cools to these minimum temperatures.
If a continuous type mixing plant is used, the Contractor must demonstrate by laboratory analysis that the cold feed
combined grading is within the grading limits specified for that bituminous bound material. In the case of a designed job mix,
the bitumen and filler content shall be derived using this combined grading.
2.18.4 Transporting
Bituminous materials shall be transported in clean insulated and covered vehicles. An asphalt release agent, such as soap or
lime water, may be applied to the interior of the vehicle to prevent sticking and to facilitate discharge of the material.
2.18.5 Laying
2.18.5.1 Weather and Seasonal Limitations
Laying shall be suspended:
i) In presence of standing water on the surface;
ii) When rain is imminent, and during rains, fog or dust storm
iii) When the base/binder course is damp;
iv) When the air temperature on the surface on which it is to be laid is less than 10°C for mixes with
conventional bitumen and is less than 15°C for mixes with modified bitumen;
v) When the wind speed at any temperature exceeds the 40 km per hour at 2 m height.
49
Volume III : Road & Bridge Works PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014
In portions with super-elevated and unidirectional camber, after the edge has been rolled, the roller shall progress from the
lower to the upper edge.
Rollers should move at a speed of not more than 5 km per hour. The roller shall not be permitted to stand on pavement
which has not been fully compacted, and necessary precautions shall be taken to prevent dropping of oil, grease, petrol/
diesel or other foreign matter on the pavement either when the rollers are operating or standing. The wheels of roller
machine shall be in good working order, to prevent the mix from adhering to the wheels. Only sufficient moisture to prevent
adhesion between the wheels of rollers and the mix should be used. Surplus water shall not be allowed to stand on the
partially compacted pavement.
2.18.7 Joints
2.18.7.1 Where joints are made, the material shall be fully compacted and the joint made flush in one of the
following ways:
a) All joints shall be cut vertical to the full thickness of the previously laid mix. All loosened material
shall be discarded and the vertical face coated with suitable viscosity grade hot bitumen, or cold
applied emulsified bitumen. While spreading the material along the joint the material spread shall
overlap 25 mm to 50 mm on the previously laid mix beyond the vertical face of the joint. The
thickness of the loose overlap material should be approximately a quarter more than the final
compacted thickness. The overlapped mix shall be dragged back to the hot lane so that the roller
can press the small excess into the hot side of the joint to obtain a high joint density.
b) By using two or more pavers operating in echelon, where this is practicable and in sufficient
proximity for adjacent widths to be fully compacted by continuous rolling.
2.18.7.2 All longitudinal joints shall be offset at least 300 mm from parallel joints in the layer beneath or as directed,
and in a layout approved by the Engineer. Joints in the wearing course shall coincide with either the lane edge or the lane
marking, whichever is appropriate. Longitudinal joints shall not be situated in wheel track zones.
2.18.7.3 For transverse joints method a) above shall apply. Transverse joints in the successive and adjoining layers
shall have a minimum offset of 2 m.
2.18.8.1 Scope
This work shall consist of preparing an existing granular or black-topped surface for laying bituminous course. The work
shall be performed on such widths and lengths as shown on the drawings or as instructed by the Engineer. The existing
surface shall be firm and clean, and treated with Prime or Tack coat where specified in the Contract.
2.18.8.2 Materials
51
Volume III : Road & Bridge Works PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014
52
PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014 Volume III : Road & Bridge Works
2.19.2.3 Cutback for primer shall not be prepared at the site. Type and quantity of cutback bitumen for various types
of granular surface shall be as given in Table 500-4.
Table 30 : Type and Quantity of Cutback Bitumen for Various Types of Granular Surface (Table 500 -4 of MORT &H)
Rat e of S pr ay
Ty pe of S ur face Ty pe of Cut back
(k g/sq.m)
WMM/WBM MC30 0.6-0.9
Stabilized soil bases/ Crusher Run Macadam MC70 0.9-1.2
2.19.2.4 The correct quantity of primer shall be decided by the Engineer and shall be such that it can be absorbed by
the surface without causing run-off of excessive primer and to achieve desired penetration of about 8-10 mm.
2.19.3 Weather and Seasonal Limitations
Primer shall not be applied during a dust storm or when the weather is foggy, rainy or windy or when the temperature in the
shade is less than 100C. Cutback bitumen as primer shall not be applied to a wet surface. Surfaces which are to receive
emulsion primer should be damp, but no free or standing water shall be present. Surface can be just wet by very light sprinkling
of water.
2.19.4 Construction
2.19.4.1 Equipment
The primer shall be applied by a self-propelled or towed bitumen pressure sprayer equipped for spraying the material
uniformly at specified rates and temperatures. Hand spraying shall not be allowed except in small areas, inaccessible to the
distributor, or in narrow strips where primer shall be sprayed with a pressure hand sprayer, or as directed by the Engineer.
2.19.4.2 Preparation of Road Surface
The granular surface to be primed shall be swept clean by power brooms or mechanical sweepers and made free from dust.
All loose material and other foreign material shall be removed completely. If soil/ moorum binder has been used in the
WBM surface, part of this should be brushed and removed to a depth of about 2 mm so as to achieve good penetration.
2.19.4.3 Application of Bituminous Primer
After preparation of the road surface as per Clause 502.4.2, the primer shall be sprayed uniformly at the specified rate. The
method for application of the primer will depend on the type of equipment to be used, size of nozzles, pressure at the spray bar
and speed of forward movement. The Contractor shall demonstrate at a spraying trial, that the equipment and method to be
used is capable of producing a uniform spray, within the tolerances specified.
No heating or dilution of SS1 bitumen emulsion and shall be permitted at site. Temperature of cutback bitumen shall be high
enough to permit the primer to be sprayed effectively though the jets of the spray and to cover the surface uniformly.
53
Volume III : Road & Bridge Works PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014
2.20.4 Construction
2.20.4.1 Equipment
The tack coat shall be applied by a self-propelled or towed bitumen pressure sprayer, equipped for spraying the material uniformly
at a specified rate. Hand spraying shall not be permitted except in small areas, inaccessible to the distributor, or narrow
strips, shall be sprayed with a pressure hand sprayer, or as directed by the Engineer.
54
PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014 Volume III : Road & Bridge Works
2.21.1 Scope
This work shall consist of construction in a single course having 50 mm to 100 mm thickness or in multiple courses of
compacted crushed aggregates premixed with a bituminous binder on a previously prepared base to the requirements of
these Specifications. Since the bituminous macadam is an open-graded mix, there is a potential that it may trap water or
moisture vapour within the pavement system. Therefore, adjacent layer (shoulders) should have proper drainage quality to
prevent moisture-induced damage to the BM.
2.21.2 Materials
2.21.2.1 Bitumen
The bitumen shall be viscosity graded paving bitumen complying with Indian Standard Specification for paving bitumen,
IS:73 or as specified in the Contract. The type and grade of bitumen to be used would depend upon the climatic conditions
and the traffic. Guidelines for selection of bitumen are given in Table 500-1.
2.21.2.2 Coarse Aggregates
The coarse aggregates shall consist of crushed rock, crushed gravel or other hard material retained on 2.36 mm sieve. It
shall be clean, hard, durable and cubical shape, free from dust and soft organic and other deleterious substances. The
aggregate shall satisfy the physical requirements specified in Table 500-6. Where crushed gravel is proposed for use as
aggregate, not less than 90 percent by weight of the crushed material retained on 4.75 mm sieve shall have at least two
fractured faces resulting from crushing operation. Before approval of the source, the aggregates shall be teste d for
stripping. Where the Contractor's selected source of aggregates have poor affinity for bitumen, as a condition for the
approval of that source, the bitumen shall be treated with approved anti-stripping agents, as per the manufacturer's
recommendations, without additional payment.
2.21.2.3 Fine Aggregates
Fine aggregates shall consist of crushed or naturally occurring mineral material, or a combination of two, passing 2.36
mm sieve and retained on 75 micron sieve. It shall be clean, hard, durable, free from dust and soft organic and other
deleterious substances. Natural sand shall not be used in the binder course.
Table 32 : Physical Properties of Coarse Aggregate (Table 500-6 of MORT&H)
Pr oper t y Test Requir ement Test met hod
Cleanliness Grain size analysis Max. 5% passing 0.075 micron IS:2386 Part I
Particle shape Combined Flakiness and Elongation Indices Max. 35% IS:2386Part I
Strength Los Angeles Abrasion Value or Max 40% IS:2386Part IV IS:2386Part IV
Aggregate Impact Value Max. 30%
Durability Soundness (Sodium or Magnesium) 5 cycles IS:2386 Part V IS:2386PartV
Sodium Sulphate Max. 12%
Magnesium Sulphate Max. 18%
Water absorption Water absorption Max. 2% IS:2386 Part III
Stripping Coating and Stripping of Bitumen Aggregate Min. Retained Coating 95% IS;6241
Water sensitivity Retained Tensile strength* Min. 80% AASHTO 283
If the minimum retained tensile strength falls below 80 percent, use of anti stripping agent is recommended to meet the
minimum requirements.
2.21.2.4 Aggregate Grading and Binder Content
The combined grading of the coarse aggregates and fine aggregates, when tested in accordance with IS:2386 Part 1, wet
sieving method, shall conform to limits given in Table 500-8. The type and quantity of bitumen and appropriate thickness
is also given in Table 500-7.
55
Volume III : Road & Bridge Works PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014
* Nominal maximum aggregate size is the largest specified sieve size upon which any of the aggregate material is
retained.
** Corresponds to specific gravity of the Aggregate being 2.7. In case aggregates have specific gravity more than 2.7,
bitumen content can be reduced proportionately. Further, for regions where highest daily mean air temperature is 30°C
or lower and lowest daily mean air temperature is -10°C or lower, the bitumen content may be increased by 0.5 percent.
A tack coat in accordance with Clause 503 shall be applied as required under the Contract or as directed by the Engineer.
2.21.3.5 Spreading
The provisions of Clause 501.5.3 shall apply.
2.21.3.6 Rolling
Compaction shall be carried out in accordance with the provisions of Clauses 501.6 and 501.7.
Rolling shall be continued until the specified density is achieved, or where no density is specified, until there is no further
movement under the roller. The required frequency of testing is defined in Clause 903.
56
PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014 Volume III : Road & Bridge Works
2.22.1 Scope
The specification describes the design and construction procedure for Dense Bituminous Macadam, (DBM), for use mainly,
but not exclusively, in base/binder and profile corrective courses. The work shall consist of construction in a single or
multiple layers of DBM on a previously prepared base or sub-base. The thickness of a single layer shall be 50 mm to 100
mm.
2.22.2 Materials
2.22.2.1 Bitumen
The bitumen shall be viscosity grade paving bitumen complying with the Indian Standard Specification IS:73, modified
bitumen complying with Clause 501.2.1 or as otherwise specified in the Contract.
The type and grade of bitumen to be used shall be specified in the Contract.
The coarse aggregates shall consist of crushed rock, crushed gravel or other hard material retained on 2.36 mm sieve. They
shall be clean, hard, durable, of cubical shape, free from dust and soft or friable matter, organic or other deleterious
substances. Where the Contractor's selected source of aggregates has poor affinity for bitumen, the Contractor shsil produce
test result that with the use of anti-stripping agents, the stripping value is improved to satisfy the specflcation requirements.
The Engineer may approve such a source and as a condition for the approval of that source, the bitumen shall be treated with
an approved anti-stripping agent, as per the manufacturer's recommendations, at the cost of the Contractor. The aggregates
shall satisfy the requirements specified in Table 500-8.
Where crushed gravel is proposed for use as aggregate, not less than 90 percent by weight of the crushed material retained on
the 4.75 mm sieve shall have at least two fractured faces.
Fine aggregates shall consist of crushed or naturally occurring mineral material, or a combination of the two, passing the
2.36 mm sieve and retained on the 75 micron sieve. These shall be clean, hard, durable, dry and free from dust, and soft or
friable matter, organic or other deleterious matter. Natural sand shall not be allowed in binder courses. However, natural
sand upto 50 percent of the fine aggregate may be allowed in base courses. The fine aggregate shall have a sand equivalent
value of not less than 50 when tested in accordance with the requirement of IS:2720 (Part 37). The plasticity index of the
fraction passing the 0.425 mm sieve shall not exceed 4, when tested in accordance with IS:2720 (Part 5).
2.22.2.4 Filler
Filter shall consist of finely divided mineral matter such as rock dust, hydrated lime or cement approved by the Enginee r.
The filler shall be graded within the limits indicated in Table 500-9.
The filler shall be free from organic impurities and have a plasticity Index not greater than 4. The Plasticity Index
requirement shall not apply if filler is cement or lime. Where the aggregates fail to meet the requirements of the water
sensitivity test in Table 500-8, then 2 percent by total weight of aggregate, of hydrated lime shall be used and percentage of
fine aggregate reduced accordingly.
2.22.2.5.1 When tested in accordance with IS:2386 Part 1 (wet sieving method), the combined grading of the coarse
and fine aggregates and filler for the particular mixture shall fall within the limits given in Table 500-10 for grading 1 or 2 as
specified in the Contract. To avoid gap grading, the combined aggregate gradation shall not vary from the lower limit on one
sieve to higher limit on the adjacent sieve.
57
Volume III : Road & Bridge Works PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014
Table 34: Physical Requirements for Coarse Aggregate for Dense Bituminous Macadam (Table 500-8 of MORT&H)
Pr oper t y Test S pecificat ion Met hod of Test
Cleanliness (dust) Grain size analysis Max 5% passing IS:2386Partl
0.075 mm sieve
Particle shape Combined Flakiness and Elongation Max 35% IS:2386 Parti
Indices*
Strength Los Angeles Abrasion Value Max 35% IS:2386 Part IV
or
Aggregate Impact Value Max 27%
Durability Soundness either : IS:2386PartV
Sodium Sulphate or Max 12%
Magnesium Sulphate Max 18%
Water Absorption Water Absorption Max 2% IS:2386 Part III
Stripping Coating and Stripping of Bitumen Minimum retained coating IS:6241
Aggregate Mix 95%
Water Sensitivity Retained Tensile Strength** Min. 80% AASHTO 283
To determine this combined proportion, the flaky stone from a representative sample should first be separated out.
Flakiness index is weight of flaky stone metal divided by weight of stone sample. Only the elongated particles be
separated out from the remaining (non-flaky) stone metal. Elongation index is weight of elongated particles divided by
total non-flaky particles. The values of flakiness index and elongation index so found are added up.
** If the minimum retained tensile test strength falls below 80 percent, use of anti-stripping agent is recommended to
meet the requirement.
* The nominal maximum particle size is the largest specified sieve size upon which any of the aggregate is retained.
** Corresponds to specific gravity of aggregates being 2.7. In case aggregate have specific gravity more than 2.7, the
minimum bitumen content can be reduced proportionately. Further the region where highest daily mean air temperature is
30°C or lower and lowest daily air temperature is - 10°C or lower, the bitumen content may be increased by 0.5 percent,
58
PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014 Volume III : Road & Bridge Works
2.22.2.5.2 Bitumen content indicated in Table 500-10 is the minimum quantity. The quantity shall be determined in
accordance with Clause 505.3.
Note : Interpolate minimum voids in the mineral aggregate (VMA) for designed percentage air voids values between those listed.
2.22.3.3 Job Mix Formula
The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer for approval at least 21 days before the start the work, the job mix formula
proposed for use in the works, together with the following details:
i) Source and location of all materials;
ii) Proportions of all materials expressed as follows:
(a) Binder type, and percentage by weight of total mix;
(b) Coarse aggregate/Fine aggregate/Mineral filler as percentage by weight of total aggregate
including mineral filler;
iii) A single definite percentage passing each sieve for the mixed aggregate;
iv) The individual gradings of the individual aggregate fraction, and the proportion of each in the
combined grading;
59
Volume III : Road & Bridge Works PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014
v) The results of mix design such as maximum specific gravity of loose mix (Gmm), compacted specimen
densities, Marshall stability,flow, air voids, VMA, VFB and related graphs and test results of AASHTO T
283 Moisture susceptibility test;
vi) Where the mixer is a batch mixer, the individual weights of each type of aggregate, and binder per
batch;
vii) Test results of physical characteristics of aggregates to be used;
viii) Mixing temperature and compacting temperature
While establishing the job mix formula, the Contractor shall ensure that it is based on a correct and truly representative
sample of the materials that will actually be used in the work and that the mix and its different ingredients satisfy the
physical and strength requirements of these Specifications.
Approval of the job mix formula shall be based on independent testing by the Engineer for which samples of all ingredients
of the mix shall be furnished by the Contractor as required by the Engineer.
The approved job mix formula shall remain effective unless and until a revised Job Mix Formula is approved. Should a
change in the source of materials be proposed, a new job mix formula shall be forwarded by the Contractor to the Engineer for
approval before the placing of the material.
Table 39 : Permissible Variations in the Actual Mix from the Job Mix Formula (Table 500-13 of MORT&H)
Descr ipt ion Base/binder Cour se
Aggregate passing 19 mm sieve or larger ±8%
Aggregate passing 13.2 mm, 9.5 mm ±7%
Aggregate passing 4.75 mm ±6%
Aggregate passing 2.36 mm, 1.18 mm, 0.6 mm ±5%
Aggregate passing 0.3 mm, 0.15 mm ±4%
Aggregate passing 0.075 mm ±2%
Binder content ± 0.3%
Mixing temperature ±10°C
61
Volume III : Road & Bridge Works PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014
The approved job mix formula shall remain effective unless and until modified by the Engineer. Should a change in the
source of materials be proposed, a new job mix formula shall be established by the Contractor and approved by the
Engineer before actually using the materials.
2.23.4 Permissible Variation from Job Mix Formula
The Contractor shall produce a uniform mix conforming to the approved job mix formula, subject to the permissible
variations of the individual percentages of the various ingredients in the actual mix from the job mix formula to be used,
within the limits as specified in Table 500-12, with the condition that the gradation after the variation remains within the
gradation envelop. These variations are intended to apply to individual specimens taken for quality control tests in
accordance with Section 900 of Specifications for Road & Bridge Works of MoRT&H (5th Revision).
63
Volume III : Road & Bridge Works PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014
Not es: 1. The combined aggregate grading shall not vary from the low limit on one sieve to the high limit on the adjacent sieve.
2. Determined by the Marshall method.
* Only in exceptional circumstances, 80/100 penetration grade may be used, as approved by the Engineer -in-Charge.
2.24.3 Mixture Design
2.24.3.1 Requirement of mixture
Apart from conformity with the grading and quality requirements for indivual ingredients the mixture shall meet the requireme nts set
out in Table 44.
64
PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014 Volume III : Road & Bridge Works
65
Volume III : Road & Bridge Works PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014
66
PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014 Volume III : Road & Bridge Works
The nominal maximum particle size is the largest specified sieve size up on which any of the aggregate is retained.
** Corresponds to specific gravity of aggregate being 2.7. In case aggregate have specific gravity more than 2.7, the
minimum bitumen content can be reduced proportionately. Further the region where highest daily mean air
temperature is 30°C or lower and lowest daily air temperature is - 10°C or lower, the bitumen content may be
increased by 0.5 percent.
Table 47: Permissible Variations in Plant Mix from the Job Mix Formula (Table 500-18 of MORT&H)
Descr ipt ion Per missible Var iat ion
Aggregate passing 19 mm sieve or larger ±7%
Aggregate passing 13.2 mm, 9.5 mm ±6%
Aggregate passing 4.75 mm ±5%
Aggregate passing 2.36 mm, 1.18 mm, 0.6 mm ±4%
Aggregate passing 0.3 mm, 0.15 mm ±3%
Aggregate passing 0.075 mm ± 1.5%
Binder content ± 0.3%
Mixing temperature ± 10%
2.25.4.3 Geosynthetics
Where Geosynthetics are specified in the Contract, this shall be in accordance with the requirements stated in Clause 703.
67
Volume III : Road & Bridge Works PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014
2.26.1 Scope
This work shall consist of the application of one coat or two coats of surface dressing, each coat consisting of a layer of
bituminous binder sprayed on a previously prepared, base, followed by a cover of stone chips rolled in to form a wearing
course to the requirements of these Specifications.
2.26.2 Materials
2.26.2.1 Binder
The binder shall either be bitumen conforming to IS:73 or rapid setting cationic bitumen emulsion (RS -2) conforming to
IS:8887. Grade of bitumen shall depend upon the climatic condition. For selection of grade of bitumen guidance may be
taken from Table 500-1. The type of binder to be used shall be stated in the Contract, or as directed by the Engineer.
2.26.2.2 Aggregates
The stone chips (cover aggregate) shall conform to the requirements of Clause 505.2.2., except that their water absorption
shall be restricted to a maximum of 1 percent and they shall have a Polished Stone Value of minimum 60. [in BS:812
(Part-114)], of not less than 60. The size of the aggregate shall depend upon the type of surface on which it is laid and the
traffic intensity. The chips shall be single sized, clean, hard, durable, of cubical shape; and free from dust and soft or friable
matter, organic or other deleterious matter and conform to one of the gradings given in Table 500-21. The size of the
aggregate shall depend upon the type of surface on which it is laid and the traffic intensity. Table 500 -20 may be used as
guidance.
Pre-coated Chips : As an alternative to the use of an adhesion agent or wherever specified in the Contract, the chips may be
pre-coated before they are spread except when the sprayed binder film is a bitumen emulsion. Pre-coating the chips may
be carried out by mixing aggregates with 0.75 to 1.0 percent of bitumen by weight of chips in a suitable mixer. The chips
shall be heated to 160°C and mixed with the binder heated to its application temperature. The pre-coated chips shall be
allowed to cure for at least one week or until they become non sticky and can be spread easily.
Table 48 : Recommended Nominal Size of Aggregates (mm) (Table 500-20 of MORT&H)
Tr affic Intensity in Terms of Number of Vehicles Per Day in the Lane Under Consideration
Ty pe of S ur face
1 0 0 0 -2 0 0 0 2 0 0 -1 0 0 0 2 0 -2 0 0
Very hard 10 6 6
Hard 13 10 6
Normal 13 10 6
Soft 19 13 13
Very soft 19 13
68
PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014 Volume III : Road & Bridge Works
Table 49 : Grading requirements for Aggregates used for Surface Dressing (Table 500-21 of MORT&H)
IS S ieve Designation (mm) Cumulative Percent by Weight of Total Aggregates Passing for t he F ollowing Nominal S izes (mm)
19 13 10 6
26.5 100 - - -
19 85-100 100 - -
13 0-40 85-100 100 -
9.5 0-7 0-40 85-100 100
6.3 - 0-7 0-35 85-100
4.75 - - 0-10 -
3.35 - - - 0-35
2.36 0-2 0-2 0-2 0-10
0.60 - - - 0-2
0.075 0-1.5 0-1.5 0-1.5 0-1.5
Minimum 65% by weight of Passing 19 and Passing 13.2 and Passing 9.5 and retained Passing 6.3 and retained
aggregate retained on 13.2 retained on 9.5 on 6.3 on 3.35
The rate of spread of binder and chips will depend upon the nominal size of the aggregate and the extent of its embedment
into the surface. The rate shall be determined as per the procedure given in Manual for Construction and Supervision of
Bituminous Construction. Approximate rate of application of aggregates, and binder under average conditions are given in
Table 500-22.
Table 50 : Approximate Rate of Application of Binder and Aggregates (Table 500-22 of MORT&H)
Binder (K g/m 2 )
Aggr egat es
Nominal Aggregate Size mm Uncoat ed Aggr egat es Coat ed Aggr egat es
Cu.m/m 2
Bit umen Emulsion Bit umen
19 1.2 1.8 1.0 0.014-0.015
13 1.0 1.5 0.8 0.009-0.011
10 0.9 1.3 0.7 0.007-0.009
6 0.75 1.1 0.6 0.003-0.005
Note : Bitumen for coated aggregates excludes quantity of bitumen required for coating.
69
Volume III : Road & Bridge Works PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014
70
PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014 Volume III : Road & Bridge Works
Table 51: Quantities of Materials Required for 10 m2 of Road Surface for 20 mm Thick Open-graded Premix
Surfacing (Table 500-23 of MORT&H)
Mat er ials Quant it y
Aggregates
a) Nominal Stone size 13.2 mm (passing 22.4 mm sieve and retained on 11.2 mm sieve) 0.18 m3
b) Nominal Stone size 11.2 mm (passing 13.2 mm sieve and retained on 5.6 mm sieve) 0.09 m3
Total 0 .2 7 m3
Binder
a) For 0.18 m3 of 13.2 mm nominal size stone of 52 kg bitumen per m3 9.5 kg
b) For 0.09 m3 of 11.2 mm nominal size stone of 56 kg bitumen per m 3 5.1 kg
Total 1 4 .6 kg
71
Volume III : Road & Bridge Works PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014
72
PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014 Volume III : Road & Bridge Works
The coarse aggregate of 13.2 mm size shall be placed into the mixer followed by 5 to 6.5 kg of Cationic bitumen e mulsion and
then the 11.2 mm size aggregate shall be added, followed by 5 to 6.5 kg of Cationic bitumen emulsion. After the materials
have been mixed thoroughly, the mix shall be immediately transported to the laying site in suitable vehicles. Too much
mixing shall be avoided.
2.27.2.4.6 Spreading and Rolling
The premixed cationic bitumen emulsion and aggregates shall be spread uniformly by a paver within 10 minutes of applying the
tack coat. All levelling, raking etc. should be completed within 20 minutes of the time of mixing.
The mix shall be spread uniformly to the desired thickness, grades and crossfall (camber). The crossfall shall be checked by
means of camber boards and irregularities levelled out. Too much raking is to be avoided.
The rolling shall start immediately after laying the premix. A smooth wheeled tandem roller of 8-10 tonnes shall be used,
unless other compaction methods are approved by the Engineer, based on the results of laying trials, if necessary. While
rolling, wheels of roller should be clean and kept moist to prevent the premix from adhering to the wheels. In no case shall
fuel/ lubricating oil be used for this purpose. Use of water for this purpose shall be strictly limited to an absolute minimum.
Rolling shall commence at the edges and progress towards the centre longitudinally except in the case of superelevated
and uni-directionaly cambered sections where rolling shall be carried out from the lower edge towards the higher edge
parallel to the centre line of the road.
After one pass of roller over the whole area, depressions or uncovered spots should be corrected by adding premix
material. Rolling shall be continued until the entire surface has been rolled, to maximum compaction and all the roller marks
eliminated. In each pass of the roller, the preceding track shall be overlapped uniformly by at least one-third width. Roller(s)
shall not stand on newly laid material. Joints, both longitudinal and transverse to the road sections laid and compacted
earlier, shall be cut vertically to their full depth so as to expose fresh surface which shall be painted with a thin coat of binder
before the new mix is laid.
2.27.2.5 Seal Coat
A seal coat, conforming to Clause 511, as specified in the Contract, shall be applied immediately after laying the premix
carpet.
2.27.2.6 Opening to Traffic
Traffic should not be allowed over the premix surface till seal coat is laid. After the seal coat is laid, traffic may be allowed in
accordance with Clause 511.4.
2.27.2.7 Surface Finish and Quality Control
The surface finish of construction shall conform to the requirements of Clause 902. For control of the quality of materials
and work carried out, relevant provision of Section 900 shall apply.
2.27.2.8 Arrangements for Traffic
During the period of construction, arrangements for traffic shall be made in accordance with the provisions of Clause 112.
2.28.1 Scope
This work shall consist of the application of a seal coat for sealing the voids in a bituminous surface laid to the specified
levels, grade and cross fall (camber).
Seal coat shall be of either of the two types specified below:
A. Liquid seal coat comprising of an application of a layer of bituminous binder followed by a cover of stone chips.
B. Premixed seal coat comprising of a thin application of fine aggregate premixed with bituminous binder.
2.28.2 Materials
2.28.2.1 Binder
The requirements of Clauses 510.1.2.1 and 510.2.2.1 shall apply.
The quantity of bitumen per 10 square metres, shall be 9.8 kg for Type A, and 6, 8 kg for Type B seal coat. Where bituminous
emulsion is used as a binder, the quantities for Type A and Type B seal coats shall be 15 kg and 10.5 kg respectively.
73
Volume III : Road & Bridge Works PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014
2.29.3 Materials
The materials for slurry seal shall conform to the following requirements.
2.29.3.1 Bitumen Emulsion
The bitumen emulsion shall be a cationic slow setting type SS 2, conforming to the requirements oflS:8887.
2.29.3.2 Aggregates
The mineral aggregates shall be crushed stone dust, clean, sharp, hard, durable and uncoated dry particles and shall be free from
soft pieces and organic and other deleterious substances. The aggregate shall satisfy the requirement given in Table 500-26.
The target grading shall conform to one of the three types given in Table 500-27.
Table 54 : Properties of Aggregates (Table 500-26 of MORT&H)
Pr oper t ies Test Met hod S pecificat ion
Sand Equivalent Value IS:2720 (Part 37) Min 50 percent
Water absorption* IS:2386 (Part 3) Max 2 percent
Soundness with- IS:2386 (Part 5)
Sodium sulphate Max 12 percent
Magnesium sulphate Max 18 percent
In case water absorption exceeds 2% but is less than 4%, same may be permitted subject t o conformity of soundness
test and wet stripping test
Table 55 : Aggregate Grading (Table 500-27 of MORT&H)
Per cent age by Mass Passing (Minimum Lay er Thick ness)
S iev e S ize (mm)
Ty pe I (2 -3 mm) Ty pe II (4 -6 mm) Ty pe III (6 -8 mm)
9.5 - - 100
6.3 - 100 90-100
4.75 100 90-100 70-90
2.36 90-100 65-90 45-70
1.18 65-90 45-70 28-50
0.600 40-65 30-50 19-34
0.300 25-42 18-30 12-25
0.150 15-30 10-21 7-18
0.075 10-20 5-15 5-15
Tolerances : Percent passing each sieve shall not vary by more than the tolerance limit indicated in Table 500-28 and shall
remain within the gradation band.
Table 56 : Tolerances for Slurry Seal (Table 500-28 of MORT&H)
Descr ipt ion Toler ance
Aggregate passing 4.75 mm ±5%
Aggregate passing 2.36 mm, 1.18 mm, 0.6 mm ±5%
Aggregate passing 0.3 mm ±4%
Aggregate passing 0.15 mm ±3%
Aggregate passing 0.075 mm ±2%
If more than one nominal size aggregate is used to produce the required grading, the correct amount of each type of
aggregate used shall be proportioned separately to meet the requirements of grading as per Table 500-27, prior to adding
other materials in the mixture. After target gradation has been submitted, the percent passing each sieve shall not vary by
more than the tolerance limits given in Table 500-29, and shall remain within the gradation band. The aggregate will be
acceptable based on average of five gradation tests at the job location.
2.29.3.3 Filler
Mineral filler shall be Ordinary Portland Cement. The quantity of filler shall be in the range of 0.5 to 2 percent by weight of dry
aggregate.
2.29.3.4 Water
Water shall be potable, free from harmful salt and contaminants. The pH of the water shall be in the range of 6 to 7.
75
Volume III : Road & Bridge Works PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014
2.29.3.5 Additives
Chemical additives may be used to accelerate or retard the break-set time of the slurry or to improve the resulting surface
finish. The quantity of additive, if used, shall be decided by mix design and to be adjusted as per the site/climate
conditions. The specifications for additive shall be supplied by the supplier of the emulsion. The additive and emulsion shall
be compatible with each other.
2.29.4 Mix Design
The compatibility of aggregate, emulsion, filler and additive(if needed) shall be verified by mix design for a selected type
and grading of aggregate as specified in Tables 500-27 and 500-28. the design criteria for slurry seal mixture is specified in
Table 500-29. The proposed slurry seal mix shall conform to the specified requirements, when tested in accordance with
tests specified in Table 500-30. The mix design report shall clearly show the proportions of aggregate, filler, water and
residual bitumen content based on the dry weight of the aggregates, additive usage (if any).
Table 57 : Mix Design Criteria for Slurry Seal Mix (Table 500-29 of MORT&H)
Requir ement S pecificat ions Test Met hod
Mix Time, minimum 180 seconds Appendix 1 IRC:SP:81
Consistency, maximum 3 cm Appendix 3 IRC:SP:81
Wet cohesion, pass % minimum 20 kg.cm Appendix 4 IRC:SP:81
Wet striping, Pass %, minimum 90 Appendix 5 IRC:SP:81
Wet Track abrasion loss, (one hour soak), maximum 800 g/m2 Appendix 6 IRC:SP:81
Aggregate, bitumen emulsion, water and additive including set control additive (if needed), shall be proportioned by
weight utilizing the mix design approved by the Engineer. The final mixture, after addition of water and additive (if used) shall
be such that the slurry seal mixture has proper workability and permit traffic within four hours (without leading to ravelling
after placement). Trial mix shall be prepared and laid at site for the designed mix and observed for breaking and setting
time. Indicative limits of various ingredients for job mix of slurry seal shall be as given in Table 500-30.
Table 58 : Indicative Quantity of Ingredients (Table 500-30 of MORT&H)
Ingr edient s Limits (Percent by Weight of Dry Aggregates)
Cationic Bitumen Emulsion 10 to 16 for type I 7.5 to 13.5 for Type II 6.5 to 12 for Type III
Water 6 to 12
Filler 1.0 to 2.0
Additive 0.5 to 2.0
2.29.5 Construction
2.29.5.1 Weather and Seasonal Limitations
Laying of slurry seal shall not be undertaken, if either the pavement temperature or air temperature is below 10°C.
However during a dry spell, slurry seal may be laid in rainy season also, even if the surface is wet but there is no stagnant
water on the pavement surface.
2.29.5.2 Surface Preparation
The underlying surface on which the slurry seal is to be applied shall be cleaned of all loose material, mud spots, vegetation
and extraneous matter and shall be prepared and shaped to the needed profile. It is essential to pre-treat cracks on the
pavement surface with an appropriate crack sealing material prior to application of slurry seal, if it is used for preventive/
renewal treatment. The surface should be swept clean by removing caked earth and other foreign matter with wire brushes,
sweeping with mechanical brooms and finally dusting with air jet or other means approved by the Engineer
2.29.5.3 Application of Tack Coat
Tack coat is not required normally for flexible pavements, unless surface is extremely hungry and dry. In case it is needed,
Clause 503 shall apply.
2.29.5.4 Machine
The machine shall be specially designed and manufactured to lay slurry seal. It shall be self propelled equipment, truck
mounted, consisting of following sub-assemblies used to manufacture and simultaneously spread these mixes on the
surface:
76
PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014 Volume III : Road & Bridge Works
i) Aggregate bin.
ii) Filler bin.
iii) Water and Emulsion Tanks.
iv) Additive Tanks.
v) Aggregates and filler conveyors to supply the mixer box.
vi) Pump or compressed air system to supply the emulsion/water.
vii) Mixer Box.
viii) Spreader box to place the mixed slurry on the job.
77
Volume III : Road & Bridge Works PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014
The fog spray shall be applied by means of a self-propelled or towed bitumen pressure sprayer complying with the
requirements of the Manual for Construction and Supervision of Bituminous Works. The spray bar should be protected from
gusts of wind by means of a hood.
2.300.4.2 Preparation of Surface
The surface on which the fog spray is to be applied shall be thoroughly cleaned with compressed air, scrubbers etc. The
cracks shall be cleaned with a pressure air jet to remove all dirt, dust etc.
2.30.4.3 Application
The fog seal shall be applied at a rate of 0.5-1.0 litres/m2, using equipment such as pressure tank, flexible hose and spray bar
or lance.
2.30.5 Blinding
If specified in the Contract or ordered by the Engineer, the fog spray shall be blinded with graded grit of 3 mm size and
under, coated with about 2 percent of the emulsion by weight. The pre coated grit shall be allowed to be cured for at least
one week or until they become non-sticky and can be spread easily.
2.30.6 Arrangements for Traffic
During the spraying operations, arrangements for traffic shall be made in accordance with the provisions of Clause 112.
The surface should not be opened to traffic for 24 hours after spraying. If pick-up does occur a light blinding of crusher dust
or sand should be applied,
In cold climatic regions (temperature less than 10°C), VG 40 grade bitumen may be used.
78
PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014 Volume III : Road & Bridge Works
79
Volume III : Road & Bridge Works PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014
80
PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014 Volume III : Road & Bridge Works
b) A thin bituminous tack coat (with bitumen of grade VG 30) shall be applied on the concrete deck before pouring
mastic. The deck shall be dry. The quantity of bitumen for tack coat shall be as per Table 500-6 of MoRT&H.
c) After applying tack coat, chicken-mesh reinforcement of 1.5 mm dia steel wire with hexagonal or rectangular
openings of 20-25 mm shall be placed and held properly in position on the concrete surface before pouring
mastic.
2.31.4.6 Joints
All construction joints shall be properly and truly made. These joints shall be made by warming existing mastic asphalt by the
application of an excess quantity of the hot mastic asphalt mix which afterwards shall be trimmed to leave it flush with the
surfaces on either side.
2.31.4.7 Surface Finish
The mastic asphalt surface can have poor skid resistance after floating, in order to provide resistance to skidding, the
mastic asphalt after spreading, while still hot and in a plastic condition, shall be covered with a layer of stone aggregate.
This aggregate shall be 13.2 mm size (passing the 19.0 mm sieve and retained on the 6.7 mm sieve) or 9.5 mm siz e
(passing the 13.2 mm sieve and retained on the 6,7 mm sieve) subject to the approval of the Engineer. Hard stone chips,
complying with the quality requirements of Table 500-16, shall be precoated with bitumen at the rate of 2 ± 0.4 percent of
VG 30 grade. The addition of 2 percent of filler complying with Table 500-9 may be required to enable this quantity of binder
to be held without draining. The chips shall then be applied at the rate of 0.005 cu.m per 10 sq.m and rolled or otherwise
pressed into the surface of the mastic layer when the temperature of the mastic asphalt is not less than 100°C.
2.31.5 Opening of Traffic
Traffic may be allowed after completion of the work when the mastic asphalt temperature of the completed layer has cooled
to the daytime maximum ambient temperature.
2.32.2.2 Aggregate
The requirements of Clause 510.2.2 apply except that the Polished Stone Value requirement does not apply in the case of
SAMI. Where required by the contract, aggregates shall be pre-coated by mixing them with 0.75 to 1.0 percent of paving
bitumen by weight of chips in a suitable mixer, the chips being heated to 160°C and the bitumen to its application temperature.
The pre-coated chips shall be allowed to cure for at least one week or until they become non-sticky and can be spread easily.
2.32.2.4 Geo-textile
The geotextile as prescribed shall conform to the requirements of Clause 703.3 of MoRT&H.
Table 63 : Quantity of Materials Required for 10 sq.m of Road Surface for Stress Absorbing Membrane
Table 500-43 of MORT&H)
S pecification of S AM t o be Quant it y of
S . No. Ty pe and Widt h of Cr ack Quant it y of Chipping
Applied Binder Kg/10m2
Hair cracks and map cracks Single coat SAM
1) 8 -1 0 0.10 m3 of 5.6 mm chips
upto 3 mm width or 2nd coat of two coat SAM
2) Map cracks or alligator cracks Single coat SAM 10-12 0.11m3 of 5.6 mm chips
3 mm to 6 mm width
Map cracks or alligator cracks Two coat SAM 0.12 m3 of 5.6 mm and 11.2 mm
3) 1st coat 12 -14 chips in 1:1 ratio
6 mm to 9 mm width
2nd coat 8 -1 0 0.10 m3 of 5.6 mm chips
Two coat SAM
Cracks above 9 mm width and
4) 1st coat 14-16 0.12 m3 of 11.2 mm chips
cracked area above 50 percent
2nd coat 8 -1 0 0.10 m3 of 5.6 mm chips
All types of cracks with crack width
5) Single coat SAM I 8 -1 0 0.10 m3 of 5.6 mm chips
below 6 mm
All types of cracks with crack width
6) Single coat SAM I 10-12 0.10 m3 of 11.2 mm chips
above 6 mm
2.32.3.3.2 Binder quantity for bitumen impregnated geotextile shall be in the range 0.9 to 1.2 litres/m2. Binder
quantity outside this range is permitted according to the geotextile manufacturer's instructions and subject to the
agreement of the Engineer.
Where a two coat SAM or SAMI is required by the Contract, the second coat shall be applied within 90 days of the first coat.
82
PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014 Volume III : Road & Bridge Works
2.33 BITUMINOUS COLD MIX (INCLUDING GRAVEL EMULSION) (cl. 518 of MORT&H)
2.33.2 Materials
2.33.2.1 Binder
The binder shall be a slow/ medium setting bitumen emulsion conforming to IS:8887 or a medium curing cut-back
conforming to IS:217.
The final selection of the binder shall be made only after laboratory evaluation with the aggregates to be used. A general
guide for the selection of the binder is given in the Manual for Construction and Supervision of Bituminous Works.
The binder with the highest residual viscosity at ambient temperatures that can reasonably be handled by the mixing and
laying equipment proposed shall be used.
2.33.2.1.1 Aggregates
The aggregates shall comply with the requirements of Clauses 505.2.2. and 505.2.3. If the aggregates are not properly
coated with the binder, a small amount of hydrated lime on an approved antistripping agent (see Appendix 4) shall be
proposed by the Contractor, for the approval of the Engineer.
83
Volume III : Road & Bridge Works PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014
Table 65 : Mix Requirements for Designed Cold Mix (Table 500-45 of MORT&H)
Par amet er Emulsion 1 Cut back 2
2.2 kN at 25°C for maintenance 3.3 kN
Minimum Stability 2.2 kN at 22.2°C for paving
at 25°C for paving
Percent maximum stability loss on soaking 50 3 25 4
Minimum flow (mm) 2 2
Compaction level (number of blows) 50 75
Per cent air voids 3-55 3-5
Per cent voids in mineral aggregate (VMA) See Table 500-46
Per cent minimum coating 6 50
Not es: 1 Using Marshall method for emulsified asphalt-aggregate cold mix design". Appendix F, MS-14
2 Using "Marshall method for cut-back asphalt-aggregate cold mix design:, Appendix H, MS-14
³ With vacuum saturation and immersion
4 Four days soak at 25°C.
Table 66 : Minimum Percent Voids in Mineral Aggregate (VMA) (Table 500-46 of MORT&H)
Nominal Max imum Par t icle S ize IS S iev e (mm) Minimum VMA (Per cent )
9.5 16.0
12.5 15.0
19.0 14.0
25.0 13.0
37.5 12.0
84
PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014 Volume III : Road & Bridge Works
85
Volume III : Road & Bridge Works PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014
86
PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014 Volume III : Road & Bridge Works
87
Volume III : Road & Bridge Works PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014
2.34.6.4 Placing
Lean concrete shall be placed by a paver with electronic sensor on the drainage layer or as specified in the Contract. The
equipment shall be capable of laying the material in one layer in an even manner without segregation, so that after
compaction the total thickness is as specified. The paving machine shall have high amplitude tamping bars to give good
initial compaction to the sub-base. One day before placing of the dry lean cement concrete sub-base, the surface of the
granular sub-base/drainage layer shall be given a fine spray of water and rolled with a smooth wheeled roller.
Preferably the lean concrete shall be placed and compacted across the full width of the two lane carriageway, by
constructing it in one go. In roads with carriageway more than 2 lanes a longitudinal joint shall be provided. Transverse butt
type joint shall be provided at the end of the construction in a day. Transverse joints in the concrete pavement shall not be
coterminous with the transverse construction joint of the Dry Lean Concrete.
The Dry Lean Concrete shall be laid in such a way that it is atleast 750 mm wider on each side than the proposed width
including paved shoulders of the concrete pavement. The actual widening shall be decided based on the specifications of
the paver, such that the crawler moves on the Dry Lean Concrete, and the cost of extra width shall be borne by the
Contractor.
2.34.6.5 Compaction
2.34.6.5.1 The compaction shall be carried out immediately after the material is laid and levelled. In order to ensure
thorough compaction, rolling shall be continued on the full width till there is no further visible movement under the roller and
the surface is well closed. The minimum dry density obtained shall not be less than 98 percent of that achieved during the trial
length construction in accordance with Clause 601.7. The densities achieved at the edges i.e. 0.5 m from the edge shall not
be less than 96 percent of that achieved during the trial construction.
2.34.6.5.2 The spreading, compacting and finishing of the lean concrete shall be carried out as rapidly as possible and
the operation shall be so arranged as to ensure that the time between the mixing of the first batch of concrete in any transverse
section of the layer and the final finishing of the same shall not exceed 90 minutes when the temperature of concrete is
between 25°C and 30°C, and 120 minutes if less than 25°C. This period may be reviewed by the Engineer in the light of the
results of the trial run but in no case shall it exceed 120 minutes. Work shall not proceed when the temperature of the concrete
exceeds 30°C. If necessary, chilled water or addition of ice may be resorted to for bringing down the temperature. It is
desirable to stop concreting when the ambient temperature is above 35°C. After compaction has been completed, roller shall
not stand on the compacted surface for the duration of the curing period except during commencement of next day's work
near the location where work was terminated the previous day.
2.34.6.5.3 Double drum smooth-wheeled vibratory rollers of minimum 80 to 100 kN static weight are suitable for
rolling dry lean concrete. In case any other roller is proposed, the same shall be got approved from the Engineer, after
demonstrating its performance. The number of passes required to obtain maximum compaction depends on the thickness
of the dry lean concrete, the compatibility of the mix and the weight and type of the roller and the same as well as the tota l
requirement of rollers for the jobs shall be determined during trial run by measuring in-situ density and the scale of the
work to be undertaken.
Except on super elevated portions where rolling shall proceed from the inner edge to the outer, rolling shall begin from the
edges gradually progressing towards the centre. First, the edge/edges shall be compacted with a roller running forward
and backward. The roller shall then move inward parallel to the centreline of the road, in successive passes uniformly
lapping preceding tracks by at least one half width.
2.34.6.5.4 A preliminary pass without vibration to bed the Dry Lean Concrete down shall be given followed by the
required number of passes to achieve the desired density and, a final pass without vibration to remove roller with vibration
marks and to smoothen the surface.
Special care and attention shall be exercised during compaction near joints, kerbs, channels, side forms and around
gullies and manholes. In case adequate compaction is not achieved by the roller at these locations, use of plate vibrators
shall be made, if so directed by the Engineer.
2.34.6.5.5 The final lean concrete surface on completion of compaction shall be well closed, free from movement
under roller and free from ridges, low spots, cracks, loose material, pot holes, ruts or other defects. The final surface shall
be inspected immediately on completion and all loose, segregated or defective areas shall be corrected by using fresh lean
concrete material, laid and compacted. For repairing honeycombed/hungry surface, concrete with aggregates of size 10
mm and below shall be spread and compacted as per Specifications. It is necessary to check the level of the rolled surface
for compliance. Any level/thickness deficiency shall be corrected after applying concrete with aggregates of size 10 mm
and below after roughening the surface. Surface regularity also shall be checked with 3 m straight edge. Strength tests
shall be carried out, and if deficiency in strength is noticed, at least three (evenly spread) cores of minimum 100 mm dia
88
PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014 Volume III : Road & Bridge Works
per km shall be cut to check deficiency in strength. The holes resulting from cores shall be restored by filling with concrete
of the specified strength and compacted by adequate rodding.
2.34.6.5.6 Segregation of concrete in the tipping trucks shall be controlled by moving the dumper back and forth
while discharging the mix into the same or by any appropriate means. Paving operation shall be such that the mix does not
segregate.
2.34.6.6 Joints
Construction and longitudinal joints shall be provided as per the drawings.
Transverse butt type joint shall be provided at the end of the construction in a day. Longitudinal construction joint shall be
provided only when full width paving is not possible. Transverse joints in Dry Lean concrete shall be staggered from the
construction butt type joint in Concrete pavement by 800-1000 mm.
Longitudinal joint in Dry Lean Concrete shall be staggered by 300-400 mm from the longitudinal joint of concrete
pavement.
At longitudinal or transverse construction joints, unless vertical forms are used, the edge of compacted material shall be cut
back to a vertical plane where the correct thickness of the properly compacted material has been obtained.
2.34.6.7 Curing
As soon as the lean concrete surface is compacted, curing shall commence. One of the following methods shall be
adopted:
a) Curing may be done by covering the surface by gunny bags/hessian, which shall be kept wet
continuously for 7 days by sprinkling water.
b) The curing shall be done by spraying with approved resin based aluminized reflective curing compound
conforming to ASTM-C 309-81 in accordance with Clause 602.9.12. As soon as the curing compound
has lost its tackiness, the surface shall be covered with wet hessian for three days. The rate of application
shall be as recommended by the supplier.
c) Wax-based white pigmented curing compound with water retention index of not less than 90 percent shall be
used to cure the dry lean concrete. The curing compound shall conform to BS: 7542. The compound shall
be applied uniformly with a mechanical sprayer and with a hood to protect the spray from the wind. The
curing compound shall be applied over the entire exposed surface of the Dry Lean Concrete, including
sides and edges, at the rate of 0.2 litres/sq.m, or as recommended by the supplier.
The first application, referred to as curing application shall be applied immediately after the final rolling of Dry Lean
Concrete is completed. As soon as the curing compound loses tackiness, the surface shall be covered with wet hessian for
three days. The second application of curing compound also referred to as the debonding application, shall be applied 24 to 48
hours prior to the placement of the concrete pavement. Any damaged Dry Lean Concrete shall be corrected prior to the second
application. Normally, the manufacturer's instructions shall be followed for its application.
89
Volume III : Road & Bridge Works PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014
2.34.9 Traffic
No heavy commercial vehicles like trucks and buses shall be permitted on the dry lean concrete sub-base. Construction
vehicles at slow speed may be permitted after 7 days of its construction with the prior approval of the Engineer.
90
PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014 Volume III : Road & Bridge Works
Fly-ash upto 20 percent by weight of cementitious material may be used in Ordinary Portland
Cement 43 and 53 Grade as part replacement of cement provided uniform blending with cement is ensured. The fly ash
shall conform to IS:3812 (Part I).
Site mixing of fly ash shall be permitted only after ensuring availability of the equipments at site for uniform blending
through a specific mechanised facility with automated process control like batch mix plants conforming to IS:4925 and
IS:4926. Site mixing will not be allowed otherwise.
The Portland Pozzolana Cement produced in factory as per IS:1489-Part I shall not have fly-ash content more than 20
percent by weight of cementitious material. Certificate from the manufacturer to this effect shall be produced before use.
Admixtures conforming to IS:9103 and IS:6925 shall be permitted to improve workability of the concrete and/or extension
of setting time, on satisfactory evidence that they will not have any adverse effect on the properties of concrete with respect
to strength, volume change, durability and have no deleterious effect on steel bars. The particulars of the admixture and
the quantity to be used, must be furnished to the Engineer in advance to obtain his approval before use. Satisfactory
performance of the admixtures should be proved both on the laboratory concrete trial mixes and in the trial length paving, (f
air entraining admixture is used, the total quantity of air shall be 5±1.5 percent for 31.5 mm maximum nominal size
aggregate (in air-entrained concrete as a percentage of the volume of the mix).
Silica fume conforming to a standard approved by the Engineer may be used as an admixture in the proportion of 3 to 10
percent of cement. Silica fume shall comply with the requirements given in IS:15388-2003, IS:456-2000, IRC:SP:76 and
!RC:44-2008.
2.35.2.4 Fibres
Fibres may be used subject to the provision in the design/approval by the Engineer to reduce the shrinkage cracking and post-
cracking. The fibres may be steel fibre as per IRC:SP:46 or polymeric Synthetic fibres within the following range of
specifications:
Effective Diameter 10 micron - 100 micron
Length 6-48 mm
Specific gravity more than 1.0
Suggested dosage 0.6-2.0 kg/cu.m (0.2 - 0.6% by weight of cement in mix)
Usage will be regulated as stipulated in IRC:44/IS:456
Water absorption less than 0.45 percent
Melting point of this fibre shall not be less than 160°C.
The aspect ratio generally varies from 200 to 2000.
These synthetic fibres will have good alkali and UV light resistance.
When fibres are used, the mix shall be so designed that the slump of concrete at paving site is 25±15 mm.
2.35.2.5 Aggregates
2.35.2.5.1 Aggregates for pavement concrete shall be natural material complying with
IS:383 but with a Los Angeles Abrasion Test value not exceeding 35 percent. The limits of deleterious materials shall not
exceed the requirements set out in Table 600-2 of MoRT&H.
91
Volume III : Road & Bridge Works PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014
Table 68 : Permissible Limits of Deleterious Substances in Fine and Coarse Aggregates (Table 600-2 of MORT&H)
F ine Aggregate Per cent age by Coarse Aggregate Percentage by
S. Weight , (Max ) Weight (Max )
Delet er ious S ubst ance Method of Test
No.
Uncr ushed Cr ushed* Uncr ushed Cr ushed*
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)
i) Coal and lignite IS:2386 (Part 11)- 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
1963
ii) Clay lumps do 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0
iii) Materials finer than 75 u IS Sieve IS:2386 (Part l)- 3.0 8.0 3.0 3.0
1963
iv) Soft fragments IS:2386 (Part ll)- — — 3.0 -
1963
v) Shale IS:2386 (Part ll)- 1.0 — — —
1963
vi) Total of percentages of all deleterious 5.0 2.0 5.0 5.0
materials (except mica) including SI No.
(i) to (v) for col 4, 6 and 7 and SI No. (i)
and (ii) for col 5 only
The aggregates shall be free from chert, flint, chalcedony or other silica in a form that can react with the alkalies in the
cement. In addition, the total chlorides content expressed as chloride ion content shall not exceed 0.06 percent by weight
and the total sulphate content expressed as sulphuric anhydride (S03) shall not exceed 0.25 percent by weight. In case the
Engineer considers that the aggregates are not free from dirt, the same may be washed and drained for atleast 72 hours
before batching, as directed by the Engineer.
92
PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014 Volume III : Road & Bridge Works
Table 69: Requirement of Preformed Seals as per ASTM D 2628(Table 600-4 of MORT&H)
S . No. Descr ipt ion Requir ement s AS TM Test Met hods
1) Tensile strength, min 13.8 MPa D412
2) Elongation at break Min. 250% D412
3) Hardness, Type A durometer 55 +/-5 points D2240
4) Oven aging, 70 h at 100°C Tensile strength loss 20% max D573
5) Elongation loss 20% max
6) Hardness Change Type A durometer 0 t o+ 1 0 points D471
7) Oil Swell, ASTM Oil 3, 70 h at 100°C Weight Change 45% max D 1149
8) Ozone resistance 20 percent strain, 300 pphm in air, 70h at 40°C No cracks D2240
Low temperature stiffening, 7 days at -10°C Hardness Change type
9) 0 to +15 points
A durometer
10) Low temperature recovery, 22h at -10°C, 50% deflection 88% min D2628
11) Low temperature recovery, 22h at -29°C, 50% deflection 83% min D2628
12) Low temperature recovery, 70h at -100°C, 50% deflection 85% min D2628
13) Compression, deflection, at 80% of normal width (min) 613 N/m D2628
2.35.3.1 After approval by the Engineer of all the materials to be used in the concrete, the Contractor shall submit the
mix design based on weighed proportions of all ingredients for the approval of the Engineer vide Clause 602.3.4. The mix
design shall be submitted at least 30 days prior to the paving of trial length and the design shall be based on laboratory trial
mixes using the approved materials and methods as per IRC:44 or IS: 10262. The target mean strength for the design mix shall
be determined as indicated in Clause 602.3.3.1. The mix design shall be based on the flexural strength of concrete.
93
Volume III : Road & Bridge Works PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014
2.35.3.4 Workability
2.35.3.4.1 The workability of the concrete at the point of placing shall be adequate for the concrete to be fully
compacted and finished without undue flow. The optimum workability for the mix to suit the paving plant being used shall
be determined by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer. The control of workability in the field shall be exercised by
the slump test as per IS: 1199.
The workability requirement at the batching and mixing plant and paving site shall be established by slump tests carried
during trial paving. These requirements shall be established from season to season and also when the lead from batching
and mixing plant site to the paving site changes. The workability shall be established for the type of paving equipment
available. A slump value in the range of 25 ± 15 mm is reasonable for paving works but this may be modified depending
upon the site requirement and got approved by the Engineer. These tests shall be carried out on every tipping
truck/dumper at batching and mixing plant site and paving site initially when the work commences but subsequently the
frequency can be reduced to alternate tipping trucks or as per the instructions of the Engineer.
2.35.3.5 Design Mix
2.35.3.5.1 The Contractor shall carry out laboratory trials of design mix with the materials from the approved sources to
be used as per IRC:44. Trial mixes shall be made in presence of the Engineer or his representative and the design mix shall
be subject to the approval of the Engineer. They shall be repeated, if necessary, until the proportions, that will produce a
concrete which complies in all respects with these Specifications, and conform to the requirements of the
design/drawings.
2.35.3.5.2 The proportions determined as a result of the laboratory trial mixes may be adjusted, if necessary, during the
construction of the trial length. Thereafter, neither the materials nor the mix proportions shall be varied in any way except
with the written approval of the Engineer.
94
PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014 Volume III : Road & Bridge Works
2.35.3.5.3 Any change in the source of materials or mix proportions proposed by the Contractor during the course of
work shall be assessed by making laboratory trial mixes and the construction of a further trial length of length not less than
50 m unless approval is given by the Engineer for minor adjustments like compensation for moisture content in aggregates
or minor fluctuations in the grading of aggregate.
2.35.4 Sub-base
The cement concrete pavement shall be laid over the sub-base constructed in accordance with the relevant drawings and
Specifications. It shall be ensured that the sub-base is not damaged before laying the concrete pavement. If the dry lean
concrete sub-base is found damaged at some places or it has cracks wider than 10 mm, it shall be repaired with fine
cement concrete (aggregate size 10 mm and down) or bituminous concrete before laying separation membrane layer.
2.35.6 Joints
2.35.6.1.1 Transverse joints shall be contraction, construction and expansion joints constructed at the spacing
described in the drawings. Transverse joints shall be straight within the following tolerances along the intended line of
joints.
i) Deviations of the performed filler board (IS: 1838) in the case of expansion joints from the intende d line of
the joint shall not be greater than ±10 mm.
ii) The best fit straight line through the joint grooves as constructed shall be not more than 25 mm from the
intended line of the joint.
iii) Deviations of the joint groove from the best fit straight line of the joint shall not be greater than 10 mm.
iv) Transverse joints on each side of the longitudinal joint shall be in line with each other and of the same type
and width. Transverse joints shall have a sealing groove which shall be sealed in compliance with Clause
602.10 of MoRT&H.
95
Volume III : Road & Bridge Works PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014
96
PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014 Volume III : Road & Bridge Works
iii) Fixings shall be deemed to fail when there is displacement of the assemblies by more than 3 mm
with any form of fixing, under the test load. The displacement shall be measured at the nearest part
of the assembly to the centre of the bar or timber packing.
2.35.6.4.5 Dowel bars in the contraction joints, construction joints and expansion joints shall be covered by a thin
plastic sheath. The thickness of the sheath shall not exceed 0.5 mm and shall be tightly fitted on the bar for at least two-
thirds of the length from one end for dowel bars in contraction/construction joints and half the length plus 50 mm for
expansion joints. The sheathed bar shall comply with the following pull-out tests:
Four bars shall be taken at random from stock and without any special preparation shall be covered by sheaths as required
in this Clause, The ends of the dowel bars which have been sheathed shall be cast centrally into concrete specimens 1 50
mm x 150 mm x 600 mm, made of the same mix proportions to be used in the pavement, but with a maximum nominal
aggregate size of 20 mm and cured in accordance with IS:516. At 7 days a tensile load shall be applied to achieve a
movement of the bar of at least 0.25 mm. The average bond stress to achieve this movement shall not be greater than
0.14 MPa.
2.35.6.4.6 For expansion joints, a closely fitting cap 100 mm long consisting of waterproofed cardboard or an
approved synthetic material like PVC or Gl pipe shall be placed over the sheathed end of each dowel bar. An expansion
space (about 25 mm) at least equal in length to the thickness of the joint filler board shall be formed between the end of
the cap and the end of the dowel bar by using compressible sponge. To block the entry of cement slurry into the annular
space between the sheathing and dowel bar shall be taped around its mouth,
2.35.6.5 Tie Bars
2.35.6.5.1 Tie bars in longitudinal joints shall be deformed steel bars of strength 500 MPa complying with IS: 1786
and in accordance with the requirements given in this Clause. The bars shall be free from oil, dirt, loose rust and scale.
2.35.6.5.2 Tie bars projecting across the longitudinal joint shall be protected from corrosion for 75 mm on each side
of the joint by a protective coating of bituminous paint with the approval of the Engineer. The coating shall be dry when the
tie bars are used. In the case of coastal region and high rainfall areas, tie bars shall be epoxy coated in their full length as
per IS: 13620.
2.35.6.5.3 Tie bars in longitudinal joints shall be made up into rigid assemblies with adequate supports and fixings
to remain firmly in position during the construction of the slab. Alternatively, tie bars at longitudinal joints may be
mechanically or manually inserted into the plastic concrete from above by vibration using a method which ensures correct
placements of the bars and recompaction of the concrete around the tie bars.
2.35.6.5.4 Tie bars shall be positioned to remain in the middle from the top or within the upper middle third of the
slab depth as indicated in the drawings and approximately parallel to the surface and approximately perpendicular to the
line of the joint, with the centre of each bar on the intended line of the joints within a tolerance of ±50 mm, and with a
minimum cover of 30 mm below the joint groove. Spacing of tie bars on curves of radius less than 360 m shall not be less
than 350 mm.
2.35.6.5.5 To check the position of the tie bars, one metre length, 0.5 m on either side of the longitudinal joint shall
be opened when the concrete is green (within 20 to 30 minutes). The pit shall be refilled with the fresh concrete of same
mix after checking.
2.35.6.5.6 Concreting during Monsoon Months
Concreting should be avoided during rainy season. However, when concrete is being placed during monsoon months and
when it may be expected to rain, sufficient supply of tarpaulin or other waterproof cloth shall be provided along the line of
the work. Any time when it rains, ail freshly laid concrete which had not been covered for curing purposes shall be
adequately protected. Any concrete damaged by rain shall be removed and replaced. If the damage is limited to texture, it
shall be retextured in accordance with the directions of the Engineer.
2.35.7 Construction
2.35.7.1 General
A systems approach may be adopted for construction of the pavement, and the Method Statement for carrying out the work,
detailing all the activities, indication of time-cycle, equipment, personnel etc., shall be got approved from the Engineer before
the commencement of the work. This shall include the type, capacity and make of the batching and mixing plant besides the
hauling arrangement and paving equipment. The capacity of paving equipment, batching plant as well as all the ancillary
equipment shall be adequate for a paving rate of atleast 500 m in one day. The paving speed of slip-form paver shall not be
less than 1.0 m per minute. The concreting should proceed continuously without stops and starts.
97
Volume III : Road & Bridge Works PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014
The placing of concrete in front of the PQC paver should preferably be from the side placer to avoid damage to DLC by
concrete tipping trucks. In case of unavoidable situation, truck supplying concrete to the paver may be allowed to ply on the
DLC with the approval of the Engineer. The paver shall be capable of paving the carriageway as shown in the drawings, in a
single pass and lift.
99
Volume III : Road & Bridge Works PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014
a) Transverse tining : When the texturing is specified in transverse direction, a beam of at least 3 m
length mounted with tines shall be moved in transverse direction to produce the texture. The
grooves produced shall be at random spacing of grooves but uniform in width and depth. The
spacing shall conform to a pattern shown below;
Random spacing in mm
10 14 16 11 10 13 15 16 11 10 21 13 10
b) The above pattern shall be repeated. Texturing shall be done at the right time such that the
grooves after forming shall not close and they shall not get roughened. Swerving of groove
patterns will not be permitted. The completed textured surface shall be uniform in appearance.
2.35.7.7.2 Brush Texturing
Alternatively on the instructions of the Engineer, the brush texturing shall be applied. The brushed surface texture shall be
applied evenly across the slab in one direction by the use of a wire brush not less than 450 mm wide but wider brushes
normally of 3 m length are preferred. The brush shall be made of 32 gauge tape wires grouped together in tufts placed at 10
mm centres. The tufts shall contain an average of 14 wires and initially be 100 mm long. The brush shall have two rows of tufts.
The rows shall be 20 mm apart and the tufts in one row shall be opposite the centre of the gap between tufts in the other row.
The brush shall be replaced when the shortest tuft wears down to 90 mm long.
The texture depth shall be determined by the Sand Patch Test as described in the Clause 602.12. This test shall be
performed at least once for each day's paving and wherever the Engineer considers it necessary at times after construction as
under:
Five individual measurements of the texture depth shall be taken at least 2 m apart anywhere along a diagonal line across a
lane width between points 50 m apart along the pavement. No measurement shall be taken within 300 mm of the
longitudinal edges of a concrete slab constructed in one pass.
Texture depths shall not be less than the minimum required depth when measurements are taken as given in Table 600-5 nor
greater than an average of 1.25 mm.
Table 70 : Texture Depth (Table 600-5 of MORT&H)
Number of Requir ed Tex t ur e Dept h (mm)
Time of Test
Measur ement s S pecified Value Toler ance
1) Between 24 hours and 7 days after the construction of the An average of 5 1.00 ±0.25
slab or until the slab is first used by vehicles measurements
2) Not later than 6 weeks before the road is opened to traffic An average of 5 1.00 +0.25 - 0.35
measurements
After the application of the brushed texture, the surface of the slab shall have a uniform appearance.
Where the texture depth requirements are found to be deficient, the Contractor shall make good the texture across the full
lane width over the length directed by the Engineer, by retexturing the hardened concrete surface in an approved manner.
2.35.7.8 Curing
2.35.7.8.1 Immediately after the surface texturing, the surface and sides of the slab shall be cured by the application of
approved resin-based aluminized reflective curing compound which hardens into an impervious film or membrane with the
help of mechanical sprayer.
2.35.7.8.2 The curing compound shall not react chemically with the concrete and the film or membrane shall not
crack, peel or disintegrate within three weeks of application. Immediately prior to use, the curing compound shall be
thoroughly agitated in its containers. The rate of spread shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions
checked during the construction of the trial length and subsequently whenever required by the Engineer. The mechanical
sprayer shall incorporate an efficient mechanical device for continuous agitation and mixing of the compound during
spraying. The curing compound shall be sprayed in two applications to ensure uniform spread.
Curing compounds shall contain sufficient flake aluminium in finely divided dispersion to produce a complete coverage of
the sprayed surface with a metallic finish. The compound shall become stable and impervious to evaporation of water from
the surface of the concrete within 60 minutes of application and shall be of approved type. The curing compounds s hall
have a water retention efficiency index not less than 90 percent in accordance with BS Specification No. 7542 or as per
ASTM C-309-81 Type 2.
100
PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014 Volume III : Road & Bridge Works
2.35.7.8.3 In addition to spraying of curing compound, the fresh concrete surface shall be protected for at least 3
hours by covering the finished concrete pavement with tents mounted on mobile trusses as described in Clause 602.7.2,
during adverse weather conditions as directed by the Engineer. After three hours, the pavement shall be covered by moist
hessian laid in two layers and the same shall then be kept damp for a minimum period of 14 days after which time the
hessian may be removed. The hessian shall be kept continuously moist. All damaged/torn hessian shall be removed and
replaced by new hessian on a regular basis.
2.35.7.8.4 The Contractor shall be liable at his cost to replace any concrete damaged as a result of incomplete curing
or cracked on a line other than that of a joint as per procedure in IRC:SP:83.
2.36 GEOSYNTHETICS FOR ROAD AND BRIDGE WORKS (cl. 701 of MORT&H)
2.36.1 Application and General Requirements
The specification covers the various applications of geosynthetic materials for use in road and bridge works including
supplying and laying as per contract specifications.
Geosynthetic is a general classification for all synthetic materials used in geotechnical engineering application. It includes
geotextiles, geogrids, geostrips, geomembranes, geonets, geocomposites, geocells, geosynthetic mats, paving fabric and
glass grid etc. Geo fabrics made from natural fibres such as jute, and coir referred to herein under natural geotextites may
also be used in different geotechnical engineering applications.
i) Geotextiles : Any permeable synthetic textile used with foundation, soil, rock, earth, or any other
geotechnical engineering-related material as an integral part of a human-made project, structure, or
system.
The geotextile fabric shall be a woven, non-woven or knitted fabric consisting of long-chain polymeric
filaments or yarns such as polypropylene, polyethylene or polyester or any combination thereof
formed into a stable network such that the filaments or yarns retain their relative position to each
other.
There are several application areas for geotextiles requiring specific functions namely separation,
filtration, drainage, reinforcement or a combination thereof.
ii) Geogrids : A deformed or non-deformed netlike polymeric material used with foundation, soil, rock,
earth, or any other geotechnical engineering-related material as an integral part of human-made
project, structure, or system.
Geogrids have relatively high strength, high modulus, and low-creep-sensitive polymers with apertures
varying from 10 to 100 mm in size or more. The openings/holes in geogrids are either elongated ellipse,
near squares with rounded corners, squares or rectangles. Geogrids can be of uni-axial grid, bi-axial
grid or three dimensional grids. Geostrip is another form of geogrid, which is used in reinforced soil
structures. It is primarily made of synthetic material in strips and is made from high tenacity
polyester yarn and contained in a suitable polymer sheath.
These are used as reinforcement in pavements and reinforced soil slopes.
iii) Geomembranes : An essentially impermeable membrane (liner or barrier) used with foundation,
soil, rock, earth, or in any other geotechnicai application as an integral part of human-made project,
structure, or system, used to control fluid migration.
Geomembranes are made from PVC or polyethylene sheets, which are duly protected from
ultraviolet exposure by carbon black or any antioxidants and thermal stabilizers.
These are used as capillary cut off in roads in water logged areas.
iv) Geonets : Geonets are used in combination with other types of geosynthetics. These are usually
formed by continuous polymeric ribs at acute angle to one another. When the ribs are opened
relatively large size apertures are formed in a net like configuration.
These are used in combination with other geosynthetic materials to form a composite material.
v) Geocomposite : A manufactured material, which could be a combination of any two or more
synthetic materials like geotextiles, geogrids, geonets and geomembranes etc., in laminated or
composite form. One of the popular forms of geocomposite is Drainage Composite. Drainage
Composites are formed by combining geotextile or geomembrane with a core of geonet or
seratted/corrugated polymeric materials.
101
Volume III : Road & Bridge Works PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014
Prefabricated Vertical Drains (PVD)/Band Drains and Fin Drains come under the category of
geocomposites.
vi) Geocell : It is a three dimensional structure with interconnected cells. The geocells are made of
polyester/polypropylene/high density polyethylene stabilized with carbon black.
Geocells may be used in erosion control of slopes.
vii) Geosynthetic Mats : These are two dimensional or three dimensional mats with specified thickness,
made of multi-filaments, with apertures to allow vegetation growth for erosion control application.
Geosynthetic mat consists of UV stabilized non-degradable polypropylene/polyethylene or similar
polymer fibres that are extruded or heat bonded to provide a dimensionally stable matrix. A tension
element like steel wire mesh or geogrid shall be included in these mats as reinforcement, where these
mats are required to possess more strength against erosive forces, like in steep slopes or in heavy
rainfall areas.
These are used for erosion protection of slopes.
viii) Natural Geotextiles : These geotextiles are made of natural fibres like jute or coir. The
blankets/mats/mesh made of these fibres are sometimes further reinforced with polymeric nettings
to enhance its tensile strength and for holding the fibres intact. The polymer netting is securely
stitched on both sides of the fabric to form a strong quilted mat. These fabrics have excellent
drapability and aid in quick growth of vegetation and are used for erosion control applications.
ix) Paving Fabric and Glass Grids : The paving fabrics are non-woven heat set material, consisting of at
least 85% by weight of polyolefin, polyester or polyamides. They are heat bonded only on one side
Glass grids are either a composite glass fibre reinforced geogrid with continuous filament nonwoven
geotextile chemically /mechanically bonded to the grid, or bituminous coated glass fibre geogrids
with or without adhesive on one side of the grid.
The paving fabric, glass grids and composite of fabric and glass grids are used in bituminous
pavements to act as stress relieving membrane and crack retarding layer within the pavement
structure. The paving fabric also serves the function of water barrier.
2.37.1 Scope
The work covers the use of geotextile materials for drainage, separation/filtration and erosion control works including
supplying and laying as per design, drawing and these specifications.
For drainage/filtration function, geotextile shall be able to convey water across the plane of the fabric throughout its
design life.
For separation function the geotextile shall prevent intermixing of two layers of dissimilar materials, throughout the design
life of the structure.
The geotextile as a filter material below erosion control measures like stone pitching or stone filled mattresses over the
slopes, shall allow the water to flow out and at the same time prevent the loss of soil under the protective measures.
2.37.2 Material
2.37.2.1 Strength Requirement
The minimum strength of geotextile in terms of MARV under different installation conditions shall be as specified in Table
700-1 of MoRT&H.
102
PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014 Volume III : Road & Bridge Works
Table 74 : Geotextile Requirements for Separation (Subgrades Soaked CBR <3) (Table 700-5 of MORT&H)
S .No. Geot ex t ile Pr oper t y Requir ement
1) Permittivity as per ASTM D 4491 0.05 sec1 (per sec)
2) Maximum Apparent Opening Size as per ASTM D 4751 0.43
103
Volume III : Road & Bridge Works PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014
2.37.3 Construction
2.37.3.1 General
Exposure of geotextiles to the elements between lay down and cover shall be a maximum of 14 days to minimize damage
potential.
In trenches, after placing the backfill material, the geotextile shall be folded over the top of the filter material to produce a
minimum overlap of 300 mm for trenches greater than 300 mm wide. In trenches less than 300 mm wide, the overlap shall
be equal to the width of the trench. The geotextile shall then be covered with the subsequent course.
Overlap at roll ends and at adjacent sheets shall be a minimum of 450 mm, except when placed underwater. In such
instances, the overlap shall be a minimum of 1 m. Where seams are required in the longitudinal trench direction, they shall
be joined by either sewing or overlapping. All seams and overlaps shall be subject to the approval of the Engineer.
Care shall be taken during installation so as to avoid any damage to the geotextile. Damages, if any, during installation shall
be repaired by placing a geotextile patch over the damaged area and extending it 1 m beyond the perimeter of the tear or
damage, or as approved by the Engineer.
2.37.3.3 Separation
After preparation of subgrade as per the specifications along the road alignment, geotextile shall be rolled out as indicated in
the drawings. The entire roll shall be placed on the subgrade and unrolled as smoothly as possible. Wrinkles and folds in the
fabric shall be removed by stretching as required.
Adjacent rolls of geotextiles shall be overlapped, sewn, or joined as required. For curves, the geotextile shall be folded or cut
and overlapped in the direction of construction. Folds in the geotextile shall be stapled or pinned approximately 0.6 m
centre-to-centre. Before covering, the condition of the geotextile shall be checked for damage (i.e., holes, nips, tears, etc)
by the Engineer.
Before placing the, first lift of granular sub-base on the geotextile, a trial stretch of 100 m shall be laid as per roll width to
establish a proper construction methodology of placing and compacting the sub-base in a manner that no damages are
caused to the separation layer of geotextile.
104
PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014 Volume III : Road & Bridge Works
2.38.1 Scope
The work covers the use of geogrids in sub-base of pavement, erosion control of slopes, reinforced soil slopes and
reinforced soil walls including supplying and laying as per design, drawing and these specifications.
The use of geogrids as a component for reinforced soil slopes and walls shall be as per Section 3100 of MoRT&H.
2.38.2 Materials
2.38.2.1 General
Geogrids shall be either made from high tenacity polyester yarn jointed at cross points by weaving, knitting or bonding
process with appropriate coating or from polypropylene or polyethylene or any other suitable polymeric material by an
appropriate process. Geogrids manufactured by extrusion process are integrally jointed, mono or bi-directionally oriented
or stretched meshes, in square, rectangular, hexagonal or oval mesh form. The geogrids manufactured by
weaving/knitting/bonding process shall be formed into a stable network such that ribs, filaments or yarns retain their
dimensional stability relative to each other including selvages.
Table 76 : Minimum Requirements for Geogrid for Sub-Base of Flexible Pavement (Table 700-7 of MORT&H)
Tensile strength @2% strain ASTM D6637 kN/m >15% of T; both in machine and cross-machine direction
Tensile strength @5% strain ASTM D6637 kN/m >20% of T; both in machine and cross-machine direction
Note :
1) All numerical values in the Table represent MARV in the specified direction.
2) All geogrids shall be placed along machine direction parallel to the centre line of roadway alignment.
2.39.1 Scope
This work shall consist of laying geosynthetic materials either non-woven paving fabric or fibre glass coated grid over
existing bituminous surface, including preparation of surface and joining, stitching or overlapping of geosynthetic fabric
etc., as part of highway pavement strengthening in layers as shown on drawings or as directed by the Engineer.
bitumen emulsions are used, the emulsion shall be allowed to cure properly such that no water/moisture remains prior to
placing the paving fabric. Wrinkles or folds in excess of 25 mm shall be single-lapped in the direction of the paving
operation. Brooming and/ or pneumatic rolling will be required to maximize paving fabric contact with the pavement
surface. Additional hand-placed tack coat may be required at laps and repairs as determined by the Engineer to satisfy
bitumen retention of the lapped paving fabric. All areas where paving fabrics have been placed shall be paved the same
day. No traffic except necessary construction equipment will be allowed to drive on the paving fabric. Turning of the paver
and other vehicles shall be done gradually and kept to a minimum to avoid movement and damage to the paving fabric.
Abrupt starts and stops shall also be avoided. Damaged fabric shall be removed and replaced with the same type of fabric.
Overlaps shall be shingle-lapped in the direction of paving. Additional tack coat shall be placed between the overlap to
satisfy saturation requirements of the fabric. Overlap shall be sufficient to ensure full closure of the joint but not exceed 150
mm. Transverse joints shall be overlapped in the direction of the pavement by 100 to 150 mm or as per the manufacturer's
recommendations or as directed by the Engineer. Longitudinal joints shall be overlapped by 20-30 mm or as per the
manufacturer's recommendations or as directed by the engineer. The overlay operations shall be completed at the earliest
after laying the fabric.
2.39.2.5 Glass Grid Placement
The glass grid shall be placed on the surface provided by the tack coat using mechanical or manual lay down equipment
capable of providing a smooth installation with a minimum amount of wrinkling or folding. On curves, the Glass grid must be
cut and realigned to match the curvature.
Glass grid shall not be installed in areas where the bituminous overlay tapers to a compacted thickness of less than 40 mm.
When emulsions are used, the emulsion shall be allowed to cure properly such that no water/moisture remains prior to
placing the glass grid. Wrinkles severe enough to cause folds shall be slit and laid flat. Brooming and/or rubber-tire rolling will
be required to maximize glass grid contact with the pavement surface. Additional hand-placed tack coat may be required at
overlaps and repairs as required by the Engineer. Turning and braking of the paver and other vehicles shall be done gradually
and kept to a minimum to avoid movement and damage to the glass grid. Damaged composite shall be removed and
replaced with the same type of composite and a tack coat.
All areas where glass grid has been placed shall be paved the same day. No traffic except necessary construction traffic
shall be allowed to drive on the glass grid.
Overlaps shall be shingle - lapped in the direction of paving. Additional tack coat shall be placed between the overlap to
satisfy saturation requirements of the fabric. Overlap shall be sufficient to ensure full closure of the joint but not exceeding
150 mm.
2.39.2.6 Overlay Placement
Bituminous overlay construction shall closely follow the placement of paving fabric or glass-grid. Excess tack coat that bleeds
through the paving fabric or glass grid shall be removed by broadcasting hot mix or sand on the glass grid. Excess sand or hot mix
shall be removed before beginning the paving operation. In the event of rainfall prior to the placement of the asphalt overlay,
the fabric must be allowed to dry completely before the overlay is placed. Overlay asphalt thickness shall meet the
requirements of the contract drawings and documents. The minimum compacted thickness of the first lift of overlay asphalt
concrete shall not be less than 40 mm.
107
Volume III : Road & Bridge Works PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014
2.40.2.4 Substrate
Sign panels shall be fabricated on aluminium sheet, aluminium site panel, fibre glass sheeting, or sheet moulding
compound. Aluminium sheets use. Sign boards shall be of smooth, hard and corrosion resistant aluminium alloy
conforming to IS: 736-Matehal Designation 24345 or 1900. Aluminium Composite Material (ACM) sheets shall be
sandwiched construction with a thermoplastic core of Low Density Polyethylene (LDPE) between two thick skins/sheets of
aluminium with overall thickness and 3 mm or 4 mm (as specified in the Contract), and aluminium skin of thickness 0.5
mm and 0.3 mm respectively on both sides.
The mechanical proportion of ACM and that of aluminium skin shall conform to the requirements given in Table 800-1, when
tested in accordance with the test methods mentioned against each of them.
Table 79 : Specifications for Aluminium Composite Material (ACM) (Table 800-1 of MORT&H)
S pecificat ion
S . No. Descr ipt ion S t andar d Test Accept able Value
A Mechanical Properties of ACM
1) Peel off strength with retro reflective sheeting (Drum Peel Test) ASTM D903 Min. 4 N/mm
2) Tensile strength ASTM E8 Min. 40 N/mm2
3) 0.2% Proof Stress ASTM E8 Min. 34 N/mm2
4) Elongation ASTM E8 Min. 6%
5) Flexural strength ASTM 393 Min. 130 N/mm2
6) Flexural modulus ASTM 393 Min. 44.00 N/mm2
7) Shear strength with Punch shear test ASTM 732 Min. 30 N/mm2
B Pr operties of Aluminium Skin
1) Tensile strength (Rm) ASTM E8 Min. 65 N/mm2
2) Modulus of elasticity ASTM E8 Min. 70,000 N/mm2
3) Elongation ASTM E8 A50 Min. 2%
4) 0.2% Proof Stress ASTM E8 Min. 10 N/mm2
108
PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014 Volume III : Road & Bridge Works
This high intensity retro reflective sheeting shall be of encapsulated lens type consisting of spherical glass lens, elements
adhered to a synthetic resin and encapsulated by a flexible, transparent waterproof plastic having a smooth surface or as
an unmetallised micro prismatic reflective material element. The retro-reflective surface after cleaning with soap and
water and in dry condition shall have the minimum co-efficient of retro-reflection (determined in accordance with ASTM
D:4956-09) as indicated in Table 800-2 of MoRT&H.
Table 80 : Acceptable Minimum Co-efficient of Retro-Reflection for High Intensity Grade Sheeting (Type III)
(Encapsulated Lens Type) (Candelas Per Lux Per Square Metre) (Table 800-2 of MORT&H)
Observation Angle in Ent rance Angle in Whit e Yellow Or ange Gr een Red Blue Br own
Degrees Degrees
0.10B -4° 300 200 120 54 54 24 14
0.10B +30° 180 120 72 32 32 14 10
0.2° -4° 250 170 100 45 45 20 12
0.2° +30° 150 100 60 25 25 11 8.5
0.5° -4° 95 62 30 15 15 7.5 5.0
0.5° +30° 65 45 25 10 10 5.0 3.5
A minimum of Coefficient of Retro-reflection (RA) cd/fc/ft 2 (cd-lx-1 m2 ).
B Values for 0.1° observation angles are supplementary requirements that shall apply only when specified by the purchaser in
the Contract or order. When totally wet, the sheeting shall show not less than 90 percent, of the values of retro reflectance
indicated in above Table. At the end of 7 years, the sheeting shall retain at least 80 percent of its original retro-reflectance.
2.40.3.3 High Intensity Micro-Prismatic Grade Sheeting (HIP) (Type IV)
This sheeting shall be of high intensity retro-reflective sheeting made of micro-prismatic retro-reflective element material
coated with pressure sensitive adhesive. The retro-reflective surface after cleaning with soap and water and in dry
condition shall have the minimum coefficient of retro-reflection (determined in accordance with ASTM D:4956-09) as
indicated in Table 800-3 of MoRT&H.
109
Volume III : Road & Bridge Works PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014
Table 82 : Acceptable Minimum Co-efficient of Retro-Reflection for Prismatic Grade Sheeting (Type IX)
(Candelas Per Lux per Square Metre) (Table 800-5 of MORT &H)
F luor e - F luor e -
Obser - F luor escent
Ent r ance Whit e Yellow Or ange Gr een Red Blue scent scent
v at ion Yellow / Gr een
Yellow Or ange
0.1 0B -4° 600 500 250 66 130 130 530 400 200
0.1 0B +30° 370 280 140 37 74 17 300 220 110
0.2° -4° 380 285 145 38 76 17 300 230 115
0.2° +30° 215 162 82 22 43 10 170 130 65
0.5° -4° 240 180 90 24 48 11 190 145 72
0.5° +30° 135 100 50 14 27 6.0 110 81 41
1.0° -4° 80 60 30 8.0 16 3.6 64 48 24
1.0° +30° 45 34 17 4.5 9.0 2.0 36 27 14
Table 83 : Acceptable Minimum Co-efficient of Retro-Reflection for Prismatic Grade Sheeting Type A (Type XI)
(Candelas Per Lux per Square Metre) (Table 800-6 of MORT&H)
F luor e -
F luor e - F luor e -
Obser - Ent r ance scent
Whit e Yellow Or ange Gr een Red Blue Br own scent scent
v at ion Angle Yellow/ Yellow Or ange
Gr een
0.1 OB -4° 830 620 290 83 125 37 25 660 500 250
0.1 0B +30° 325 245 115 33 50 15 10 260 200 100
0.2° -4° 580 435 200 58 87 26 17 460 350 175
0.2° +30° 220 165 77 22 33 10 7.0 180 130 66
0.5° -4° 420 315 150 42 63 19 13 340 250 125
0.5° +30° 150 110 53 15 23 7.0 5.0 120 90 45
1.0° -4° 120 90 42 12 18 5.0 4.0 96 72 36
1.0° +30° 45 34 16 5.0 7.0 2.0 1.0 36 27 14
A Minimum Coefficient of Retro-reflection (RA) cd/fc/ft 2 (cd-lx-1m2 ).
B Values for 0.1° observation angles are supplementary requirements that shall apply only when specified by the purchaser in
the contract or order. When totally wet, the sheeting shall show not less than 90 percent of the values of retro reflection
indicated in above Table. At the end of 10 years, the sheeting shall retain at least 80 percent of its original retro-reflectance.
2.40.3.5 Adhesives
The sheeting shall have a pressure-sensitive adhesive of the aggressive-tack type requiring no heat, solvent other
preparation for adhesion to a smooth clean surface, in a manner recommended by the sheeting manufacturer. The
adhesive shall be protected by an easily removable liner (removable by peeling without soaking in water or other solvent)
and shall be suitable for the type of material of the base plate used for the sign. The adhesive shall form a durable bond to
smooth, corrosion and weather resistant surface of the base plate such that it shall not be possible to remove the sheeting
from the sign base in one piece by use of sharp instrument. The sheeting shall be applied in accordance with the
manufacturer's specifications.
110
PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014 Volume III : Road & Bridge Works
2.40.3.6 Fabrication
Surface to be reflectorised shall be effectively prepared to receive the retro-reflective sheeting. The aluminium sheeting
shall be de-greased either by acid or hot alkaline etching and all scale/dust removed to obtain a smooth plain surface
before the application of retro-reflective sheeting. If the surface is rough, approved surface primer may be used. After cleaning,
metal shall not be handled, except by suitable device or clean canvas gloves, between all cleaning and preparation operation
and application of reflective sheeting/primer. There shall be no opportunity for metal to come in contact with grease, oil or
other contaminants prior to the application of retro-reflective sheeting. Complete sheets of the material shall be used on the
signs except where it is unavoidable. At splices, sheeting with pressure-sensitive adhesives shall be overlapped not less than
5 mm. Where screen printing with transparent colours is proposed, only butt joint 'shall be used. The material shall cover the
sign surface evenly and shall be free from twists, cracks and folds. Cut-outs to produce legends and borders shall be bonded
with the sheeting in the manner specified by the manufacturer.
2.40.3.7 Messages/Borders
The messages (legends, letters, numerals etc.) and borders shall either be screen-printed or of cut out from durable
transparent overlay or cut out from the same type of reflective sheeting for the cautionary/mandatory sign boards. Screen
printing shall be processed and finished with materials and in a manner specified by the sheeting manufacturer. For the
informatory and other sign boards, the messages (legends, letters, numerals etc.) and borders shall be cut out from durable
transparent overlay film or cut-out from the same reflective sheeting only. Cut-outs shall be from durable transparent
overlay materials as specified by the sheeting manufacturer and shall be bonded with the sheeting in the manner specified
by the manufacturer. For screen-printed transparent coloured areas on white sheeting, the coefficient of retro-reflection
shall not be less than 50 percent of the values of corresponding colour in Tables 800 -2 to 800-8 as applicable. Cut-out
messages and borders, wherever used, shall be either made out of retro-reflective sheeting or made out of durable
transparent overlay except those in black which shall be of non-reflective sheeting or opaque in case of durable transparent
overlay.
2.40.3.8 Colour for Signs
Table 84 : Colour Specified Limits (Daytime) (Table 800-7 of MORT&H)
Day t ime Luminance
Colour 1 2 3 4
F act or (Y%)
x y x y x y x y Min. Max .
White 0.303 0.300 0.368 0.366 0.340 0.393 0.274 0.329 15 -
Yellow 0.498 0.412 0.557 0.442 0.479 0.520 0.438 0.472 24 45
Green 0.026 0.399 0.166 0.364 0.286 0.446 0.207 0.771 2.5 11
Red 0.648 0.351 0.735 0.265 0.629 0.281 0.565 0.346 2.5 11
Blue 0.140 0.035 0.244 0.210 0.190 0.255 0.065 0.216 1 10
Orange 0.558 0.352 0.636 0.364 0.570 0.429 0.506 0.404 12 30
Brown 0.430 0.340 0.610 0.390 0.550 0.450 0.430 0.390 1 6
Fluorescent Yellow-Green 0.387 0.610 0.369 0.546 0.428 0.496 0.460 0.540 60 -
Fluorescent Yellow 0.479 0.520 0.446 0.483 0.512 0.421 0.557 0.442 45 -
Fluorescent Orange 0.583 0.416 0.535 0.400 0.595 0.351 0.645 0.355 25 -
Not e : The colours shall be durable and uniform in acceptable hue when viewed in day light or under normal headlights at night.
111
Volume III : Road & Bridge Works PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014
Not e : Amount of yellow pigment, calcium carbonate and inert fillers shall be at the option of the manufacturer, provided all
other requirements of this Specification are met.
2.41.4.2 Reflectorizing Glass Beads
2.41.4.2.1 General
This Specification covers two types of glass beads to be used for the production of reflectorised pavement markings.
Type 1 beads are those which are a constituent of the basic thermoplastic compound vide Table 800-9 and Type 2 beads
are those which are to be sprayed on the surface vide Clause 803.6.4.
2.41.4.2.2 Specific Requirements
a) Gradation : The glass beads shall meet the gradation requirements for the two types as given in
Table 800-10.
Table 8 7 : Gradation Requirements for Glass Beads (Table 800-10 of MORT&H)
Per cent Ret ained
S iev e S ize
Ty pe 1 Ty pe 2
1.18 mm 0to3
850 micron 5 to 20 0 to 5
600 micron 5 to 20
425 micron 65 to 95
300 micron 30 to 75
180 micron 0-10 10 to 30
Below 180 micron O to 15
112
PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014 Volume III : Road & Bridge Works
113
Volume III : Road & Bridge Works PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014
2.41.7.1.3 Properties
Non-Volatile Matter content by weight shall be a minimum of 65 percent as determined in accordance with test method
ASTM D1644. The liquid paint shall have a density of 1.3 g/cc minimum as determined in accordance with test method
ASTM D1475.
2.41.7.1.4 Appearance
Drying Time of the paint as determined by the test method ASTM D711 shall be a maximum of 20 minutes at a wet film
thickness of 350 micron. The paint shall set to bear traffic after 40 minutes when the ambient temperature is higher than
24°C. The paint shall not be applied when the surface temperature of the road is higher than 40°C.
2.41.7.1.5 Properties of the Dried Paint Film
When tested using a sand abrasion tester as described in ASTM D968, the quantity of sand required for removal of a 75
micron thick unbeaded dry film shall be greater than 65 litres.
2.41.7.1.6 Minimum Thickness of the Unbeaded Cold Applied Paint Coat
The minimum thickness of the wet unbeaded coat of paint shall not be less than 400 micron, and the minimum thickness of
the dry unbeaded coat of paint shall not be less than 200 microns.
2.41.7.1.7 Retro-reflective Properties
The co-efficient of retro-reflection as per British Standards BS EN 1436:1998 shall be as under:
For white paint (Beaded) -300 mcd/m2 /lux on application
-100 mcd/m2 /lux after defect liability period of one year
For yellow paint (Beaded) -200 mcd/m2 /lux on application
-100 mcd/m2 /lux after defect liability period of one year
The luminous Co-efficient as per British Standards BS EN 1436:1998 shall be as under:
For white paint (Un-beaded) 100 mcd/m2 /lux on application
For yellow paint (Un-beaded) 80 mcd/m2 /lux on application
2.41.7.3 Reflectorising Glass Beads
2.41.7.3.1 Specific Requirements
i) Gradation: The glass beads shall meet the gradation requirements as per No. 4 of BS:6088
as given in Table 800-12.
Table 89 : Gradation Requirements for Glass Beads (Table 800-12 of MORT&H)
S iev e S ize Per cent age Ret ained
250 micron 0-10
150 micron 80-100
Below 150 micron 0-20
114
PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014 Volume III : Road & Bridge Works
ii) Roundness: The glass beads shall have a minimum of 70 percent true Spheres.
iii) Refractive Index: The glass beads shall have a minimum refractive Index of 1.50.
iv) Free Flowing Properties: The glass beads shall be free of hard lumps, clusters and shall dispense
readily under any conditions suitable for paint striping. They shall pass the free flow-test as given in
Clause 803.6.5.4 of MoRT&H.
2.42 ROAD DELINEATORS (cl. 806 of MORT&H)
2.42.1 Scope
The work shall cover supplying and fixing roadway indicators, hazard markers and object markers. Roadway indicators shall be
properly installed to indicate the horizontal alignment and vertical profile of the roadway so as to outline the vehicle path for
safe driving. Hazard markers shall be installed immediately ahead of obstruction of vehicular path such as just before a narrow
bridge. Object markers shall be erected where obstruction within the roadway starts such as channelising island in
approaches to intersections.
2.42.2 The design, materials to be used and the location of the road delineators (roadway indicators, hazard markers
and object markers) shall conform to Recommended Practice for Road Delineators, IRC.79, and to relevant drawings or as
otherwise directed by the Engineer. The steel drums such as empty bitumen drums shall not be used as they could pose safety
hazards, The delineators shall be retro-reflectorised as shown on the drawings or as directed by the Engineer. The reflectors on
the delineators shall be of retro-reflective sheeting with encapsulated lens and with the visibility of 300 m under clear weather
conditions, when illuminated by the upper beam of the car headlights.
2.42.3 Installation
The delineators shall be so installed that their posts do not change their orientation and the reflectorised faces are always
perpendicular to the direction of travel.
2.43 CRASH BARRIERS (cl. 811 of MORT&H)
115
Volume III : Road & Bridge Works PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014
2.43.4.1 Materials
2.43.4.1.1 Metal beam rail shall be corrugated sheet steel beams of the class, type, section and thickness indicated
on the drawings. Railing posts shall be made of steel of the section, weight and length as shown on the drawings. All
complete steel rail elements, terminal sections, posts, bolts, nuts, hardware and other steel fittings shall be galvanized. All
elements of the railing shall be free from abrasions, rough or sharp edges and shall not be kinked, twisted or bent.
2.43.4.1.2 The "W" beam type safety barrier shall consist of a steel post and a 3 mm thick "W" beam rail element. The
steel post and the blocking out spacer shall both be channel section of 75 mm x150 mm & size 5 mm thick. The rail shall be
70 cm above the ground level and posts shall be spaced 2 m centre-to-centre. Double "W" beam barrier shall be as
indicated in IRC:5-1998.
The thrie beam safety barrier shall have posts and spacers similar to the ones mentioned above for "W" beam type. The rail
shall be placed at 85 cm above the ground level.
The "W" beam, the thrie beam, the posts, spacers and fasteners for steel barriers shall be galvanized by hot dip process
(zinc coated, 0.55 kg per square metre; minimum single spot) unless otherwise specified. The galvanizing on all other steel
parts shall conform to the relevant IS Specifications. All fittings (bolts, nuts, washers) shall conform to the IS: 1367 and
IS:1364. All galvanizing shall be done after fabrication.
2.43.4.1.3 Concrete for bedding and anchor assembly shall conform to Section 1700 of these Specifications.
2.43.4.2 Construction Operations
2.43.4.2.1 The line and grade of railing shall be true to that shown on the plans. The railing shall be carefully adjusted
prior to fixing in place, to ensure proper matching at abutting joints and correct alignment and camber throughout their length.
Holes for field connections shall be drilled with the railing in place in the structure at proper grade and alignment.
2.43.4.2.2 Unless otherwise specified on the drawing, railing steel posts shall be given one shop coat of paint (primer)
and three coats of paint on structural steel after erection, if the sections are not galvanized. Any part of assembly below
ground shall be painted with three coats of red lead paint.
2.43.4.2.3 Splices and end connections shall be of the type and designs specified or shown on the plans and shall be of
such strength as to develop full design strength of the rail elements.
2.43.4.3 Installation of Posts
2.43.4.3.1 Holes shall be dug or drilled to the depth indicated on the plans or posts may be driven by approved
methods and equipment, provided these are erected in proper position and are free from distortion and burring or any other
damage.
2.43.4.3.2 All post holes that are dug or drilled shall of such size as will permit proper setting of the posts and allow
sufficient room for backfilling and tapping.
2.43.4.3.3 Holes shall be backfilled with selected earth or stable materials in layers not exceeding 100 mm thickness
and each layer shall be thoroughly tamped and rammed. When backfilling and tamping are completed, the posts or anchors
shall be held securely in place.
2.43.4.3.4 Post holes that are drilled in rock and holes for anchor posts shall be backfilled with concrete.
2.43.4.3.5 Posts for metal beam guardrail on bridges shall be bolted to the structure as detailed on the plans. The
anchor bolts shall be set to proper location and elevation with templates and carefully checked.
2.43.4.4 Erection
2.43.4.4.1 Ail guard rail anchors shall be set and attachments made and placed as indicated on the plans or as
directed by the Engineer.
2.43.4.4.2 All bolts or clips used for fastening the guardrail or fittings to the posts shall be drawn up tightly. Each bolt
shall have sufficient length to extend at least 6 mm through and beyond the full nut, except where such extensions might
interfere with or endanger traffic in which case the bolts shall be cut off flush with the nut.
2.43.4.4.3 All railings shall be erected, drawn and adjusted so that the longitudinal tension will be uniform
throughout the entire length of the rail.
116
PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014 Volume III : Road & Bridge Works
The terms 'minimum cement content' and 'minimum water cement' ratio mentioned Table 1100-1, are to be based on
total cementitious material (inclusive of all mineral admixtures called additives) mentioned in Clause 1007 of these
Specifications. Maximum limits for such additives shall be as specified in Clause 1716.2 of these Specifications.
High alumina cements (i.e. quick setting cement) shall not be used in marine conditions. When both chlorides and
sulphates are present, in soil or ground water, sulphate resistant cement shall not be used. For improving resistance
against the penetration of chlorides and sulphates from surrounding soils or water, mineral admixtures such as fly ash,
silica fumes, GGBS conforming to respective BIS/lnternational Standards and as per IRC: 112, may be u sed.
117
Volume III : Road & Bridge Works PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014
2.44.2.2 Concreting
Wherever practicable, concrete should be placed in a clean dry hole. Prior to the placing of the reinforcement cage, the pile
shaft shall be cleaned of all loose materials. Before concreting of the pile is commenced, it is essential to ensure that no
debris remains at the bottom of the shaft, as inadequate cleaning of the base can lead to formation of a soft base or soft
toe which may result in reduction of load bearing capacity of the pile.
Reinforcement for the pile as shown on the drawing shall be tied in place to form a cage which is lowered into the pile
shaft. Suitable spacers shall be provided to maintain the required cover to reinforcing steel. Reinforcements at the bottom
should not be provided with L-bends as these may interfere with cleaning of the pile base.
Where concrete is placed in dry and a casing is present, the top 3 m of the pile shall be compacted using internal vibrators.
Where the casing is withdrawn from cohesive soils for the formation of cast in-situ pile, the concreting should be done with
necessary precautions to minimize the softening of the soil by excess water. Where mud flow conditions exist, the casing of
cast in-situ piles shall not be allowed to be withdrawn.
Care shall be taken during concreting to prevent the segregation of the ingredients. The displacement or distortion of
reinforcement during concreting and while extracting the casing, shall also be avoided.
If the concrete is placed inside precast concrete tubes or consists of precast sections, these shall be free from cracks or
other damage before being installed.
The concrete shall be properly graded, shall be self-compacting and shall not get mixed with soil, excess water, or other
extraneous matter. Special care shall be taken in silty clays and other soils which have the tendency to squeeze into the
newly deposited concrete and cause necking. Sufficient head of green concrete shall be maintained to prevent inflow of
soil or water into the concrete.
The placing of concrete shall be a continuous process from the toe level to the top of the pile. To ensure compaction by
hydraulic static heads, rate of placing concrete in the pile shaft shall not be less than 6 m (length of pile) per hour.
2.44.2.3 Casing
When concreting is carried out for a pile, a temporary casing should be installed to sufficient depth so as to ensure that
fragments of soil from the sides of the hole do not drop into the concrete as it is placed. When the bore hole is stabilized
using drilling mud, the temporary casing is not required except near the top.
The metal casing shall be of sufficient thickness and strength to hold its original form and show no harmful distortion while
driving or when adjacent casings are driven.
Cast in-situ concrete driven piles shall be installed using a properly designed detachable shoe at the bottom of the casing.
Bored cast in-situ piles in soils which are stable, may often be installed with only a small casing length at the top. A
minimum of 2 m length of top of bore shall invariably be provided with casing to ensure against loose soil falling into the
bore. In cases in which the side soil can fall into the hole, it is necessary to stabilize the side of the bore hole with drilling
mud, or a suitable steel casing. Permanent steel liner shall be provided at least up to maximum scour level. The minimum
thickness of steel liner shall be 6 mm.
Permanent steel liner shall be provided for the full depth of the pile in the following situations where:
i) The surrounding soil is marine clay
ii) Soft soil is present
iii) Surrounding soil has sulphate content equal to or more than 1%
iv) Surrounding water has sulphate content equal to or more than 2500 ppm
v) Leakage of sewage is expected
For bored cast in-situ piles, casing/liner shall be driven open ended with a pile driving hammer capable of achieving
penetration of the liner to the depth shown on the drawing or as approved by the Engineer. Materials inside the casing shall
be removed progressively by air lift, grab or percussion equipment or other approved means.
Where bored cast in-situ piles are used in soils liable to ffow, the bottom of the casing shall be kept sufficiently in advance
of the boring tool to prevent the entry of soil into the casing, leading to formation of cavities and settlements in the
adjoining ground. The water level in the casing should generally be maintained at the natural ground water level for the
same reasons. The joints of the casing shall be made as leak-tight as possible to minimize inflow of water or leakage of
slurry during concreting.
118
PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014 Volume III : Road & Bridge Works
The diameter of the boreholes shall not be more than the inside diameter of the liner when the liners are installed before
boring. When the liners are installed after boring, the diameter of the boreholes shall not be more than the outside
diameter of liner + 2 mm, unless otherwise approved by Engineer.
2.44.2.4 Use of Tremie
The concrete should invariably be poured through a tremie with a funnel, so that the concrete can be properly deposited in
the hole without segregation. For concreting done by tremie, the following requirements which are particularly applicable
shall be ensured:
a) The hopper and tremie should be a leak proof system.
b) Diameter of tremie shall be not less than 200 mm for use with 20 mm diameter down aggregate.
c) The first charge of concrete should be placed with a sliding plug pushed down the tube ahead of it or with
a steel plate with adequate charge to prevent mixing of concrete and water. However, the plug should not
be left in the concrete as a lump.
d) The tremie pipe should always penetrate well into the concrete with an adequate margin of safety against
accidental withdrawal of the pipe. The tremie should be always full of concrete.
e) The pile should be concreted wholly by tremie and the method of deposition should not be changed part
way up the pile, to prevent laitance from being entrapped within the pile.
f) All tremie tubes shall be thoroughly cleaned after use.
g) For concrete placed through tremie, there is no need to add 10 percent extra cement.
h) Concreting of piles shall be carried out continuously. In exceptional cases of interruption of concreting
the tremie shall not be taken out of the concrete under any circumstances. The tremie pipe shall be
raised and lowered slowly from time to time to prevent it from getting stuck in the concrete while ensuring
its lower and does not come out of concrete. The concreting shall be resumed before final setting time of
concrete, which shall be established before the start of the piling operation. For achieving longer setting
time of the concrete, super plasticizers having retarding properties/retarders can be used. If any of these
requirements are not met, the pile shall be rejected.
2.44.2.5 Removal of Concrete above Cut-off Level
It is desirable that the concrete above cut-off level, is removed before the concrete is set. This may be done manually or by
specially made bailer or other device. Such removal of concrete helps in preventing the damage of the good concrete below
the cut-off level, which results from chipping by percussion method.
The removal of concrete shall be within ± 25 mm from the specified cut off level, preferably on the minus side . After
removal of such concrete, the concrete shall be compacted with rammer with spikes or vibrated.
In case the concrete is not removed before setting, a groove shall be made on outer perimeter by rotary equipment before
chipping by percussion method.
The minimum embedment of cast in-situ concrete piles into pile cap shall not be less than 50 mm. Any defective concrete
at the head of the completed pile shall be cut away and made good with new concrete. The clear cover between the bottom
reinforcement in pile cap from the top of the pile shall be not less than 25 mm. The reinforcement in the pile shall be
exposed for full anchorage length to permit it to be adequately bonded into the pile cap. Exposing such length shall be
done carefully to avoid damaging the rest of the pile.
The length of the steel pile may be built up in sections either before or during driving operations. The sections shall be of
identical cross-section. Pile splices shall be made with full penetration butt welds over the whole cross-section. Pile splices
shall develop at least the yield strength of pile.
The connections shall be made by butt welding the entire cross-section in accordance with the provisions in Clause 1904.8
of these Specifications. Care shall be taken to properly align the sections connected so that the axis of the pile will be
straight. The number of welded connections in the length of pile shall be as few as possible.
120
PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014 Volume III : Road & Bridge Works
The attachment of the pile head to the cap shall be adequate for the transmission of loads and forces. A portion of pile top
may be stripped of concrete and the reinforcement anchored into the cap. Manual chipping may be permitted thre e days
after casting of pile, while pneumatic tools for chipping shall be permitted only seven days after casting of pile. The top o f
pile after stripping shall project at least 50 mm into the pile cap.
The top of concrete in a pile shall be brought above cut-off level to permit removal of all laitance and weak concrete before
pile cap is laid. This will ensure good concrete at the cutoff level.
121
Volume III : Road & Bridge Works PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014
122
PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014 Volume III : Road & Bridge Works
2.45.2.2 A temporary benchmark shall be established near the well foundation, away from the zone of blow-ups or
possible settlement. The bench mark shall be checked regularly with respect to the permanent bench mark established at
the bridge site.
2.45.2.3 For wells located on the banks of the river or in dry area, the bed may be prepared by excavating the soil up to
1.5 m, followed by levelling and dressing before placing the cutting edge.
2.45.2.4 For wells which are to be located in water, a sand island shall be constructed for laying the cutting edge and
well curb. Sand islands are practicable for water depths of up to 5 m under stable bed soil conditions. Where the depth of
water is greater than 5 m or in fast flowing rivers or for locations where soil is too weak to sustain sand island, floating
caissons may have to be adopted.
The plan dimensions of sand islands shall be such as to have a working space of at least 2 m all around the steining of the
well. Sand islands shall be maintained to perform their functions, until the well is sunk to a depth below the original bed
level at least equal to the depth of water at that location.
The sand island shall be held in position and protected against scour by means of wooden bailies properly braced or sheet
piles. The top level of the sand island to be decided by the Engineer, shall be sufficiently above the prevailing water level so
that it is not affected by wave action.
2.45.2.5 Equipment shall be deployed for construction of well foundation as required and as directed by the Engineer.
Generally, the following equipment may be required for the work:
a) crane with grab buckets - capacity 0.5 cum to 2.0 cum
b) submersible pumps
c) air compressors, air locks and other accessories where pneumatic sinking of well is anticipated
d) chisels of appropriate sizes
e) aqua-header for cutting rocky strata
f) diving helmets and accessories
g) batching plants for concrete production
h) equipment for transportation, placing and compaction of concrete
123
Volume III : Road & Bridge Works PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014
2.45.4.2 The well curb shall be in reinforced concrete having concrete mix in accordance with Table 1700 -2 and
Table 1700-3 and with minimum reinforcement of 72 kg/cum excluding bond rods. The steel shall be suitably detailed to
prevent spreading and splitting of curb during sinking. The outer face of the curb shall be vertical. The bottom ends of
vertical bond rods of steining shall be fixed securely to the cutting edge with check nuts or by welds. Concreting of the well
curb shall be done in one continuous operation.
2.45.4.3 Steel formwork for well curb shall be fabricated strictly in conformity with the drawing. The formwork on
outer face of curb may be removed within 24 hours after concreting while that on inner face shall be removed only after 72
hours.
In case blasting is anticipated, the inner face of the well curb shall be protected with steel plates of thickness not less than
10 mm up to the top of the well curb. If considered necessary, the inner face of steining may also be protected with steel
plates of 6 mm thickness up to a height of 3 m above the top of the well curb or as specified by the Engineer. The curb as
well as 3 m height of steining above the curb, shall be provided with additional hoop reinforcement of 10 mm diameter
bars at 150 mm spacing. Additional hoop reinforcement shall be provided in the steining for a further height of up to two
times the thickness of steining above the plates, so as to avoid cracking which may arise on account of sudden change in
the effective section due to curtailment of plate.
2.45.5 FLOATING CAISSONS (cl. 1206 of MoRT&H)
2.45.5.1 Floating caissons are generally fabricated at or near the banks on dry land or in dry docks and then towed
into position. For floating caissons, a detailed method statement covering fabrication, floating and sinking operations,
shall be prepared and furnished to the Engineer. Such statement shall include the total tonnage of steel involved,
fabrication and welding specifications, list of materials and plant and a description of operations and manpower required
for the work.
2.45.5.2 Floating caissons shall be of structural steel conforming to Section 1900 of these Specifications. The joints
of the fabricated structure shall be absolutely leak-tight and shall be checked against leakage before floating and being
towed to site. The reinforcement of the curb and steining of the well shall be fixed inside the shell by welding before the
caisson is floated. Stability of floating caissons shall be ensured against overturning and capsizing under the action of
water current, wave pressure and wind while being towed and kept in position. To maintain the stability of the shell while
being floated, it may be provided with ballast in the form of water filling up to required level or filling with small amount of
concrete. It shall be ensured that the draught of the floating caisson is always less than the depth of water available, so a s
to facilitate its smooth hindrance-free movement while being towed.
2.45.5.3 Height of caisson shall be planned to ensure that at any given time, at least one metre of the shell shall be
above water level. In case the location is affected by the action of waves, the height shall be suitably increased to avoid
water spilling into the caisson. In case the bed has soft soil, the caisson shall be provided with 3 to 5 metres of additiona l
height, as it may sink by itself after grounding in bed. Simultaneous sinking and concreting is required to prevent caisson
from tilting. In sandy stratum especially with strong water current, appropriate additional height of caisson is necessary fo r
accommodating local scour.
2.45.5.4 The floating caisson shall be held in position against untoward movement by wire ropes/chains, using
winches mounted on stationary suitable platforms/buoys or similar anchoring systems. Anchoring in minimum three
directions, shall be provided to prevent unacceptable longitudinal and lateral movement. The anchoring system s hall
permit small movements in order to facilitate correct positioning of the caisson at the exact location of the well and until
the stage when it is just getting grounded. Special care is necessary where variation in water level is frequent, e.g. in tidal
zones.
2.45.5.5 After being held in correct position, concreting of the floating caisson shall be commenced. The concrete
mixed in batching plants, shall be carried to the floating caisson on barges and placed in position through concrete pumps
or tremie. When large volumes of concreting are involved, the batching plant concrete pump, crane etc, may all be mounted
on a barge kept in the vicinity of the caisson. As no vibration is possible inside the shell, it shall be ensured that the
concrete has a slump of 150 to 200; alternatively, self-compacting concrete can be used. The concrete shall be carefully
placed uniformly all around the caisson so that it settles vertically without any tendency to tilt.
2.45.6 WELL STEINING (cl. 1207 of MoRT&H)
2.45.6.1 The dimensions, shape, concrete strength and reinforcements of the well steining shall strictly conform to
those shown on the drawings. The formwork shall preferably be of M.S. sheets shaped and stiffened suitably. In case
timber forms are used, they shall be lined with plywood or M.S. sheets.
124
PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014 Volume III : Road & Bridge Works
2.45.6.2 The height of the first lift of steining to be cast above the well curb shall not be more than 2 m and
subsequent lifts shall not exceed the diameter of the well or the depth of well to be sunk below the bed level at any time.
For stability, the first lift of steining shall be cast only after sinking the curb at least partially. Concreting of steinin g may be
carried out in subsequent lifts of about 2 to 2.5 m. Attempts should be made to minimize the number of construction
joints. The concreting layers shall be limited to 450 mm restricting the free fall of concrete to not more than 1.5 m.
Laitance formed at the top surface of a lift shall be removed to expose coarse aggregates before setting of concrete at the
proposed construction joint. As far as possible, construction joints shall not be kept at the location of laps in the vertical
steining bars.
2.45.6.3 The steining of the well shall be built in one straight line from bottom to top such that if the well is titled, the
next lift of steining will be aligned in the direction of the tilt. The work will be checked carefully with the aid of straig ht
edges of lengths approved by the Engineer. Plumb bob or spirit level shall not be used for alignment. After sinking of a
stage is complete, damaged portions if any, of steining at top of the previous stage shall be properly repaired before
constructing the next stage.
2.45.6.4 For measuring the height of steining, it shall be marked with at least 4 gauges, two in traffic direction and
two normal to traffic direction, distributed equally on the outer face of the well. The marking shall be in the form of a 100
mm wide strip painted on the steining, with every metre marked in black paint. Marking of the gauges shall be done
carefully and accurately with a steel tape, starting with zero at the bottom of the cutting edge. The marking shall be
continued upwards as each lift of steining is added.
2.45.6.5 After reaching the founding level, the well steining shall be inspected to check for any damage or cracks.
The Engineer will direct and the Contractor shall execute the remedial measures, if required, before acceptance of the well
steining. In case the well is found to be unacceptable even after remedial measures are carried out, then it shall stand
rejected.
2.45.7.1 General
The well shall be sunk true and vertical through all types of strata. No well shall be permitted to be placed in a pre -dredged
hole.
Sinking or loading of the well with kentledge shall be commenced only after the steining has been cured for at least 48
hours or as specified in the drawings.
The well shall be sunk by excavating the material uniformly from inside the dredge hole using cranes with grab buckets of
appropriate capacity. Use of water jetting, explosives and divers may be adopted for sinking of wells through difficult
strata, with prior approval of the Engineer. Well sinking can also be carried out by jack down method.
Normally dewatering of well should not be permitted as a means for sinking the well. It shall never be resorted to if there is
any danger of sand blowing under the well. Dewatering shall however be done when well is to be founded in rock.
Pneumatic sinking may have to be resorted to where obstacles such as tree trunks, large sized boulders etc. are met or
when there is hard strata which cannot be removed by open dredging. The necessity for adopting pneumatic sinking shall
be decided by the Engineer.
Complete history of sinking of each well giving details of concreting, sinking and problems met, if any, shall be maintained
in the format given in Appendix VII.
2.45.7.2 Sand Blows in Wells
Dewatering of the well shall not be carried out if sand blows are expected. Any equipment or men working inside the well,
shall be brought outside the well as soon as there are any indications of sand blow occurring. Sand blow can often be
minimized by keeping the level of water inside the well higher than the water table and also by adding heavy kentledge.
2.45.7.3 Use of Kentledge for Sinking of Well
Kentledge shall be placed in an orderly and safe manner on the loading platform and in such a way that it does not
interfere with the excavation of the material from inside the dredge hole and also does not in any way damage the steining
of the well.
Where tilt has occurred or there is a danger of well developing a tilt, the position of the load shall be regulated in such a
manner as to provide greater sinking effort on the higher side of the well.
125
Volume III : Road & Bridge Works PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014
126
PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014 Volume III : Road & Bridge Works
There should be no equipment inside the well nor shall there be any worker in the close vicinity of the well at the time of
exploding the charges.
If rock blasting is to be done for seating of the well, the damage caused by flying debris should be minimised by covering
blasting holes with rubber mats before detonating the charge.
2.45.7.7 Use of Divers
Divers may be used for removal of obstructions during sinking, carrying out rock blasting and for inspection. All safety
precautions shall be taken as per any acceptable safety code or any statutory regulations in force, when divers carry out
work under water in the well.
Only persons trained in diving operations shall be employed after being certified fit for diving by an approved doctor. They
shall work under expert supervision. The raising of the diver from the bottom of wells shall be controlled so that
decompression rate conforms to the rate as laid down in relevant regulations.
The diving and other equipment shall be of acceptable standard and certified to this effect by an approved independent
agency. They shall be well maintained as per requirements for safe use.
Arrangement for ample supply of low pressure clean cool air shall be ensured through an armoured flexible hose pipe.
Standby compressor shall be provided to cover the contingency of breakdown of the compressor.
Separate high pressure connection shall be made for use of pneumatic tools. Electric lights where provided shall be at 50
volts (maximum).
2.45.7.8 Use of Pneumatic Sinking
2.45.7.8.1 General
The Engineer shall familiarize himself with particular reference to 'caisson diseases' and working of the medical air-lock. A
doctor competent to deal with cases of 'caisson diseases' or other complications arising as a result of working under high
pressure, shall be stationed at the construction site when pneumatic sinking is under progress.
The Contractor shall provide complete facilities and ensure strict enforcement of the requirements outlined in these
specifications.
Safely provisions as contained in IS:4138 and in these specifications shall be strictly followed.
Pneumatic sinking shall be limited to a depth of 30 m below ground level.
2.45.7.8.2 Man Locks and Shafts
Locks, reducers, and shaft used in connection with caissons shall be of riveted construction throughout. The material used
in their manufacture shall be steel plate with thickness not less than 6 mm.
Shafts shall be subjected to hydrostatic or air pressure test so as to ensure leak-tightness at a pressure of at least 0.5 MPa.
The pressure at which testing has been done shall be clearly and visibly displayed.
The shaft shall be provided with safe, proper and suitable staircase for its entire length including landing platforms which
shall be not more than 6 m apart. Where this is impracticable due to space constraints, suitable ladders along with landing
platforms shall be installed. These shall be kept clear and in good condition at all times and shall be constructed,
inspected and maintained to the entire satisfaction of the Engineer.
A 1 m wide platform with 1 m high railing shall be provided all round the caisson air locks.
Where 15 or more men are employed, caissons shall have two locks, one of which shall be used as a man -lock.
Locks shall be located so that the lowest part of the bottom door shall not be less than 1 m above the highest water level in
the well.
The supply of fresh air to the working chamber shall at all times be sufficient to permit work to be done without any danger
or excessive discomfort. All air supply lines shall be fitted with check valves.
A man lock shall be used solely for the compression or decompression of workers and not for the passage of plant and
material and shall be maintained in a reasonably clean and sufficiently warm state. However, any hand tool or hand
instruments used for the purpose of the work may be carried into the man lock,
Where it is not reasonably practicable to provide a separate man lock for use by workers only, the lock when it is in actual
use for compression or decompression of a person, shall be in a reasonably clean and sufficiently warm state and shall not
be put simultaneously to any other use.
127
Volume III : Road & Bridge Works PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014
2.45.7.8.3 Valves
Exhaust valves shall be provided, having risers extending to the upper part of the chamber. These shall be opera ted,
whenever necessary specially after a blast. Precautions shall be taken that men are not allowed to resume work after a
blast, until the gas and smoke have cleared.
2.45.7.8.5 Lighting
All lighting in compressed air chambers shall be operated only by electricity. Two independent electric lighting systems
with independent sources of supply shall be used. These shall be so arranged that the emergency source shall become
automatically operative in case of failure of the regularly used source.
The minimum intensity of light on any walkway ladder, stairway, or lower working level shall be one-quarter (1/4)
candlepower. In all work places, the lighting shall always be such as to enable workmen to see their way about clearly. All
external parts of lighting fixtures and electrical equipment lying within 2.5 m above the floor shall be constructed of non-
combustible, non-absorbing insulating materials. If metal is used, it must be effectively earthed. Portable lamp shall have
non-combustible, non-absorbing insulating sockets, approved handles, basket guards and approved cables. The use of
worn out or defective portable and pendant conductors is prohibited.
2.45.7.8.7 Sanitation
Properly heated, lighted and ventilated dressing rooms shall be provided for all employees engaged in compressed air
work. Such rooms shall contain lockers and benches and be open and accessible to person during intermissions between
shifts. Adequate toilet accommodation of one for every twenty five employees shall be provided.
Care shall be taken to keep all parts of the caissons and other working compartments, including locker rooms, dry rooms,
rest rooms and other equipment in good sanitary condition and free from refuse, decaying or other objectionable matter.
Smoking shall be strictly prohibited and matches and smoking materials shall not be allowed to be brought into the locker
rooms.
A separate dry room shall be provided where working clothes may be dried in a reasonable time.
128
PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014 Volume III : Road & Bridge Works
a) When wells have to be sunk close to each other and clear distance between them is less than the
diameter of wells, sinking shall be taken up on all wells and they shall be sunk alternately so that the
sinking proceeds uniformly. Simultaneous and even dredging shall be carried out in the wells in such a
manner that the difference in the levels of the sump and cutting edge in the adjacent wells does not
exceed half the clear gap between them. Plugging of all the wells shall be done together.
b) During sinking of double D-shaped wells, the excavation in both the dredge holes should be carried
out simultaneously and equally.
c) Bore chart shall be referred to constantly during sinking for taking adequate care while piercing
different types of strata. The type of soil as obtained during the well sinking should be compared with
bore chart so as to take prompt decisions.
d) Before seasonal floods, all wells on which sinking is in progress shall be sunk to sufficient depths
below the designed scour level. Further, they shall be temporarily filled and plugged so that they do not
suffer any tilt or shift during the floods.
e) All necessary precautions shall be taken against any possible damage to the foundations of existing
structures in the vicinity of the wells, prior to commencement of dredging from inside the well.
f) The dredged material shall not be allowed to accumulate around the well. It shall be dumped and
spread, as far away as possible, and then continuously and simultaneously removed, as directed by
the Engineer. In case the river stream flows along one edge of the well being sunk, the dredged
material shall not be dumped on the dry side of the bank but on the side on which the river current
flows.
129
Volume III : Road & Bridge Works PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014
g) Very deep sump shall not be made below the well curb, as it entails risk of jumping (sudden sinking) of
the well. The depth of sump shall be generally limited to one-sixth of the outer diameter/least lateral
dimension of the well in plan. Normally the depth of sump shall not exceed 3.0 m below the level of the
cutting edge unless otherwise specially permitted by the Engineer.
h) In case a well sinks suddenly with a jerk, the steining of the well shall be examined to the satisfaction
of the Engineer to see that no damage has occurred to it.
i) In pneumatic sinking, the well shall not, at any time, be dropped to a depth greater than 500 mm by
the method of "blowing down".
j) Dewatering shall be avoided if sand blows are expected. Any equipment and men working inside the
well shall be brought out of the well as soon as there are any indications of a sand-blow.
k) Sand blowing in wells can often be minimized by keeping the level of water inside the well higher than
the water table and also by adding heavy kentledge.
l) In soft strata prone to settlement/creep, the construction of the abutment wells shall be taken up only
after the approach embankment for a sufficient distance near the abutment, has been completed.
i) Calculations for foundation pressures and steining stresses, accounting for the actual tilt and shift
furnished by the Contractor show that the well is safe, remedial measures required to bring the
stresses within permissible values (such as increase in the dimension of the well cap, provision of
dummy weights on the well cap etc.), shall be carried out by the Contractor at his own cost.
ii) The Contractor shall be subjected to reduction in rates as a penalty in accordance with Clause
1215(g).
In case the Engineer, in his discretion, rejects the well, the Contractor shall dismantle the rejected well to the extent
directed by the Engineer and remove the debris. Further, the Contractor shall at his own risk and cost, complete the bridge
with modified span arrangement acceptable to the Engineer.
130
PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014 Volume III : Road & Bridge Works
131
Volume III : Road & Bridge Works PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014
2.46 FORMWORK
a) The design, erection and removal of formwork shall conform to IRC:87 "Guidelines for Formwork, False
work and Temporary Structures" and these specifications. The forms shall be such as to ensure that
they can be conveniently removed without disturbing the concrete. The design shall facilitate proper and
safe access to all parts of formwork for inspection.
b) The Contractor shall furnish the design and drawing of complete formwork (i.e. the forms as well as their
supports) for approval of the Engineer before any erection is taken up. If proprietary system of formwork
is used, the Contractor shall furnish detailed information as per Appendix 1500/1, to the Engineer for
approval.
c) Notwithstanding any approval or review of drawing and design by the Engineer, the Contractor shall be
entirely responsible for the adequacy and safety of formwork.
d) 1503.3 In the case of prestressed concrete superstructure, careful consideration shall be given to
redistribution of loads on props due to prestressing.
132
PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014 Volume III : Road & Bridge Works
133
Volume III : Road & Bridge Works PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014
134
PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014 Volume III : Road & Bridge Works
The above time schedule is applicable when ordinary Portland Cement is used without any admixtures at an ambient
temperature exceeding 10°C.
For concrete made with Portland pozzolona cement, Portland slag cement or mineral admixtures, additional cube samples
shall be taken for verifying the strength of concrete to decide the time of deshuttering.
Where there are re-entrant angles in the concrete sections, the formwork should be removed at these sections as soon as
possible after the concrete has set, in order to avoid cracking due to shrinkage of concrete.
Additional precautions as given in Clause 8.17 of IRC: 87, shall also be followed.
Bar bending schedule shall be furnished by the Contractor and got approved by the Engineer before start of work.
Reinforcing steel shall conform to the dimensions and shapes given in the approved Bar Bending Schedules.
Bars shall be bent cold to the specified shape and dimensions or as directed by the Engineer using a proper bar bender,
operated by hand or power to obtain the correct shape and radii of bends.
Bars shall not be bent or straightened in a manner that will damage the parent material or the coating.
Bars bent during transport or handling shall be straightened before being used on work. They shall not be heated to
facilitate straightening.
a) The reinforcement cage should generally be fabricated in the yard at ground level and then shifted and
placed in position. The reinforcement shall be placed strictly in accordance with the drawings and shall
be assembled in position only when the structure is otherwise ready for placing of concrete. Prolonged
time gap between assembling of reinforcement and casting of concrete, which may result in rust
formation on the surface of the bars, shall not be permitted.
b) Reinforcement bars shall be placed accurately in position as shown on the drawings. The bars, crossing
one another shall be tied together at every intersection with binding wire (annealed), conforming to
IS:280 to make the skeleton of the reinforcement rigid such that the reinforcement does not get
displaced during placing of concrete, or any other operation. The diameter of binding wire shall not be
less than 1 mm.
i) In case of beam and slab construction, industrially produced polymer cover blocks of thickness
equal to the specified cover, shall be placed between the bars and formwork, subject to satisfactory
evidence that the polymer composition is not harmful to concrete and reinforcement. Cover blocks
made of concrete may be permitted by the Engineer, provided they have the same strength and
specification as those of the member.
ii) In case of dowels for columns and walls, the vertical reinforcement shall be kept in position by
means of timber templates with slots cut in them accurately, or with cover blocks tied to the
reinforcement. Timber templates shall be removed after the concreting has progressed upto a level
just below their location.
iii) Layers of reinforcements shall be separated by spacer bars at approximately one metre intervals.
The minimum diameter of spacer bars shall be 12 mm or equal to maximum size of main
reinforcement or maximum size of coarse aggregate, whichever is greater. Horizontal reinforcement
shall not be allowed to sag between supports.
iv) Necessary stays, blocks, metal chairs, spacers, metal hangers, supporting wires etc. or other
subsidiary reinforcement shall be provided to fix the reinforcement firmly in its correct position.
v) Use of pebbles, broken stone, metal pipe, brick, mortar or wooden blocks etc., as devices for
positioning reinforcement shall not be permitted.
d) Bars coated with epoxy shall be placed on supports that do not damage the coating. Supports shall be
installed in a manner such that planes of weakness are not created in hardened concrete. The coated
reinforcing steel shall be held in place by use of plastic or plastic coated binding wires especially
manufactured for the purpose. Refer Section 1000 of these Specifications for other requirements.
e) Placing and fixing of reinforcement shall be inspected and approved by the Engineer before concreting
is commenced.
136
PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014 Volume III : Road & Bridge Works
137
Volume III : Road & Bridge Works PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014
2.47.5.3.2 Anchorages
Bars may be anchored with approved patented mechanical anchorages as indicated on the drawing or as approved by the
Engineer. The anchorages shall be connected to the reinforcing bar by the use of taper thread system. The anchorage shall
be capable of developing the characteristic strength of reinforcement without damage to concrete and shall have sufficient
diameter and width to develop adequate shear cone strength. The connection shall develop 12 5% of the characteristic
strength of reinforcement bar.
2.48.1.1 The grades of concrete shall be designated by the characteristic strength as given in Table 1700-1, where
the characteristic strength is defined as the strength of concrete below which not more than 5 percent of the test results are
expected to fall.
Table 91 : Grades of Concrete (Table 1700-1 of MoRT&H)
Ty pe of Concr et e/Gr ade Designat ion
Char act er ist ic S t r engt h in MPa
Nominal Mix Concrete S t andard Concr et e High Per for mance Concr et e
M15 M15 15
M20 M20 20
M25 25
M30 M30 30
M40 M35 35
M45 M40 40
M50 M45 45
M50 50
M55 55
M60 60
M65 65
M70 70
M75 75
M80 80
M85 85
M90 90
1) Normal Mix Concrete is made on the basis of nominal mix proportioned by weight of its main ingredients - cement, coarse
and fine aggregates and water.
2) Standard concrete is made on the basis of design mix proportioned by weight of its ingredients, which in addition to cement,
aggregates and water, may contain chemical admixtures to achieve certain target values of various properties in fresh
condition, achievement of which is monitored and controlled during production by suitable tests. Generally, concrete of
grades up to M50 are included in this type.
3) High Performance Concrete is similar to standard concrete but contains additional one or more mineral admixtures providing
binding characteristics and partly acting as inert filler material which increases its strengt h, reduces its porosity and modifies
its other properties in fresh as well as hardened condition. Concrete of grades upto M90 are included in this type.
4) For concrete of grades higher than M90, the design parameters may be obtained from specialized literature and
experimental results.
2.48.1.2 The minimum grades of concrete and corresponding minimum cement content and maximum water/cement
ratios for different exposure conditions shall be as indicated in Table 1700-2 of MoRT&H.
138
PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014 Volume III : Road & Bridge Works
2.48.1.3 For concrete subjected to sulphate attack the minimum grades of concrete, minimum cement content and
maximum water/cement ratios and types of cement for different concentration of sulphate content shall be as indicated in
Table 1700-3.
Table 92 : Requirement of Concrete for Different Exposure Condition using 20 mm Aggregate (Table 1700-2 of MoRT&H)
Max imum Wat er Cement Minimum Cement Cont ent ,
Ex posure Condit ion Minimum Gr ade of Concr et e
Rat io k g/m³
Moderate 0.45 340 M25
Severe 0.45 360 M30
Very Severe 0.40 380 M40
Not e :
1) All three provisions given in the above table for a particular exposure condition shall be satisfied.
2) The term cement for maximum w/c ratio and minimum cement content shown in Table includes all cementitious
materials mentioned in Clause 1715.2. The maximum limit of flyash and ground granulated blast furnace slag in the
blended cement shall be as specified in IS: 1489 (Part 1) and IS: 455 respectively.
3) For plain cement concrete, with or without surface reinforcement, the minimum grade of concrete can be lowered by 5
MPa and maximum water/cement ratio exceeded by 0.05.
Cement content shown in the above table shall be increased by 40 kg/m3 for use of 12.50 mm nominal size aggregates
and decreased by 30 kg/m3 for use of 40 mm nominal size aggregates.
The maximum cement content excluding any mineral admixtures (Portland cement component alone) shall not exceed 450
kg/cu.m.
2.48.2 Requirements of Consistency
The mix shall have the consistency which will allow proper placement and compaction in the required position. Every
attempt shall be made to obtain uniform consistency. Slump test shall be used to measure consistency of the concrete.
The optimum consistency for various types of structures shall be as indicated in Table 1700 -4, or as directed by the
Engineer. The slump of concrete shall be checked as per IS: 516.
Notwithstanding the optimum consistency indicated against SI. No. 1 to 3, the situation should be property assessed to
arrive at the desired workability with the adjustment of admixture in each case, where the concrete is to be transported
through transit mixer and placed using concrete pump. Under these circumstances, the optimum consistency during
placement for the items of work of SI. No. 1 to 3, can be considered ranging from 75 mm to 150 mm. This is, however,
subject to satisfying the other essential criteria of strength, durability etc. and approval of the Engineer.
The target mean strength of specimen shall exceed the specified characteristic compressive strength by at least the current
margin.
139
Volume III : Road & Bridge Works PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014
i) The current margin for a concrete mix shall be determined by the Contractor and shall be taken as 1.64
times the standard deviation of sample test results taken from at least 40 separate batches of concrete of
nominally similar proportions produced at site by the same plant under similar supervision, over a period
exceeding 5 days, but not exceeding 6 months.
ii) Where there is insufficient data to satisfy the above, the current margin for the initial design mix shall be
taken as given in Table 1700-5 of MoRT&H
The initial current margin given in Table 1700-5 shall be used till sufficient data is available to determine the current
margin as per Sub-Clause 1704.2.1 (i).
140
PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014 Volume III : Road & Bridge Works
Maximum nominal size of aggregates shall also be restricted to the smaller of the following values :
a) 10 mm less than the minimum lateral clear distance between individual reinforcements
b) 10 mm less than the minimum clear cover to the reinforcement
c) One quarter of minimum thickness of member
The proportions of the various individual sizes of aggregates shall be so adjusted that the grading produces the densest
mix and the grading curve corresponds to the maximum nominal size adopted for the concrete mix.
2.48.8 EQUIPMENT (cl. 1707 of MoRT&H)
Unless specified otherwise, equipment for production, transportation and compaction of concrete shall be as under:
a) Production of Concrete :
i) For overall bridge length of less than 200 m - batch type concrete mixer, diesel or electric
operated, with a minimum size of 200 litres automatic water measuring system and integral
weigher (hydraulic/pneumatic type).
ii) For overall bridge length of 200 m or more - concrete batching and mixing plant fully automatic,
with minimum capacity of 15 cum per hour.
All measuring devices of the equipment shall be maintained in a clean and serviceable condition. Their accuracy shall be
checked over the range in use, when set up at each site and thereafter, periodically as directed by the En gineer.
The accuracy of the measuring devices shall fail within the following limits :
Measurement of Cement ± 3 percent of the quantity of cement in each batch
Measurement of Water ± 3 percent of the quantity of water in each batch
Measurement of Aggregate ±3 percent of the quantity of aggregate in each batch
Measurement of Admixture ± 3 percent of the quantity of admixture in each batch
b) Transportation of Concrete:
i) Concrete dumpers minimum 2 tonnes capacity
ii) Powered hoists minimum 0.5 tonne capacity
iii) Chutes
iv) Buckets handled by cranes
v) Transit truck mixer
vi) Concrete pump
vii) Concrete distributor booms
viii) Belt conveyor
ix) Cranes with skips
x) Tremies
c) For Compaction of Concrete :
i) Internal vibrators size 25 mm to 70 mm
ii) Form vibrators minimum 500 watts
iii) Screed vibrators full width of carriageway (upto two lanes)
2.48.9 BATCHING, MIXING, TRANSPORTING, PLACING AND COMPACTION (cl. 1708 of MoRT&H)
2.48.9.1 General
Prior to start of concreting, the Contractor shall submit for approval of the Engineer, his programme along with list of
equipment proposed to be used by him for batching, mixing, transporting and placing concrete.
2.48.9.2 Batching of Concrete
In batching concrete:
• The quantity of cement, aggregate and mineral admixtures, if used, shall be determined by mass.
• Chemical admixtures, if solid, shall be determined by mass.
• Liquid admixtures may be measured in volume or mass, and
• Water shall be weighed or measured by volume in a calibrated tank.
142
PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014 Volume III : Road & Bridge Works
The concrete shall be sourced from on-site or off-site batching and mixing plants, or from approved Ready Mixed Concrete
plants, preferably having quality certification.
Except where supply of properly graded aggregate of uniform quality can be maintained over a period of work, the grading
of aggregate should be controlled by obtaining the coarse aggregate in different sizes and blending them in the right
proportions when required, the different sizes being stocked in separate stock piles. The materials should be stock piled
several hours, preferably a day before use. The grading of coarse and fine aggregate should be checked as frequently as
possible to ensure that the specified grading is maintained.
The water/cement ratio shall always be maintained constant at its correct value. To this end, determination of moisture
content in both fine and coarse aggregates shall be made as frequently as possible, depending on weather conditions. The
amount of added water shall be adjusted to compensate for any observed variations in the moisture content. To allow for
the variation in mass of aggregate due to variation in moisture content, suitable adjustment in the mass of aggregate, shall
also be made. Accurate control shall be kept on the quantity of mixing water, which when specified, shall not be changed
without approval.
2.48.9.3 Mixing Concrete
2.48.9.3.1 Mixing at Site
All concrete shall be machine mixed. In order to ensure uniformity and good quality of concrete the ingredients shall be
mixed in a power driven batch mixer with hopper and suitable weigh batching arrangement or in a central mix plant. Hand
mixing shall not be permitted. The mixer or the plant shall be at an approved location considering the properties of the
mixes and the transportation arrangements available with the Contractor. The mixer or the plant shall be approved by the
Engineer.
Mixing shall be continued till materials are uniformly distributed, a uniform colour of the entire mass is obtained and each
individual particle of the coarse aggregate shows complete coating of mortar containing its proportionate amount of
cement. In no case shall mixing be done for less than 2 minutes. It shall be ensured that the mixers are not loaded above
their rated capacities and are operated at a speed recommended by the manufacturer. When mineral admixtures are
added at the mixing stage, their thorough and uniform blending with cement shall be ensured, if necessary by longer mixing
time. The addition of water after the completion of the initial mixing operation, shall not be permitted.
Mixers which have been out of use for more than 30 minutes shall be thoroughly cleaned before putting in a new batch and
also before changing from one type of cement to another.
2.48.9.3.2 Ready Mix Concrete
Use of ready mix concrete proportioned and mixed off the project site and delivered to site in a freshly mixed and
unhardened state conforming to IS:4926, shall be allowed with the approval of the Engineer.
2.48.9.4 Transporting Concrete
Mixed concrete shall be transported from the place of mixing to the place of final deposit as rapidly as possible by
methods which will prevent the segregation or loss of the ingredients. The method of transporting or placing of concrete
shall be approved by the Engineer. Concrete shall be transported and placed as near as practicable to its final position so
that no contamination, segregation or loss of its constituents materials take place.
Concrete may be transported by transit mixers or properly designed buckets or by pumping. Transit mixers or othe r hauling
equipment when used should be equipped with the means of discharge of concrete without segregation. During hot or cold
weather, concrete shall be transported in deep containers. Other suitable methods to be reduce the loss of water by
evaporation in hot weather and heat loss in cold weather may also be adopted.
When concrete is conveyed by chute, the plant shall be of such size and design as to ensure practically continuous flow.
Slope of the chute shall be so adjusted that the concrete flows without excessive quantity of water and without any
segregation of its ingredients. The delivery end of the chute shall be as close as possible to the point of deposit. The chut e
shall be thoroughly flushed with water before and after each working period and the water used for this purpose shall be
discharged outside the formwork.
In case concrete is to be transported by pumping, the fresh concrete should have adequate fluidity and cohesiveness to be
pumpable. Proper concrete mix proportioning and initial trials should ensure this. The conduit shall be primed by pumping
a batch of mortar through the line to lubricate it. Once the pumping is started, it shall not be interrupted, as concrete
standing idle in the line is liable to cause plug. The operator shall ensure that some concrete is always there in the pump's
receiving hopper during operation. The lines shall always be maintained clean and free of dents.
143
Volume III : Road & Bridge Works PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014
Pipelines from the pump to the placing area shall be laid with minimum bends. For large quantity placements, standby
pumps shall be available. Suitable air release valves, shutoff valves etc. shall be provided as per site requirements. The
pumping of priming mix i.e. rich mix of creamy consistency, to lubricate the concrete pump and pipelines, shall precede the
pumping of concrete. Continuous pumping shall be done to the extent possible. After concreting, the pipelines and
accessories shall be cleaned immediately. The pipes for pumping shall not be made of material which has adverse effect
on concrete. Aluminium alloy pipelines shall not be used.
2.48.9.5 Placing of Concrete
All formwork and reinforcement contained in it shall be cleaned and made free from standing water, dust, snow or ice
immediately before placing of concrete.
No concrete shall be placed in any part of the structure until the approval of the Engineer has been obtained. If concreting
is not started within 24 hours of the approval being given, the approval shall have to be obtained again from the Engineer.
Concreting shall proceed continuously over the area between the construction joints. Fresh concrete shall not be placed
against concrete which has been in position for more than 30 minutes, unless a proper construction joint is formed.
The concrete shall be deposited as nearly as practicable in its original position to avoid re-handling. Methods of placing
should be such as to preclude segregation. Care should be taken to avoid displacement of reinforcement or movement of
formwork. To achieve this, concrete should be lowered vertically in the form and horizontal movement of concrete inside
the forms should, as far as practicable, be minimised.
The concrete shall be placed and compacted before its initial setting so that it is amenable to compaction by vibration. The
workability of concrete at the time of placement shall be adequate for the compaction equipment to be used. If there is
considerable time gap between mixing and placing of concrete, as in the case of ready mixed concrete plants or off -site
batching and mixing plants, concrete mix shall be designed to have appropriately higher workability at the time of
discharge from the mixer, in order to compensate the loss of workability during transit. This is generally achieved by
suitable chemical admixtures. Keeping these considerations in view, the general requirement for ready mixed concrete
plants or off-site batching and mixing plants, is that concrete shall be discharged from the truck mixer within two hours of
the time of loading. A longer period may be permitted if suitable retarding admixtures are used.
In wall forms, drop chutes attached to hoppers at the top should preferably be used to lower concrete to the bottom of the
form. As a general guidance, the permissible free fall of concrete may not exceed 1.5 metres and under no circumstance s
shall it be more than 2 metres. When free fall of larger height is involved, self-compacting concrete having adequate
fluidity, cohesiveness and viscosity and which uniformly and completely fills every corner of the formwork by its own weight
without segregation, shall be used.
Except where otherwise agreed to by the Engineer, concrete shall be deposited in horizontal layers to a compacted depth
of not more than 450 mm when internal vibrators are used and not more than 300 mm in all other cases.
Concrete when deposited shall have temperature of not less than 5°C and preferably not more than 30°C and in no case
more than 40°C. In case of site mixing, fresh concrete shall be placed and compacted in its final position within 30
minutes of its discharge from the mixer. When the concrete is carried in properly designed agitator operating continuously,
the concrete shall be placed and compacted within 1 hour of the addition of cement to the mix and within 30 minutes of its
discharge from the agitator. It may be necessary to add retarding admixtures to concrete, if trials show that the periods
indicated above are unacceptable. In all such matters, the Engineer's decision shall be final.
2.48.9.6 Compaction of Concrete
Concrete shall be thoroughly compacted by vibration or other means during placing and worked around the reinforcement,
tendons or duct formers, embedded fixtures and into corners of the formwork to produce a dense homogeneous void-free
mass having the required surface finish. When vibrators are used, vibration shall be done continuously during the placing
of each batch of concrete until the expulsion of air has practically ceased and in a manner that does not promote
segregation. Over-vibration shall be avoided to minimize the risk of forming a weak surface layer. When external vibrators
are used, the design of formwork and disposition of vibrator shall be such as to ensure efficient compaction and to avoid
surface blemishes. Vibrations shall not be applied through reinforcement and where vibrators of immersion type are used,
contact with reinforcement and all inserts like ducts etc., shall be avoided.
When internal vibrators are used, they shall be inserted vertically to the full depth of the layer being placed and ordinarily
shall penetrate the layer below for a few centimetres. The vibrator should be kept in place until air bubbles cease escaping
from the surface and then withdrawn slowly to ensure that no hole is left in the concrete, care being taken to see that it
remains in continued operation while being withdrawn. The internal vibrators shall be inserted in an orderly manner and the
distance between insertions should be about one and half times the radius of the area visibly affected by vibration.
144
PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014 Volume III : Road & Bridge Works
Additional vibrators in serviceable condition shall be kept at site so that they can be used in the event of breakdown.
Mechanical vibrators used shall comply with IS:2502, !S:2506, IS:2514 and IS:4656.
145
Volume III : Road & Bridge Works PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014
of gunny sacking or other approved material before delivering the concrete to the tremie pipe through the hopper, so that
when the concrete is forced down from the hopper to the pipe, it will force the plug (and along with it any water in the pipe )
down the pipe and out of the bottom end, thus establishing a continuous stream of concrete. It will be necessary to raise
the tremie slowly in order to allow a uniform flow of concrete. At all times after placing of concrete is started and until a ll
the required quantity has been placed, the lower end of the tremie pipe shall be kept below the surface of the plastic
concrete and shall not be taken out of concrete. This will cause the concrete to build up from below instead of flowing out
over the surface and thus avoid formation of layers of laitance. It is advisable to use retarders or suitable superplasticize rs
to retard the setting time of concrete, which shall be established before the commencement of work.
146
PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014 Volume III : Road & Bridge Works
The concrete should be kept constantly wet by ponding or covering or use of sprinklers/ perforated pipes for a minimum
period of 14 days after concreting, except in the case of concrete with rapid hardening cement, where it can be reduced to
5 days. Water should be applied on surfaces after the final set. Curing through watering shall not be done on green
concrete. On formed surfaces, curing shall start immediately after the forms are stripped. The concrete shall be kept
constantly wet with a layer of sacking, canvas, hessian or similar absorbent material.
147
Volume III : Road & Bridge Works PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014
2.48.16 CONCRETE WITH BLENDED CEMENTS OR MINERAL ADMIXTURES (cl. 1714 of MoRT&H)
2.48.16.1 Production of Concrete
In order to improve the durability of the concrete, use of blended cement or blending of mineral admixtures, is permitted.
The maximum limit of flyash and ground granulated blast furnace slag in concrete, shall be as specified in Clause 1715.2.
Blending at site shall be permitted only through a specific facility with complete automated process control to achieve the
specified design quality or through RMC plants with similar facility.
2.48.16.2 Modified Properties
For concrete made with Portland Pozzolona Cement, Portland Blast furnace slag cement or mineral admixtures, the setting
time and rate of gain of strength are different from those of concrete made with OPC alone. Cognizance of such modified
properties shall be taken in deciding de-shuttering time, initial time of prestressing, curing period and for early age
loading.
2.48.16.3 Compatibility of Chemical Admixtures
Compatibility of chemical admixtures and superplasticizers with Portland Pozzolona cement, Portland blast furnace slag
cement and mineral admixtures shall be ensured by trials outlined in Clause 1705 of MoRT&H.
148
PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014 Volume III : Road & Bridge Works
2.48.18.7.5Permeability Test
Water permeability test as per DIN: 1048 Part 5-1991 shall be carried out as described below:
i) A cylindrical test specimen 150 mm dia and 160 mm high shall be prepared.
ii) After 28 days of curing, the test will be conducted between 28 and 35 days. The test specimen shall be
fitted in a machine such that specimen can be subjected to a water pressure of up to 7 bars. Atypical
machine is shown in Appendix-1700/1.
iii) The concrete specimen shall be subjected to a water pressure of 0.5 N/mm2 from the top for a period
of 3 days. The pressure shall be maintained constant throughout the test period. If the water
penetrates through to the underside of the specimen, the test may be terminated and the specimen
rejected as failed.
iv) After 3 days, the pressure shall be released and the sample shall be taken out. The specimen shall be
split in the middle by compression applied on two round bars on opposite sides above and below.
v) When the split faces show signs of drying (after 5 to 10 minutes), the maximum depth of penetration in
the direction of height shall be measured with the scale and extent of water penetration established.
vi) The mean of maximum depth of penetration obtained from three specimens thus tested, shall be taken
as the test result and it shall not exceed 25 mm.
2.48.18.7.6If the concrete is not able to meet any of the standards of acceptance as prescribed, the effect of such
deficiency on the structure shall be investigated by the Contractor as directed by the Engineer. The Engineer may accept the
concrete as sub-standard work. Any additional work required by the Engineer for such acceptance, shall be carried out by
the Contractor at his cost. In case the concrete is not found to be acceptable even after investigation, the Contractor shall
remove the rejected concrete forthwith.
2.48.18.7.7When durability of concrete is desired the rapid chloride ion permeability test as stated under Clause
1714.3.1 shall also be performed in addition to above tests.
2.49.3 Sheathing
150
PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014 Volume III : Road & Bridge Works
2.49.3.1 General
The sheathing ducts shall be of the spiral corrugated type either in mild steel or HDPE or in PP for internal tendons. They
shall be in as long lengths as practicable from considerations of handling and transportation without getting damaged.
External tendons shall be housed in either High Density Poly-Ethylene (HDPE) sheaths or metallic steel sheaths (plain or
with protective coatings), which have smooth internal surfaces.
2.49.3.2 M.S. Sheathing Ducts
The material shall be Cold Rolled Cold Annealed (CRCA) Mild Steel conforming to IS : 513 intended for mechanical
treatment and surface refining but not for quench hardening or tempering.
The material shall be clean and free from rust and normally be bright finished. However, where specified, as in case of use
in aggressive environment, galvanized or lead-coated mild steel strips shall be used.
The sheathing shall conform to the requirements specified in Table 94 and Appendix IX. All the joints of sheathing shall be
water tight and conform to provisions contained in Clause 1804.6 of MoRT&H.
Table 96 : Details of Ducts (Table 1800-1 of MoRT&H)
No. of Strands/ Dia in Diamet er of Duct in mm Thickness of MS Sheathing in Thickness of HDPE Duct in mm
mm Met allic HDPE mm
6/13 50 50 0.3 2.0
12/13 75 75 0.4 2.5
19/13 85 85 0.4 2.5
27/13 100 100 0.5 3.0
12/15 85 85 0.4 2.5
19/15 100 100 0.5 3.0
27/15 125 130 0.5 4.0
2.49.4 Anchorages
2.49.4.1 Prestressing accessories like jacks, anchorages, wedges, block plates, etc. shall be procured from
authorized manufacturers only. Anchorages shall conform to "Recommendations for acceptance and application of
prestressing systems" published by FIB. The prestressing accessories shall be subjected to an acceptance test prior to
their actual use on the work. Test certificates from a laboratory fully equipped to carry out the tests shall be furnished to the
Engineer. Such test certificates shall not be more than 12 months old at the time of making the proposal for adoption of a
particular system for the project.
No damaged anchorages shall be used. Steel parts shall be protected from corrosion at all times. Threaded parts shall be
protected by greased wrappings and tapped holes shall be protected by suitable plugs until used. The anchorage
components shall be kept free from mortar and loose rust and any other deleterious coating.
2.49.4.2 Swages of prestressing strand and button-heads of prestressing wire, where provided shall develop a
strength of at least 95 percent of the specified breaking load of the strand or wire as the case may be. Where
swaging/button-heading is envisaged, the Contractor shall furnish details of his methodology and obtain approval of the
Engineer, prior to taking up the work.
2.49.4.3 Untensioned steel reinforcements, around anchorages shall conform to the details of prestressing system
and as shown on the drawing.
2.49.4.5 Couplers
Couplers or other similar fixtures used in conjunction with the prestressing strands or bars, shall have an ultimate tensile
strength of not less than the strengths of the individual strands or bars being joined and shall also meet the requirements
of individual anchorages.
Where possible, tendons shall be placed prior to stressing. Tendons shall be handled with care to avoid damage or
contamination, to either the tendon or the sheathing. Any tendons which are damaged or contaminated shall be cleaned or
replaced.
2.49.5.2 Pre-tensioning
Prestressing steel shall be accurately located and maintained in position, both vertically and horizontally, as per drawings.
2.49.5.3 Each anchorage device shall be set square to the line of action of the corresponding prestressing tendon and
shall be positioned securely to prevent movement during concreting.
The anchorage devices shall be cleaned to the satisfaction of the Engineer, prior to the placing of concrete. After
concreting, any mortar or concrete which adheres to bearing or wedging surfaces, shall be removed immediately.
2.49.5.4 Cutting
Cutting and trimming of wires or strands shall be done by suitable mechanical or flame cutters. When a flame cutter is
used, care shall be taken to ensure that the flame does not come in contact with other stressed steel. The flame cutting of
wire or strand shall be carried out at least 75 mm beyond the point where the tendon will be gripped by the anchorage or
jacks.
In post tensioned members, the ends of prestressing steel projecting beyond the anchorages, shall be cut after the grout
has set.
2.49.5.5 Coupling of MS Sheathing Ducts
For major projects, the sheathing duct should preferably be manufactured at the project site utilizing appropriate
machines. With such an arrangement, long lengths of sheathing ducts may be used with consequent reduction in the
number of joints and couplers.
Where sheathing duct joints are unavoidable, they shall be made cement slurry tight by the use of corrugated threaded
sleeve couplers, which can be tightly screwed on to the outer side of the sheathing ducts.
The length of the coupler should not be less than 150 mm but should be increased upto 200 mm wherever practicable. The
joints between the end of coupler and duct shall be sealed with tape to prevent penetration of slurry during concreting. The
couplers of adjacent ducts shall be staggered wherever practicable. As far as possible, couplers should not be located in
curved zones. The corrugated sleeve couplers can be conveniently manufactured using the sheath making machine with
the next higher size of die set.
For typical details of coupling refer Appendix 1800/1 of MoRT&H Specifications.
2.49.5.6 Coupling of HDPE Sheathing Ducts
The HDPE sheathing can be joined by any one of the following three methods.
a) Use of threaded sleeve couplers in the same manner as given for metallic sheathing.
b) Welding of two ends of HDPE sheathing using appropriate machine such as Roaster Machine or Mirror
Machine.
c) Use of heat shrink couplers made of HDPE sleeves. The sleeves are integrated with the parent
sheathing by hot process by using heating torch.
For typical details of coupling, refer Appendix 1800/1 of MoRT&H Specifications.
2.49.5.7 Grout Vents
Grout vents of at least 20 mm diameter shall be provided at both ends of the sheathing and at all valleys and crests along
its length. For cables longer than 50 m grout vents or drains may be provided at or near the lowest points. Additional vents
shall also be provided along the length of sheathing such that the spacing of consecutive vents do not exceed 20 m. Each
of the grout vents shall be provided with a plug or similar device capable of withstanding a pressure of 1.0 MPa without
leakage of water, air pressure or grout.
2.49.5.8 Anchorages
All bearing surfaces of the anchorages shall be cleaned prior to concreting and tensioning.
Anchor cones, blocks and plates shall be securely positioned and maintained during concreting such that the centre line of
the duct passes axially through the anchorage assembly.
153
Volume III : Road & Bridge Works PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014
The anchorages shall be recessed from the concrete surface by a minimum of 100 mm.
After the prestressing operations are completed and prestressing wires/strands are cut, the surface shall be painted with
two coats of epoxy of suitable formulation having a dry film thickness of 80 micron per coat and entire recess shall be fille d
with concrete or non-shirk/ pre-packaged mortar of epoxy concrete.
154
PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014 Volume III : Road & Bridge Works
b) If the calculated elongation has not been reached at the specified gauge pressure, continue tensioning
by intervals of 5 kg/sq. cm until the calculated elongation is reached, provided the gauge pressure does
not exceed 1.05 times the specified gauge pressure.
c) If the elongation at 1.05 times the specified gauge pressure is less than 0.95 times the calculated
elongation, the following measures must be taken, in succession, to determine the cause of this
discrepancy:
A complete record of prestressing operations along with elongation and jack pressure data shall be maintaine d in the
format given in Appendix 1800/11.
The number of stages of prestressing and grouting shall be kept to a minimum, preferably two in the case of simply
supported girders.
Grouting of prestressed tendons shall be carried out in accordance with provisions given in Appendix 1800/III of MoRT&H
Specification. A record of grouting operations shall be maintained in the format given in Appendix VI.
2.49.9 TRANSPORTATION STORAGE AND HANDLING OF PREC AST GIRDERS (cl. 1814 of MoRT&H)
Precast girders shall be transported in an upright position. Points of support and the direction of the reactions with respect
to the girder shall approximately be the same during transportation, and storage as when the girder is placed in final
position.
Method of transportation should be planned in such a way that the vehicle employed to transport the long girders can
successfully negotiate the available road geometry. Adequate care shall be taken to ensure that the girder being
transported does not topple due to unstable arrangement. For this purpose, height of the vehicle shall be kept as low as
possible. This will also help in accommodating greater height of the system during transportation below existing bridges or
through any other constraints. Girders should be transported only after 28 day concrete strength is achieved.
When members are to be stacked, they shall be firmly supported at such bearing positions as will ensure the stresses
induced in them are always less than the permissible design stresses. Further, inclined side supports shall be provided at
the ends and along the length of a precast girder to prevent lateral movements or instability.
Care shall be taken during storage, hoisting and handling of precast units to prevent them from being cracked or
damaged. Units cracked or damaged by improper storing or handling, shall be replaced by the Contractor at his cost.
Handling of precast girders from precasting location to the bridge site requires careful operation. Lifting location shall be
strictly as indicated on the construction drawings.
Lifting devices generally consist of loops of prestressing strand or mild steel bars or any other suitable arrangement. If it is
anticipated that embedded material for lifting devices will be cast into the face of the member that will be exposed to view
or to corrosive materials in the completed structure, the depth of removal of the embedded material and the method of
filling the resulting cavities, shall be as shown on the construction drawings. The depth of removal shall not be less than
the clear cover required to the reinforcing steel. The cavity so formed shall be suitably grouted for protecting the embedded
metal. Also, the projecting reinforcement shall be suitably protected against corrosion.
155
Volume III : Road & Bridge Works PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014
2.50.2.5 Welding
IS: 816, IS: 822, IS: 1024, IS: 1182, IS: 4853, IS: 5334, IS: 7307, IS: 7310, IS: 7318, IS: 9595
2.50.2.6 Paints
All materials for paints and enamels shall conform to the requirements specified on the drawings or other special
provisions laid down by the Engineer.
The type of paints which can be used shall be as follows :
a) Ordinary i.e. paints based on drying oils, alkyd resin, modified alkyd resin, phenolic varnish epoxy
b) Chemical Resistant - one pack type (ready for use) or two pack type (mixed before use).
c) Vinyl
d) Chlorinated rubber
e) Bituminous - (IS:9862)
f) Epoxy -(IS:14925)
g) Polyurethane - (IS:13759)
h) Zinc rich -(IS:14589
Unless otherwise specified, paints shall conform to the relevant Indian Standards. Paints shall be tested for the following
qualities as per Specifications given in the relevant IS codes:
156
PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014 Volume III : Road & Bridge Works
158
PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014 Volume III : Road & Bridge Works
2.50.4 Welding
2.50.4.1 All welding shall be done with the prior approval of the Engineer and the workmanship shall conform to the
specifications of the relevant Indian Standards as appropriate.
When material thickness is 20 mm or more, special precautions like pre-heating shall be taken as laid down in IS:9595.
Surfaces and edges to be welded shall be smooth, uniform and free from fins, tears, cracks and other discontinuities.
Surface shall also be free from loose or thick scale, slag rust, moisture, oil and other foreign materials. Surfaces within 5 0
mm of any weld location shall be free from any paint or other material that may prevent proper welding or cause
objectionable fumes during welding.
The general welding procedures including particulars of the preparation of fusion faces for metal arc welding, shall be
carried out in accordance with IS:9595.
The welding procedures for shop and site welds including edge preparation of fusion faces shall be as per details shown on
the drawings and shall be submitted in writing for the approval of the Engineer, in accordance with Clause 22 of IS:9595,
before commencing fabrication.
Any deviation from this procedure has to be approved by the Engineer. Preparation of edges shall, wherever practicable, be
done by machine methods.
Machine flame cut edges shall be substantially as smooth and regular as those produced by edge planing and shall be left
free of slag. Manual flame cutting shall be permitted by the Engineer only where machine cutting is not practicable.
Electrodes to be used for metal arc welding shall comply with relevant Indian Standards mentioned in Clause 1903.2.3.
Procedure test shall be carried out as per IS:3613 to find out suitable wire-flux combination for welded joint.
Assembly of parts for welding shall be in accordance with provisions of Clauses 14 to 16 of IS:9595.
Welded temporary attachment should be avoided as far as possible. If unavoidable, the method of making any temporary
attachment shall be as approved by the Engineer. Any scars from temporary attachment shall be removed by cutting and
chipping and surface shall be finished smooth by grinding to the satisfaction of the Engineer.
Welding shall not be carried out when the air temperature is less than 10°C, when the surfaces are wet, during periods of
strong winds and in snowy weather, unless the work and the welding operators are adequately protected.
2.50.4.2 For welding of any particular type of joint, welders shall undergo the appropriate welders qualification test
as prescribed in any of the relevant Indian Standards IS:817, IS:1966, IS: 1393, IS:7307 (Part I), IS:7310 (Part I) and
IS:7318 (Part I) to the satisfaction of the Engineer.
2.50.4.3 In assembling and joining parts of a structure or of built-up members, the procedure and sequence of
welding shall be such as to avoid distortion and minimize shrinkage stress.
All requirements regarding pre-heating of parent material and interpass temperature shall be in accordance with
provisions of IS:9595.
2.50.4.4 Peening of weld shall be carried out wherever specified by the Engineer:
a) If specified, peening may be employed to be effective on each weld layer except the first filling layer.
b) After weld has cooled, the peening should be carried out by light blows from a power hammer using a
round nosed tool. Care shall be taken to prevent scaling or flaking of weld and base metal from over
peening.
2.50.5 Tolerances
Tolerances in dimensions of components of fabricated structural steel work shall be specified on the drawings and shall be
subject to the approval of the Engineer before fabrication. Unless otherwise specified, all parts of an assembly shall fit
together accurately within tolerances specified in Table 1900-2 of MoRT&H.
2.50.6 Non-Destructive Testing of Welds
One or more of the following methods may be applied for inspection or testing of weld :
a) Visual Inspection
b) Magnetic Particle and Radiographic Inspection
c) Ultrasonic inspection
d) Liquid Penetration Inspection
159
Volume III : Road & Bridge Works PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014
2.50.7.1 General
Unless otherwise specified, all metal work shall be given approved shop coats as well as field coats of painting. The item of
work shall include preparation of metal surfaces, application of protective covering and drying of the paint coatings along
with all tools, scaffolding, labour and materials necessary.
Coatings shall be applied only to dry surfaces and the coated surfaces shall not be exposed to rain or frost before they are
dry. The coatings shall be applied to all surfaces excluding shear connectors and inner surfaces of fully sealed hollow
sections. While coating adjacent surfaces, care shall be taken to ensure that primer is not applied on the shear connectors.
2.50.7.2 Types of Paints
i) Ordinary Paints
These include paints based on drying oils, alkyd resin, modified alkyd resin, phenolic varnish epoxy, etc.
Ordinary painting can generally be sub-divided into two types:
a) Primary Coats :
This shall be applied immediately after the surface preparation and should have the properties of
adhesion, corrosion inhibition and imperviousness to water and air.
b) Finishing Coats :
This shall be applied over the primary coat and should have the properties of durability, abrasion
resistance, aesthetic appearance and smooth finish.
ii) Chemical Resistant Paints
The more highly corrosion resistant paints can be divided into two main groups :
a) One pack paints (ready for use)
b) Two pack paints (mixed before use)
The two pack paints shall be mixed together just before use since they remain workable thereafter only
for a restricted period of time.
iii) Other types of paints as mentioned in Clause 1903.4 of MoRT&H Specifications may also be used,
subject to approval by the Engineer.
All paints shall conform to relevant IS Standards as appropriate.
2.50.7.3 Surfaces which are inaccessible for cleaning and painting after fabrication shall be painted as specified
before being assembled for riveting.
All rivets, bolts, nuts, washers etc., are to be thoroughly cleaned and dipped into boiling linseed oil conforming to IS:77.
All machined surfaces are to be well coated with a mixture of white lead conforming to IS: 34 and mutton tallow
conforming to IS: 887.
In site painting, the whole of the steel work shall be given the second cover coat after final passing and after touching up
the primer and cover coats, if damaged in transit.
2.50.7.4 Quality of Paint
Only paints which have been tested for the following qualities as per the specifications given in the relevant IS codes,
should be used :
Weight test (weight per 10 litre of paint thoroughly mixed)
Drying time
Flexibility and adhesion
Consistency
Dry thickness and rate of consumption
2.50.7.5 Unless otherwise specified, all painting and protective coating work shall be done in accordance with
IS:1477 (Part I).
160
PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014 Volume III : Road & Bridge Works
assembly.
Where surfaces are to be welded, the steel shall not be painted or metal coated within a suitable distance from any edges
to be welded, if the specified paint or metal coating would be harmful to welders or is likely to impair the quality of site
welds.
Exposed machined surfaces shall be adequately protected.
Table 97 : Guidelines for Selection of Types of Protective Coatings (Table 1900-3 of MoRT&H)
162
PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014 Volume III : Road & Bridge Works
2.51 BEARINGS
2.51.1 GENERAL (cl. 2002 of MoRT&H)
a) Bearing plates, bars, rockers, assemblies and other expansion or fixed devices shall be in accordance
with the details shown on the drawings.
b) The bearings may either be supplied directly to the Engineer by the manufacturer to be installed by the
Contractor or supplied and installed by the Contractor as part of the contract. In the former case, the
manufacturer shall be associated with the installation of the bearings to the full satisfaction of the
Engineer, whereas in the latter case, the Contractor shall be solely responsible for the satisfactory supply
and installation of the bearing. In the detailed description of the specification, a general reference shall
be made to the Contractor or manufacturer and the interpretation shall be as per terms of contract.
c) The Contractor shall exercise the utmost care in setting and fixing all bearings in their correct positions
and ensuring that uniformity is obtained on all bearing surfaces.
d) Bearings shall be handled with care and stored under cover.
e) When bearing assemblies or plates are shown on the drawings to be placed (not embedded) directly on
concrete, the concrete bearing area shall be constructed slightly above grade (not exceeding 12 mm) and
shall be finished by grinding.
f) It shall be ensured that the bearings are set truly level and in exact position as indicated on the drawings
so as to have full and even bearing on the seats. Thin mortar pads (not exceeding 12 mm thickness) may
be provided for this purpose.
g) It shall be ensured that the bottoms of girders to be seated on the bearings are plane at the locations of
the bearings and that the bearings are not displaced while placing the girders.
h) M.S bearings sliding on M.S. plates shall not be permitted. For sliding plate bearings, stainless steel
surface sliding on stainless steel plate with mild steel matrix shall be used. The other option shall be to
provide PTFE surface sliding on stainless steel.
i) Segmental rollers are not permitted; only full cylindrical rollers shall be used. Adequate width of base
plate shall be provided to cater for anticipated movements of the supporting structure.
j) For seismic Zones IV and V, roller and rocker bearing components shall have guides to prevent them from
being displaced during earthquakes.
k) For bridges with skew angle less than 20°, the bearings shall be placed at right angles to the
longitudinal axis of the bridge. For bridges with skew angle greater than 20°, very wide bridges and
curved bridges, the location of bearings shall be ensured as shown on the drawings.
l) Easy access to the bearing shall be made available for purposes of inspection and maintenance.
Provision shall also be made for jacking up of the superstructure so as to allow repair/replacement of
bearings.
m) For types of bearings not covered in this Section, required specifications shall be as laid down in the
contract.
163
Volume III : Road & Bridge Works PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014
2.51.3.1 Materials
i) Chloroprene Rubber (CR) only shall be used.
ii) Grades of raw elastomer of proven use in elastomeric bearings, with low crystallization rates and
adequate shelf life viz. Neoprene WRT, Neoprene W, Bayprene 110, Bayprene 210, Skyprene B-5,
Skyprene B-30, Denka S-40V and Denka M-40, shall be used.
iii) No reclaimed rubber or vulcanized wastes or natural rubber shall be used.
iv) The polychloropene content of the compound shall not be lower than 60 per cent. The ash content
shall not exceed 5 per cent of its weight. Polychloropene content shall be determined in accordance
with ASTM-D297 and ash content as per IS:3400-Part XXII.
v) Use of synthetic rubber-like materials such as Ethyl Propylene Dimonomer (EPDM), Isobutane
Isoprene Copolymer (IIR) and Chloro-Isoprene Copolymer (CIIR) shall not be permitted.
164
PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014 Volume III : Road & Bridge Works
2.51.4.2 Materials
2.51.4.2.1 Structural steel, mild steel, high tensile steel and steel for forging shall conform to the requirements of
Section 1009 of MoRT&H Specifications.
2.51.4.2.2 Cast steel shall comply with Grade 280-520W or 340-570W of IS:1030.
2.51.4.2.3 Stainless steel shall conform to AISI 316 L or 02Cr17Ni12M02 of IS:6911.
2.51.4.2.4 PTFE
The raw material for PTFE used in bearings shall be pure polytetrafluoroethylene, free sintered without regenera ted
materials or fillers. The mechanical and physical properties of unfilled PTFE shall comply with Grade A of BS:3784 or
equivalent. PTFE shall be either in the form of solid rectangular modules or large sheets with dimples formed by hot
pressing or moulding. Sheet with dimples formed by machining or drilling from a solid PTFE sheet, shall not be permitted.
The surface of PTFE sheets/modules which are to be in contact with metal backing plates shall be provided with suitable
chemical treatment for proper bonding. Adhesives used for bonding PTFE to backing plates, shall produce a bond with
minimum peel strength of 4 N/mm width when tested in accordance with BS:5350 (Part C9).
2.51.4.2.5 Elastomer
The elastomer to be used for the components of bearings shall comply with provisions of Table 2000-1 of MoRT&H.
The confined elastomer inside the pot shall have the properties as given in Table 2000 -4 of MoRT&H.
2.51.4.2.4 Certification and Marking
i) Bearings should be transported to bridge site after final acceptance by the Inspector/inspection agency
appointed by the concerned authority, along with an authenticated copy of the certificate of
acceptance. An information card listing the required bearing characteristics, duly certified by the
manufacturer should also be appended with the certificate.
ii) All bearings shall have suitable index markings in indelible ink or flexible paint, which if practicable,
shall be visible even after installation, giving the following information:
Name of manufacturer
Month and year of manufacture
Bearing designation
Type of bearing
Load and movement capacity
Centre line markings to facilitate installation
Direction of major and minor movement, if any
Preset, if any
2.51.4.3 Installation
2.51.4.3.1 General
a) Bearings shall be so located as to avoid the accumulation of dirt and debris on or around them.
Detailing of the structure shall be such that water is prevented from reaching the bearings.
b) In order to avoid contamination of moving surfaces, bearings should not normally be dismantled after
leaving the manufacturer's workshop. However, if for any reason, a bearing is required to be
dismantled, it shall be done only under expert supervision for which the manufacturer's help may be
sought.
c) Transfer of load from the superstructure to the bearings should not be allowed until the bedding
material has developed sufficient strength. Temporary clamping devices should be removed at the
appropriate time before the bearings are required to accommodate movement. The holes exposed on
removal of temporary transit clamps should be filled with selected material. Where re-use of these
fixing holes may be required, the material used for filling the holes should be capable of being easily
removed without damaging the threads.
165
Volume III : Road & Bridge Works PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014
d) Suitable temporary supporting arrangements under bearing base plates should be made to
accommodate thermal movement and elastic deformation of the incomplete superstructure. Such
temporary supports, if provided, should be removed once the bedding material has reached its required
strength. Any voids left as a consequence of their removal should be made good using the same
bedding material. Steel folding wedges and rubber pads are suitable for use as temporary supports
under bearing plates.
2.51.4.3.2 Bedding
i) The bedding material shall be selected keeping in view a number of factors such as the type and size of
bearing, construction sequence, load on the bearing, required setting time, friction requirements,
access around bearings, design and condition of surface in the bearing area and thickness, strength
and shrinkage of bedding material.
ii) Commonly used bedding materials are cementitious or chemical resin mortar and grout. In some
cases, it may be necessary to carry out trials to ascertain the most suitable material.
iii) The bedding material, whether above or below the bearing, should extend over the whole area of the
bearing in order to ensure even loading. After installation, there shall be no voids or hard spots. The
top surface of any extension of the bedding beyond the bearing shall have a downward slope away
from the bearing.
iv) The bedding material shall be capable of transmitting the applied load to the structure without being
damaged. Surfaces to receive bedding mortar shall be suitably prepared so as to be compatible with
the mortar chosen.
166
PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014 Volume III : Road & Bridge Works
2.52.3.1 Investigations shall cover the entire length of the bridge and also extend on either side for a distance about
twice the depth below bed of the last main foundation. Bores shall be taken at the location of each pier and abutment of
the bridge. A minimum of two bores shall be taken in the approaches on either side, along the centre line of the alignment,
at a distance of 50 m and 120 m behind the abutment positions. In case of viaducts in the approaches on either side of
the bridge, bores shall be taken at the location of each foundation of the viaduct spans.
2.52.3.2 Where detailed investigation indicates appreciable variation or where variations in a particular foundation
are likely to appreciably affect the construction (specially in case of bridge foundations resting on rock), it will be necessary
to take additional bores in the transverse direction also, to establish complete profile of the underlying strata. The number
of additional bores shall be decided depending upon the extent of variation in local geology at a particular foundation
location and should cover the entire area of that foundation.
167
Volume III : Road & Bridge Works PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014
2.52.6 DETAILED INVESTIGATION FOR BRIDGE FOUNDATIONS RESTING ON ROCK (cl. 2405of MoRT&H)
2.52.6.1 Identification and classification of rock types for engineering purposes may in general be limited to broad,
basic geological classes in accordance with accepted practice. Strength of parent rock alone is of limited value because
overall characteristics depend to a large extent on character, spacing and distribution of discontinuities such as joints,
bedding planes, faults and weathered seams in the rock mass. An important factor affecting the behaviour of the rock is
the weathered zone at top.
2.52.6.2 Basic Information Required from Investigations
i) Geological system
ii) Depth of rock strata and its variation over the length of the bridge
iii) Whether bed consists of isolated boulders or continuous rock formation
iv) Extent and character of weathered zone
v) Structure of rock - including bedding planes, faults, fissures, solution cavities etc.
vi) Properties of rock material - strength, geological formation, etc.
vii) Colour, quality and quantity of water coming out of drill holes
viii) Erodability of rock to the extent possible, where relevant
168
PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014 Volume III : Road & Bridge Works
169
Volume III : Road & Bridge Works PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014
2.52.9.3.5 The upper few millimeters of both types of sample shall be removed as the soil at the bottom of the bore hole
usually gets disturbed by the boring tools.
2.52.10 TESTS FOR INVESTIGATION OF SHALLOW FOUNDATIONS OF BRIDGES (cl. 2411 of MoRT&H)
2.52.10.1 Digging of test pits or trenches is the most dependable method of investigation, since it permits direct and
reliable visual examination of the type of soil and its stratification. In-situ tests like plate bearing tests, shear tests and uni-
axial jacking tests can also be conveniently carried out in the test pits.
2.52.10.2 Tests shall be conducted on undisturbed samples, which may be obtained from open pits. The use of Plate
Load Test (as per IS: 1888) is considered desirable to ascertain the safe bearing capacity and settlement characteristics. A
few exploratory bore holes or soundings extending to a depth of about V/2 times the proposed width of foundation shall
also be made to ascertain whether there is any weak strata underlying the foundation.
The results of laboratory tests shall be correlated with those of in-situ tests like Plate Load Tests and Penetration Test.
2.52.11 TESTS FOR INVESTIGATION FOR DEEP FOUNDATIONS OF BRIDGES (cl. 2412 of MoRT&H)
2.52.11.1 The tests to be conducted for obtaining the properties of soil are different for cohesive soils and for
cohensionless soils. These are enumerated below and shall be carried out, wherever practicable, according to soil type.
While selecting the tests and interpreting the results, limitation of applicability of particular tests shall be taken into
account. A most suitable and appropriate combination of tests shall be chosen, depending on the properties needed for
design and constructional aspects.
170
PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014 Volume III : Road & Bridge Works
b) Field Tests
i) Plate Load test (as per IS:1888)
ii) Vane Shear Test (as per IS:4434).
iv) Static Cone Penetration Test (as per IS:4968 Part III)
v) Standard Penetration Tests (as per IS:2131),
vi) Dynamic Cone Penetration Test (as per IS:4968 (Part I or Part II)
2.52.11.4 For both cohesionless and cohesive soils where dewatering is expected, permeability tests may be
conducted as per IS: 2720 Part XVII.
2.52.11.5 The subsoil water shall be tested for chemical properties to ascertain whether there is any hazard which may
cause deterioration of concrete in foundations. Where dewatering is expected to be required, permeability characteristics
shall also be determined.
2.53.3.1 Components
Reinforced elastomeric expansion joint shall comprise of following components:
i) Steel Inserts : The elastomeric slab units shall be fixed to the steel inserts properly anchored in the
deck concrete. Fixing of elastomeric slab units with anchoring bolts directly embedded in deck
concrete shall not be permitted. Steel inserts along with anchorage shall be fabricated at
manufacturer's workshop and not at site.
ii) Anchorage : The anchorage shall either be loop anchors connected to the inserts by anchor plate or
sinusoidal anchor bars welded with the horizontal leg of the steel inserts. For loop anchors with
anchor ptate, the thickness of the anchor plate shall not be less than 12 mm. Diameter of anchor
loops shall not be less than 16 mm and the spacing of anchors shall not be more than 250 mm. For
sinusoidal anchors, diameter of bar shall not be less than 12 mm.
iii) Fixing Bolts : Fixing bolts and nuts shall be made of stainless steel. Tightened nuts shall be locked
by using lock washers.
iv) Elastomeric Plugs : The plug holes provided in elastomeric slab units to house fixing bolts shall be
plugged with elastomeric plugs pressed in position after applying adhesive on the surfaces.
v) Adhesives and Sealants : Special sealant to be poured into the plug holes before plugging and
special adhesive to be used for installation, shall be as per the recommendation of manufacturer.
vi) Necessary spacer bars to ensure proper positioning of bolts and leveling and aligning steel inserts
during fixing with deck as well as special jigs to be used to preset the elastomeric slab units, shall
be provided by the manufacturer.
2.53.3.2 Material
i) Mild steel to be used for manufacture of steel reinforcing plates, inserts and anchorage shall comply
with Grade B of IS:2062.
ii) Cast steel to be used for manufacture of steel reinforcing plates shall comply with IS:1030.
iii) The elastomer to be used for manufacture of elastomeric slab units shall comply with Clause 915.1
of IRC:83 (Part II), compounded to give hardness IRHD 60 ± 5.
2.53.3.3 Fabrication
j) All surfaces of the steel inserts and anchorage including the surfaces to be in contact with or
embedded in concrete shall be sand/shot blasted to SA 2½ and provided with a coat of epoxy primer
enriched with metallic zinc. Surfaces not to be in contact with or embedded in concrete shall be
provided with an additional coat of epoxy primer enriched with metallic zinc, one intermediate coat of
high build epoxy paint reinforced with MIO (Micaceous Iron Oxide) and one coat of high performance
epoxy finish paint as per manufacturer's specification with minimum total dry film thickness of 150
micron.
172
PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014 Volume III : Road & Bridge Works
ii) Elastomeric slab units shall be fully moulded to the required size in one single vulcanizing operation
including the reinforcing plates and encasing layers as one integral and homogeneous unit. Edges of
reinforcing steel sections shall be rounded. The elastomeric slab units shall be manufactured
generally as per the stipulations laid down in Clause 917 of IRC: 83 (Part II). Adjoining portions of
elastomeric slab units shall be provided with suitable male-female groove to ensure water tightness.
iii) Permissible tolerances of fabrication shall be as follows:
Plan dimension ± 5 mm
Total height ± 3 mm
2.53.3.4 Supply and Handling
i) The Contractor shall supply all steel-reinforced elastomeric expansion joints including bolts, nuts,
sealant, plugs and all other accessories for the effective installation of the joints including angled
jointing sections for kerbs.
ii) Expansion joint material shall be handled with care and stored under cover by the Contractor to
prevent damage. Any damage occurring after delivery shall be made good at the expense of the
Contractor to the satisfaction of the Engineer.
2.53.4.1 Components
Strip seal expansion joint shall comprise the following:
i) Edge Beam : This shall be either extruded or hot rolled steel section including continuously shop welded
section with suitable profile to mechanically lock the sealing element in place throughout the normal
movement cycle. Further, the configuration shall be such that the section has a minimum thickness of 10
mm all along its cross section (flange and web). Thickness of lips holding the seal shall not be less than
6 mm. The minimum height of the edge beam section shall be 80 mm. The minimum cross sectional area
of the edge beam shall be 1500 mm2.
ii) Anchorage : The edge beams of single strip/box seal joints shall be anchored in the concrete with rigid
loop anchorage. The anchor loops shall be connected to the edge beam by means of anchor plate
welded to the edge beam. Total cross sectional area of anchor loop on each side of the joint shall not be
less than 1600 mm2 per metre length of the joint and the centre to centre spacing shall not exceed 250
mm. The thickness of anchor plate shall not be less than 0.7 times the diameter of anchor loop or 12 mm
whichever is higher. The anchor loop at the edge profiles should be at right angles to the joint. Planned
deviations of this direction are allowable only for the range of 90° ± 20°. The anchoring reinforcement of
the construction must lie parallel to the anchor loops.
iii) Sealing Element : This shall be a preformed/extruded single strip of such a shape as to promote self-
removal of foreign material during normal joint operation. The seal shall possess high tear strength and
be insensitive to oil, gasoline and ozone. It shall have high resistance to ageing. The specially designed
proprietary type of locking system of seal in the housing of edge beam shall be such as to ensure 100%
water tightness as well as ease of installation and replacement. Mechanical fastening of sealing element
with edge beam shall not be permitted. Sealing element shall be continuous over the entire joint
The working movement range of the sealing element shall be at least 80 mm with a maximum of 100 mm at right angles to
the joint and ± 40 mm parallel to the joint.
Minimum gap for inserting the Chloroprene seals in the expansion joint shall be 25 mm.
2.53.4.2 Material
i) The steel for edge beams shall conform to any of the steel grade equivalent to RST 37 -2 or 37-3 (DIN),
S235JRG2 or S355K2G3 of EN 10025 (DIN 17100), ASTM A 36 or A 588, CAN/CSA Standard G40.21
Grade 300 W and Grade B of IS:2062. For subzero condition, material for steel shall conform to IS:2062
Grade C.
ii) The sealing element shall be made of Choloroprene Rubber (CR). The properties of CR shall be as
specified in Table 2600-1 of MoRT&H.
iii) Anchorage steel shall conform to Grade B of IS: 2062 or equivalent standard.
173
Volume III : Road & Bridge Works PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014
2.53.5.1 Components
A modular expansion joint shall consist of two or more modules/cells of individual capacity 80 mm to cater to a horizontal
movement in excess of 80 mm. It shall allow movements in all three directions and rotation about all three axes as per the
design requirements. The structural system shall consist of two edge beams, one or more central/separation beams or
lamellas and cross support bars supporting individuals or multiple central beams to transfer the loads to the bridge deck
through the anchorage system.
i) Edge Beams and Central Beams/Lamella : These shall be as per Clause 2606.1(i) of MoRT&H.
ii) Anchorage : Anchorage of edge beam shall be as per Clause 2606.1 (ii). Studs and/or loop anchors with
anchor plate may be used as anchorage of other components like joist box and covers of controlling
system.
iii) Sealing Element : This shall be as per Clause 2606.1 (iii). Minimum gap for inserting the neoprene seals
in the expansion joint shall be 25 mm.
iv) Support and Control System : The control system should allow closing and opening of the joint and also
ensure that all modules open and close equally during all movement cycles of the joint. The overall
support and control system shall be either single/multiple support bar control system or swivel joint
system comprising of resilient/shock absorption components and elastic/sliding control system
conforming to the specifications recommended by the manufacturer. The gap between the consecutive
centre beams at the joint surface shall be limited to 80 mm when the joint opens fully due to maximum
contraction of deck.
2.53.5.2 Material
i) The steel for edge beams, centre beam/lamella, transverse support bar and other steel components
shall conform to any of the steel grade corresponding to RST 37-2 or 37-3 or 52-3 (DIN), S235JRG2 or
S355K2G3 of EN10025 (DIN 17100), ASTM A36 or A588, CAN/CSA standard G40.21 Grade 300 W.
ii) The sealing element shall be of Chloroprene Rubber (CR). The properties of CR shall be as specified in
Table 2600-1 of MoRT&H.
iii) The specification for all other materials shall be as per manufacturer's recommendation.
174
PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014 Volume III : Road & Bridge Works
175
Volume III : Road & Bridge Works PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014
The Polished Stone Value (PSV), Aggregate Abrasion Value (AAV), Aggregate Impact Value (AIV) and
Aggregate Crush Value (ACV) shall be as below:
PSV > 60
AAV > 05
AIV < 18
ACV = 10-25
The surface characteristics should promote proper adhesion,
iii) Closure Plate : The closure plate shall be weld able structural steel conforming to IS:2062. The
minimum thickness of steel plate shall be 6 mm and the width shall not be less than 200 mm. Closure
plate shall preferably be of single length but it shall not have more than 2 pieces per traffic lane width
which shall be welded together to form the required length. It shall be provided with equidistant holes
at a maximum spacing of 300 mm centers for anchorage to the caulking/ backer rod along the
longitudinal centre line of the plate. The plate shall be protected against corrosion by galvanizing or by
any other approved anti-corrosive coating paint with a minimum thickness of 100 micron.
iv) Foam Caulking/Backer Rod: The foam caulking shall be closed cell polyolefin or open cell polyurethane
foam cylindrical type. The backer rod shall be of diameter equal to 150 percent of the joint opening. It
shall be heat resistant and possess good flexibility and recovery characteristics with density of 25
kg/m3 to 30 kg/m3.
2.54.2.1 General
a) Bridge railing/crash barrier includes the portion of the structure erected on and above the kerb.
b) Railing/crash barrier shall not be constructed until the centering false work for the span has been
released and the span is self-supporting.
c) For concrete with steel reinforcement, specifications for the items of controlled concrete and
reinforcement mentioned under relevant Sections of these Specifications shall be applicable.
d) The railing/crash barrier shall be carefully erected true to line and grade. Posts shall be vertical with a
tolerance not exceeding 6 mm in 3 m. The pockets left for posts shall be filled with non-shrink mortar.
e) The type of railing/crash barrier to be constructed shall be as shown on the drawings and shall conform
to IRC:5 and IRC:6.
f) Care shall be exercised in assembling expansion joints in the railing/ crash barrier to ensure that they
function properly.
g) The railing/crash barrier shall be of such design as to be amenable to quick repairs.
h) The material of metal railing/crash barrier shall be handled and stored with care, so that it remains
clean and free from damage. Railing/crash barrier materials shall be stored above the ground on
platforms, skids, or other supports and kept free from grease, dirt and other contaminants.
Any material which is lost, stolen or damaged after delivery shall be replaced or repaired by the Contractor. Methods of
repairs shall be such that they do not damage the material or protective coating.
177
Volume III : Road & Bridge Works PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014
178
PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014 Volume III : Road & Bridge Works
One set of project specific tests shall be conducted at third party accredited laboratory or at a reputed institute.
Each roll shall have at least one identification label with roll number and product type.
The fill material in the reinforced soil zone shall have drained or effective angle of friction not less than 30°, measured in
accordance with IS: 2720 (Part 13), by conducting a drained direct shear test. In case the fill material has 25 percent or
more particles of 4.75 mm or larger, drained shear test using large shear box may be conducted (IS: 2720 Part 39: Section
1). The gradation of fill soil shall be as per following limits.
Sieve Size Percentage Passing
75 mm 100%
425 micron 0-60%
75 micron less than 15
Pl<6
Materials with more than 15 percent passing 75 micron sieve, but less than 10 percent of particles smaller than 15
microns are acceptable provided PI is less than 6 and angle of friction is not less than 30°.
Fly ash may be used as fill material in reinforced soil walls provided its angle of internal friction is not less than 300 and PI
is less than 6. Gradation requirements need not be completely satisfied. Reference may be made to IRC Guide lines on Use
of Flyash in Road Embankments (IRC:SP-58). Fly ash shall also satisfy requirements concerning pH and environmental
conditions of the fill vis-a-vis the reinforcement type as specified in Clause 3014.1.
The fill material used in the reinforced soil zone shall be free from organic or other deleterious materials and shall not react
adversely (chemically, electrically or biologically) with the reinforcement material and/or facia material.
Properties of fill soil in the reinforced zone, unreinforced zone (or retained/back fill) soil and the foundation soil shall be
determined accurately during the construction phase, as per quality assurance plans and directions of Engineer so as to
ensure that these are the same as those considered in the design phase.
The fill soil in the unreinforced zone shall conform to the requirements specified in the design.
2.55.2 Steel Reinforcement
Where galvanized steel reinforcement is used, the fill material shall be free draining granular material and shall meet the
following requirements as per Table 3100.1.
Table 101: Recommended Limits of Electrochemical Properties for Reinforced Fills with Steel
Reinforcement (Table 3100-1 of MoRT&H)
Pr oper t y Cr it er ia Test Met hod
Resistivity > 3000 ohm-cm AASHTO T-288
pH > 5 and < 10 AASHTO T-289
Chlorides < 100 PPM ASTM D 4327
Sulphates < 200 PPM ASTM D 4327
180
PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014 Volume III : Road & Bridge Works
2.55.6.4 Drainage
Drainage bay shall be provided as shown in the drawings. The width of the drainage bay shall be 600 mm behind the facing
element.
The drainage material shall conform to the specifications of the filter media as per Clause 2504.2.2 of MoRT&H
Specifications.
181
Volume III : Road & Bridge Works PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014
Table 102 : Tolerances for Faces of Retaining Walls and Abutments (Table 3100-2 of MoRT&H)
Tolerance
Location of plane of structure ± 50 mm - metallic reinforcement ± 75 mm - synthetic reinforcement
Bulging (Vertical) and Bowing (Horizontal) ± 20 mm in 4.5 m template (Metallic) ± 30 mm in 4.5 m template (Synthetic)
Steps at joints ± 10 mm
Table 103: Minimum Vertical Movement Capac ities of Facing Systems (Table 3100-3 of MoRT&H)
S t r uct ur al F or m Minimum Ver t ical Mov ement Capacit y of S y st em
Discrete panels Joint closure of 1 in 150 relative to panel height
Full height panels Vertical movement capacity of connections 1 in 150 relative to panel height
Semi-elliptical facings Vertical distortion of 1 in 150 relative to panel height
Geotextile/ Geogrid wrap-around facings No specific limit except for appearance or serviceability considerations
Table 104 : Minimum Stack Height & Allowance for Sinkage and/or Shrinkage for Different Materials
182
PWD (WB) Schedule of Rates : 2014 Volume III : Road & Bridge Works
c) 10 per cent Fines 1. At the beginning for approval of each source 5T Minimum
and change of source.
d) Abrasion Value 2. Once in 3 months. 50 % Maximum by Weight
5) S oundness 1. At the beginning for approval of each source IS: 383-1970 Maximum Average Loss of Weight after 5 cycles
and change of source. IS: 2386 (i) tested with Sodium Sulphate -12%
2. Once in 3 months. (Part V)-1963 (ii) tested with Magnesium Sulphate -18%
6) S ur face moisture content 1. At the beginning for approval of each source IS: 383-1970 Test required to adjust the water content in the mix design before starting any
and change of source. IS: 2386 concrete mixing.
2. At every change of mix design (Part III)-1963
3. Every time making the concrete
7) Alk ali Reactivity 1. At the beginning for approval of each source IS: 383-1970 Innocuous Aggregate.
and change of source. IS: 2386
2. Once in 3 months. (Part VII)-1963
183
Volume III : Road & Bridge Works PWD (WB) Schedule of Rates : 2014
1.2 Fine Aggregate :
S l. Test F r equency Ref. Codes Accept ance S t andar ds
1) Par ticle S ize and S hape 1. At the beginning for approval of each source IS: 383-1970 Fine Aggregate should be of grading from Zone-I to Zone-Ill as per Table 1000-1 of
and change of source. IS: 2386 MoRT&H.
2. Once in a month. (Part I)-1963
1.3 Water :
S l. Test F r equency Ref. Codes Accept ance S t andar ds
1) Chemical Analysis Fine Aggregate should be of grading from Zone-I to Zone-Ill as given below.
a) pH value 1. At the beginning for approval of each source IS: 456-2000 Minimum 6.
b) Chlorides (as Cl) and change of source. IS:3025 (Part 24) 500 mg/l.
c) Sulphates (as SOз)
2. Once in 3 months. IS:3025 (Part 32) 400 mg/l
d) Neutralisation with NаOH (with
phenolphthalein as indicator) 3. Chemical Tests daily in the site Laboratory IS:3025 (Part 22) Maximum 5 ml of .02 normal NaOH to neutralise 100 ml of water.
e) Neutralisation with H2SO4 with testing kits.
(with mixed indicator) IS:3025 (Part 23) Maximum 25 ml of .02 normal H2SO4 to neutralise 100 ml of water.
2) Phy sical Properties
1. At the beginning for approval of each source
a) Suspended matter IS:3025 (Part 17) 2000 mg/l maximum
and change of source.
b) Organic matter IS:3025 (Part 18) 200 mg/l maximum
c) Inorganic matter 2. Once in 3 months.
IS:3025 (Part 18) 3000 mg/l maximum
184
PWD (WB) Schedule of Rates : 2014 Volume III : Road & Bridge Works
2. Steel / Iron
2.1 Reinforcement bars (CTD, TMT)
S l. Test F r equency Ref. Codes Accept ance S t andar ds
1) Chemical Tests
1. At the beginning for approval of each source
a) Carbon 0.30 maximum
and change of source.
b) Sulphur 0.06 maximum
2. Once for every lot.
c) Phosphorus 0.06 maximum
3. Once in 3 months.
d) Sulphur + Phosphorus 0.11 maximum
2) Phy sical Test
a) Ultimate Tensile Strength. IS: 1786-2008 10% more than the actual 0.2% proof stress but not less 485 MPa.
b) 0.2% Proof stress 1. At the beginning for approval of each source 415 MPa minimum
c) Percentage Elongation and change of source 14.5 minimum
d) Bend and Rebend Test 2. Once for every lot To be satisfactory -
e) Mass per meter run (Kg) 3. Once in 3 months 6.31 ± 3% for 32 mm dia, 4.830 ± 3% for 28 mm dia,
3.85 ± 3% for 25 mm dia, 2.470 ± 3% for 20 mm dia
1.58 ± 5% for 16 mm dia, 0.888 ± 5% for 12 mm dia
2.2 H. T. Strands (Uncoated Stress relieved low relaxation seven ply strand)
S l. Test F r equency Ref. Codes Accept ance S t andar ds
1) Chemical Tests 1. At the beginning for approval of each source
a) Sulphur and change of source. IS:228 (Part-3) -1987 Not greater than 0.05%
b) Phosphorus 2. Once for every lot. IS:228 (Part-9) -1989 Not greater than 0.05%
2) Dimension, Nominal Ar ea of Nominal Mass of
Nominal Dia. Toler ance
Tolerance & Mass S t r ands S t r ands
a) Tolerance in Diameter 1. At the beginning for approval of each source (mm) (mm) ( mm²) (kg/Km)
b) Nominal area and change of source. 12.7 +0.66-0.15 98.7 775
IS: 14268-1995
c) Nominal Mass of strands 2. Once for every lot. 15.2 +0.66-0.15 140.0 1102
d) Difference in dia of central course
Centre wire at least 1 .5 percent greater in diameter than the surrounding wires
and surrounding wires
e) Length of lay 12 to 16 times the nominal diameter.
3) Phy sical Properties Nominal Dia. Br eak ing S t r engt h 0 .2 % Pr oof load
a) Breaking Strength of strands 1. At the beginning for approval of each source (mm) (k N) ( k N)
b) 0.2% Poof load and change of source. 12.7 183.7 165.3
IS: 14268-1995
2. Once for every lot. 15.2 260.7 234.6
c) Elongation Minimum 3.5 % on minimum gauge length of 600 mm
d) Modulus of Elasticity 18870to20910Kg/sqmm
4) Relaxation Properties 1. At the beginning for approval of each source
a) 100 hours and change of source. IS: 14268-1995 Relaxation Losses not more than 1.8% when loaded to 70% of specified minimum
2. Once for every lot. breaking load.
185
Volume III : Road & Bridge Works PWD (WB) Schedule of Rates : 2014
S l. Test F r equency Ref. Codes Accept ance S t andar ds
b) 1000 hours 1. At the beginning for approval of each source Relaxation Losses not more than 2.5% when loaded to 70% of specified minimum
and change of source. breaking load
2. Once in a project for every source.
186
PWD (WB) Schedule of Rates : 2014 Volume III : Road & Bridge Works
S l. Test F r equency Ref. Codes Accept ance S t andar ds
c) Manganese Mn - 2% Maximum ± 0.04 %
d) Nickel Ni- 10% to 14% Maximum ±0.15 %
1. At the beginning for approval of each source
e) Chromium Cr-16% to 18% Maximum ± 0.20 %
and change of source. IS: 6911-1992
f) Molybdenum Mo - 2% to 3% Maximum ±0.10%
2. Once in a project for every source.
g) Sulphur S - 0.03% Maximum ±0.05 %
h) Phosphorus P-0.045% Maximum ±0.01 %
2) Mechanical Tests 1. At the beginning for approval of each source IS:1663:1972 Minimum 440 MPa
a) Tensile Test and change of source. IS: 1608:1972 Minimum 200 MPa
b) Yield Strength 2. Once in a project for every source. IS:1500:1983 Brinell - maximum 192, Rockwell - Maximum 95
c) Hardness Test IS:1501:1984 Minimum 40 % in 50 mm
d) Elongation IS: 1586:1988
2.6 Galvanising
S l. Test F r equency Ref. Codes Accept ance S t andar ds
1) Mass of Zinc Coating One Test per lot IS:6745-1972 4O0g/m2 minimum total mass of Zinc (inside and outside) per surface area (inside
and outside) of the coated surface.
2) Visual Test One Test per lot IS:2629-1985 The Zinc coating shall be free from imperfection like flux, ash and dross inclusions,
bare patches, black spots, pimples, lumpiness, rums rust stain, blister, white deposit
etc.
3) F r ee Bore Test One Test per lot IS:2633-1986 A 230 mm long shall be passed through the tube to ensure a free bore.
Nominal bore of tube after galvanising dia of rod
8 mm 4 mm
10 mm 6 mm
15 mm 11 mm
20 mm 16 mm
25 mm 21 mm
4) Uniformity of Glavanised Coating One Test per lot IS.-4736-1986 The galvanized coating shall with stand 4 one minute dips.
5) Adhesion Test One Test per lot IS:2629-1985 Galvanised tubes upto and including 50mm nominal bore when bent cold through
90° round grooved, former having radius at the bottoms of groove equal to 8 times its
outer dia shall not develop any crack in the coating. For tubes more than 50mm
nominal bore, this shall be tested by pivoted hammer test.
187
Volume III : Road & Bridge Works PWD (WB) Schedule of Rates : 2014
3. Cement
3.1 Cement (OPC-53 grade)
S l. Test F r equency Ref. Codes Accept ance S t andar ds
1) Chemical Tests
a) Chlorides (as cl) 0.05% max
b) Ratio of Alumina to that of Iron 0.66 min
Oxide 1. At the beginning for approval of each source
and change of source.
c) Magnesium (MgO) IS: 12269-1987 6.0% max
2. Once for every lot.
d) Total sulphate content 3.0% max
3. Once in 3 months.
e) Loss on Ignition 4.0% max
f) Insoluble Residue 3.0% max
g) Lime saturation factor. 0.8-1.02
2) Phy sical Test
a) Setting Time
i) Initial Not less than 30 minutes.
ii) Final Not more than 10 hours.
1. At the beginning for approval of each source
b) Soundness (Le Chatelier
and change of source 10mm (maximum)
Expansion) IS: 12269-1987
2. Once for every lot and 0.8% (maximum)
c) Compressive Strength
3. Once in 3 months
i) At 3 Days Not less than 27 MPa Strength
ii) At 7 days Not less than 37 MPa Strength
iii) At 28 days Not less than 53 MPa Strength
d) Fineness 225 m³ / Kg Minimum.
188
PWD (WB) Schedule of Rates : 2014 Volume III : Road & Bridge Works
S l. Test F r equency Ref. Codes Accept ance S t andar ds
b) Soundness (Le Chatelier 10mm (max.)
Expansion) and 0.8% (max.)
c) Compressive Strength
i) At 3 Days Not less than 23 MPa Strength
ii) At 7 days Not less than 33 MPa Strength
iii) At 28 days Not less than 43 MPa Strength
d) Fineness 225 m² / Kg Minimum.
189
Volume III : Road & Bridge Works PWD (WB) Schedule of Rates : 2014
S l. Test F r equency Ref. Codes Accept ance S t andar ds
2) Phy sical Test
a) Fineness (Blain's Air IS: 4031 Specific Surface shall not be less than 225 m²/Kg
permeability method) (Part 2): 1988
b) Soundness
i) Le-Chateliers Method IS: 4031 Expansion shall not be more than 5 mm
ii) Auto clave expansion 1. At the beginning for approval of each source (Part 3): 1988 Expansion shall not be more than 0.6%
c) Setting time and change of source
i) Initial 2. Once for every lot Initial setting time not less than 30 minutes
ii) Final 3. Once in 3 months IS: 4031 Final setting time not more than 60 minutes
d) Compressive Strength (Part5): 1988
i) 72 ± 1 h Not Less than 16 MPa
ii) 168 ± 2 h IS : 4031 Not Less than 22 MPa
iii) 672 ± 4 (Part 6): 1988 Not Less than 33 MPa
190
PWD (WB) Schedule of Rates : 2014 Volume III : Road & Bridge Works
S l. Test F r equency Ref. Codes Accept ance S t andar ds
7) Bleeding, per cent increase over 5 maximum
control sample.
8) Loss of workability At 45 minutes for Normal type admixture and at 2 hours for Retarding type admixture,
the slump shall not be less than that of control mix concrete at 15 minutes.
9) Air content (%) over control 1.5 maximum
1. At the beginning for approval of each source
specimen
and change of source.
10) Uniformity Tests IS: 9103-1999
2. Once for every lot.
a) Dry Material Content 3. Once in 3 months. Within 3% of the value stated by the manufacturer.
b) Ash content Within 1% of the value stated by the manufacturer.
c) Relative Density Within 0.02 of the value stated by the manufacturer.
d) Chlorides ion content Within 10% of the value or within 0.2 % whichever is greater as stated by the
manufacturer.
e) pH 7– 8
6. Pre-stressing System
S l. Test F r equency Ref. Codes Accept ance S t andar ds
1) S t at ic Load t est wit h t endon - 1. Once at the start of work for the approval of 1. The increase in the displacements between the anchorage components as well as
anchor age assembly the Prestressing system between the pre-stressing steel & anchorage components should not be
2. Once in project for each prestressing disproportionate to the increase in .tendon force.
system for every source of strands 2. The above relative displacement during 0.8F pk load should stabilise within first
thirty minutes of the load duration of one hour.
FIP 3. The mode of failure & tendon should be by the fracture of the pre-stressing steel.
Recommendation 4. Anchorage Efficiency (ηа ≥0.95
5. Total elongation £„ in the free length of the tendon under the measured ultimate
force ( Fru shall be ≥ 2 %.
2) Dy namic Load Test wit h Tendon - 1. Manufacturer's test certificate for every Fatigue failure of anchorage components should not occur.
anchor age assembly source Minimum fatigue strength of post tensioning system = 80 Mpa.
191
Volume III : Road & Bridge Works PWD (WB) Schedule of Rates : 2014
S l. Test F r equency Ref. Codes Accept ance S t andar ds
3) Load t r ansfer Test 1 . Once at the start of work for the approval of 1. Crack width upon first attainment of upper force 0.8 F pk ≤ 0.10 mm
the Prestressing system 2. Crack width upon last attainment of lower force 0.12 F pk ≤0.10mm
2. Once in project for each prestressing system 3. Crack width upon final attainment of upper force 0.8 F pk ≤0.25 mm
for, every source of strands 4. Reading of longitudinal & Transverse strains should have stabilised during cyclic
loading (increase in strain in last 2 load cycles <5%)
5. Reading of crack width should have stabilised (increase in crack width in last 2
load cycles > .02 mm )
6. Measured failure Load Fu ≥ F pk (fcm,e/fck.o) and ≥ 1.1 F pk
7. R. C. C. Pipes
S l. Test F r equency Ref. Codes Accept ance S t andar ds
1) Toler ances in Dimensions
a) Wall Thickness Up to and including 30 mm ± 2mm
Over 30 mm and up to and including 50 mm ± 3mm
Over 50 mm and up to and including 65 mm ± 4mm
Over 65 mm and up to and including 80 mm ± 5mm
Over 80 mm and up to and including 95 mm ± 6mm,
Over 95 mm ± 7mm
b) Internal Dia. of Pipe or Socket Up to and including 300 mm ± 3mm
Over 300 mm and up to and including 600 mm ± 5mm
1. At the beginning for approval of each source Over 600 mm and up to and including 1200 mm ± 7mm
IS:458:1988
and change of source. Over 1200 mm ± 10mm
IS:3597:1985
2. Once for every Lot.
c) Overall Length ± 1 % of standard Length
2) Thr ee Edge Bear ing Shall withstand the design Load
3) Wat er absor pt ion After 10 minutes, 2.5 % of dry Mass Maximum and total absorption at the end of 24
Hours shall not exceed 6.5 % of dry mass
4) Hy dr ost at ic Pr essur e No leakage under the design pressure
5) S t r aight ness Maximum 3 mm for every m length
6) Reinfor cement On breaking the Pipe and extracting the reinforcement, it shall be as per the provision
7) Cube S t r engt h As per the design strength
8. Thermoplastic Paints
S l. Test F r equency Ref. Codes Accept ance S t andar ds
1) Binder cont ent 1. At the beginning for approval of each source BS:3262 and 18% Minimum by weight
and change of source. Clause 803 of
2. Once in a project for every source. MoRT&H Specification
192
PWD (WB) Schedule of Rates : 2014 Volume III : Road & Bridge Works
S l. Test F r equency Ref. Codes Accept ance S t andar ds
2) Glass Beads 30 -40%
Gradation of Glass beads
IS S iev e Per cent age Passing
1.18 mm 0-3
850 micron 5-20
425 micron 65-95
180 micron 0-10
3) Tit anium Diox ide cont ent 10% Minimum
4) Calcium Carbonate & Iner t filler s 1. At the beginning for approval of each source BS:3262 and 42% Max for white paint and at discretion of manufacturer subject to meeting other
and change of source. Clause 803 of specification for yellow paint.
5) Yellow Pigment s 2. Once in a project for every source. MoRT&H Specification At direction of manufacturer subject to meeting of other specifications
6) Luminance (Day light ) 65% Minimum at 45% for white paint and 45% Minimum at 45% for yellow paint
7) Dr y ing Time 15 Minutes Maximum
8) S k id Resist ance Not less than 45
9) Cr ack ing Resist ance at low No cracking on application to concrete blocks.
t emper at ur e
10) S oft ening Point 102.5±9.5°C
11) F low r esist ance Not more than 25%
12) Yellowness Index Not more than 0.1 2
9. Geotextile
S l. Test F r equency Ref. Codes Accept ance S t andar ds
1) Thick ness 1. At the beginning for approval of each source ASTM D 4355 Not less than 2mm
2) Weight and change of source. Not less than 225 gm/sqm
3) Tensile S t r engt h 2. Once in a project for every source. Minimum 30Kg per 5cm in either direction
4) F iber Composit ion 100% polypropylene non-woven
5) Chemical Resist ance No appreciable change in breaking strength.
a) Against NaOH
b) Against HCl
6) Resistance against photo oxidation 200-250 hrs.
10. Bentonite
S l. Test F r equency Ref. Codes Accept ance S t andar ds
1) Densit y 1. At the beginning for approval of each source MOST Specification 1.05g/cc
2) Mar sh Cone Viscosit y and change of source. for Road & Bridge 30 to 40
3) pH v alue 2. Once for every day of Pilling. Works 9.5 to 12
4) S ilt cont ent less than 1 %
5) Liquid limit not less than 400%
193
Volume III : Road & Bridge Works PWD (WB) Schedule of Rates : 2014
194
PWD (WB) Schedule of Rates : 2014 Volume III : Road & Bridge Works
195
Volume III : Road & Bridge Works PWD (WB) Schedule of Rates : 2014
2. R.C.C. work
S l. Test F r equency Ref. Codes Accept ance S t andar ds
1) Wor k abilit y Every Transit Mixer IRC 516-1959 As per requirement of the item under execution
2) Compr essiv e S t r engt h As per clause 25. IRC : 21 As per clause 25.
a) 7 Days Strength
b) 28 Days Strength
3) F lex ur e Test Once for every design Mix MOST Specification
4) Per meabilit y Test Once in a month for Road & Bridge Maximum 25mm on a specimen of 150mm<j) and 160mm height
5) Densit y Once in a month Works
a) Fresh concrete 97.5% of the specified value
b) Hardened concrete 97.5% of the specified value
3 Piling
S l. Test F r equency Ref. Codes Accept ance S t andar ds
1) Init ial Test s
a) Vertical Minimum 2 tests IS : 2911 (Part-4) - The safe vertical load shall be minimum of
1985 i) 50% of the final load corresponding to 12mm displacement
ii) Final load at which displacement in 5mm
iii) Load corresponding to any other specified displacement as per performance
requirements
2) Rout ine Test s
a) Vertical Test Upto 2% of total piles IS : 2911 (Part-4) - Maximum settlement at a test load of 1.5 times the working load shall not exceed
1985 12mm
b) Lateral Load Test Upto 2% of total piles Safe Lateral load shall be the minimum of
i) 50% of the final load corresponding to 12mm displacement
ii) Final load at which displacement is 5mm.
iii) Load corresponding to any other specified displacement as per performance
requirements.
c) Integrity Test Upto 2% of total piles There shall be no unacceptable flaws in concrete as per the recommendation of the
specified agency carrying out the test.
4 Embankment Construction
S l. Test F r equency Ref. Codes Accept ance S t andar ds
1) At t erberg Limits IS : 2720 (Part 5)
a) Liquid Limit Maximum 70
b) Plasticity Index 1. Once for each kind of soil. Maximum 45
2) Clay Content 2. Once at beginning of supply. IS:2720 (Part 4) Maximum 10 %.
3) Deleterious Content Test 3. 2 tests per 3000 m³. S: 2720 Part 27 Material should be free from swamp, marshes and bogs It should not be Peat, log,
sump and perishable material
4) Classification of Soil S:1498 Soil should not be classified as OL, OI, OH or Pt
196
PWD (WB) Schedule of Rates : 2014 Volume III : Road & Bridge Works
S l. Test F r equency Ref. Codes Accept ance S t andar ds
5) CBR S- 2720 Pan 16 Minimum 4% (under fully soaked condition)
6) OMC and Maximum Dry Density 1. Once for each kind of soil. S: 2720 Part 8 Determined to control water content for achieving maximum density.
7) Density 2. Once at beginning of supply. S: 2720 Part 8 1.80 to 2.15gm/cc
8) Gr ading 3. 2 tests per 3000 m³. S: 2720 Part 4 The size of coarse material should not exceed 75 mm in embankment and 50 mm in
subgrade
9) Moist ur e Cont ent One test to be conducted for every 1000 m 2 of MORTH The moisture content shall be in the range of-1 % to +2% of the OMC.
embankment in the lower layers and 500 m 2 in Specification for
the top 60 cm of the embankment (20cm Road & Bridge
thickness). Each test shall comprise of tests at Works
10) Dr y Densit y five locations. IS: 2720 (Part -2) The dry density shall be 95% of the Maximum Dry Density (MOD) in the lower layers of
IS: 2720 (Part-8) embankment and 100% of MDD in the top 60 cm of the embankment
198
PWD (WB) Schedule of Rates : 2014 Volume III : Road & Bridge Works
6.3 Bituminous Macadam (BM) :
S l. Test F r equency Ref. Codes Accept ance S t andar ds
1) Quality of binder Number of samples per lot. IS: 73: 2013, The bitumen shall be viscosity grade paving bitumen complying with IS:73.
IS: 217 & IS: 8887
2) Aggregate Impact Value One test per 200 m3 of aggregate of each source IS: 2386 (Part-IV) 30 % Maximum by Weight
Los Angeles Abrasion Value and whenever there is change in the quality of 40 % Maximum by Weight
aggregate.
3) Combined Flakiness and One test per 350 m3 of aggregate of each source IS: 2386 (Part-I) 35 % Maximum by Weight
Elongation Indices
4) S t ripping Value of aggregates One test for each source and whenever there is IS: 6241 Min. retained coating 95%
change in the quality of aggregates
5) Wat er absorption of aggregates - do - IS: 2386 (Part-III) Max. 2%
6) Wat er sensitivity of mix - do - AASHTO 283 Min. 80%
7) Gr ading of aggregates Two tests per day IS: 2386 (Part-I) As per Table 500-7 of MORT&H.
8) S oundness One test for each source and whenever there is IS : 2386 (Part V) Maximum Average Loss of Weight after 5 cycles
(Sodium / Magnesium Sulphate) change in the quality of aggregates (i) tested with Sodium Sulphate -12%
(ii) tested with Magnesium Sulphate -18%
9) Per centage of fractured faces One test per 100 m3 of aggregate
10) Binder content Two tests per day per plant MORTH’s Specification 3.3% for 80-100 mm th. & 3.4 % for 50-75 mm th. (In case aggregates have specific
for Road & Bridge gravity > 2.7, bitumen content can be reduced proportionately. Further, for regions where
Works HDM air temp. ≤ 30°C and LDM air temp. ≤ -10°C, it may be increased by 0.5 %.)
11) Control of temper at ur e of binder At Regular interval As per Table 500-2 of MORT&H.
and aggregate for mixing and of the
mix at the time of laying and rolling.
12) Density of compacted layer One test per 700 m2 of area
13) Rat e of spread of mixed material At Regular intervals
200
PWD (WB) Schedule of Rates : 2014 Volume III : Road & Bridge Works
201
Volume III : Road & Bridge Works PWD (WB) Schedule of Rates : 2014
6.7 Bituminous Concrete (BC)
S l. Test F r equency Ref. Codes Accept ance S t andar ds
1) Quality of binder Number of samples per lot IS: 73: 2013, The bitumen shall be viscosity grade paving bitumen complying with IS:73
IS: 217 & IS: 8887
2) Aggregate Impact Value One test per 350 m3 of aggregate of each source IS: 383-1970 24% Maximum by Weight
Los Angeles Abrasion Value and whenever there is change in the quality of IS: 2386 30% Maximum by Weight
aggregate. (Part IV)-1963
3) Combined Flakiness and One test per 350 m3 of aggregate of each source 35 % Maximum by Weight
Elongation Indices and whenever there is change in the quality of
aggregate.
4) S oundness (Magnesium S ulphate/ One test for each source and whenever there is IS : 2386 (Part V) Maximum Average Loss of Weight after 5 cycles
S odium S ulphat e change in the quality of aggregates (iii) tested with Sodium Sulphate -12%
(iv) tested with Magnesium Sulphate -18%
5) Wat er absor pt ion of aggr egat es One test for each source and whenever there is IS : 2386 (Part III) Max. 2%
change in the quality of aggregates
6) S and equivalent test One test for each source and whenever there is IS : 2720 (Part 37) Minimum 50
change in the quality of aggregates
7) Plasticity Index One test for each source and whenever there is IS : 2720 (Part 5) Minimum 4
change in the quality of aggregates
8) Polished stone value One test for each source and whenever there is BS: 812-114 Min 55
change in the quality of aggregates
9) Mix gr ading One set for individual constituent and mixed IS: 2386 As per Table 500-17 of MoRT&H.
aggregate from dryer for each 400 tonnes of mix (Part I)-1963
subject to minimum of two tests per day per plant
10) S t ability and v oids analy sis of mix Three tests for stability, flow value, density and AASHTO T 245 Minimum stability (at 60°C) : 9.0 kN, Minimum flow : 2-4 mm, Air voids : 3-5 Percent
including t heor et ical max imum void contents for each 400 tonnes of mix subject
specific of loose mix to a minimum of two tests per day per plant
11) Moisture S usceptibility of mix One test for each mix type whenever there is AASHTO T 283 Min. 80%
change in the quality or source of coarse or fine
aggregates
12) Temperature of binder in boiler , At regular intervals MORTH’s Same as mentioned in 6.4 (Bituminous Macadam)
aggregate in dryer and mix at t he Specification for
t ime of lay ing and compact ion Road & Bridge
13) Binder cont ent One set for each 400 tonnes of mix subject to Works Min. 5.2 % for 50 mm thick & Min. 5.4 % for 30 - 40 mm thick
minimum of two tests per day per plant (In case aggregates have specific gravity > 2.7, bitumen content can be reduced
proportionately. Further, for regions where HDM air temp. ≤ 30°C and LDM air temp. ≤-
10°C, it may be increased by 0.5 %.)
14) Rat e of spread of mixed material After every 5 th truck load
15) Density of compacted layer One test per 700 m2 of area ASTM D 2041 Minimum field density equal to or more than 98% of the density based on theoretical
maximum specific gravity (Gmm) obtained on the day of compaction.
202
PWD (WB) Schedule of Rates : 2014 Volume III : Road & Bridge Works
6.8 Surface Dressing :
S l. Test F r equency Ref. Codes Accept ance S t andar ds
1) Quality of binder Number of samples per lot. IS: 73: 2013, The binder shall be bitumen conforming to IS: 73 or Rapid setting cationic bitumen
IS: 217 & IS: 8887 emulsion (RS-2) conforming to IS: 8887.
2) Aggregate Impact Value/ Los One test per 200 m3 of aggregate of each source IS : 2386 (Part IV) Max. 27%
Angeles Abrasion Value and whenever there is change in the quality of Max. 35%
aggregate.
3) Combined Flakiness and One test per 100 m3 of aggregate of each source IS : 2386 (Part I) Max. 35%
Elongation Indices and whenever there is change in the quality of
aggregate.
4) S t ripping Value of aggregates One test for each source and whenever there is IS: 6241 Minimum retained coating 95%
(Immersion Tray Test) change in the quality of aggregates
5) Wat er absorption of aggregate - do - IS : 2386 (Part III) Max. 1%
6) Wat er sensitivity of mix - do - AASHTO 283 Min 80%
7) Gr ading of aggregate Two tests per day MORTH’s Specification As per Table 500-21 of MoRT&H.
for Road & Bridge
Works
S l. Test F r equency Ref. Codes Accept ance S t andar ds
8) S oundness (Magnesium Sulphate One test for each source and whenever there is IS : 2386 (Part V) Maximum Average Loss of Weight after 5 cycles, tested with
/ Sodium Sulphate) change in the quality of aggregates (i) Sodium Sulphate - 12% & (ii) Magnesium Sulphate -18%
9) Polished Stone Value - do - BS: 812 (Part-114) Not less than 60
(not applicable for SAM/SAMI)
10) Temperature of binder in boiler, At regular intervals MORTH’s Same as mentioned in 6.4 (Bituminous Macadam)
aggregate in dryer and mix at the Specification for
t ime of laying and compaction. Road & Bridge
11) Rat e of spread of materials Three tests per day Works 19 mm: 0.014-0.015 cu.m/m²; 13 mm: 0.009-0.011 cu.m/m²
12) Per centage of fractured faces One test per 100 m3 of aggregate
(When gravel is used)
203
Volume III : Road & Bridge Works PWD (WB) Schedule of Rates : 2014
S l. Test F r equency Ref. Codes Accept ance S t andar ds
5) Wat er absorption of aggregates - do - IS : 2386 (Part III) Maximum 1%
6) Wat er sensitivity of mix - do - AASHTO 283 Min 80%
7) Gr ading of aggregates Two tests per day As per Table 500-23 of MoRT&H.
8) S oundness (Magnesium Sulphate/ One test for each source and whenever there is IS : 2386 (Part V) Maximum Average Loss of Weight after 5 cycles, tested with
Sodium Sulphate) change in the quality of aggregates (i) Sodium Sulphate - 12% & (ii) Magnesium Sulphate -18%
9) Polished Stone Value - do - BS:812-114 Not less than 55
10) Temperature of binder at application At regular intervals 140-160 for VG-10, 145-165 for VG-20, 150-165 for VG-30 & 160-170 for VG-40
11) Binder content Two tests per day per plant a) For 0.1 8m3 of 13.2 mm nominal size stone of 52 kg bitumen per m3
b) For 0.09m3 of 11.2 mrn nominal size stone of 56 kg bitumen per m3
12) Per centage of fractured faces One test per 100 m3 of aggregate
204
PWD (WB) Schedule of Rates : 2014 Volume III : Road & Bridge Works
6.11 Slurry Seal :
S l. Test F r equency Ref. Codes Accept ance S t andar ds
1) Quality of Aggregate One per source / site.
2) S and Equivalent Value IS: 2720 (Part 37) Min. 50%
3) Wat er Absorption IS: 2720 (Part 3) Max. 2%
4) S oundness Test (Sodium / IS : 2386 (Part V) Maximum Average Loss of Weight after 5 cycles, tested with
Magnesium Sulphate Test). (i) Sodium Sulphate - 12% & (ii) Magnesium Sulphate -18%
5) Quality of Emulsion One per lot of 20t IS:8887 The bitumen emulsion shall be a cationic slow setting type SS 2, conforming to the
requirements of lS:8887
6) Aggregate Moisture Two per day
7) Aggregate Gradation Two per day at site As per Table 500-27 of MoRT&H.
8) Binder content Two per lane per Km 10 to 16 for type I, 7.5 to 13.5 for Type II & 6.5 to 12 for Type III
9) Calibration of Machine Once per Project Appendix 7 of
IRC:SP:81
10) Quantity of Slurry (By weight of Daily (Travel time of Machine) 4.3 to 6.5 kg/m² for type I, 8.4 to 9.8 kg/m² for Type II & 10.1 to 12 for Type III
aggregate
205
Volume III : Road & Bridge Works PWD (WB) Schedule of Rates : 2014
S l. Test F r equency Ref. Codes Accept ance S t andar ds
6) Gr ading of aggregates Two tests per day per plant both on the individual IS : 2386 (Part-I)
As per Table 500-40 of MoRT&H.
constituents and mixed aggregates from the dryer IS : 383
7) Wat er absorption of aggregates One test for each source and whenever there is IS:2386 (Part-III) Max. 2%
change in the quality of aggregates
8) S oundness (Magnesium Sulphate/ One test for each source and whenever there is IS : 2386 (Part V) Maximum Average Loss of Weight after 5 cycles
Sodium Sulphate) change in the quality of aggregates (i) tested with Sodium Sulphate -12%
(ii) tested with Magnesium Sulphate -18%
9) Per centage of fractured faces One test per 50 m3 of aggregate when crushed
gravel is used
10) Binder Cont ent and aggr egat e Two tests per day per plant IS : 1195-1978 14 to 17 % by weight of total mixture
gr ading
S l. Test F r equency Ref. Codes Accept ance S t andar ds
11) Control of temperature of binder in At regular close intervals Same as mentioned in 6.4 (Bituminous Macadam)
boiler, aggregate in dryer and mix at
the time of laying and compaction
12) Rat e of spread of mixed material Regular control through check of layer thickness
13) Har dness Number Minimum two tests per day. IS : 1195-1978 without coarse aggregate at 25 C - 50-70
with coarse aggregate at 25°C - 10-20
206
PWD (WB) Schedule of Rates : 2014 Volume III : Road & Bridge Works
S l. Test F r equency Ref. Codes Accept ance S t andar ds
10) S t ability and v oids analy sis of mix Three tests for stability, flow value, density and AASHTO T 245 Par amet er Emulsion Cut back
including theoretical maximum void contents for each 400 tonnes of mix subject Minimum Stability 2.2 kN at 22.2°C 2.2 kN at 25°C for maintenance
specific of loose mix to a minimum of two tests per day per plant for paving 3.3 kN at 25°C for paving
Percent maximum stability
503 254
loss on soaking
Minimum flow (mm) 2 2
Compaction level number
50 75
of blows)
Per cent air voids 3-55 3-5
Per cent minimum coating 50
Per cent voids in mineral 9.5 mm – 16.0%, 12.5 mm – 15.0%, 19.0 mm –
aggregate (VMA) 14.0%, 25.0 mm – 13.0% & 37.5 mm – 12.05
11) Moisture S usceptibility of mix One test for each mix type whenever there is AASHTO T 283 Min. 80%
change in the quality or source of coarse or fine
aggregates
12) Temperature of binder in boiler , At regular intervals Same as mentioned in 6.4 (Bituminous Macadam)
aggregate in dr y er and mix at the
time of laying and compaction
13) Binder cont ent One set for each 400 tonnes of mix subject to Min. 5.2 % for 50 mm thick & Min. 5.4 % for 30 - 40 mm thick
minimum of two tests per day per plant
14) Rat e of spread of mixed material After every 5 th truck load
15) Density of compacted layer One test per 700 m2 of area ASTM D 2041 Minimum field density equal to or more than 98% of the density based on theoretical
maximum specific gravity (Gmm) obtained on the day of compaction.
207
PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014 Volume III : Road & Bridge Works
208
Volume III : Road & Bridge Works PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014
3.2 Approximate requirement of materials for Design Mix Concrete W orks items
TABLE 3.2–1: APPROXIMATE QUANTITIES OF MATERIALS REQUIRED FOR DESIGN MIX CONCRETE ITEMS
Concr et e Cement content / m3 Recommended t y pe Coarse aggregat es / m 3
Remar k s
Gr ade of concr et e of Cement of concr et e
1 2 3 4 5
M-10 330.00 kg OPC 33 /PSC / PPC 0.9 m3 1. The quantities given in the table are only
for estimating purpose. Actual quantities
M-15 350.00 kg OPC 33 /PSC / PPC 0.9 m3 however, shall be ascertained by proper
Mix Design following BSI / IRC/ACI or any
M-20 400.00 kg OPC 33 /PSC / PPC 0.9 m3 standard method approved by Engineer in
charge.
M-25 420.00 kg OPC 33 /PSC / PPC 0.9 m3 2. During the execution of the item
M-30 430.00 kg OPC 33 /PSC / PPC 0.9 m3 necessary quantity of approved plasticizers
to obtain the desired workability and
M-35 440.00 kg OPC 43/53 0.9 m3 strength is to be added, cost of which has
been incorporated in the rate of the item.
M-40 450.00 kg OPC 43/53 0.9 m3 3. For under water concrete 10% extra
cement over the quantity stated in col.2 is
M-45 450.00 kg OPC 53 0.9 m3
to be added.
M-50 450.00 kg OPC 53 0.9 m3 4. Add the cost of 60 kg, 75 kg and 90 kg
Silica fume for M45, M50 & M55 grade of
M-55 450.00 kg OPC 53 0.9 m3 concrete respectively.
209
PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014 Volume III : Road & Bridge Works
210
Volume III : Road & Bridge Works PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014
It em No. Vide
Br ief Descr ipt ion Unit Mat er ials Quant it y
Chapt er
5.03 Bituminous Macadam :
A. Grading – I (40 mm) Cum Bitumen (Packed/Bulk) 72.00 kg
(80 to 100 mm thickness.)
Aggregates: 1.4151 m³
26.5 mm chips (20%) 0.2831 m³
22.4 mm chips (30%) 0.4245 m³
11.2 mm chips (30%) 0.4245 m³
5.6 mm chips (10%) 0.1415 m³
Stone Dust with grit (10%) 0.1415 m³
211
PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014 Volume III : Road & Bridge Works
It em No. Vide
Br ief Descr ipt ion Unit Mat er ials Quant it y
Chapt er
5.07 B. Grading – II (10 mm) Cum Bitumen (Packed/Bulk) or CRMB 115.00 kg
(25 to 30 mm thickness.) (Packed/Bulk)
Aggregates: 1.4323 m³
11.2 mm chips (20%) 0.1462 m³
5.6 mm chips (20%) 0.8769 m³
Stone dust with grit (40%) 0.4092 m³
Filler @ 2% (Lime stone dust) 44.00 kg
5.08 Bituminous Concrete (BC) :
C. Grading – I (13 mm) Cum Bitumen (Packed/Bulk) orCRMB 130.00 kg
(50 mm thickness.) (Packed/Bulk)
Aggregates: 1.4843 m³
22.4 mm chips (20%) 0.4453 m³
13.2 mm chips (20%) 0.1485 m³
11.2 mm chips (15%) 0.2226 m³
5.6 mm chips (15%) 0.2226 m³
Stone dust with grit (30%) 0.4453 m³
Filler @ 2% (Lime stone dust) 45.00 kg
D. Grading – II (10 mm) Cum Bitumen (Packed/Bulk) orCRMB 137.00 kg
(30 to 40 mm thickness.) (Packed/Bulk)
Aggregates: 1.4796 m³
13.2 mm chips (20%) 0.2959 m³
11.2 mm chips (20%) 0.2959 m³
5.6 mm chips (20%) 0.2959 m³
Stone dust with grit (40%) 0.5919 m³
Filler @ 2% (Lime stone dust) 45.00 kg
5.09 Surface dressing
A. Single coat or 1st coat Sqm Bitumen (Packed/Bulk) 1.20 kg
13.2 mm chips 0.015 m³
B. Second coat or renewal coat Sqm Bitumen (Packed/Bulk) 1.00 kg
11.2 mm chips 0.010 m³
5.10 & 5.11 Open-Graded Premix Surfacing Sqm Bitumen (Packed/Bulk) 1.46 kg
using Penetration grade Bitumen Aggregates: 0.027 m³
13.2 mm chips 0.018 m³
11.2 mm chips 0.009 m³
212
Volume III : Road & Bridge Works PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014
It em No. Vide
Br ief Descr ipt ion Unit Mat er ials Quant it y
Chapt er
5.14 Mastic Asphalt
(i) 25 mm thick Sqm Bitumen (Packed/Bulk) 10/20 5.71 kg
[For cold climatic region (temperature <10°C,
use VG-40 grade bitumen]
Bitumen (Packed/Bulk) 60/70 0.0143 kg
Coarse aggregates:
5.6 mm chips (50%) 0.0079 m³
11.2 mm chips (50%) 0.0079 m³
Fine aggregates:
Medium Sand/stone dust/mixture of both 0.0111 m³
Lime stone powder 10.29 kg
13.2 mm chips 0.0005 m³
Coarse aggregates:
5.6 mm chips (50%) 0.0157 m³
11.2 mm chips (50%) 0.0157 m³
Fine aggregates:
Medium Sand/stone dust/mixture of both 0.0224 m³
Lime stone powder 20.48 kg
13.2 mm chips 0.0005 m³
5.15 Slurry Seal
(i) 5 mm thickness Sqm Cationic Bitumen Emulsion 1.21 kg
Sand 0.0037 m³
Cement Filler 0.132 kg
Sand 0.0018 m³
Cement Filler 0.066 kg
5.16 Fog Spray Sqm Cationic Bitumen Emulsion 0.75 kg
213
PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014 Volume III : Road & Bridge Works
It em No. Vide
Br ief Descr ipt ion Unit Mat er ials Quant it y
Chapt er
5.17 (ii) With 26.5 mm nominal size Cum Bitumen (Packed/Bulk) orCRMB 176.00 kg
aggregate (Packed/Bulk)
Aggregates: 1.3170 m³
26.5 mm chips (14%) 0.1829 m³
22.4 mm chips (14%) 0.1829 m³
22.4 mm chips (32%) 0.4390 m³
5.6 mm chips (20%) 0.2561 m³
Stone dust with grit (20%) 0.2561 m³
Filler @ 2% (Lime stone dust) 44.00 kg
5.18 Crack Prevention Courses
(i) Stress absorbing membrane (SAM) Sqm Modified Binder 0.90 kg
crack width less than 6 mm 5.6 mm chips 0.010 m³
(ii) Stress absorbing membrane (SAM) Sqm Modified Binder 1.10 kg
with crack width 6 mm to 9 mm 11.2 mm chips 0.006 m³
(iii) Stress absorbing membrane (SAM) Sqm Modified Binder 1.50 kg
crack width above 9 mm and 11.2 mm chips 0.012 m³
cracked area above 50 per cent
(iv) Bitumen impregnated geotextile Sqm Modified Binder 1.05 kg
Geogrid 1.10 m²
CH. 10 MAINTENANCE OF ROADS :
10.06 Pre-coating Chips Cum Bitumen (Packed/Bulk) 56.00 kg
214
Volume III : Road & Bridge Works PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014
SCHEDULE OF RATES
PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014 Volume III : Road & Bridge Works
Unit
Description of Items
No.
South Bengal North Bengal South Bengal North Bengal
1. Cement :
PPC / PSC / OPC 33 MT 8100.00 8320.00 7360.00 7560.00
OPC (43 Grade) MT 8100.00 8320.00 7360.00 7560.00
OPC (53 Grade) MT 8320.00 8580.00 7560.00 7800.00
Kolkata/
South Bengal North Bengal Siliguri
Durgapur
2. Steel materials :
(ii) Tor Steel rods / HYSD bars / TMT bars MT 53900.00 54900.00 49150.00 50240.00
(Fe 415 /Fe 500 /Fe 500D, conforms
to IS: 1786)
Note: Construction Wing is to add the cost of Cement and Steel to the concerned item to arrive at the complete Rate of the item
according to calculation shown in FORMAT C, D, E and F for Cement and Steel as the case may be.
215
Volume III : Road & Bridge Works PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014
Note - I:
1. All the above rates (Sl.1 to13) under Col. 4 & 5 above are inclusive of all Taxes, Duties etc. at the outlet of
manufacturer.
2. The rates of packed materials mentioned under column “Description of items” are also inclusive of cost of containers.
3. To evaluate the cost of Bitumen/CRMB/Bitumen emulsion, cost of drums of `1000/- per MT is to be considered.
4. To evaluate Issue Rate and cost at site of bitumen / CRMB / bituminous emulsion issued by the Department refer
Format – A.
5. To evaluate cost at site of bitumen / CRMB / bituminous emulsion supplied by the Contractor refer Format – B.
Note - II : For Penetration grade Bitumen (Packed): (10/20) The binder shall be a paving grade bitumen meeting the
requirements given in table 500-29 of Specification of Road and Bridge Works and should be approved by the
Engineer in charge.
Note - III : The figure in bracket in the description of the above table indicates the old equivalent penetration grade as per No.
RW/NH-33041/3/2001-S & R (R) -Vol. III Dated 04.08.2008 of Director General (Road development) & SS of
MORTH.
216
PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates: 2014 Volume III : Road & Bridge Works
FORMAT – A
Format for analysis of rates of Bitumen / Bitumen Emulsion / CRMB supplied by Department
Step - 1 Cost of materials including all taxes at the nearest source of the manufacturer as given in ` (A)
Table I – 2.
Step – 2 Necessary cost for loading, unloading & stacking. ` (B)
Step – 3 Necessary carriage cost from source of the manufacturer to different departmental ` (C)
godowns. (Vide Appendix – I)
Step – 4 Add storage charge for storing the materials at departmental godowns / stackyard ( @ 1% ` (D)
of (A))
Departmental Issue Rate = (A) + (B) + (C) + (D) ` (E)
Step – 5 Add loading, unloading and carriage charges from departmental godowns / stackyards to ` (F)
the work site.
Step – 6 Deduct cost of container (Vide Note I-3, Table I-2) ` (G)
(in case of packed bitumen, CRMB or bituminous emulsion is considered to be used)
Note :
1. The total rate marked „(E)‟ is the issue rate of bitumen / CRMB / bituminous emulsion, which will be deducted from the
Contractor‟s bills against any bituminous works done with bitumen supplied by the Department.
2. The total rate marked „(H)‟ is the complete rate of the bitumen / CRMB / bituminous emulsion which has to be added to any
item of bituminous work, where applicable, to arrive at the complete rate of the work.
FORMAT – B
Format for analysis of rates of bitumen / bituminous emulsion / CRMB supplied by Contractor
(Prior approval from concerned Superintending Engineer is necessary before framing an estimate by using this Format-B)
Step - 1 Cost of materials including all taxes at the nearest source of the manufacturer as given in ` (A)
Table I – 2.
Step – 2 Necessary cost for loading, unloading and carriage cost from source of the manufacturer to ` (B)
the work site.
Note : The total rate marked „(D)‟ is the complete rate of the bitumen / CRMB / bituminous emulsion which has to be added to
any item of bituminous work, where applicable, to arrive at the complete rate of the work.
217
Volume III : Road & Bridge Works PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014
FORMAT – C
Format for analysis of rate of items involving use of cement supplied by contractor.
CASE ( I ) : For Items ,where costs of cement is already included in the item rate :-
Note: The quantity of cement shall be as per Section – 3 of this volume of Schedule of rates.
Step – 3 Add : cost of cement supplied by contractor = (Quantity of cement required) x (Basic Price of ` (C)
cement vide Item no. 1, column – 5, Table I – 1 of the Schedule of Rates, 2014.).
CASE ( II ) : For items, where costs of cement is to be added to the item rate to arrive at the complete cost: :-
Note: The quantity of cement shall be as per Section – 3 of this schedule of rates.
FORMAT – D
Format for analysis of rate of items involving use of cement supplied by Department.
CASE-( I ) : For items , Where cots of cement is to be included in the item rate :-
Note: The quantity of cement shall be as per Section – 3 of this schedule of rates.
CASE-( II ) : For items ,Where cots of cement is already included to the item rate to arrive at the complete cost::
Rate of item as per relevant section of this Schedule. The Rate does not need any modification.
218
PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates: 2014 Volume III : Road & Bridge Works
FORMAT – E
Format for analysis of rate of items involving use of Steel supplied by contractor.
For items, where costs of Steel is to be added to the item rate to arrive at the complete cost: :-
Step – 1 Rate of item as per relevant section of the Schedule of Rate ` (A)
Step – 2 Add: Cost of Steel = Quantity of Steel x Basic Price of Steel vide Item no. 2, column –5, ` (B)
Table I – 1 of the Schedule of Rates, 2014 .
Step-3. Add cost of carriage including necessary loading - unloading and stacking from nearest ` (C)
company out let/Stack yard/Godown to the site of execution.
FORMAT – F
Format for analysis of rate of items involving use of Steel supplied by Department.
For items, where costs of steel is to be included in the item rate to arrive at the complete cost :
Step – 2 Add : Cost of Steel = (Quantity of Steel) x (Issue rate of Steel vide Item no. 2, column – 4, ` (B)
Table I – 1 of the Schedule of Rates, 2014.).
Step – 3 Add : cost of carriage of from departmental go-down to the site of work including loading , ` (C)
unloading and stacking .
219
Volume III : Road & Bridge Works PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014
Jalpaiguri
Kolkata/
Sl. Howrah/ East West N&S Cooch & Darjeeling
Description of Item Unit 24 Pargnas Burdwan Bankura Purulia Birbhum Nadia Murshidabad Malda
No. Hooghly Medinipur Medinipur Dinajpur Behar Darjeeling Hill Area
(N & S)
plains
1 Coarse Sand Cum 1150.00 900.00 550.00 670.00 600.00 450.00 450.00 450.00 800.00 800.00 700.00 850.00 650.00 650.00 1390.00
(Grading Zone I as per IS:
383-1970) stacked at site.
2 Medium Sand Cum 950.00 700.00 400.00 550.00 400.00 350.00 350.00 350.00 700.00 650.00 600.00 700.00 550.00 550.00 1300.00
(Grading Zone II as per IS:
383-1970) stacked at site.
3 Fine Sand Cum 800.00 550.00 350.00 500.00 320.00 300.00 300.00 300.00 550.00 500.00 500.00 400.00 430.00 430.00 1150.00
(Grading Zone III as per IS:
383-1970) stacked at site.
4 Silver Sand Cum 700.00 500.00 330.00 350.00 200.00 200.00 - - 450.00 400.00 250.00 300.00 250.00 330.00 -
Stacked at site.
5 Bricks / Jhama / Bats
Sorted & stacked at site.
(a) 1st Class bricks 1000 8500.00 8500.00 7750.00 8500.00 8500.00 7100.00 6500.00 6500.00 7750.00 7750.00 7750.00 7750.00 7750.00 7750.00 10500.00
(kiln burnt) Nos.
(b) 2nd Class bricks 1000 6050.00 6050.00 5400.00 5750.00 5750.00 4800.00 4250.00 4250.00 5600.00 5600.00 5500.00 5600.00 5500.00 5400.00 7550.00
(kiln burnt) Nos.
(c) 1st Class Picked Jhama 1000 8400.00 8450.00 7650.00 8300.00 8300.00 6900.00 6050.00 6050.00 7650.00 7650.00 7650.00 7650.00 7650.00 7650.00 10300.00
bricks Nos.
(d) Flyash bricks (Modular) 1000 5800.00 5800.00 5500.00 5700.00 5700.00 5500.00 5500.00 5500.00 5700.00 5500.00 5500.00 - - - -
Nos.
(e) Jhama metal (kiln burnt) Cum 1750.00 1750.00 1220.00 1500.00 1500.00 - - 1220.00 1220.00 1220.00 1500.00 1500.00 1500.00 1500.00 -
(f) Brick bats. Cum 1220.00 1220.00 1000.00 1170.00 1150.00 900.00 900.00 900.00 1000.00 1000.00 1050.00 1050.00 1050.00 1050.00 2330.00
(g) Brick Aggregates Cum 1455.00 1455.00 1235.00 1405.00 1385.00 1135.00 1135.00 1135.00 1235.00 1235.00 1285.00 1285.00 1285.00 1285.00 2565.00
(40 mm down)
220
PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014 Volume III : Road & Bridge Works
Jalpaiguri
Kolkata/
Sl. Howrah / East West N&S Cooch & Darjeeling
Description of Item Unit 24 Pargnas Burdwan Bankura Purulia Birbhum Nadia Murshidabad Malda
No. Hooghly Medinipur Medinipur Dinajpur Behar Darjeeling Hill Area
(N & S)
plains
6 RCC Pipe : (Ex - outlet)
a. 600 dia NP-3 spigot M 2370.00 2370.00 2370.00 2370.00 2370.00 2370.00 2370.00 2370.00 2370.00 2370.00 2370.00 2370.00 2370.00 2370.00 2370.00
b. 600 dia NP-4 spigot M 2744.00 2744.00 2744.00 2744.00 2744.00 2744.00 2744.00 2744.00 2744.00 2744.00 2744.00 2744.00 2744.00 2744.00 2744.00
c. 900 dia NP-3 spigot M 3742.00 3742.00 3742.00 3742.00 3742.00 3742.00 3742.00 3742.00 3742.00 3742.00 3742.00 3742.00 3742.00 3742.00 3742.00
d. 900 dia NP-4 spigot M 5459.00 5459.00 5459.00 5459.00 5459.00 5459.00 5459.00 5459.00 5459.00 5459.00 5459.00 5459.00 5459.00 5459.00 5459.00
e. 1000 dia NP-3 spigot M 4615.00 4615.00 4615.00 4615.00 4615.00 4615.00 4615.00 4615.00 4615.00 4615.00 4615.00 4615.00 4615.00 4615.00 4615.00
f. 1000 dia NP-4 spigot M 6611.00 6611.00 6611.00 6611.00 6611.00 6611.00 6611.00 6611.00 6611.00 6611.00 6611.00 6611.00 6611.00 6611.00 6611.00
g. 1200 dia NP-3 spigot M 5988.00 5988.00 5988.00 5988.00 5988.00 5988.00 5988.00 5988.00 5988.00 5988.00 5988.00 5988.00 5988.00 5988.00 5988.00
h. 1200 dia NP-4 spigot M 7734.00 7734.00 7734.00 7734.00 7734.00 7734.00 7734.00 7734.00 7734.00 7734.00 7734.00 7734.00 7734.00 7734.00 7734.00
7 ADMIXTURE:
a) Supply of approved brand Kg 180.00 180.00 180.00 180.00 180.00 180.00 180.00 180.00 180.00 180.00 180.00 180.00 180.00 180.00 180.00
polycarboxylates based
high grade super -
plasticiser / water reducer.
b) Supply of approved brand Kg 66.00 66.00 66.00 66.00 66.00 66.00 66.00 66.00 66.00 66.00 66.00 66.00 66.00 66.00 66.00
naphthalene based
superplasticiser /water
reducing admixture.
c) Silica Fume (IS: 15388) Kg 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00 25.00
8 Lime Kg 4.40 4.40 3.90 3.90 3.90 3.90 3.90 3.90 3.90 3.90 3.90 3.90 3.90 3.90 5.00
Note: 1. The above rates are inclusive of all charges such as Royalty, VAT, Supervision Charges, etc. and also include allowance for sinkage, as applicable, and/or shrinkage and 10% contractor’s profit.
2. Rates for sand (Sl. No. 1 to 4) and Brick / Jhama / Bats items (Sl. No. 5) are complete rates at site and no other costs need to be considered. For other items, necessary loading-unloading &
carriage charges are admissible.
221
Volume III : Road & Bridge Works PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014
Source Name
Nilgiri (Orissa)
Hura, Puncha
Sl.
Coochbehar
Jalpaiguri &
Rampurhat
Items Unit
Darjeeling
Barabazar
Panchami
Nalhati,
Dhadka
No.
District
Pakur
Malti
1 Stone chips 26.5 mm m³ 638 *** 591 688 636 625
2 Stone chips 22.4 mm m³ 653 *** 659 875 767 693
3 Stone chips 13.2 mm m³ 677 *** 710 989 813 705
4 Stone chips 11.2 mm m³ 532 *** 494 608 625 705
5 Stone chips 5.6 mm m³ 266 *** 290 335 398 398
6 Stone Grit m³ 169 *** 226 271 334 ***
7 Stone dust mixed with grit m³ 145 368 97 97 97 ***
8 40 mm Nominal graded Stone
m³
aggregate 629 *** 607 *** 687 665
9 20 mm Nominal graded Stone
m³
aggregate 619 *** 624 *** 738 705
10 10 mm Nominal graded Stone
m³
aggregate 452 *** 433 *** 557 613
11 Grade - I (63 - 45mm) Stone
m³
Aggregates 557 386 483 *** 335 420
12 Grade - II (53 - 22.4 mm) Stone
m³
Aggregates 580 432 545 *** 392 625
13 Stone Screening Type - A m³ 352 *** 352 *** 466 ***
14 Stone Screening Type - B m³ 148 *** 102 *** 102 ***
15 Stone aggregates 37.5 mm m³ 575 432 545 *** 392 625
16 Shingles 63 mm m³ *** *** *** *** *** 216
17 Shingles 37.5 mm m³ *** *** *** *** *** 250
18 Bajree 22.4 mm m³ *** *** *** *** *** 341
19 Broken Bajree 22.4 mm m³ *** *** *** *** *** 364
20 Bajree 13.2 mm m³ *** *** *** *** *** 375
21 Bajree 11.2 mm m³ *** *** *** *** *** 341
22 Boulder above 225 mm m³ *** *** 273 290 199 307
23 Boulder 225 - 150 mm m³ *** *** 290 *** 227 284
24 Boulder 30 / 45 kg m³ 349 *** *** *** *** ***
25 River Bed Material m³ *** *** *** *** *** 182
26 River Grit m³ *** *** *** *** *** 261
Note : 1. The above rates are inclusive of all charges such as Royalty, VAT, Supervision Charges, etc. and also include allowance for
sinkage and/or shrinkage and 10% contractor's profit.
2. Payment will be made on the basis of net volume.
3. The Superintending Engineers of concerned Construction Circles may select the source(s) of stone aggregates considering the
availability and applicability of aggregates for specific items of work.
222
Volume III : Road & Bridge Works PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014
TABLE III-2: RATES OF PAKUR VARIETY STONE AGGREGATES AT DIFFERENT RAILWAY YARDS
Hand broken
Machine made Stone Chips Stone Screening Graded Aggregates
Aggregates
Stone Aggregates
Stone dust
Stone grit
37.5 mm
(53 - 22.4 mm)
Boulder
Name of Railway
Nominal size
Nominal size
Nominal size
(63 - 45mm)
aggregates
aggregates
Unit
Grade - II
26.5 mm
22.4 mm
13.2 mm
11.2 mm
Grade - I
Type - B
Type - A
5.6 mm
40 mm
20 mm
10 mm
Yards
Adra jn. Cum 1193.00 1401.00 1424.00 1419.00 1482.00 1497.00 1521.00 1376.00 1110.00 1013.00 989.00 1196.00 992.00 1473.00 1463.00 1296.00
Andal Cum 966.00 1174.00 1197.00 1192.00 1255.00 1270.00 1294.00 1149.00 883.00 786.00 762.00 969.00 765.00 1246.00 1236.00 1069.00
Asansol Cum 1024.00 1232.00 1255.00 1250.00 1313.00 1328.00 1352.00 1207.00 941.00 844.00 820.00 1027.00 823.00 1304.00 1294.00 1127.00
Ballyganj Cum 1250.00 1458.00 1481.00 1476.00 1539.00 1554.00 1578.00 1433.00 1167.00 1070.00 1046.00 1253.00 1049.00 1530.00 1520.00 1353.00
Bankura Jn. Cum 1304.00 1512.00 1535.00 1530.00 1593.00 1608.00 1632.00 1487.00 1221.00 1124.00 1100.00 1307.00 1103.00 1584.00 1574.00 1407.00
Bandel Jn. Cum 1135.00 1343.00 1366.00 1361.00 1424.00 1439.00 1463.00 1318.00 1052.00 955.00 931.00 1138.00 934.00 1415.00 1405.00 1238.00
Barasat Cum 1250.00 1458.00 1481.00 1476.00 1539.00 1554.00 1578.00 1433.00 1167.00 1070.00 1046.00 1253.00 1049.00 1530.00 1520.00 1353.00
Barrackpur Cum 1193.00 1401.00 1424.00 1419.00 1482.00 1497.00 1521.00 1376.00 1110.00 1013.00 989.00 1196.00 992.00 1473.00 1463.00 1296.00
Baripur jn. Cum 1304.00 1512.00 1535.00 1530.00 1593.00 1608.00 1632.00 1487.00 1221.00 1124.00 1100.00 1307.00 1103.00 1584.00 1574.00 1407.00
Berhampur Court Cum 1473.00 1681.00 1704.00 1699.00 1762.00 1777.00 1801.00 1656.00 1390.00 1293.00 1269.00 1476.00 1272.00 1753.00 1743.00 1576.00
Bishnupur Cum 1360.00 1568.00 1591.00 1586.00 1649.00 1664.00 1688.00 1543.00 1277.00 1180.00 1156.00 1363.00 1159.00 1640.00 1630.00 1463.00
Bongaon Cum 1304.00 1512.00 1535.00 1530.00 1593.00 1608.00 1632.00 1487.00 1221.00 1124.00 1100.00 1307.00 1103.00 1584.00 1574.00 1407.00
Burdwan In. Cum 966.00 1174.00 1197.00 1192.00 1255.00 1270.00 1294.00 1149.00 883.00 786.00 762.00 969.00 765.00 1246.00 1236.00 1069.00
Chandrakona Road Cum 1587.00 1795.00 1818.00 1813.00 1876.00 1891.00 1915.00 1770.00 1504.00 1407.00 1383.00 1590.00 1386.00 1867.00 1857.00 1690.00
Contai roads Cum 1587.00 1795.00 1818.00 1813.00 1876.00 1891.00 1915.00 1770.00 1504.00 1407.00 1383.00 1590.00 1386.00 1867.00 1857.00 1690.00
Dalkhola Cum 1024.00 1232.00 1255.00 1250.00 1313.00 1328.00 1352.00 1207.00 941.00 844.00 820.00 1027.00 823.00 1304.00 1294.00 1127.00
Dankuni Cum 1135.00 1343.00 1366.00 1361.00 1424.00 1439.00 1463.00 1318.00 1052.00 955.00 931.00 1138.00 934.00 1415.00 1405.00 1238.00
Dhupguri Cum 1416.00 1624.00 1647.00 1642.00 1705.00 1720.00 1744.00 1599.00 1333.00 1236.00 1212.00 1419.00 1215.00 1696.00 1686.00 1519.00
Durgapur Cum 966.00 1174.00 1197.00 1192.00 1255.00 1270.00 1294.00 1149.00 883.00 786.00 762.00 969.00 765.00 1246.00 1236.00 1069.00
Falakata Cum 1473.00 1681.00 1704.00 1699.00 1762.00 1777.00 1801.00 1656.00 1390.00 1293.00 1269.00 1476.00 1272.00 1753.00 1743.00 1576.00
Haldia Cum 1530.00 1738.00 1761.00 1756.00 1819.00 1834.00 1858.00 1713.00 1447.00 1350.00 1326.00 1533.00 1329.00 1810.00 1800.00 1633.00
Jhargram Cum 1587.00 1795.00 1818.00 1813.00 1876.00 1891.00 1915.00 1770.00 1504.00 1407.00 1383.00 1590.00 1386.00 1867.00 1857.00 1690.00
223
PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014 Volume III : Road & Bridge Works
Hand broken
Machine made chips Stone screening Graded Aggregates
aggregates
Stone aggregates
Stone dust
Stone grit
37.5 mm
(53 - 22.4 mm)
Boulder
Name of Railway
Nominal size
Nominal size
Nominal size
(63 - 45mm)
aggregates
aggregates
Unit
Grade - II
26.5 mm
22.4 mm
13.2 mm
11.2 mm
Grade - I
Type - B
5.6 mm
Type - A
Yards
40 mm
20 mm
10 mm
Kalyani Cum 1193.00 1401.00 1424.00 1419.00 1482.00 1497.00 1521.00 1376.00 1110.00 1013.00 989.00 1196.00 992.00 1473.00 1463.00 1296.00
Kharagpur Jn. Cum 1473.00 1681.00 1704.00 1699.00 1762.00 1777.00 1801.00 1656.00 1390.00 1293.00 1269.00 1476.00 1272.00 1753.00 1743.00 1576.00
Krishnanagar City Cum 1304.00 1512.00 1535.00 1530.00 1593.00 1608.00 1632.00 1487.00 1221.00 1124.00 1100.00 1307.00 1103.00 1584.00 1574.00 1407.00
Maldah Town Cum 795.00 1003.00 1026.00 1021.00 1084.00 1099.00 1123.00 978.00 712.00 615.00 591.00 798.00 594.00 1075.00 1065.00 898.00
Midnapore Cum 1530.00 1738.00 1761.00 1756.00 1819.00 1834.00 1858.00 1713.00 1447.00 1350.00 1326.00 1533.00 1329.00 1810.00 1800.00 1633.00
New Farakka Cum 795.00 1003.00 1026.00 1021.00 1084.00 1099.00 1123.00 978.00 712.00 615.00 591.00 798.00 594.00 1075.00 1065.00 898.00
New Alipore Cum 1250.00 1458.00 1481.00 1476.00 1539.00 1554.00 1578.00 1433.00 1167.00 1070.00 1046.00 1253.00 1049.00 1530.00 1520.00 1353.00
New Alipurduar Cum 1587.00 1795.00 1818.00 1813.00 1876.00 1891.00 1915.00 1770.00 1504.00 1407.00 1383.00 1590.00 1386.00 1867.00 1857.00 1690.00
New Coochbehar Cum 1587.00 1795.00 1818.00 1813.00 1876.00 1891.00 1915.00 1770.00 1504.00 1407.00 1383.00 1590.00 1386.00 1867.00 1857.00 1690.00
New Jalpaiguri Cum 1304.00 1512.00 1535.00 1530.00 1593.00 1608.00 1632.00 1487.00 1221.00 1124.00 1100.00 1307.00 1103.00 1584.00 1574.00 1407.00
Panskura Cum 1360.00 1568.00 1591.00 1586.00 1649.00 1664.00 1688.00 1543.00 1277.00 1180.00 1156.00 1363.00 1159.00 1640.00 1630.00 1463.00
Purulia Cum 1078.00 1286.00 1309.00 1304.00 1367.00 1382.00 1406.00 1261.00 995.00 898.00 874.00 1081.00 877.00 1358.00 1348.00 1181.00
Raniganj Cum 966.00 1174.00 1197.00 1192.00 1255.00 1270.00 1294.00 1149.00 883.00 786.00 762.00 969.00 765.00 1246.00 1236.00 1069.00
Sainthia Cum 795.00 1003.00 1026.00 1021.00 1084.00 1099.00 1123.00 978.00 712.00 615.00 591.00 798.00 594.00 1075.00 1065.00 898.00
Salimar Cum 1250.00 1458.00 1481.00 1476.00 1539.00 1554.00 1578.00 1433.00 1167.00 1070.00 1046.00 1253.00 1049.00 1530.00 1520.00 1353.00
Sealdah Cum 1250.00 1458.00 1481.00 1476.00 1539.00 1554.00 1578.00 1433.00 1167.00 1070.00 1046.00 1253.00 1049.00 1530.00 1520.00 1353.00
Serampore Cum 1193.00 1401.00 1424.00 1419.00 1482.00 1497.00 1521.00 1376.00 1110.00 1013.00 989.00 1196.00 992.00 1473.00 1463.00 1296.00
Suri Cum 795.00 1003.00 1026.00 1021.00 1084.00 1099.00 1123.00 978.00 712.00 615.00 591.00 798.00 594.00 1075.00 1065.00 898.00
Tamluk Cum 1416.00 1624.00 1647.00 1642.00 1705.00 1720.00 1744.00 1599.00 1333.00 1236.00 1212.00 1419.00 1215.00 1696.00 1686.00 1519.00
Tarakeswar Cum 1135.00 1343.00 1366.00 1361.00 1424.00 1439.00 1463.00 1318.00 1052.00 955.00 931.00 1138.00 934.00 1415.00 1405.00 1238.00
224
Volume III : Road & Bridge Works PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014
ROAD WORKS
PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014 Volume III : Road & Bridge Works
CHAPTER - 1
CARRIAGE OF MATERIALS
All districts of
West Bengal
Item Darjeeling
Description of Items Unit and Darjeeling Remarks
No. Hill Area
Plain of Siliguri
Sub-Division
225
Volume III : Road & Bridge Works PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014
All districts of
West Bengal and
Item Darjeeling
Description of Items Unit Darjeeling Plain Remarks
No. Hill Area
of Siliguri Sub-
Division
(g) Cement tonne 52.00 52.00
(h) Steel tonne 96.00 96.00
(i) Tar, Bitumen etc. tonne 56.00 56.00
(j) R.C.C. pipes , C.I. pipes and unreinforced
Cement pipes
i) 600, 700, 750 & 800 mm dia 100 mtr. 2592.00 2592.00
ii) 900 mm dia 100 mtr. 4320.00 4320.00
iii) 1000, 11000 & 1200 mm dia 100 mtr. 5184.00 5184.00
B. Extra carriage for addl. 50 m or part thereof
(a) Lime, Moorum, Building rubbish and similar
cum 14.00 14.00
miscellaneous materials
(b) Earth tonne 17.00 17.00
(c) Sand, Stone aggregate below 40 mm nominal
cum 17.00 17.00
size
(d) Stone aggregate 40 mm nominal size and
cum 19.00 19.00
above
(e) Bricks. 1000
32.00 32.00
nos.
(f) Stone blocks, G.I., C.I. pipes below 100 mm dia
tonne 8.00 8.00
and other heavy material
(g) Cement tonne 8.00 8.00
(h) Steel tonne 14.00 14.00
(i) Tar, Bitumen etc. tonne 8.00 8.00
(j) R.C.C. pipes, C.I. pipes and unreinforced
Cement pipes
i) 600, 700, 750 & 800 mm dia 100 mtr. 390.00 390.00
ii) 900 mm dia 100 mtr. 650.00 650.00
iii) 1000, 11000 & 1200 mm dia 100 mtr. 781.00 781.00
1.04 Unloading from truck and loading in to boat at ferry
crossing where loaded trucks are not allowed to be
ferried across including carriage by head load with
necessary lead & lift.
(a) Lime, Moorum, Building rubbish and similar
cum 63.00 63.00
miscellaneous materials
(b) Sand, Stone aggregate below 40 mm nominal
cum 79.00 79.00
size
(c) Stone aggregate 40 mm nominal size and
cum 85.00 85.00
above
(d) Bricks. 1000
147.00 147.00
nos.
(e) Cement tonne 53.00 53.00
(f) Steel tonne 98.00 98.00
(g) Tar, Bitumen etc. tonne 57.00 57.00
226
PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014 Volume III : Road & Bridge Works
All districts of
West Bengal and
Item Darjeeling
Description of Items Unit Darjeeling Plain Remarks
No. Hill Area
of Siliguri Sub-
Division
1.05 Unloading from boat and loading in to truck at ferry
crossing where loaded trucks are not allowed to be
ferried across including carriage by head load with
necessary lead & lift.
(a) Lime, Moorum, Building rubbish and similar
cum 63.00 63.00
miscellaneous materials
(b) Sand, Stone aggregate below 40 mm nominal
cum 79.00 79.00
size
(c) Stone aggregate 40 mm nominal size and
cum 85.00 85.00
above
(d) Bricks. 1000
147.00 147.00
nos.
(e) Cement tonne 53.00 53.00
(f) Steel tonne 98.00 98.00
(g) Tar, Bitumen etc. tonne 57.00 57.00
1.06 Loading into boat and unloading the same at the
opposite bank where loaded trucks are not allowed to
be ferried across including carriage by head load with
necessary lead & lift.
(a) Lime, Moorum, Building rubbish and similar
cum 61.00 61.00
miscellaneous materials
(b) Sand, Stone aggregate below 40 mm nominal
cum 75.00 75.00
size
(c) Stone aggregate 40 mm nominal size and
cum 81.00 81.00
above
(d) Bricks. 1000
141.00 141.00
nos.
(e) Cement tonne 51.00 51.00
(f) Steel tonne 94.00 94.00
(g) Tar, Bitumen etc. tonne 55.00 55.00
1.07 Loading into boat and unloading the same and
loading into truck at the opposite bank or destination
where loaded trucks are not allowed to be ferried across
including carriage by head load with necessary lead &
lift.
(a) Lime, Moorum, Building rubbish and similar
cum 63.00 63.00
miscellaneous materials
(b) Sand, Stone aggregate below 40 mm nominal
cum 79.00 79.00
size
(c) Stone aggregate 40 mm nominal size and
cum 85.00 85.00
above
(d) Bricks. 1000
147.00 147.00
nos.
(e) Cement tonne 53.00 53.00
(f) Steel tonne 98.00 98.00
(g) Tar, Bitumen etc. tonne 57.00 57.00
1.08 Cost of Carriage excluding Loading and Unloading:
(As per Table 1 : Road Transportation & Carriage Works and
Table 2 : Carriage by Boat.)
227
Volume III : Road & Bridge Works PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014
Zone
Description of Items Unit Any distance up to 5 km up to up to up to up to 100 km
No.
10 km 20 km 50 km 100 km
(per km) (per km) (per km) (per km) (per km)
1. Carriage of Sand, Moorum and similar A 124.00 10.90 10.10 9.50 8.40 7.90
Cum
materials over pucca road. B 185.00 16.40 15.20 14.30 12.60 11.90
2. Carriage of Lime, Surki, Cinder, and A 93.00 8.20 7.60 7.10 6.30 5.90
similar miscellaneous materials over Cum
pucca road. B 139.00 12.30 11.40 10.70 9.50 8.90
3. Carriage of Brick-bats, Boulder, Stone
A 124.00 10.90 10.10 9.50 8.40 7.90
metal, Stone chips, Gravel, Slag metal,
Cum
Shingle and similar miscellaneous
materials over pucca road.
B 185.00 16.40 15.20 14.30 12.60 11.90
4. Carriage of Cement (in bags), tar or A 82.00 7.30 6.70 6.30 5.60 5.30
asphalt (in drums), timber and similar MT
miscellaneous materials over pucca road. B 124.00 11.00 10.10 9.50 8.40 8.00
5. Carriage of Steel materials over pucca A 82.00 7.30 6.70 6.30 5.60 5.30
MT
road. B 124.00 11.00 10.10 9.50 8.40 8.00
6. 1000 A 297.00 26.00 24.00 23.00 20.00 19.00
Carriage of Brick over pucca road.
Nos. B 445.00 39.00 36.00 34.50 30.00 28.50
7. Carriage of RCC pipes over pucca road A 49.00 4.40 4.00 3.80 3.40 3.20
M
upto 600 mm diameter. B 74.00 6.60 6.00 5.70 5.10 4.80
8. Carriage of RCC pipes over pucca road A 74.00 6.60 6.00 5.70 5.10 4.70
M
upto 900 mm diameter B 111.00 9.90 9.00 8.60 7.70 7.10
9. Carriage of RCC pipes over pucca road A 148.00 13.10 12.10 11.40 10.10 9.50
M
upto1200 mm diameter. B 222.00 19.70 18.20 17.10 15.20 14.30
10. Carriage of Boundary Pillars, R.C. A 11.00
Guard posts, Km Posts etc. from
Each
godown or stackyard to work site as per
B 16.00
direction.
228
PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014 Volume III : Road & Bridge Works
Zone
Description of Items Unit Any distance up to 5 km up to up to up to up to 100 km
No.
10 km 20 km 50 km 100 km
(per km) (per km) (per km) (per km) (per km)
11. Carriage of Bitumen in bulk in
insulated tanks from refinery to work
site including loading, unloading the A 654.50 5.30
same at hot mix plant / Bitumen
storage tanks / empty bitumen drums /
MT
tar boiler as per direction of the
Engineer–in–Charge at specified
temperature including necessary B 985.00 8.00
heating arrangements during transfer &
transit with all incidental charges.
TABLE 2 : CARRIAGE BY BOAT INCLUDING LOADING, UNLOADING & STACKING (AS NECESSARY)
(This item is applicable for Zone – A only when carriage by road by any means is not feasible)
Above 5 km upto
Item No. Description of Items Unit Zone Any distance up to 5 km Above 16 km (per km)
16 km (per km)
Carriage of Stone materials, Sand, River 38.00 4.00 2.00
1. Cum
Brick bats and similar materials by boat Canal 26.50 4.50 2.00
1000 River 108.00 9.50 7.00
2. Carriage of Bricks by boat.
Nos. Canal 94.50 8.00 6.50
Carriage of Bitumen (in drums), River 65.00 6.00 5.00
3. MT
cement (in bags) by boat. Canal 55.00 7.50 6.00
River 65.00 6.00 5.00
4. Carriage of Steel materials by boat. MT
Canal 55.00 7.50 6.00
Notes : 1. For carriage of 7m or longer unbent steel rounds, the contractor is required to arrange for trailer trucks for such purpose or to make improved arrangements. In exceptional cases, the Engineer-
in-Charge may, at his discretion, permit bending double with large loops, in such a case the contractor shall have to do the looping and straightening the same back at destination to the
satisfaction of the Engineer-in-Charge. The contractor will be entitled for these works to an additional payment of Rs.20.00 per metric ton of steel rounds.
2. For carriage of heavy section RSJ 460mm x 150mm and above exceeding 7.5m length, add extra 40% over schedule rate of relevant items.
3. In case of Tar or Bitumen, the weight of the container along with contents should be considered.
4. For down-hill area above Hill Cart Road, Tiger Hill Road above Hill Cart Road and for hill roads leading upwards from Teesta Valley Road, Pesoke Road, lower Rishi Road and Relli Road, rate of
items for road transport carriage shall be enhanced by 50% over the rates provided for Darjeeling Hill area.
5. For Sandakhphu – Phalut Road above Manebhanjan, rates of road transport carriage shall be fixed by the concerned Superintending Engineer.
6. The Carriage rates of different items for all districts of West Bengal and plains of Siliguri Sub-division of Darjeeling districts (Zone –A) are furnished in the following tables. The figures
appearing in parenthesis are applicable for Darjeeling Hill area (Zone – B).
229
Volume III : Road & Bridge Works PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014
CHAPTER - 2
SITE CLEARANCE
All districts of
West Bengal
Item Darjeeling
Description of Items Unit and Darjeeling Remarks
No. Hill Area
Plain of Siliguri
Sub-Division
230
PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014 Volume III : Road & Bridge Works
All districts of
West Bengal
Item Darjeeling
Description of Items Unit and Darjeeling Remarks
No. Hill Area
Plain of Siliguri
Sub-Division
2.03 Clearing Grass and Removal of Rubbish
Clearing grass and removal of rubbish up to a distance of hectare 11868.00 11868.00
30 m outside the periphery of the area as per Technical
Specifications Clause 201 for Rural Roads of MORD.
By Manual Means
2.04 Clearing and Grubbing Road Land
Clearing and grubbing road land including uprooting
wild vegetation, grass, bushes, shrubs, saplings and trees
of girth upto 300 mm, removal of stumps of such trees
cut earlier and disposal of unserviceable materials and
stacking of serviceable material to be used or auctioned,
upto a lead of 1000 m including removal and disposal of
top organic soil not exceeding 150 mm in thickness as
per Technical Specifications Clause 201 for Rural Roads
of MORD.
(I) By Manual Means
a) In area of non-thorny jungle hectare 44978.00 45002.00
b) In area of thorny jungle hectare 60286.00 60334.00
(II) By Mechanical Means
a) In area of non-thorny jungle hectare 23363.00 24472.00
b) In area of thorny jungle hectare 28533.00 29871.00
Note: The top soil removed during clearing and grubbing of
site, if suitable for re-use shall be transported, conserved
and stacked as directed by the Engineer and shall be
incidental to the work.
2.05 Dismantling of Structures
Dismantling of existing structures like culverts, bridges,
retaining walls and other structure comprising of
masonry, cement concrete, steel work, including T&P and
scaffolding wherever necessary, sorting the dismantled
material, disposal of unserviceable material and stacking
the serviceable material with all lifts and lead of 1000 m
as per Technical Specifications Clause 202 for Rural
Roads of MORD.
(I) By Manual Means
a) Lime Concrete cum 340.00 345.00
b) Cement Concrete cum 399.00 404.00
c) Reinforced Cement Concrete cum 1011.00 1016.00
(II) By Mechanical Means
a) Cement Concrete cum 470.00 488.00
b) Reinforced Cement Concrete cum 773.00 797.00
2.06 Dismantling Brick/Tile Work
Dismantling of existing structures like culverts, bridges,
retaining walls and other structures comprising of brick
masonry, including disposal of unserviceable material
and stacking the serviceable material with all lift and
lead of 1000 m as per Technical Specifications Clause
202 for Rural Roads of MORD.
231
Volume III : Road & Bridge Works PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014
All districts of
West Bengal
Item Darjeeling
Description of Items Unit and Darjeeling Remarks
No. Hill Area
Plain of Siliguri
Sub-Division
232
PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014 Volume III : Road & Bridge Works
All districts of
West Bengal
Item Darjeeling
Description of Items Unit and Darjeeling Remarks
No. Hill Area
Plain of Siliguri
Sub-Division
233
Volume III : Road & Bridge Works PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014
All districts of
West Bengal
Item Darjeeling
Description of Items Unit and Darjeeling Remarks
No. Hill Area
Plain of Siliguri
Sub-Division
234
PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014 Volume III : Road & Bridge Works
CHAPTER - 3
EARTH WORK, EROSION CONTROL AND DRAINAGE
All districts of
West Bengal
Item Darjeeling
Description of Items Unit and Darjeeling Remarks
No. Hill Area
Plain of Siliguri
Sub-Division
235
Volume III : Road & Bridge Works PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014
All districts of
West Bengal
Item Darjeeling
Description of Items Unit and Darjeeling Remarks
No. Hill Area
Plain of Siliguri
Sub-Division
3.06 Excavation in Soil using Hydraulic Excavator CK 90 cum 37.30 39.10
and Tippers with disposal upto 1000 metres.
Excavation for roadwork in soil with hydraulic excavator
of 0.9 cum bucket capacity including cutting and loading
in tippers, trimming bottom and side slopes, in
accordance with requirements of lines, grades and cross
sections, and transporting to the embankment location
within all lifts and lead upto 1000m as per Clause 301 of
Specifications for Road & Bridge Works of MoRT&H (5th
Revision). (Mode of measurement: pre works and post
works)
3.07 Excavation in Ordinary Rock using Hydraulic cum 49.20 51.50
Excavator CK-90 and Tippers with disposal upto
1000 metres
Excavation for roadway in ordinary rock with hydraulic
excavator of 0.9 cum bucket capacity including cutting
and loading in tippers, transporting to embankment site
within all lifts and lead upto 1000 m, trimming bottom
and side slopes in accordance with requirements of lines,
grades and cross sections as per Clause 301 of
Specifications for Road & Bridge Works of MoRT&H (5th
Revision). (Mode of measurement: pre works and post
works)
3.08 Excavation in Hard Rock (blasting prohibited) cum 431.00 444.00
Excavation for roadway in hard rock (blasting
prohibited) with rock breakers including breaking rock,
loading in tippers and disposal within all lifts and lead
upto 1000 metres, trimming bottom and side slopes in
accordance with requirements of lines, grades and cross
sections as per Clause 301 of Specifications for Road &
Bridge Works of MoRT&H (5th Revision). (Mode of
measurement: pre works and post works)
3.09 Excavation in Marshy Soil cum 41.00 42.90
Excavation for roadway in marshy soil with hydraulic
excavator 0.9 cum bucket capacity including cutting and
loading in tippers and disposal with a lift upto 1.5 m and
lead upto 1000 m, trimming of bottom and side slopes in
accordance with requirements of lines, grades and cross-
sections as per Technical Specification Clause 302.3.6 for
Rural Roads of MORD. (Mode of measurement: pre works
and post works)
3.10 Removal of Unserviceable Soil with Disposal upto cum 27.90 29.30
1000 metres
Removal of unserviceable soil including excavation,
loading and disposal upto 1000 metres lead but
excluding replacement by suitable soil which shall be
paid separately as per Technical Specification Clause
302.3.11 for Rural Roads of MORD. (Mode of
measurement: pre works and post works)
236
PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014 Volume III : Road & Bridge Works
All districts of
West Bengal
Item Darjeeling
Description of Items Unit and Darjeeling Remarks
No. Hill Area
Plain of Siliguri
Sub-Division
3.11 Construction of Embankment with Material Obtained cum 85.60 89.80
from Borrow Pits
Construction of embankment with approved material
obtained from borrow pits with a lift upto 1.5 m,
transporting to site, spreading, grading to required slope
and compacting to meet requirement of Tables 300.1 and
300.2 with a lead upto 1000 m as per Technical
Specification Clause 301.5 for Rural Roads of MORD.
(Mode of measurement: pre works and post works)
3.12 Construction of Embankment with Material cum 46.80 49.00 Calculation of
Deposited from Roadway Cutting. Earthwork may
be made using
Construction of embankment with approved materials
the following
deposited at site from roadway cutting and excavation relation: 100 m3
from drain and foundation of other structures graded of naturally
and compacted to meet requirement of Tables 300.1 and occurring earth
300.2 as per Technical Specification Clause 301.5 for = 90 m3 of
Rural Roads of MORD including carriage of material for a mechanically
distance of 1 km. compacted earth
at OMC =120 m3
of loose earth.
3.13 Embankment Construction with Fly ash / Pond ash cum 86.60 90.70
available from coal or lignite burning Thermal
Plants as waste material
Construction of embankment with fly ash conforming to
table 1 of IRC: SP: 58 - 2001 obtained from coal or lignite
burning thermal power stations as waste material,
spread and compacted in layer of 200mm thickness each
at OMC, all as specified in IRC: SP: 58-2001 and as per
approved plans with lead upto 1000 m as per Technical
Specification Clause 306 for Rural Roads of MORD.
3.14 Construction of Subgrade and Earthen Shoulders cum 94.80 99.40
Construction of subgrade and earthen shoulders with
approved material obtained from borrow pits with all
lifts and leads, transporting to site, spreading, grading to
required slope and compacted to meet requirement of
Table 300.2 with lead upto 1000 m as per Technical
Specification Clause 303.1 for Rural Roads of MORD.
(Borrow pit /pre work post work measurement)
3.15 Extra for carriage of all kinds of earth by Mechanical
Transport:
(a) Carriage up to total lead of 1.0 km. cum 95.00 142.50 Note :
(b) Carriage up to total lead of 2.0 km. cum 106.90 160.40 Measurement
(c) Carriage up to total lead of 3.0 km. cum 118.80 178.20 would be as
per finished
(d) Carriage up to total lead of 4.0 km. cum 130.70 196.10 compacted
(e) Carriage up to total lead of 5.0 km. cum 142.60 213.90 embankment
earth work.
(f) Extra for carriage of all kinds of soil for each cum 10.50 15.80
additional km (or part thereof) above 5.0 km & up
to total lead of 10.0 km.
237
Volume III : Road & Bridge Works PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014
All districts of
West Bengal
Item Darjeeling
Description of Items Unit and Darjeeling Remarks
No. Hill Area
Plain of Siliguri
Sub-Division
3.16 Box cutting or filling in Road embankment in all sorts
of soil including spreading the spoils properly over the
flank as necessary or on berm to approximate grade &
camber and rolling the sub-grade with power roller to
proper camber and grade as per direction and
satisfaction of Engineer-in-charge including uprooting
and removing plants and jungles when and where
necessary.
(a) Depth up to 150 mm. sqm 14.40 14.40
(b) For each additional Depth of 150mm and part sqm 19.00 19.00
thereof.
3.17 Compacting Original Ground
A. Compacting original ground supporting cum 55.50 58.20
subgrade
Loosening of the ground upto a level of 300 mm
below the subgrade level, watered, graded and
compacted in layers to meet requirement of Tables
300.1 and 300.2 for subgrade construction as per
Clause 305.3.4 of Specifications for Road & Bridge
Works of MoRT&H (5th Revision).
B. Compacting original ground supporting cum 24.10 25.30
embankment
Loosening, Leveling and Compacting original ground
supporting embankment to facilitate placement of
first layer of embankment, scarified to a depth of 150
mm, mixed with water at OMC and then compacted
by rolling so as to achieve minimum dry density as
given in Tables 300.1 and 300.2 for embankment
construction as per Clause 305.3.4 of Specifications
for Road & Bridge Works of MoRT&H (5th Revision).
3.18 Providing and laying Sand Blanket with medium sand cum 206.00 343.00
to required thickness, in layers not exceeding 150 mm to
proper gradient and camber, inundating each layer by
water and packing and ramming layer by layer to
achieve desired compaction including lighting, guarding,
barricading and making 1.0 m wide earthen bundh on
both the sides, curing with water as per direction,
mending cracks and depressions by ramming wherever
necessary. (The payment is to be made on the basis of the
finished compacted volume.)
Note Labour rate per cubic meter is provided, cost of sand to be
added to arrive at the consolidated rate. The compaction
factor for dry, clean sand is 0.835. Suitable considerations
should be made for bulkage of moist sand.
3.19 Lime Stabilisation for Improving Subgrade cum 330.00 391.00
Laying and spreading available soil in the subgrade on a
prepared surface, pulverising, mixing the spread soil in
place with rotavator with 3 % slaked lime having
minimum content of 70% of CaO, grading with motor
grader and compacting with the road roller at OMC to
the desired density to form a layer of improved sub grade
as per Clause 402 of Specifications for Road & Bridge
Works of MoRT&H (5th Revision). (Mode of measurement
pre work and post work)
238
PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014 Volume III : Road & Bridge Works
All districts of
West Bengal
Item Darjeeling
Description of Items Unit and Darjeeling Remarks
No. Hill Area
Plain of Siliguri
Sub-Division
3.20 Turfing with Sods sqm 17.20 17.60
Furnishing and laying of the live sods of perennial turf
forming grass on embankment slope, verges or other
locations shown on the drawing or as directed by the
Engineer including preparation of ground, fetching of
sods and watering as per Clause 307 of Specifications for
Road & Bridge Works of MoRT&H (5th Revision).
3.21 Seeding and Mulching sqm 87.30 88.00
Preparation of seed bed on previously laid top soil,
furnishing and placing of seeds, fertilizer, mulching
material, applying bituminous emulsion at the rate of
0.23 litres per sqm and laying and fixing jute netting,
including watering for 3 months all as per Clause 308 of
Specifications for Road & Bridge Works of MoRT&H (5th
Revision).
3.22 Surface Drains in Soil metre 49.30 51.40
Construction of unlined surface drains of average cross-
sectional area 0.40 sqm in soil to specified lines, grades,
levels and dimensions as per Clause 309 of Specifications
for Road & Bridge Works of MoRT&H (5th Revision).
Excavated material to be used in embankment with a lift
upto 3m and lead of 50 m.
Note: Where lining of drain is provided, quantity shall be worked out
based on approved design and drawing and priced on rate of
cement concrete of approved grade or stone/brick masonry as
the case may be.
3.23 Sub Surface Drains with Perforated Pipe metre 566.00 702.00
Construction of Subsurface drain with perforated pipe of
100 mm internal diameter of metal / asbestos cement /
cement concrete / PVC, closely jointed, perforations
ranging from 3 mm to 6 mm depending upon size of
material surrounding the pipe, with 150 mm bedding
below the pipe and 300 mm cushion above the pipe, cross
section of excavation 450 x 550 mm. as per Clause 309 of
Specifications for Road & Bridge Works of MoRT&H (5th
Revision). Excavated material to be utilised in roadway
at site.
3.24 Aggregate Sub- Surface Drains metre 259.00 335.00
Construction of aggregate sub surface drain 300 mm x
450 mm with 22.4 mm (60%) and 11.2 mm (40%) size
stone aggregates @ 1.35 m³ (loose volume) per metre
length, as per Clause 309 of Specifications for Road &
Bridge Works of MoRT&H (5th Revision). Excavated
material to be utilised in roadway.
3.25 Underground Drain at Edge of Pavement metre 3044.00 3544.00
Construction of an underground drain 1 m x 1 m (inside
dimensions) lined with RCC-20 cm thick and covered with
RCC slab 10 cm in thickness on Urban Roads as per
Clause 309 of Specifications for Road & Bridge Works of
MoRT&H (5th Revision).
3.26 Repairs of Damages Caused by Rain / Spillage of sqm 1.10 1.10
Water
Preparation and surface treatment of formation by
removing mud and slurry, watering to the extent needed-
239
Volume III : Road & Bridge Works PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014
All districts of
West Bengal
Item Darjeeling
Description of Items Unit and Darjeeling Remarks
No. Hill Area
Plain of Siliguri
Sub-Division
to maintain the desired moisture content, trimming to
the required line, grade, and profile and rolling with
three wheels 80-100 kN static roller, complete as per
Technical Specification Clause 301.5.5.1 for Rural Roads
of MORD.
3.27 Chute Drains metre 1153.00 1373.00
Providing Chute drains 250 x 300 mm (inside
dimensions) across Embankment Slopes in approaches of
Bridges and on horizontal curves consists of earthwork in
excavation for foundations of structures as per drawings
and technical specifications Clause 307 for Rural Roads
of MORD including setting out construction of shoring
and bracing deleterious matter, dressings of sides and
bottom and backfilling with approved material (By
manual means), Plain Cement Concrete (1:2:4), 125 mm
thick Brick Masonry followed by 20 mm thick plastering
(1:4) and 75 mm thick Coping with M-20 Concrete on top
of the Chute Walls as per specification, drawing and
direction of the Engineer-in-Charge.
3.28 Land Slide Clearance in Soil cum 59.00 61.80
Clearance of land slides in soil and ordinary rock by a
bull-dozer D 80 A-12, 180 HP and disposal of the same on
the valley side.
3.29 Landslide Clearance in Hard Rock Requiring Blasting cum 99.40 102.50
Clearing of land slide in hard rock requiring blasting for
50 per cent of the boulders and disposal of the same on
the valley side.
3.30 Supplying and laying open mesh Jute Geotextile (JGT) sqm 29.60 29.60
for slope protection in road embankments, having overall
weight of 500gm/m2, thickness 5 mm, width 1220 mm,
strength 10 KN/m (in warp direction) and 7.5 KN/m (in
weft direction) on slopes of embankments dressed and
cut to a stable gradient, providing side lapping of 100
mm and horizontal lapping of 250 mm including cutting
and anchoring trenches upto 150 mm depth at top and
bottom of slope and refilling the same with excavated
earth as per direction complete.
Note Payment of this item will be made on the finished area of
the jute geotextile.
3.31 Supplying, testing and installation of 2.0 m wide
Woven Jute Geotextile for strengthening of sub-grades,
having minimum tensile strength of 25 KN/m with a
porometry range of 200 to 400 micron, duly secured to
sub-grade by u-shaped M.S. staples (11 gauge) at an
interval of 750 mm or as per direction of Engineer-in-
Charge. The jute fabric should be laid with an overlap of
150 mm cross-wise and 300 mm longitudinally as per
direction of the Engineer-in-Charge.
(a) Using Untreated Woven Jute Geotextile (Grey) sqm 42.30 42.30
(b) Using Treated Woven Jute Geotextile with approved sqm 55.00 55.00
rot-resistant additive.
Note Payment of this item will be made on the finished area of the
jute geotextile.
240
PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014 Road & Bridge Works
CHAPTER - 4
SUB-BASES, BASES ( NON- BITUMINOUS) AND SHOULDERS
All districts of
West Bengal
Item Darjeeling
Description of Items Unit and Darjeeling Remarks
No. Hill Area
Plain of Siliguri
Sub-Division
4.01 Lime, Fly ash Stabilised Soil Sub-Base cum 361.00 431.00
Construction of Sub-base using Lime – Fly ash N.B. :
admixture with granular soil, free from organic matter Initial lead of
/ deleterious material or clayey silts and low plasticity 1 Km. for soil
clays having PI between 5 and 20 and liquid limit less and fly ash
has been
than 25 and commercial dry lime, slaked at site or pre-
considered.
slaked with CaO content not less than 50 per cent, fly
ash to conform to gradation as per clause 4.3 of IRC: Construction
88-1984, lime + fly ash content ranging between 10 to wing should
30 per cent, the minimum un-confined compressive add cost of
strength and CBR value after 28 days curing and 4 days extra
soaking to be 7.5kg/sq,cm and 25 per cent respectively, carriage
all as specified in IRC: 88-1984. beyond the
Initial lead
Note: 1. Compensation for earth will vary from place to from source
place and will have to be assessed realistically as per to work site
particular ground situation. In case earth is both for soil
available from Govt. land, compensation for earth and fly ash as
will not be required. The position is required to be per actual
clearly stated in the cost estimate. lead.
2. Cost of Fly ash has not been considered in the
analysis as the same will be available free of cost,
only carriage of Fly ash upto 1KM has been
incorporated.
3. Lime + Flyash have been taken as 20 per cent of
total mass and ratio of lime and Flyash as 1:4 for
estimating purposes. Total quantities will be as per
approved design.
4.02 Lime Treated Soil for Sub- Base cum 367.00 430.00
Providing, laying and spreading soil on a prepared sub
grade, pulverising, mixing the spread soil in place with
Rotavator with 3 per cent slaked lime with minimum
content of 70 per cent of CaO, grading with motor
grader and compacting with the road roller at OMC to
achieve at least 98 per cent of the max dry density to
form a layer of sub base, as per Clause 402 of
Specifications for Road & Bridge Works of MoRT&H
(5th Revision).
4.03 Cement Treated Soil Sub Base / Base cum 803.00 828.00
Providing, laying and spreading soil on a prepared sub
grade, pulverising, adding the designed quantity of
cement to the spread soil, mixing in place with
Rotavator, grading with the motor grader and
compacting with the road roller at OMC to achieve the
desired unconfined compressive strength and to form a
layer of sub-base/base, as per Clause 403 of
Specifications for Road & Bridge Works of MoRT&H
(5th Revision). (Using 4 per cent cement by weight
of compacted soil mass).
241
Road & Bridge Works PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014
All districts of
West Bengal
Item Darjeeling
Description of Items Unit and Darjeeling Remarks
No. Hill Area
Plain of Siliguri
Sub-Division
4.04 Supplying, spreading and consolidating Moorum to cum 167.00 -
a depth of 75 mm at desired density and C.B.R. as per
specification with power roller to proper gradient and
camber including watering as necessary, and lighting,
guarding, barricading and making adequate earthen
bundh where necessary to protect the edges and curing
with water for 2 to 3 days, mending cracks by rolling
where necessary including all incidental charges of
roller, cost of fuel & lubricants etc. complete as per
specification.
Note: Add cost at site of the materials to arrive at the
complete rate. The compaction factor may be taken as
0.67.
(The payment is to be made on the basis of the finished
compacted volume of moorum.)
4.05 Supplying, spreading and compacting Sand to Cum 196.00 322.00
required thickness, in layers not exceeding 150 mm to
proper gradient and camber, inundating each layer by
water and packing and ramming layer by layer to
achieve desired compaction, including lighting,
guarding, barricading and making adequate earthen
bundh where necessary, curing with water as per
direction, mending cracks and depressions by ramming
wherever necessary.
Note: Add cost at site of the materials to arrive at the
complete rate. The compaction factor for dry, clean
sand may be taken as 0.835. Suitable considerations
should be made for bulkage of moist sand at site of
work.
(The payment is to be made on the basis of the finished
compacted volume.)
4.06 Supplying, spreading and consolidating Stone Dust cum 209.00 212.00
to a depth of 100 mm and above at desired density and
C.B.R. as per Specification with power roller to proper
gradient and camber including watering as necessary,
and lighting, guarding, barricading and making
adequate earthen bundh where necessary to protect the
edges and curing with water for 2 to 3 days, mending
cracks and depressions by rolling where necessary
including all incidental charges of roller, cost of fuel &
lubricants complete as per specification.
Note: Add cost at site of the materials to arrive at the
complete rate. The compaction factor is 0.70.
(The payment is to be made on the basis of the finished
compacted volume of stone dust.
4.07 Spreading blindage for road topping using sand / sqm 6.30 6.90
moorum / kiln rubbish etc. in approximately 6mm thick
layer, including watering and rolling complete.
Note: To add cost at site of 0.006 m3 of blinding material for
complete rate.
242
PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014 Road & Bridge Works
All districts of
West Bengal
Item Darjeeling
Description of Items Unit and Darjeeling Remarks
No. Hill Area
Plain of Siliguri
Sub-Division
4.08 Granular Sub-base with Graded Material
(Table:- 400-1)
A. Plant Mix Method:
Construction of granular sub-base by providing
graded material, mixing in Wet Mix Plant at OMC,
carriage of mixed material to work site, spreading
in uniform layers with Motor grader on prepared
surface in proper grade and camber, compacting
with vibratory power roller to achieve the desired
density, including lighting, guarding, barricading,
including cost of all materials, machinery, tools
and plants and cost of quality control complete as
per Clause 401 of Specifications for Road & Bridge
Works of MoRT&H (5th Revision).
(i) Grading - I : cum 397.00 460.00
(ii) Grading - II : cum 387.00 477.00
(iii) Grading - III : cum 378.00 437.00
(iv) Grading - IV : cum 380.00 444.00
(v) Grading - V : cum 395.00 447.00
(vi) Grading - VI : cum 384.00 464.00
Note: Add cost at site of 1.28 m³ of the stone materials as per
specified grading to arrive at the complete rate.
B. By Mix in Place Method :
Construction of granular sub-base by providing
graded material, mixing by mix in place method
with Rotavator at OMC, spreading in uniform
layers with Motor grader on prepared surface in
proper grade and camber, compacting with
vibratory roller to achieve the desired density,
including lighting, guarding, barricading,
including cost of all materials, machinery, tools
and plants including cost of quality control
complete as per Clause 401 of Specifications for
Road & Bridge Works of MoRT&H (5th Revision).
(i) Grading - I : cum 218.00 272.00
(ii) Grading - II : cum 207.00 288.00
(iii) Grading - III : cum 199.00 249.00
(iv) Grading - IV : cum 200.00 255.00
(v) Grading - V : cum 215.00 259.00
(vi) Grading - VI : cum 204.00 276.00
Note: Add cost at site of 1.28 m³ of the stone materials as per
specified grading to arrive at the complete rate.
N.B.: When the width of laying is not adequate for
mechanical operation or in case of small sized jobs,
suitable mixing and spreading equipment capable of
mixing the material to the desired degree and
spreading -the mixed materials uniformly according to
required line and level to the satisfaction of E-in-C may
be approved by the Engineer-in-charge, but the rate of
the item is to be reduced by Rs.30.00/cum.
243
Road & Bridge Works PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014
All districts of
West Bengal
Item Darjeeling
Description of Items Unit and Darjeeling Remarks
No. Hill Area
Plain of Siliguri
Sub-Division
4.09 Construction of Sub Base using Local Materials:
Construction of Sub Base using Local Materials,
spreading in uniform layers with Motor grader on
prepared surface, including screening the metal as
necessary, mixing by mix in place method with
Rotavator at OMC, and compacting with vibratory
roller to achieve the desired density, lighting, guarding
and barricading including cost and carriage of all
materials and making necessary earthen bundh of one
metre wide on each side to protect the edges complete
as per Clause 401 of Specifications for Road & Bridge
Works of MoRT&H (5th Revision).
(i) For Construction of Sub Base by compacting cum 317.00 534.00
1st class brick aggregates (40 mm down) and
sand (in proportion of 60:40).
Note: Add cost at site of 0.90 m3 of brick aggregates and 0.48 m3
of medium sand (loose volume) to arrive at the
consolidated rate.
(ii) For Construction of Sub Base by compacting cum 199.00 295.00
stone chips and sand (in proportion of 40:60).
Note: Add cost at site of 0.51 m3 of 5.6 mm stone chips and 0.77
m3 of medium sand (loose volume) to arrive at the
consolidated rate.
(iii) For Construction of Sub Base by compacting cum 217.00 -
gravel, coarse sand and moorum (A.I. value of
more than 6): (in proportion of 35:40:25)
Note: Add cost at site of 0.45 m3 of gravel 0.32 m3 of moorum
and 0.51 m³ coarse sand (loose volume) to arrive at the
consolidated rate.
(iv) For Construction of Sub Base by compacting cum - 242.00
river bed materials.
Note: Add cost at site of 1.28 m³ of materials to arrive at the
complete rate.
4.10 Water Bound Macadam Sub Base
Water Bound Macadam Sub Base by consolidating
Jhama metal / Laterite chelly or stone metal / shingles
of specific size in hard crust to requisite thickness
(measured after compaction) in layers including
screening of metals etc. as necessary, hand packing,
sweeping, watering and rolling in stages with power
roller to proper line, grade and camber, lighting,
guarding & barricading and making necessary earthen
bundh of one metre width on each side where necessary
to protect edges and preparing the bed by necessary
cutting or filling and rolling all complete including the
cost of all materials and hire and labour charges of all
men and machineries and compacting to the required
density, as per Clause 404 of Specifications for Road &
Bridge Works of MoRT&H (5th Revision).
244
PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014 Road & Bridge Works
All districts of
West Bengal
Item Darjeeling
Description of Items Unit and Darjeeling Remarks
No. Hill Area
Plain of Siliguri
Sub-Division
(i) For Construction of Sub Base by consolidating cum 419.00 -
Jhama metal (63 mm to 45 mm) with moorum
screening :
Note: Add cost at site of 1.09 m3 of jhama metal and 0.26 m3 of
moorum screening (loose volume) to arrive at the
consolidated rate.
(ii) For Construction of Sub Base by consolidating cum 242.00 -
Laterite (90 mm to 45 mm):
Note: Add cost at site of 1.45 m³ of materials to arrive at the
complete rate.
(iii) For Construction of Sub Base by consolidating cum - 235.00
broken shingles (53 mm to 22.4 mm) with Type-
A screening :
Note: Add cost at site of 1.12 m3 of broken shingles and 0.24
m3 of Type A screening (loose volume) to arrive at the
consolidated rate.
4.11 Water Bound Macadam Base Course
Providing, laying, spreading and compacting stone
aggregates of specific sizes to water bound macadam
specification including spreading in uniform thickness,
hand packing, rolling with vibratory roller 8-10 tonnes
in stages to proper grade and camber, applying and
brooming requisite type of screening / binding
materials to fill up the interstices of coarse aggregate,
watering including lighting, guarding, barricading and
making necessary earthen bundh of one metre width on
each side and preparing the bed by necessary cutting or
filling, including cost of all materials and hire and
labour charges of all men and machinery and
compacting to the required density, as per Clause 404
of Specifications for Road & Bridge Works of MoRT&H
(5th Revision).
(i) Grading-I Aggregate (63 mm to 45 mm) Using
Stone Screening Type A (13.2 mm)
A. Mechanical Means cum 218.00 197.00
B. Manual Means cum 355.00 331.00
Note: Add cost at site of 1.21 m³ of Grading-I Aggregates &
0.16 m³ Stone Screening Type-A to arrive at the
complete rate.
(ii) Grading-I Aggregate (63 mm to 45 mm) Using Costs of
Stone Screening Type B (11.2 mm) binding
materials
A. Mechanical Means cum 215.00 194.00
where
B. Manual Means cum 352.00 328.00
required is to
Note: Add cost at site of 1.21 m³ of Grading-I Aggregates & be added @
0.24 m³ Stone Screening Type-B to arrive at the 0.08 m³ per
complete rate. cum.
(iii) Grading-II Aggregate (53 mm to 22.4 mm) Using
Stone Screening Type B (11.2 mm)
A. Mechanical Means cum 219.00 232.00
B. Manual Means cum 356.00 366.00
Note: Add cost at site of 1.21 m³ of Grading-I Aggregates &
0.24 m³ Stone Screening Type-B to arrive at the
complete rate.
245
Road & Bridge Works PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014
All districts of
West Bengal
Item Darjeeling
Description of Items Unit and Darjeeling Remarks
No. Hill Area
Plain of Siliguri
Sub-Division
4.12 Wet Mix Macadam Base Course cum 338.00 362.00
Providing, laying, spreading and compacting graded
stone aggregate to Wet Mix Macadam specification
including screening of aggregates and granular
materials, premixing the material with water at OMC in
Wet Mix Plant, carriage of mixed material by tipper to
site, laying in uniform layers with Paver in Sub- base /
Base course on well prepared surface and compacting
with Vibratory Roller to achieve the desired density,
including supply of all materials, machinery, fuel and
lubricants, including incidental costs for lighting,
guarding, barricading, making earthen bundh to
protect the edges including cost of quality control
complete as per Clause 406 of Specifications for Road &
Bridge Works of MoRT&H (5th Revision).
Note Add cost at site of 1.32 m³ of the stone materials as per
specified grading to arrive at the complete rate.
4.13 Construction of Median and Island
A. Construction of Median and Island with Soil cum 134.00 137.00
Taken from Roadway Cutting
Construction of Median and Island above road level
with approved material deposited at site from
roadway cutting and excavation for drain and
foundation of other structures, spread, graded and
compacted as per Clause 408 of Specifications for
Road & Bridge Works of MoRT&H (5th Revision).
B. Construction of Median and Island with Soil cum 231.00 240.00
Taken from Borrow Areas
Construction of median and Island above road level
with approved material brought from borrow pits,
spread, sloped and compacted as per clause 408 of
Specifications for Road & Bridge Works of MoRT&H
(5th Revision).
4.14 Construction of Shoulders
A. Earthen Shoulders
The rate as applicable for sub-grade construction
may be adopted.
B. Hard Shoulders
Rate as applicable for sub-base and or base may be
adopted as per approved design.
C. Paved shoulders
The rate may be adopted as applicable for different
layers of pavement depending upon approved
design of paved shoulders
4.15 Footpaths and Separators
Construction of footpath / separator by providing a sqm 1527.00 1690.00
150 mm compacted granular sub base as per clause
401 followed by 25 mm thick cement concrete grade
(1:2:4), over laid with pre-cast concrete tiles in cement
mortar 1:3 including provision of all drainage
arrangements but excluding kerb channel and as per
clause 410 of Specifications for Road & Bridge Works of
MoRT&H (5th Revision).
246
PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014 Road & Bridge Works
CHAPTER - 5
BASES AND SURFACE COURSES (BITUMINOUS)
All districts of
West Bengal
Item Darjeeling
Description of Items Unit and Darjeeling Remarks
No. Hill Area
Plain of Siliguri
Sub-Division
5.01 Prime Coat
Providing and applying primer coat with Cationic
Bitumen Emulsion of approved grade conforming to IS:
8887-1978 and requisite quantity on prepared surface
of granular base including cleaning of road surface and
spraying primer using Mechanical means including cost
and carriage of bitumen emulsion and all other
incidental costs of work complete as per Clause 502 of
Specifications for Road & Bridge Works of MoRT&H
(5th Revision).
(i) For WBM / WMM Surface: sqm 7.20 7.20
(with primer @ 0.70-1.0 kg/sqm)
(ii) For Stabilised soil bases / Crusher Run sqm 8.70 8.80
Macadam Surface:
(with primer @ 0.90-1.2 kg/sqm)
Note: Add cost and carriage of materials as per requirement
vide Table 3.3-1 of Section 3 to get the final
consolidated rate.
5.02 Tack Coat
Providing and applying tack coat with Cationic
Bitumen Emulsion of approved grade conforming to IS:
8887-1978 on the prepared surface cleaned with
Hydraulic broom, moistening the surface including cost
and carriage of emulsion, hire charges of machinery
and labour, cost of fuel and lubricants all complete as
per Clause 503 of Specifications for Road & Bridge
Works of MoRT&H (5th Revision).
(i) On Bituminous Surface sqm 3.00 3.00
(Using Bitumen Emulsion at the rate of 0.20 to
0.30 kg per sqm.)
(ii) On Granular surfaces treated with primer sqm 3.10 3.20
(Using Bitumen emulsion at the rate of 0.25 to
0.30 kg per sqm.)
(iii) On Cement concrete pavement sqm 3.50 3.50
(Using Bitumen emulsion at the rate of 0.30 to
0.35 kg per sqm.)
Note: Add cost & carriages of materials as per requirement vide
Table 3.3-1 of Section 3 to get the final consolidated rate.
5.03 Bituminous Macadam using Hot Mix Plant (HMP)
Providing and laying bituminous macadam with Hot
Mix Plant using approved crushed aggregates of
specified grading as per Table 500.4 premixed with
bituminous binder, transported to site laid over a
previously prepared surface at specified laying
temperature with paver finisher to the required grade,
level and alignment and rolled with suitable power
roller for break down, inter-mediate and finished
rolling as per specification to achieve the desired -
247
Road & Bridge Works PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014
All districts of
West Bengal
Item Darjeeling
Description of Items Unit and Darjeeling Remarks
No. Hill Area
Plain of Siliguri
Sub-Division
compaction including cost and carriage of stone
materials and bitumen, hire charges of machinery and
equipment, cost of fuel and lubricants and wages of
operational staff, quality control complete as per Clause
504 of Specifications for Road & Bridge Works of
MoRT&H (5th Revision).
A. For Grading I
(40 mm nominal size, 80-100 mm thick.)
(i) Using Batch Type HMP of minimum capacity 100- cum 1732.00 1799.00
120 TPH.
(ii) Using Batch type HMP of minimum capacity 60- cum 1708.00 1774.00
90 TPH.
(iii) Using Drum mix Type HMP of minimum capacity cum 1629.00 1691.00
40-60 TPH.
B. For Grading II
(19 mm nominal size, 50-75 mm thick.)
(i) Using Batch Type HMP of minimum capacity 100- cum 1748.00 1816.00
120 TPH.
(ii) Using Batch type HMP of minimum capacity 60- cum 1725.00 1791.00
90 TPH.
(iii) Using Drum mix Type HMP of minimum capacity cum 1646.00 1708.00
40-60 TPH.
Note: Add cost & carriages of materials as per requirement vide
Table 3.3-1 of Section 3 to get the final consolidated rate.
5.04 Bituminous Macadam using Mobile Hot Mix Plant
(Light Duty)
Providing and laying bituminous macadam with Mobile
Hot Mix Plant (Light Duty) using approved crushed
aggregates of specified grading as per Table 500.4
premixed with bituminous binder, transported to site
laid over a previously prepared surface at specified
laying temperature by means of approved and suitable
arrangements to the required grade, level and
alignment and rolled with suitable power roller for
break down, inter-mediate and finished rolling as per
specification to achieve the desired compaction
including cost and carriage of stone materials and
bitumen, hire charges of machinery and equipment,
cost of fuel and lubricants and wages of operational
staff, quality control complete as per Specifications for
Road & Bridge Works of MoRT&H (5th Revision).
A. For Grading I cum 1522.00 1561.00
(40 mm nominal size, 80-100 mm thick.)
B. For Grading II cum 1538.00 1579.00
(19 mm nominal size, 50-75 mm thick.)
Note: Add cost & carriages of materials as per requirement vide
Table 3.3-1 of Section 3 to get the final consolidated rate.
248
PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014 Road & Bridge Works
All districts of
West Bengal
Item Darjeeling
Description of Items Unit and Darjeeling Remarks
No. Hill Area
Plain of Siliguri
Sub-Division
5.05 Dense Bituminous Macadam
Providing and laying dense bituminous macadam with
Hot Mix Plant producing an average output of 75
tonnes per hour using coarse aggregate, fine aggregate,
filler and bituminous binder as per design Job Mix
Formula conforming Marshall Method as per
specification, including screening, cleaning of chips and
preparing a uniform and quality mix in Hot Mix Plant
and ensuring a homogeneous mix, in which all particles
of the mineral aggregates are coated uniformly,
transporting the hot mix to work site, laying the mixed
materials at specified laying temperature with a
hydrostatic paver finisher with sensor control to the
required grade, level and alignment over prepared
surface coated with tack coat, rolling with smooth
wheeled, vibratory and tandem rollers for break down,
inter-mediate and finished rolling to achieve the
desired density of at least 98% of that of Laboratory
Marshall specimen, hand packing and pinning to give
an even surface including cost and carriage of bitumen,
coarse and fine aggregates and filler materials and hire
charges of machinery and equipment for construction
and quality control, fuels and lubricants and wages of
operational staff complete as per Clause 505 of
Specifications for Road & Bridge Works of MoRT&H
(5th Revision).
A. For Grading I
(37.5 mm nominal size, 75-100 mm thick.)
(i) Using Batch Type HMP of minimum capacity cum 2004.00 2077.00
100-120 TPH.
(ii) Using Batch type HMP of minimum capacity cum 1970.00 2042.00
60-90 TPH.
(iii) Using Drum mix Type HMP of minimum capacity cum 1896.00 1967.00
40-60 TPH.
B. For Grading II
(26.5 mm nominal size, 50-75 mm thick.)
(i) Using Batch Type HMP of minimum capacity cum 2088.00 2162.00
100-120 TPH.
(ii) Using Batch type HMP of minimum capacity cum 2054.00 2126.00
60-90 TPH.
(iii) Using Drum mix Type HMP of minimum capacity cum 1980.00 2048.00
40-60 TPH.
Note: Add cost & carriages of materials as per requirement vide
Table 3.3-1 of Section 3 to get the final consolidated rate.
5.06 Sand Asphalt Base Course
Providing, laying and rolling sand-asphalt base course
composed of sand, mineral filler and bituminous binder
on a prepared sub-grade or sub-base to the lines, levels,
grades and cross sections as per the drawings including
mixing in Hot Mix Plant of suitable type and capacity,
transporting, laying, compacting and finishing as per
Clause 506 of Specifications for Road & Bridge Works of
MoRT&H (5th Revision).
249
Road & Bridge Works PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014
All districts of
West Bengal
Item Darjeeling
Description of Items Unit and Darjeeling Remarks
No. Hill Area
Plain of Siliguri
Sub-Division
(i) Using Batch Type HMP of minimum capacity cum 2071.00 2266.00
100-120 TPH.
(ii) Using Batch type HMP of minimum capacity 60- cum 2044.00 2234.00
90 TPH.
(iii)Using Drum mix Type HMP of minimum cum 1964.00 2149.00
capacity 40-60 TPH.
Note: Add cost & carriages of materials as per requirement vide
Table 3.3-1 of Section 3 to get the final consolidated rate.
5.07 Semi-dense Bituminous Concrete
Providing & laying Semi-dense Bituminous Concrete
(SDBC) as wearing coarse by Hot Mix Plant, using
coarse aggregates, fine aggregates, filler materials and
binder of required specification and grading as per
approved job mix formula, over thoroughly cleaned
surface coated with tack coat, including screening,
cleaning of aggregates, mixing the components as per
approved Job Mix Formula with hot binder, carrying the
mixture by tipper truck or any other approved suitable
arrangements, laying the mixture uniformly,
maintaining the specified laying temperature, thorough
rolling with power roller with necessary hand packing
and pinning to give an uniform surface to achieve the
desired density of at least 98% of that of Laboratory
Marshall specimen, including the cost and carriage of
aggregates, filler and binder, heating the binder,
preheating the aggregates, and filler to the specified
temperature, including the hire charges of Hot Mix
Plant and other machineries, pay of operators, cost of
fuel and lubricants and all other incidental charges
complete.
A. For Grading I
(13 mm nominal size, 35-40 mm thick.)
(i) Using Batch Type HMP of minimum capacity cum 2009.00 2089.00
100-120 TPH.
(ii) Using Batch type HMP of minimum capacity 60- cum 1974.00 2052.00
90 TPH.
(iii) Using Drum mix Type HMP of minimum cum 1895.00 1968.00
capacity 40-60 TPH.
B. For Grading II
(10 mm nominal size, 25-30 mm thick.)
(i) Using Batch Type HMP of minimum capacity cum 2086.00 2167.00
100-120 TPH.
(ii) Using Batch type HMP of minimum capacity 60- cum 2051.00 2130.00
90 TPH.
(iii)Using Drum mix Type HMP of minimum cum 1972.00 2047.00
capacity 40-60 TPH.
Note: Add cost & carriages of materials as per requirement vide
Table 3.3-1 of Section 3 to get the final consolidated rate.
250
PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014 Road & Bridge Works
All districts of
West Bengal
Item Darjeeling
Description of Items Unit and Darjeeling Remarks
No. Hill Area
Plain of Siliguri
Sub-Division
5.08 Bituminous Concrete
Providing and laying bituminous concrete with Hot Mix
Plant using coarse aggregates, fine aggregates, filler
materials and bituminous binder of required
specification including screening, cleaning of chips and
preparing a uniform and quality mix in Hot Mix Plant
and ensuring a homogeneous mix, in which all particles
of the mineral aggregates are coated uniformly,
transporting the hot mix to work site, laying the mixed
materials at specified laying temperature with a
hydrostatic paver finisher with sensor control to the
required grade, level and alignment over prepared
surface coated with tack coat, rolling with smooth
wheeled, vibratory and tandem rollers for break down,
inter-mediate and finished rolling to achieve the
desired density of at least 98% of that of Laboratory
Marshall specimen, including cost and carriage of
bitumen, coarse and fine aggregates and filler
materials and hire charges of machinery and
equipment for construction and quality control, fuels
and lubricants and wages of operational staff complete
as per Clause 507 of Specifications for Road & Bridge
Works of MoRT&H (5th Revision).
A. For Grading I
(13 mm nominal size, 50 mm thick.)
(i) Using Batch Type HMP of minimum capacity cum 2264.00 2338.00
100-120 TPH.
(ii) Using Batch type HMP of minimum capacity 60- cum 2228.00 2301.00
90 TPH.
(iii) Using Drum mix Type HMP of minimum cum 2150.00 2218.00
capacity 40-60 TPH.
B. For Grading II
(10 mm nominal size, 30-40 mm thick.)
(i) Using Batch Type HMP of minimum capacity cum 2304.00 2379.00
100-120 TPH.
(ii) Using Batch type HMP of minimum capacity 60- cum 2268.00 2342.00
90 TPH.
(iii) Using Drum mix Type HMP of minimum cum 2190.00 2259.00
capacity 40-60 TPH.
Note: Add cost & carriages of materials as per requirement vide
Table 3.3-1 of Section 3 to get the final consolidated rate.
5.09 Surface Dressing
Providing and laying surface dressing as wearing
course in single coat using approved quality crushed
stone aggregates of specified size and hot bituminous
binder laid on prepared surface including thorough
cleaning of the surface, screening and cleaning of stone
chips, applying uniformly requisite quantity of hot
bitumen, spreading uniformly dry stone aggregates and
rolling with 8-10 tonne smooth wheeled steel roller
with necessary hand packing or spreading of chips to
251
Road & Bridge Works PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014
All districts of
West Bengal
Item Darjeeling
Description of Items Unit and Darjeeling Remarks
No. Hill Area
Plain of Siliguri
Sub-Division
obtain closed surface including the cost and carriage of
bitumen and stone chips, heating the bitumen and all
other cost and charges of fuel, lubricants in this
connection including hire and operational charges of
machinery and equipment for construction and quality
control complete as per Clause 509 of Specifications for
Road & Bridge Works of MoRT&H (5th Revision).
(By Mechanical Means)
A. Single coat or 1st coat over granular surface sqm 15.20 15.50
using bitumen @ 12 kg per 10 m2 and stone
chips / bajree (100% passing through 22.4 mm
sieve and 100% retained on 11.2 mm sieve) @
0.15 m3 per 10 m2 surface.
B. Second coat or renewal coat on black topped sqm 13.60 14.10
surface using bitumen @ 10 kg per 10 m2 and
stone chips / bajree (100% passing through 13.2
mm sieve and 100% retained on 5.6 mm sieve) @
0.10 m3 per 10 m2 surface.
Note: Add cost & carriages of materials as per requirement vide
Table 3.3-1 of Section 3 to get the final consolidated rate.
5.10 Open-Graded Premix Surfacing using Viscosity
grade Paving Bitumen and HMP
Providing, laying and rolling of Open - graded premix
surfacing of 20 mm thickness composed of 13.2 mm (@
0.018 m³ per m²) and 11.2 mm (@ 0.009 m³ per m²)
size stone aggregates, including thoroughly cleaning of
the surface, screening, cleaning and pre-heating stone
chips and fully pre-coating the same either using
viscosity grade paving bitumen or cut-back or emulsion,
carrying the mixture by tipper trucks or by any other
suitable arrangements, laying the mixture uniformly
over the surface with paver finisher, including manual
operations as and when required for proper line, grade
and level to serve as wearing course on a previously
prepared base, including mixing in Hot Mix Plant and
thoroughly rolling with a smooth wheeled roller 8-10
tonne capacity, finished to required level and grades
including the cost and carriage of stone chips and
matrix, heating the matrix, preheating the aggregates
to required temperature and including the hire charges
of Hot Mix Plant and other machinery, pay of operators,
cost of fuel and lubricants etc. complete as per Clause
510 of Specifications for Road & Bridge Works of
MoRT&H (5th Revision).
(i) Using Batch Type HMP of minimum capacity 100- sqm 34.10 35.40
120 TPH.
(ii) Using Batch type HMP of minimum capacity 60-90 sqm 33.20 34.40
TPH.
(iii) Using Drum mix Type HMP of minimum capacity sqm 31.80 33.00
40-60 TPH.
Note: Add cost & carriages of materials as per requirement vide
Table 3.3-1 of Section 3 to get the final consolidated rate.
252
PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014 Road & Bridge Works
All districts of
West Bengal
Item Darjeeling
Description of Items Unit and Darjeeling Remarks
No. Hill Area
Plain of Siliguri
Sub-Division
5.11 Open-Graded Premix Surfacing using Bituminous
(Viscosity grade Paving Bitumen / Modified
bitumen) Binder and Mobile Hot Mix Plant (Light
Duty)
Providing, laying and rolling of Open - graded premix sqm 25.90 26.40
surfacing of 20 mm thickness composed of 13.2 mm (@
0.018 m³ per m²) and 11.2 mm (@ 0.009 m³ per m²)
size stone aggregates, including thoroughly cleaning of
the surface, screening, cleaning and pre-heating stone
chips and fully pre-coating the same either using
viscosity grade paving bitumen or cut-back or emulsion,
carrying the mixture by any suitable arrangements,
laying the mixture uniformly over the surface, including
line, grade and level to serve as wearing course on a
previously prepared base, including mixing in Mobile
Hot Mix Plant (Light Duty) and thoroughly rolling with
a smooth wheeled roller 8-10 tonne capacity, finished
to required level and grades including the cost and
carriage of stone chips and matrix, heating the matrix,
preheating the aggregates to required temperature
and including the hire charges of Mobile Hot Mix Plant
(Light Duty) and other machinery, pay of operators,
cost of fuel and lubricants etc. complete to be followed
by seal coat of either Type A or Type B as per Technical
Specification Clause 508 for Rural Roads of MORD.
Note: Add cost & carriages of materials as per requirement
vide Table 3.3-1 of Section 3 to get the final
consolidated rate.
5.12 Open Graded Premix Surfacing with Cationic sqm 26.60 27.10
Bitumen Emulsion using 13.2 mm (@ 0.018 m3/m2)
and 11.2 mm (@ 0.009 m3/m2) size stone aggregates,
premixed with Cationic Bituminous Emulsion (M.S.
grade) conforming to IS : 8887-1970 @ 21.5 kg per 10
m² of surface, including cleaning, moistening the
surface, applying tack coat with cationic bitumen
emulsion, screening, cleaning and washing the stone
chips, intimately mixing with emulsion using Concrete
Mixer, laying the mixture uniformly over the surface
and rolling with power roller after hand packing and
pinning adequately to ensure a compact surface all
complete as per specification and direction of the
Engineer-in-charge including cost and carriage of stone
materials and emulsion, including cost of labour, hire
and running charges of road roller and other tools and
plants and cost of all other incidental charges including
hire charges and cost of fuel and lubricants of
machineries and equipment for construction and
quality control as per Technical Specification Clause
508.2 for Rural Roads of MORD.
Note: Add cost & carriages of materials as per requirement
vide Table 3.3-1 of Section 3 to get the final
consolidated rate.
253
Road & Bridge Works PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014
All districts of
West Bengal
Item Darjeeling
Description of Items Unit and Darjeeling Remarks
No. Hill Area
Plain of Siliguri
Sub-Division
5.13 Seal Coat
A. Providing and laying Liquid Seal Coat (Type A) with
approved quality stone chips and bitumen binder on
thoroughly cleaned black top surface, spreading
screened & cleaned stone aggregates (100 % passing
through 11.2 mm sieve and retained on 2.36 mm sieve)
uniformly @ 0.09 m3 of dry aggregate per 10 m2 of
area using suitable means, brushing the chips, if
necessary, to ensure uniformity, followed by rolling
with power roller including the cost and carriage of
binder and stone chips, cost of heating the binder and
all other incidental charges, cost of fuel and lubricants,
including hire charges of machineries, tools & plants
required for construction and quality control complete
as per Clause 511 of Specifications for Road & Bridge
Works of MoRT&H (5th Revision).
I By Mechanical Means
(i) With Hot Bitumen Binder (@ 9.80 kg / 10 sqm.) sqm 12.40 12.80
(ii) With Cationic Bitumen Emulsion sqm 14.90 15.30
(@ 15.00 kg / 10 sqm.)
II By Manual Means
With Hot Bitumen Binder (@ 9.80 kg / 10 sqm.) sqm 17.50 17.70
B. Providing and laying Premixed Seal Coat (Type B)
with approved quality sand/grit @ 0.6 m3/ 100 m2 and
bitumen binder on thoroughly cleaned black top surface
coated with tack coat, including heating and mixing
cleaned sand/grit (100 % passing through 2.36 mm
sieve and retained on 180 micron sieve) uniformly with
bitumen binder, laying and spreading the mix at an
uniform rate using suitable means, brushing the
surface, if necessary, to ensure uniformity, followed by
rolling with power roller including the cost and
carriage of binder and aggregates, cost of heating the
binder and aggregates and all other incidental charges,
cost of fuel and lubricants, including hire charges of
machineries, tools & plants required for construction
and quality control complete as per Clause 511 of
Specifications for Road & Bridge Works of MoRT&H
(5th Revision).
I By Mechanical Means
(i) With Hot Bitumen Binder (@ 6.80 kg / 10 sqm.) sqm 11.90 12.20
(ii) With Cationic Bitumen Emulsion sqm 13.70 14.00
(@ 10.50 kg / 10 sqm.)
II By Manual Means
With Hot Bitumen Binder (@ 6.80 kg / 10 sqm.) sqm 13.10 13.30
Note: Add cost & carriages of materials as per requirement vide
Table 3.3-1 of Section 3 to get the final consolidated rate.
254
PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014 Road & Bridge Works
All districts of
West Bengal
Item Darjeeling
Description of Items Unit and Darjeeling Remarks
No. Hill Area
Plain of Siliguri
Sub-Division
5.14 Mastic Asphalt
Providing and laying Mastic asphalt wearing course
with paving grade bitumen meeting the requirements
given in table 500-29 using approved coarse aggregate,
fine aggregate, filler material and bitumen, prepared
by using Mastic cooker including cost and carriage of
all ingredients, cost of heating aggregates and binder,
mixing in specified proportions conforming to approved
Job Mix Formula and laid to required level and slope
after cleaning the surface, compacting, sealing the
construction joints and surface finishing conforming to
specifications including providing antiskid surface with
bitumen pre-coated fine-grained hard stone chipping of
13.2 mm nominal size at the rate of 0.005 cum per 10
sqm and at an approximate spacing of 10 cm center to
center in both directions, pressed into surface when the
temperature of surfaces not less than 100°C, protruding
1 mm to 4 mm over mastic surface, including the hire
charges of all tools and plants and machinery, pay of
operators, cost of fuel and lubricants and all other
incidental charges and quality control all complete as
per Clause 516 of Specifications for Road & Bridge
Works of MoRT&H (5th Revision).
(i) 25 mm thickness sqm 200.00 205.00
(ii) 50 mm thickness sqm 304.00 313.00
Note: Add cost & carriages of materials as per requirement
vide Table 3.3-1 of Section 3 to get the final
consolidated rate.
5.15 Slurry Seal
Providing and laying Slurry seal consisting of a mixture
of approved quality fine aggregates of proper grading,
Portland cement filler, bituminous emulsion and water
on a road surface including cleaning of surface, mixing
of slurry seal in a suitable mobile plant, laying and
compacting with pneumatic-tyred roller, if required, to
provide even riding surface including cost and carriage
of all ingredients, hire and operational charges of roller
and other tools and plants including cost of fuel,
lubricants and all other incidental charges, quality
control as per Clause 512 of Specifications for Road &
Bridge Works of MoRT&H (5th Revision).
(i) 5 mm thickness sqm 10.60 10.70
(ii) 3 mm thickness sqm 7.50 7.90
(iii) 1.5 mm thickness sqm 4.80 5.00
Note: Add cost & carriages of materials as per requirement
vide Table 3.3-1 of Section 3 to get the final
consolidated rate.
255
Road & Bridge Works PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014
All districts of
West Bengal
Item Darjeeling
Description of Items Unit and Darjeeling Remarks
No. Hill Area
Plain of Siliguri
Sub-Division
5.16 Fog Spray
Providing and applying Fog Spray using low viscosity sqm 6.20 6.30
(SS Type) Cationic bitumen emulsion for sealing cracks
less than 3 mm wide or incipient fretting or
disintegration in an existing bituminous surfacing
including thoroughly cleaning of surface using scrubber
and compressed air jets, applying SS type Bituminous
Emulsion using bitumen pressure distributor, including
cost and carriage of all ingredients and hire and
operational charges of all machinery, tools and plants
including fuel, lubricants and cost of quality control as
per Clause 513 of Specifications for Road & Bridge
Works of MoRT&H (5th Revision).
Note: Add cost & carriages of materials as per requirement
vide Table 3.3-1 of Section 3 to get the final
consolidated rate.
5.17 Bituminous Cold Mix ( Including Gravel Emulsion)
Providing, laying and rolling of Bituminous cold mix on
prepared base consisting of a mixture of unheated
mineral aggregate and emulsified, including mixing in
a Plant of suitable type and capacity, transporting,
laying, compacting and finishing to specified grades
and levels as per Clause 518 of Specifications for Road
& Bridge Works of MoRT&H (5th Revision).
(i) Using 9.5mm or 13.2 mm nominal size aggregate cum 1630.00 1666.00
(ii) Using 19mm or 26.5 mm nominal size aggregate cum 1655.00 1704.00
Note: Add cost & carriages of materials as per requirement
vide Table 3.3-1 of Section 3 to get the final
consolidated rate.
5.18 Crack Prevention Courses
(i) Stress Absorbing Membrane (SAM) crack width
less than 6 mm
Providing and laying of a Stress Absorbing sqm 10.50 10.90
Membrane over a cracked road surface, with crack
width below 6 mm after cleaning with a
mechanical broom, using modified binder
complying with clause 517, sprayed at the rate of 9
kg per 10 sqm and spreading 5.6 mm crushed stone
aggregates @ 0.11 cum per 10 sqm with hydraulic
chip spreader, sweeping the surface for uniform
spread of aggregates and surface finished to
conform to clause 902 of Specifications for Road &
Bridge Works of MoRT&H (5th Revision).
256
PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014 Road & Bridge Works
All districts of
West Bengal
Item Darjeeling
Description of Items Unit and Darjeeling Remarks
No. Hill Area
Plain of Siliguri
Sub-Division
(ii) Stress Absorbing Membrane (SAM) with crack
width 6 mm to 9 mm
Providing and laying of a Stress Absorbing sqm 12.60 13.00
Membrane over a cracked road surface, with crack
width 6 to 9 mm after cleaning with a mechanical
broom, using modified binder complying with
clause 517, sprayed at the rate of 11 kg per 10 sqm
and spreading 11.2 mm crushed stone aggregates
@ 0.12 cum per 10 sqm, sweeping the surface for
uniform spread of aggregates and surface finished
to conform to clause 902 of Specifications for Road
& Bridge Works of MoRT&H (5th Revision).
(iii) Stress Absorbing Membrane (SAM) crack width
above 9 mm and cracked area above 50 per
cent
Providing and laying a single coat of a Stress sqm 16.00 17.00
Absorbing Membrane over a cracked road surface,
with crack width above 9 mm and cracked area
above 50 per cent after cleaning with a mechanical
broom, using modified binder complying with
clause 517, sprayed at the rate of 15 kg per 10 sqm
and spreading 11.2 mm crushed stone aggregates
@ 0.12 cum per 10 sqm, sweeping the surface for
uniform spread of aggregates and surface finished
to conform to clause 902 of Specifications for Road
& Bridge Works of MoRT&H (5th Revision).
(iv) Bitumen Impregnated Geotextile
Providing and laying a Bitumen Impregnated sqm 25.00 25.00
Geotextile layer after cleaning the road surface,
geotextile conforming to requirements of clause
703.2, laid over a tack coat with 1.05 kg per sqm of
paving grade bitumen 80 - 100 penetration and
constructed to the requirement of clause 703.3 of
Specifications for Road & Bridge Works of
MoRT&H (5th Revision).
Note: Add cost & carriages of materials as per requirement
vide Table 3.3-1 of Section 3 to get the final
consolidated rate.
257
Volume III : Road & Bridge Works PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014
CHAPTER - 6
CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT
All districts of
West Bengal
Item Darjeeling
Description of Items Unit and Darjeeling Remarks
No. Hill Area
Plain of Siliguri
Sub-Division
6.01 Dry Lean Cement Concrete Sub- base
Construction of dry lean cement concrete Sub- base cum 832.00 1192.00
over a prepared sub-grade with coarse and fine
aggregate conforming to IS: 383, the size of coarse
aggregate not exceeding 25 mm, aggregate cement
ratio not to exceed 15:1, aggregate gradation after
blending to be as per table 600-1, cement content not to
be less than 150 kg/ cum, optimum moisture content to
be determined during trial length construction,
concrete strength not to be less than 10 Mpa at 7 days,
mixed in a batching plant, transported to site, laid with
a paver with electronic sensor, compacting with 8-10
tonnes vibratory roller, finishing and curing. (As per
clause 601 of specifications for Road & Bridge Works of
MoRT&H (5th Revision).
Note: Construction Wing will add the cost & carriage of 0.90
cum/m³ crushed stone & Cement @ 150 kg/cum of
concrete only to arrive at consolidated rate.
6.02 Cement Concrete Pavement
Construction of un-reinforced, dowel jointed, plain cum 2025.00 2407.00
cement concrete pavement over a prepared sub base
with 43 grade cement @ 400 kg per cum, coarse and
fine aggregate conforming to IS 383, maximum size of
coarse aggregate not exceeding 25 mm, mixed in a
batching and mixing plant as per approved mix design,
transported to site, laid with a fixed form or slip form
paver, spread, compacted and finished in a continuous
operation including provision of contraction, expansion,
construction and longitudinal joints, joint filler,
separation membrane, sealant primer, joint sealant,
debonding strip, dowel bar, tie rod, admixtures as
approved, curing compound, finishing to lines and
grades as per drawing and clause 602 of Specifications
for Road & Bridge Works of MoRT&H (5th Revision).
Note: Construction Wing will add the cost & carriage of 0.90
cum/m³ crushed stone & Cement @ 400 kg/cum of
concrete only to arrive at consolidated rate.
6.03 Roller Compacted Concrete Pavement
Construction of Roller Compacted Concrete Pavement cum 1888.00 2265.00
(RCCP) with coarse and fine aggregates conforming to
IS:383, the size of coarse aggregate not exceeding 25
mm with minimum aggregate cement ratio of 5:1 mm
and with minimum cement content of 310 kg per cum,
aggregate gradation to be as per Table 602.2 after
blending, mixing in concrete mixer at optimum
moisture content, transporting to site, laying with
wheel barrows or steel pans or with mechanical paver,
compacting with 80-100 kN smooth wheel, tandem
258
PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014 Volume III : Road & Bridge Works
All districts of
West Bengal
Item Darjeeling
Description of Items Unit and Darjeeling Remarks
No. Hill Area
Plain of Siliguri
Sub-Division
vibratory roller, to achieve, the designed flexural
strength, finishing and curing as per drawings and
Technical Specification Clause 1502 for Rural Roads of
MORD.
Note: Construction Wing will add the cost & carriage of 0.90
cum/m³ crushed stone & Cement @ 310 kg/cum of
concrete only to arrive at consolidated rate.
6.04 Rectangular Concrete Block Pavement
Manufacturing, laying of cement concrete blocks of size sqm 580.00 636.00
0.450 m x 0.300 m x 0.15 m of Cement Concrete (C.C.)
M30 grade and spreading 25 mm thick sand
underneath and filling joints with sand on existing
W.B.M. base as per Technical Specification Clause 1503
for Rural Roads of MORD.
6.05 Interlocking Concrete Block Pavement
(1) Providing and Laying of Interlocking Concrete sqm 465.00 489.00
Block Pavements having thickness 80 mm as per
drawings and Technical Specification Clause 1504
for Rural Roads of MORD.
(2) Providing and Laying of Interlocking Concrete sqm 455.00 473.00
Block Pavements having thickness 60 mm as per
drawing and Technical Specification Clause 1504
for Rural Roads of MORD.
259
Volume III : Road & Bridge Works PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014
CHAPTER - 7
GEOSYNTHETICS AND REINFORCED EARTH
All districts of
West Bengal
Item Darjeeling
Description of Items Unit and Darjeeling Remarks
No. Hill Area
Plain of Siliguri
Sub-Division
260
PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014 Volume III : Road & Bridge Works
All districts of
West Bengal
Item Darjeeling
Description of Items Unit and Darjeeling Remarks
No. Hill Area
Plain of Siliguri
Sub-Division
b) Foundation concrete and cement concrete cum
grooved seating in the foundation for facing
elements (to be executed as per Item 12.05 (A) to
(E) of Ch. 12).
c) Providing, carriage, hoisting and placement of sqm 1614.00 1827.00
Facia element (180 mm thick) of RCC (M35) with
dimension and reinforcement as per provision of
clause 703.4 of MORT&H Specifications for Road
& Bridge Works inclusive of reinforcement,
shuttering, curing, transporting, placing, fixing all
complete.
d) Providing assembling, joining with facing
elements and laying of the reinforcing elements
as per provision of Clause 703.4 of Specifications
for Road & Bridge Works of MoRT&H (5th
Revision).
I. With reinforcing element of Galvanised carbon metre 33500 335.00
steel strips of 60 mm wide and 5 mm thick as per
clause 3103 of Specifications for Road & Bridge
Works of MoRT&H (5th Revision) and as per
approved design and specifications.
II. With reinforcing elements of synthetic geogrids as
per clause 3102.8 and approved design and
specifications.
(i) Height of the wall upto 5.0 m. sqm of 2000.00 2000.00
(ii) Height of the wall above 5.0 m & upto 10.0 m. fascia 3000.00 3000.00
wall
e) Earth fill with granular material which is to be cum 765.00 1359.00
retained by the wall. Granular material will be as
per Clause 3104 and placement & compaction as
per clause 3106.5 of Specifications for Road &
Bridge Works of MoRT&H (5th Revision).
Notes :
1. Construction wing should add the cost of Drainage arrangement including filter media as per approved
design and drawings.
2. The specification and construction details to be adopted shall be as per section 3100 of Specifications for
Road & Bridge Works of MoRT&H (5th Revision).
3. Length of reinforcing strips will vary with the height of wall and will be as per approved design and
drawings.
4. The type of reinforcing elements to be adopted shall be as per approved design and specifications.
5. Actual market rate for supply of reinforcing elements and their accessories are to be obtained from
reputed firms in the field of earth reinforcement.
6. The earth fill material shall be clean, free draining, granular with high friction and low cohesion, non -
corrosive, coarse grained with not 10 per cent of particles passing 75 micron sieve, free of any deleterious
matter, chlorides, salts, acids, alkalies, mineral oil, fungus and microbes and shall be of specified pH value.
7. Capping beam is to be priced separately as per approved design. The rate for cement concrete shall be
taken from Chapter 12 of Departmental Schedule of Rates.
261
Volume III : Road & Bridge Works PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014
CHAPTER - 8
TRAFFIC SIGNS, MARKINGS AND OTHER ROAD APPURTENANCES
All districts of
West Bengal
Item Darjeeling
Description of Items Unit and Darjeeling Remarks
No. Hill Area
Plain of Siliguri
Sub-Division
8.01 Cast in Situ Cement Concrete M20 Kerb
Construction of cement concrete kerb with top and
bottom width 115 and 165 mm respectively, 250 mm
high in M 20 grade PCC on M-10 grade foundation 150
mm thick, foundation having 50 mm projection beyond
kerb stone, kerb stone laid with kerb laying machine,
foundation concrete laid manually, all complete as per
clause 409 of Specifications for Road & Bridge Works of
MoRT&H (5th Revision). (The rate is inclusive of cost of
all materials, labour, hire and usage charges of
machinery and all incidental charges in this
connection.)
A) Using Concrete Mixer metre 313.00 378.00
B) Using Concrete Batching and Mixing Plant metre 306.00 372.00
8.02 Cast in Situ Cement Concrete M 20 Kerb with
Channel
Construction of cement concrete kerb with channel with
top and bottom width 115 and 165 mm respectively,
250 mm high in M 20 grade PCC on M10 grade
foundation 150 mm thick, kerb channel 300 mm wide,
50 mm thick in PCC M20 grade, sloped towards the
kerb, kerb stone with channel laid with kerb laying
machine, foundation concrete laid manually, all
complete as per clause 409 of Specifications for Road &
Bridge Works of MoRT&H (5th Revision). (The rate is
inclusive of cost of all materials, labour, hire and usage
charges of machinery and all incidental charges in this
connection.)
A) Using Concrete Mixer metre 592.00 723.00
B) Using Concrete Batching and Mixing Plant metre 587.00 718.00
8.03 Printing New Letters and Figures of any Shade
Printing new letter and figures of any shade with
synthetic enamel paint black or any other approved
colour to give an even shade as per drawings and
Technical Specification Clause 801 of Specifications for
Road & Bridge Works of MoRT&H (5th Revision).
i) Hindi (Matras commas and the like not to be 0.80 0.80
per cm
measured and paid for. Half letters shall be
per
counted as half only)
letter
ii) English and Roman 0.50 0.50
8.04 Retro-Reflectorised Traffic Signs
Providing and fixing of retro- reflectorised cautionary,
mandatory and informatory sign as per IRC :67 made of
high intensity grade sheeting vide clause 801.3, fixed
over aluminium sheeting, 1.5 mm thick supported on a
mild steel angle iron post 75 mm x 75 mm x 6 mm
firmly fixed to the ground by means of properly
designed foundation with M15 grade cement concrete
45 cm x 45 cm x 60 cm, 60 cm below ground level as per
262
PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014 Volume III : Road & Bridge Works
All districts of
West Bengal
Item Darjeeling
Description of Items Unit and Darjeeling Remarks
No. Hill Area
Plain of Siliguri
Sub-Division
approved drawing and Clause 801 of Specifications for
Road & Bridge Works of MoRT&H (5th Revision).
i) 90 cm equilateral triangle each 4860.00 4953.00
ii) 60 cm equilateral triangle each 3164.00 3258.00
iii) 60 cm circular each 4274.00 4368.00
iv) 80 mm x 60 mm rectangular each 5996.00 6090.00
v) 60 cm x 45 cm rectangular each 4161.00 4254.00
vi) 60 cm x 60 cm square each 4947.00 5041.00
vii) 90 cm high octagon each 7675.00 7768.00
8.05 Direction and Place Identification Signs upto 0.9
sqm Size Board.
Providing and erecting direction and place sqm 10731.00 10835.00
identification retro-reflectorised sign as per IRC:67
made of high intensity grade sheeting vide clause 801.3,
fixed over aluminium sheeting, 2 mm thick with area
not exceeding 0.9 sqm supported on a mild steel single
angle iron post 75 x 75 x 6 mm firmly fixed to the
ground by means of properly designed foundation with
M15 grade cement concrete 45 x 45 x 60 cm, 60 cm
below ground level as per approved drawing and Clause
801 of Specifications for Road & Bridge Works of
MoRT&H (5th Revision)..
8.06 Direction and Place Identification Signs with size
more than 0.9 sqm size Board.
Providing and erecting direction and place sqm 11102.00 11226.00
identification retro- reflectorised sign as per IRC :67
made of high intensity grade sheeting vide clause 801.3,
fixed over aluminium sheeting, 2 mm thick with area
exceeding 0.9 sqm supported on a mild steel angle iron
post 75 mm x 75 mm x 6 mm, 2 Nos. firmly fixed to the
ground by means of properly designed foundation with
M 15 grade cement concrete 45 cm x 45 cm x 60 cm, 60
cm below ground level as per approved drawing and
Clause 801 of Specifications for Road & Bridge Works of
MoRT&H (5th Revision)..
8.07 Providing & fixing Concrete Sign Board as per IRC each 2410.00 2841.00
specification of size 900 x 750 x 37 mm. thick made with
RCC 1:1½:3 with pakur variety stone chips reinforced
with double layer IRC febric (75 x 75 mm. mesh) and
fixed with necessary nuts & bolts on two RC precast
posts 100 mm. x 150 mm. of height 2.65 m. of which top
750 mm. is of section 100 x 13 mm. and 1.90 metre
above GL & 0.75 metre below GL including digging hole,
repacking the same with cement concrete 1:3:6 with
jhama khoa or with local stone chips etc. complete
including painting two coats on both faces lettering
sign marks etc. as per direction of the Engineer-in-
Charge. (The rate is inclusive of cost of reinforcement,
concrete, shuttering, nuts & bolts, washer etc.
complete.)
8.08 Retro reflective Road Marking (Cold applied) sqm 349.00 349.00
263
Volume III : Road & Bridge Works PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014
All districts of
West Bengal
Item Darjeeling
Description of Items Unit and Darjeeling Remarks
No. Hill Area
Plain of Siliguri
Sub-Division
8.09 Road Marking with Hot Applied Thermoplastic
Compound with Reflectorising Glass Beads on
Bituminous Surface
Providing and laying of hot applied thermoplastic sqm 584.00 584.00
compound 2.5 mm thick including reflectorising glass
beads @ 250 gms per sqm area, thickness of 2.5 mm is
exclusive of surface applied glass beads as per IRC:35.
The finished surface to be level, uniform and free from
streaks and holes complete as per Clause 803 of
Specifications for Road & Bridge Works of MoRT&H
(5th Revision).
8.10 Kilometre Stone
Reinforced cement concrete M15 grade kilometre stone
of standard design as per IRC:8-1980, fixing in position
including painting and printing etc.
(i) 5th kilometre stone (precast) each 2947.00 3162.00
(ii) Ordinary kilometer stone (precast) each 1749.00 1890.00
(iii) Hectometer stone (precast) each 498.00 527.00
8.11 Road Delineators
Supplying and installation of delineators (road way each 386.00 386.00
indicators, hazard markers, object markers), 80-100 cm
high above ground level, painted black and white in 15
cm wide strips, fitted with 80 x 100 mm rectangular or
75 mm dia circular reflectorised panels at the top,
buried or pressed into the ground and conforming to
IRC-79 and the drawings.
8.12 Fencing With Welded Steel Wire Fabric 75 mm x 50
mm
Providing 1.20 metre high fencing with angle iron posts metre 537.00 542.00
50 mm x 50 mm x 6 mm at 3 metre center to center
with 0.40 metre embedded in M15 grade cement
concrete, corner, end and every 10th post to be strutted,
provided with welded steel wire fabric of 75 mm x 50
mm mesh or 75 mm x 25 mm mesh and fixed to iron
posts by flat iron 50 x 5 mm and bolts etc. complete in
all respects.
8.13 Reinforced Cement Concrete Crash Barrier
Provision of an Reinforced cement concrete crash metre 1791.00 1824.00
barrier at the edges of the road, approaches to bridge
structures and medians, constructed with M-20 grade
concrete with HYSD reinforcement conforming to
IRC:21 and dowel bars 25 mm dia, 450 mm long at
expansion joints filled with pre-moulded asphalt filler
board, keyed to the structure on which it is built and
installed as per design given in the enclosure to MOST
circular No. RW/NH - 33022/1/94-DO III dated 24 June
1994 as per dimensions in the approved drawing and at
locations directed by the Engineer-in-Charge, all as
specified.
Note: Add : Cost of 0.30 cum/metre M20 Grade concrete only
to arrive at consolidated rate.
264
PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014 Volume III : Road & Bridge Works
All districts of
West Bengal
Item Darjeeling
Description of Items Unit and Darjeeling Remarks
No. Hill Area
Plain of Siliguri
Sub-Division
8.14 Metal Beam Crash Barrier
A Type - A, "W" : Metal Beam Crash Barrier
Providing and erecting a "W" metal beam crash metre 2615.00 2712.00
barrier comprising of 3 mm thick corrugated sheet
metal beam rail, 70 cm above road/ground level,
fixed on ISMC series channel vertical post, 150 x 75 x
5 mm spaced 2 m centre to centre, 1.8 m high, 1.1 m
below ground/road level, all steel parts and fitments
to be galvanized by hot dip process, all fittings to
conform to IS:1367 andIS:1364, metal beam rail to
be fixed on the vertical post with a spacer of channel
section 150 x 75 x 5 mm, 330 mm long complete as
per Clause 811.3 of Specifications for Road & Bridge
Works of MoRT&H (5th Revision)..
B Type - B, "THRIE" : Metal Beam Crash Barrier
Providing and erecting a "Thrie" metal beam crash metre 3301.00 3403.00
barrier comprising of 3 mm thick corrugated sheet
metal beam rail, 85 cm above road/ground level,
fixed on ISMC series channel vertical post, 150 x 75 x
5 mm spaced 2 m centre to centre, 2 m high with 1.15
m below ground level, all steel parts and fitments to
be galvanised by hot dip process, all fittings to
conform to IS:1367 and IS:1364, metal beam rail to
be fixed on the vertical post with a space of channel
section 150 x 75 x 5 mm, 546 mm long complete as
per Clause 811.3 of Specifications for Road & Bridge
Works of MoRT&H (5th Revision)..
8.15 Road Markers/Road Stud with Lense Reflector
Providing and fixing of road stud 100x 100 mm, die-cast each 69.00 69.00
in aluminium, resistant to corrosive effect of salt and
grit, fitted with lens reflectors, installed in concrete or
asphaltic surface by drilling hole 30 mm upto a depth of
60 mm and bedded in a suitable bituminous grout or
epoxy mortar, all as per BIS 873 part 4:1973
8.17 R.C. Guard post
Supplying fitting and fixing R.C. guard post 1.37m long each 912.00 980.00
with C.C. 1:2:4 with graded stone chips of 13.2mm down
casting , curing complete including cost of providing
4nos.of 12mm dia. rod of length 1.54m as main
reinforcement and 6 nos. of round shaped 8mm dia rods
used as binders; the placing of the first binder should be
at 75mm below the top finished surface and the other 5
nos of binders should be placed at 245mm c/c ; the
guard post is of octagonal section with inscribed circle
of dia 24cm at the base tapering to corresponding
dimensions of 16cm at the top including two coats of
painting with best quality synthetic enamel paint of
approved make and grade to form 6 nos. horizontal
alternate bands in white/tannery yellow and black to
90 cm length standing up above ground after
mendinggood damages if any during striking off
shuttering,making hole in ground of 47cm depth and
30cm. minimum dia, fixing the guard posts in the same
265
Volume III : Road & Bridge Works PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014
All districts of
West Bengal
Item Darjeeling
Description of Items Unit and Darjeeling Remarks
No. Hill Area
Plain of Siliguri
Sub-Division
holes and repacking the earth properly so as to keep the
guard posts standing properly erect in correct position
true to line and length including carriage of R. C. Guard
Post with due care to the site including loading into the
truck and unloading at site complete in all respect.
With Pakur variety stone chips
8.18 Painting (one coat) guard posts with 6nos. of 16cm each 120.00 120.00
wide horizontal alternate band in different colours
after the scrapping the surface free from old paint etc.
as directed with best quality synthetic enamel paint of
approved make and brand after fixing old existing
guard post in correct position true to line and level with
repacking the ground at base properly and mending
good damages if necessary complete in all respect.
8.19 Painting (one coat) K.M. post with best quality
synthetic enamel paint of approved make and brand of
different shades as directed after cleaning and washing
the surface including mending good damages as
necessary complete in all respect.
a) 5th K.M. Post each 104.00 104.00
b) Ordinary K.M. Post each 67.00 67.00
8.20 Painting (one coat) 200 m post with best quality each 23.00 23.00
synthetic enamel paint of approved make and brand of
different shades as directed after cleaning and washing
the surface including mending good damages as
necessary, complete in all respect.
8.21 Painting the vertical end faces of posts, wheel
guards or railing or parapet with alternate bands of
different colours as directed by the Engineer-in-charge
with approved synthetic enamel paint.
a) One Coat sqm 62.00 62.00
b) Two Coats sqm 99.00 99.00
8.22 Supply fitting and fixing Boundary Pillars as per each 1179.00 1410.00
type design IRC-25 1969 with cement concrete 1:2:4
with stone chips including cost of providing 2 nos. of 6
mm dia M.S. rods of length 1.84 m in the form of
inverted U-Shape as main reinforcements placed
crosswise to each other and 5 nos. of round shaped 6
mm dia M.S. rods used as binders; the placing of 1st
binder should be at 75mm below the top finished
surface and the other 4 nos. of binders should be placed
at 1.85mm C/C and to be of 90 cm. long with 20cm dia
at the base tapering to 15cm dia at the top with head
properly round and sunk inscriptions (as directed) at
the side with 60cm embedment into the ground after
making hole in the ground of size 50cm x 50cm x 75cm
and repacking the hole properly with cement conc.
1:4:8 with stone chips and finishing the exposed portion
of 30cm length with white wash & painting the
inscription as directed including carriage of the post to
the site with loading & unloading etc. complete in all
respect. With Pakur variety stone chips.
266
PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014 Volume II : Road & Bridge Works
CHAPTER - 9
HORTICULTURE
All districts of
West Bengal
Item Darjeeling
Description of Items Unit and Darjeeling Remarks
No. Hill Area
Plain of Siliguri
Sub-Division
9.01 Spreading of Sludge Farm Yard Manure or/and
good Earth
Spreading of sludge farm yard manure or/ and good cum 19.80 19.80
earth in required thickness (cost of sludge, farm yard
manure or/and good earth to be paid for separately)
9.02 Making Lawns including Ploughing and Dragging
with 'Swagha' Breaking of Clod
Making lawns including ploughing and breaking of sqm 20.20 20.20
clod, removal of rubbish, dressing and supplying doobs
grass roots and planting at 15 cm apart, including
supplying and spreading of farm yard manure at rate of
0.18 cum per 100 sqm
9.03 Maintenance of Lawns or Turfing of Slopes
Maintenance of lawns or Turfing of slopes (rough sqm 60.30 61.60
grassing) for a period of one year including watering
etc.
9.04 Planting and Maintaining of Permanent Hedges
(a) Planting permanent hedges including digging
of trenches
Planting permanent hedges including digging of metre 205.80 205.80
trenches, 60 cm wide and 45 cm deep, refilling the
excavated earth mixed with farmyard manure,
supplied at the rate of 4.65 cum per 100 metres
and supplying and planting hedge plants at 30 cm
apart.
(b) Maintenance of hedge for one year metre 122.30 122.70
9.05 Planting and Maintaining of Flowering Plants and
Shrubs
(a) Planting flowering plants and shrubs in km 22397.00 22449.00
central verge
per km
Maintenance of flowering plants and shrubs
(b) per 133653.00 134433.00
in central verge for one year
year
9.06 Planting of Trees and their Maintenance for one
Year
Planting of trees by the road side (Avenue trees) in each 688.00 690.00
0.60m dia holes, 1 m deep dug in the ground, mixing the
soil with decayed farm yard/sludge manure, planting
the saplings, backfilling the trench, watering, fixing the
tree guard and maintaining the plants for one year.
9.07 Renovation Lawns including, Weeding, Forking the
Ground, Top Dressing with Forked Soil
Renovation lawns including, weeding, forking the sqm 9.80 9.80
ground, top dressing with forked soil, watering and
maintenance the lawns, for 30 days or more, till the
grass forms a thick lawn, free from weeds, and fit for
moving and disposal of rubbish as directed, including
supplying good earth, if needed but excluding the cost
of well decayed farm yard manure.
267
Volume III : Road & Bridge Works PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014
All districts of
West Bengal
Item Darjeeling
Description of Items Unit and Darjeeling Remarks
No. Hill Area
Plain of Siliguri
Sub-Division
9.08 Half Brick Circular Tree Guard, in 2nd Class Brick,
internal diameter 1.25 metres, and height 1.2
metres, above ground and 0.20 metre below ground
Half brick circular tree guard, in 2nd class brick, each 1705.00 2312.00
internal diametre 1.25 metres, and height 1.2 metres,
above ground and 0.20 metre below ground, bottom
two courses laid dry, and top three courses in cement
mortar 1:6 (1 cement 6 sand) and the intermediate
courses being in dry honey comb masonry, as per design
complete
9.09 Edging with 2nd Class Bricks, Laid Dry Lengthwise
Edging with 2nd class bricks, laid dry lengthwise, metre 34.30 47.00
including excavation, refilling, consolidation, with a
hand packing and spreading nearly surplus earth
within a lead of 50 metres
9.10 Making Tree Guard 53 cm dia and 2 Metre High as
per Design from Empty Bitumen Drums
Making tree guard 53 cm dia and 2 metres high as per each 482.00 491.00
design from empty bitumen drums, slit suitably to
permit sun and air, (supplied by the department at
stock issue rate) including providing and fixing four
legs 40 cm long of 30 x 3 mm MS riveted to tree guard
and providing and fixing 2 nos MS sheet rings 50 x 0.5
mm with rivets complete in all respects.
9.11 Tree Guard with MS Angle Iron and Steel Wire
Providing and fixing tree guard 0.60 metre square, 2.00 each 2550.00 3094.00
metre high fabricated with MS angle iron 30 x 30 x 3
mm, MS iron 25 x 3 mm and steel wire3 mm dia welded
and fabricated as per design in two halves bolted
together.
9.12 Compensatory Afforestation
Planting trees as compensatory afforestation at the hetare 90002.00 91921.00
rate of 290 trees per hectare at a spacing of 6 m by
grubbing and leveling the ground upto a depth of 150
mm, digging holes 0.9 m dia, 1 m deep, mixing farm
yard/sludge manure with soil, planting of sapling 2 m
high with 25 cm dia stem, backfilling the hole and
watering.
268
PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014 Volume III : Road & Bridge Works
CHAPTER - 10
MAINTENANCE OF ROADS
All districts of
West Bengal
Item Darjeeling
Description of Items Unit and Darjeeling Remarks
No. Hill Area
Plain of Siliguri
Sub-Division
10.01 Dressing and chilchalling Road flanks including sqm 12.20 12.20
cutting and filling with earth up to 150 mm average
thickness finished with outward cross-grade of 1 in 30.
(Extra quantity of earth for filling shall be obtained
from road side borrow pits.)
10.02 Restoration of Rain Cuts
Restoration of rain cuts with soil, moorum gravel or a cum 140.00 144.00
mixture of these, clearing the loose soil, benching for
300mm width laying fresh material in layers not
exceeding 250 mm and compaction with plate
compactor or power rammer to restore the original
alignment, level and slopes as per drawings and
technical specifications Clause 1902 for Rural Roads of
MORD.
10.03 A. Maintenance of Earthen shoulder (filling with
fresh selected soil)
Making up loss of material/irregularities on sqm 26.20 26.80
shoulders to the design level by adding fresh
approved selected soil and compacting with
appropriate equipment at OMC upto a lead of 1000
m as per technical specification Clause 1903 for
Rural Roads of MORD. (Average thickness 150 mm)
B. Maintenance of Earthen shoulder (stripping of
excess soil)
Stripping excess soil from the shoulder surface to sqm 13.20 13.50
achieve the approved level and compacting with
plate compactor at OMC as per drawings and
Technical Specification Clause 1903 for Rural
Roads of MORD. (Average thickness 150 mm)
10.04 Maintenance of Non-bituminous Base and Sub-Base
or WBM Road
Patching of potholes by draining water, cutting the cum 448.00 424.00 Construction
pothole area to rectangular shape with vertical edges, wing is to add
removing all loose materials, screening and stacking the cost of
1.21 m3 of
the same for reuse with new materials as per
Grading-II
requirement, filling the pothole area with additional aggregates &
volume of crushed stone materials / laterite / Jhama / 0.24 m3 of
broken shingles / coated stones of Pakur variety etc. Type-B
and screenings as applicable, and compacting the same screening to
with static roller as per Water Bound Macadam arrive at the
Specification, including cost of all materials and complete
machineries. rate.
Note: 1. The payment is to be done based on loose net volume
of coarse aggregates only.
2. This item of work may be executed for temporary
restoration of road and should be covered with
bituminous overlay as soon as possible.
269
Volume III : Road & Bridge Works PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014
All districts of
West Bengal
Item Darjeeling
Description of Items Unit and Darjeeling Remarks
No. Hill Area
Plain of Siliguri
Sub-Division
3. If filling is done using coated stone aggregates, a 75mm
thick WBM (grading- II) layer shall overlay the fill using
Pakur stone materials, before laying of bituminous course.
10.05 Maintenance of Bituminous surface road
i) Repair to pot holes by removal of failed material, cum 2259.00 2325.00
trimming the sides to vertical and leveling the
bottom, cleaning the same with compressed air or
any appropriate method filled with B.M (thickness
not more than 75 mm in single layer) applying
bitumen emulsion prime coat at the bottom and
bitumen emulsion tack coat on sides and on bottom
as per technical specifications Clauses 502 and 503
for Rural Roads of MORD.
ii) Patch repair on already filled pot holes with BM sqm 75.00 77.00
with 20 mm premix carpet and seal coat Type B as
per drawings and technical specification Clause
1904.2 for Rural Roads of MORD.
iii) Patch repair on already filled pot holes with BM sqm 17.50 18.10
with 12 mm premix carpet using premixed stone
chips of approved quality with hot matrix using
1.00 m3 of 11.2 mm chips and 0.6m3 of 5.6 mm
chips per 100 m2 of surface, including preheating
the stone chips on suitable pans and intimately
mixing the hot chips separately with hot matrix @
56 kg per m3 of stone chips, laying the mixture
uniformly over the surface and rolling with power
roller, after hand packing and pinning adequately
to ensure a compact surface.
iv) Patch repair on already filled pot holes with BM sqm 10.60 11.20
with 6 mm premix carpet using premixed stone
chips of approved quality with hot matrix using
0.80 m3 of 11.2 mm chips and 0.25m3 of 5.6 mm
chips per 100 m2 of surface, including preheating
the stone chips on suitable pans and intimately
mixing the hot chips separately with hot matrix @
70 kg per m3 of stone chips, laying the mixture
uniformly over the surface and rolling with power
roller, after hand packing and pinning adequately
to ensure a compact surface.
Note: Add cost and carriages of materials as specified to get
the final consolidated rate.
10.06 A. Pre-coating Chips
Pre-coating stone aggregates with hot matrix @ 56 cum 714.00 727.00
kg/m3 of net volume of stone aggregate in concrete
mixer including preheating the stone aggregate at a
suitable temperature including the cost of carriage
of the stone aggregate at the mixing yard and
carriage of the pre-coated materials for dumping at
a suitable place as directed including cost and
carriage of bitumen and hire charges of machineries
and all incidental charges complete as per direction
of Engineer-in-charge.
270
PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014 Volume III : Road & Bridge Works
All districts of
West Bengal
Item Darjeeling
Description of Items Unit and Darjeeling Remarks
No. Hill Area
Plain of Siliguri
Sub-Division
(ii) Within a distance above 10 kms and up to 20 kms. cum 1235.00 1282.00
271
Volume III : Road & Bridge Works PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014
All districts of
West Bengal
Item Darjeeling
Description of Items Unit and Darjeeling Remarks
No. Hill Area
Plain of Siliguri
Sub-Division
272
PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014 Volume III : Road & Bridge Works
All districts of
West Bengal
Item Darjeeling
Description of Items Unit and Darjeeling Remarks
No. Hill Area
Plain of Siliguri
Sub-Division
273
PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014 Volume III : Road & Bridge Works
CHAPTER - 11
PIPE CULVERTS
All districts of
West Bengal
Item Darjeeling
Description of Items Unit and Darjeeling Remarks
No. Hill Area
Plain of Siliguri
Sub-Division
11.01 Excavation for Structures
Earthwork in excavation for foundation of structures cum 104.00 104.00
upto 3 m depth as per drawing and technical
specification Clause 1104 for Rural Roads of MORD
including setting out, construction of shoring and
bracing, removal of stumps and other deleterious
matter, dressing of sides and bottom and backfilling
with approved material.
11.02 Bedding for Pipe
i) Type A (Concrete Cradle) Bedding
Laying concrete cradle bedding with M15 Grade cum 1605.00 1985.00
Cement Concrete as per Clause 1105 (i) for Rural
Roads of MORD
ii) Type B (First Class) Bedding
Laying (First Class) bedding on well compacted cum 164.00 283.00
sand, moorum or approved granular material as
per Clause 1105 (ii) for Rural Roads of MORD
Note: Add cost and carriage of materials to get the final
consolidated item rate.
11.03 Providing and Laying Reinforced Cement Concrete
Pipe NP3 as per design in Single Row
Providing and laying reinforced cement concrete pipe
NP3 with spigot socket for culverts on first class
bedding of granular material in single row including
fixing with cement mortar 1:2 but excluding excavation,
protection works, backfilling, concrete and masonry
works in head walls and parapets Clause 1106 for Rural
Roads of MORD.
(A) 1200 mm dia metre 946.00 954.00
(B) 1000 mm dia metre 680.00 685.00
(C) 900 mm dia metre 567.00 572.00
(D) 600 mm dia metre 350.00 353.00
Note: Add cost and carriage of Pipe to get the final
consolidated item rate.
11.04 Providing and Laying Reinforced Cement Concrete
Pipe NP4 as per design in Single Row
Providing and laying reinforced cement concrete pipe
NP4 with spigot socket for culverts on first class
bedding of granular material in single row including
fixing with cement mortar 1:2 but excluding excavation,
protection works, backfilling, concrete and masonry
works in head walls and parapets Clause 1106 for Rural
Roads of MORD.
(A) 1200 mm dia metre 1153.00 1161.00
(B) 1000 mm dia metre 917.00 922.00
(C) 900 mm dia metre 771.00 776.00
(D) 600 mm dia metre 394.00 397.00
274
PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014 Volume III : Road & Bridge Works
All districts of
West Bengal
Item Darjeeling
Description of Items Unit and Darjeeling Remarks
No. Hill Area
Plain of Siliguri
Sub-Division
Note: Add cost and carriage of Pipe to get the final
consolidated item rate.
11.05 Providing and Laying Reinforced Cement Concrete
Pipe NP3 as per Design in Double Row
Providing and laying reinforced cement concrete pipe
NP3 with spigot socket for culverts on first class
bedding of granular material in double row including
fixing with cement mortar 1:2 but excluding excavation,
protection works, backfilling, concrete and masonry
works in head walls and parapets as per Clause 1106
for Rural Roads of MORD.
(A) 1200 mm dia metre 1951.00 2129.00
(B) 1000 mm dia metre 1397.00 1408.00
(C) 900 mm dia metre 1168.00 1178.00
(D) 600 mm dia metre 699.00 704.00
Note: Add cost and carriage of Pipe to get the final
consolidated item rate.
11.06 Providing and Laying Reinforced Cement Concrete
Pipe NP4 as per Design in Double Row
Providing and laying reinforced cement concrete pipe
NP4 with spigot socket for culverts on first class
bedding of granular material in double row including
fixing with cement mortar 1:2 but excluding excavation,
protection works, backfilling, concrete and masonry
works in head walls and parapets as per Clause 1106
for Rural Roads of MORD.
(A) 1200 mm dia metre 2365.00 2381.00
(B) 1000 mm dia metre 1871.00 1881.00
(C) 900 mm dia metre 1575.00 1586.00
(D) 600 mm dia metre 788.00 793.00
Note: Add cost and carriage of Pipe to get the final
consolidated item rate.
275
PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014 Volume III : Road & Bridge Works
CHAPTER - 12
FOUNDATIONS
All districts of
West Bengal
Item Darjeeling
Description of Items Unit and Darjeeling Remarks
No. Hill Area
Plain of Siliguri
Sub-Division
12.01 Excavation for Structures
Earth work in excavation of foundation of structures
as per drawing and technical specification, including
setting out, removing, spreading or stacking of spoils
within a lead of 150 m. as directed and including
trimming the sides of the trenches, leveling, dressing
and ramming the bottom, and backfilling with
approved material complete as per direction of the
Engineer-in-Charge .
I. In all sorts of soil excluding marshy soil &
rocks (soft or hard) by manual means.
a) upto 3 m depth
(i) With pumping out water including shoring cum 124.00 124.00
as required.
(ii) With pumping out water excluding shoring cum 123.00 123.00
(iii) Without pumping out water but including cum 115.00 115.00
shoring as required
(iv) Without pumping out water and shoring cum 114.00 114.00
b) 3 m to 6 m depth
(i) With pumping out water including shoring cum 165.00 165.00
as required.
(ii) With pumping out water excluding shoring cum 164.00 164.00
(iii) Without pumping out water but including cum 148.00 148.00
shoring as required
(iv) Without pumping out water and shoring cum 146.00 146.00
c) Above 6 m depth
(i) With pumping out water including shoring cum 228.00 228.00
as required.
(ii) With pumping out water excluding shoring cum 226.00 226.00
(iii) Without pumping out water but including cum 197.00 197.00
shoring as required
(iv) Without pumping out water and shoring cum 195.00 195.00
II. In all sorts of soil excluding marshy soil &
rocks (soft or hard) by mechanical means
(using excavator of suitable capacity).
(i) Depth upto 3 m
(i) With pumping out water. cum 47.00 49.00
(ii) Without pumping out water cum 46.00 47.00
(ii) Depth 3 m to 6 m
(i) With pumping out water. cum 55.00 57.00
(ii) Without pumping out water cum 52.00 54.00
(iii) Depth above 6m
(i) With pumping out water. cum 69.00 72.00
(ii) Without pumping out water cum 64.00 67.00
276
Volume III : Road & Bridge Works PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014
All districts of
West Bengal
Item Darjeeling
Description of Items Unit and Darjeeling Remarks
No. Hill Area
Plain of Siliguri
Sub-Division
III. In ordinary rock (not requiring blasting)
A By Manual Means
(i) With pumping out water. cum 175.00 175.00
(ii) Without pumping out water cum 162.00 162.00
B By mechanical means (using excavator of
suitable capacity).
(i) With pumping out water. cum 62.00 64.00
(ii) Without pumping out water cum 57.00 59.00
IV In Hard rock (requiring blasting) including
cost of hire & operational charges of air
compressor with necessary accessories and cost
of all necessary blasting materials.
(i) With pumping out water. cum 62.00 64.00
(ii) Without pumping out water cum 57.00 59.00
V In Hard rock ( blasting prohibited )
(i) With pumping out water. cum 411.00 414.00
(ii) Without pumping out water cum 385.00 387.00
VI In Marshy soil for depth upto 3 m depth
A By Manual means
(i) With pumping out water including shoring cum 579.00 586.00
as required.
(ii) With pumping out water excluding shoring cum 540.00 547.00
(iii) Without pumping out water but including cum 502.00 509.00
shoring as required
(iv) Without pumping out water and shoring cum 463.00 470.00
B By Mechanical Means using excavator of
suitable capacity and tipper trucks.
(i) With pumping out water including shoring cum 130.00 132.00
as required.
(ii) With pumping out water excluding shoring cum 121.00 124.00
(iii) Without pumping out water but including cum 113.00 115.00
shoring as required
(iv) Without pumping out water and shoring cum 105.00 107.00
12.02 Earthwork in filling in foundation trenches with cum 92.00 92.00
good earth in layers not exceeding 15cm. including
watering and ramming layer by layer complete with
earth obtained from excavation of foundation or from
fresh excavation of land arranged by Department Applicable
within a lead of 150 m. for
12.03 Earth in filling in foundation trenches and at the cum 161.00 161.00 foundation
back of abutments with good earth (sandy soil) in trenches in
layers not exceeding 15 cm. including watering and Rocky &
ramming layer by layer complete with earth obtained Marshy soil.
by fresh excavation from land arranged by
Department beyond 150 m. but within 300 m.
including all lifts. Earth to be approved by the
Engineer-in-charge.
277
PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014 Volume III : Road & Bridge Works
All districts of
West Bengal
Item Darjeeling
Description of Items Unit and Darjeeling Remarks
No. Hill Area
Plain of Siliguri
Sub-Division
12.04 Sand filling in foundation trenches and at the back cum 177.00 304.00
of abutments, wing-walls etc. with good local sand
free from earth in layers not exceeding 15 cm.
including inundating each layer by profuse water and
poking and ramming layer by layer complete including
supply of sand. Quality of sand is to be approved by the
Engineer-in-charge.
Note : 1. Labour rate per m³ is provided; Cost of sand is to be
added to arrive at the complete item rate.
2. Compaction factor of dry clean sand is 0.835;
Suitable correction should be made for bulkage of
sand.
12.05 Plain / Reinforced Cement Concrete in Open
foundation with or without reinforcements, in any
part of foundation of bridges / culverts with graded
stone chips of appropriate nominal sizes, including
screening and cleaning of coarse aggregates, fine
aggregate (sand) conforming to proper grading zone,
both of approved quality and cement, as necessary,
cost of curing with water, including cost and carriage
of all materials and including preparation of design
mix, approval of the same by the Engineer-in-Charge,
cost for quality control, sampling, testing etc. including
cost of formwork but excluding reinforcement
complete as per drawing and technical specifications.
A PCC Grade M20 cum 2175.00 2617.00
B RCC Grade M20
I) Using concrete mixer cum 2178.00 2625.00
II) With Batching Plant, Transit Mixer and cum 1913.00 2369.00
Concrete Pump
C PCC Grade M25
I) Using concrete mixer cum 2302.00 2746.00
II) With Batching Plant, Transit Mixer and cum 2039.00 2491.00
Concrete Pump
D RCC Grade M25
I) Using concrete mixer cum 2306.00 2755.00
II) With Batching Plant, Transit Mixer and cum 2043.00 2500.00
Concrete Pump
E PCC Grade M30
I) Using concrete mixer cum 2302.00 2745.00
II) With Batching Plant, Transit Mixer and cum 2039.00 2490.00
Concrete Pump
F RCC Grade M30
I) Using concrete mixer cum 2300.00 2748.00
II) With Batching Plant, Transit Mixer and cum 2037.00 2494.00
Concrete Pump
G RCC Grade M35
I) Using concrete mixer cum 2336.00 2787.00
II) With Batching Plant, Transit Mixer and cum 2075.00 2534.00
Concrete Pump
278
Volume III : Road & Bridge Works PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014
All districts of
West Bengal
Item Darjeeling
Description of Items Unit and Darjeeling Remarks
No. Hill Area
Plain of Siliguri
Sub-Division
Note: (Applicable for all the item in Sl.12.05)
1 Construction wing is to add cost and carriage of
cement and coarse aggregates as per requirement
vide Table 3.2-1 of Section only, as per consumption
chart to arrive at consolidated rate.
2 While actually providing the item in estimate or
agreement of work, maximum nominal size of
coarse aggregates intended to be used should be
selected and mentioned in the item.
3 From durability consideration, the value of
minimum cement content and maximum water
cement ratio to be considered in the mix design
shall be mentioned in the items as per the direction
of the Engineer-in-Charge.
12.06 Providing and constructing Temporary Island for
construction of Well foundation.
A Construction of Temporary Island assuming
depth of water 1.0 m and height of island upto
1.25m. by sand / dry soil filled cement /
polyethylene bags and removal of the same after
main construction activity.
i) Area of Island between 100 m² to 120 m² each 23448.00 24095.00
ii) Area of Island between 120 m² to 140 m² each 27119.00 27902.00
iii) Area of Island between 140 m² to 160 m² each 31049.00 31982.00
B Construction of Temporary Island by
construction of outer annular layer with two rows
of bullahs, suitable spaced, of dia. not less than
150 mm, driven at least half of the total length,
properly tied, braced and supported and filling the
annular space with sand / soil filled bags,
protected by drum sheet walling on both side and
filling the core portion with locally available
materials including the dismantling, removing
and cleaning the site of the construction of main
component of the structure.
i) Area of Island between 100 m² to 120 m²
a) Height above bed level upto 2.25 m. each 273317.00 274829.00
b) Height above bed level upto 3.25 m. each 389754.00 392152.00
a) Height above bed level upto 4.25 m. each 501445.00 503280.00
ii) Area of Island between 120 m² to 140 m²
a) Height above bed level upto 2.25 m. each 304428.00 305408.00
b) Height above bed level upto 3.25 m. each 429047.00 430462.00
a) Height above bed level upto 4.25 m. each 553659.00 555509.00
iii) Area of Island between 140 m² to 160 m²
a) Height above bed level upto 2.25 m. each 331467.00 332632.00
b) Height above bed level upto 3.25 m. each 467117.00 468800.00
a) Height above bed level upto 4.25 m. each 618672.00 621668.00
279
PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014 Volume III : Road & Bridge Works
All districts of
West Bengal
Item Darjeeling
Description of Items Unit and Darjeeling Remarks
No. Hill Area
Plain of Siliguri
Sub-Division
12.07 A. Providing and constructing Service Road of metre 1365.00 1385.00
width 4.0 m to reach island location from one pier
location to another pier location with height upto 1
m. by sand / dry soil filled cement / polyethylene
bags and removal of the same after main
construction activity.
B. Providing and constructing Temporary Service
Road of width not less than 3.75 m over river for
movement of men, equipment and construction
machineries from one pier / abutment location to
another pier / abutment location considering
necessary stability and safety aspects by providing
and driving suitable piles, providing fitting, fixing
suitable R.S. Joist, Channels, angles and wooden
sleeper as per design requirement including
dismantling and taking out the entire service road
after construction.
i) With Eucalyptus bullah Pile: metre 5188.00 5244.00
(Height of deck above bed level upto 2.25m)
ii) With R. S. Joist Pile
a) Height of deck above bed level above 2.25 m metre 11194.00 -
& upto 3.25 m.
b) Height of deck above bed level above 3.25 m metre 11363.00 -
& upto 4.25 m.
12.08 Providing and laying Steel Cutting edge weighing kg 36.00 36.30
40 kg per metre for Well foundation including cost
& carriage of all materials complete as per drawing
and technical specification and direction of Engineer-
in-charge.
Note: Add cost and carriage of Structural steel in plates,
angles, etc. to arrive at complete rate.
12.09 Plain / Reinforced Cement Concrete, in Well
foundation with coarse aggregates of appropriate
nominal size and grading, fine aggregate (sand)
conforming to proper grading zone, both of approved
quality, cement and water reducing admixtures, as
necessary, including labour, cost and carriage of all
materials and including preparation of design mix,
approval of the same by the Engineer-in-Charge and
cost for quality control, sampling, testing etc. all
complete as per drawing and technical specification
including the cost of necessary form work and staging
complete.
A In Well curb
(i) RCC M20 Grade
I) Using concrete mixer cum 3023.00 3566.00
II) With Batching Plant, Transit Mixer and cum 2717.00 3271.00
Concrete Pump
280
Volume III : Road & Bridge Works PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014
All districts of
West Bengal
Item Darjeeling
Description of Items Unit and Darjeeling Remarks
No. Hill Area
Plain of Siliguri
Sub-Division
(ii) RCC M25 Grade
I) Using concrete mixer cum 3258.00 3807.00
II) With Batching Plant, Transit Mixer and cum 2953.00 3511.00
Concrete Pump
(iii) RCC M35 Grade
I) Using concrete mixer cum 3385.00 3945.00
II) With Batching Plant, Transit Mixer and cum 3080.00 3650.00
Concrete Pump
B In Well steining
(i) PCC M20 Grade cum 2492.00 2969.00
(ii) RCC M20 Grade
I) Using concrete mixer cum 2495.00 2978.00
II) With Batching Plant, Transit Mixer and cum 2215.00 2708.00
Concrete Pump
(iii) PCC M25 Grade
I) Using concrete mixer cum 2667.00 3148.00
II) With Batching Plant, Transit Mixer and cum 2389.00 2879.00
Concrete Pump
(iv) RCC M25 Grade
I) Using concrete mixer cum 2673.00 3160.00
II) With Batching Plant, Transit Mixer and cum 2393.00 2889.00
Concrete Pump
(v) PCC M30 Grade
I) Using concrete mixer cum 2686.00 3168.00
II) With Batching Plant, Transit Mixer and cum 2405.00 2897.00
Concrete Pump
(vi) RCC M30 Grade
I) Using concrete mixer cum 2684.00 3172.00
II) With Batching Plant, Transit Mixer and cum 2404.00 2902.00
Concrete Pump
(vii) RCC M35 Grade
I) Using concrete mixer cum 2769.00 3264.00
II) With Batching Plant, Transit Mixer and cum 2489.00 2994.00
Concrete Pump
(viii) RCC M40 Grade (With Batching Plant, cum 2672.00 3178.00
Transit Mixer and Concrete Pump)
C In Bottom Plug
(i) PCC Grade M20
I) Using concrete mixer cum 2562.00 3019.00
II) With Batching Plant, Transit Mixer and cum 2112.00 2574.00
Crane / Concrete Pump
(ii) PCC Grade M25
I) Using concrete mixer cum 2657.00 3117.00
II) With Batching Plant, Transit Mixer and cum 2207.00 2671.00
Crane / Concrete Pump
281
PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014 Volume III : Road & Bridge Works
All districts of
West Bengal
Item Darjeeling
Description of Items Unit and Darjeeling Remarks
No. Hill Area
Plain of Siliguri
Sub-Division
(iii) PCC Grade M30
I) Using concrete mixer cum 2673.00 3133.00
II) With Batching Plant, Transit Mixer and cum 2224.00 2688.00
Crane / Concrete Pump
(iv) PCC Grade M35
I) Using concrete mixer cum 2741.00 3207.00
II) With Batching Plant, Transit Mixer and cum 2290.00 2761.00
Crane / Concrete Pump
D In Intermediate plug
(i) PCC Grade M20
I) Using concrete mixer cum 2293.00 2721.00
II) With Batching Plant, Transit Mixer and cum 1866.00 2297.00
Crane / Concrete Pump
(ii) PCC Grade M25
I) Using concrete mixer cum 2373.00 2804.00
II) With Batching Plant, Transit Mixer and cum 1945.00 2379.00
Crane / Concrete Pump
(iii) PCC Grade M30
I) Using concrete mixer cum 2387.00 2817.00
II) With Batching Plant, Transit Mixer and cum 1958.00 2393.00
Crane / Concrete Pump
E In Top plug
(i) PCC Grade M20
Using Concrete Mixer cum 2293.00 2721.00
(ii) PCC Grade M25
I) Using concrete mixer cum 2373.00 2804.00
II) With Batching Plant, Transit Mixer and cum 1945.00 2379.00
Crane / Concrete Pump
(iii) PCC Grade M30
I) Using concrete mixer cum 2387.00 2817.00
II) With Batching Plant, Transit Mixer and cum 1958.00 2393.00
Crane / Concrete Pump
F In Well cap
(i) RCC Grade M20
I) Using concrete mixer cum 2162.00 2609.00
II) With Batching Plant, Transit Mixer and cum 1898.00 2352.00
Concrete Pump
(ii) RCC Grade M25
I) Using concrete mixer cum 2306.00 2755.00
II) With Batching Plant, Transit Mixer and cum 2043.00 2501.00
Concrete Pump
282
Volume III : Road & Bridge Works PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014
All districts of
West Bengal
Item Darjeeling
Description of Items Unit and Darjeeling Remarks
No. Hill Area
Plain of Siliguri
Sub-Division
(iii) RCC Grade M30
I) Using concrete mixer cum 2300.00 2748.00
II) With Batching Plant, Transit Mixer and cum 2037.00 2493.00
Concrete Pump
(iv) RCC Grade M35
I) Using concrete mixer cum 2336.00 2787.00
II) With Batching Plant, Transit Mixer and cum 2075.00 2534.00
Concrete Pump
(v) RCC M40 Grade (With Batching Plant, cum 2255.00 2716.00
Transit Mixer and Concrete Pump)
Note: (Applicable for all the items in Sl.12.09.)
1 Construction wing is to add cost and carriage of
cement & coarse aggregates as per requirement vide
Table 3.2-1 of Section only to arrive at consolidated
rate.
2 While actually providing the item in estimate or
agreement of work, maximum nominal size of coarse
aggregates intended to be used should be selected
and mentioned in the item.
3 From durability consideration, the value of minimum
cement content and maximum water cement ratio to
be considered in the mix design shall be 400 kg/cu.m.
and 0.4 respectively.
12.10 Sinking of Well as per IRC specification through all
types of strata namely sandy soil, clayey soil and rock
as shown against each case, including drawing
Foundation Wells true to position and plumb with dia
under cutting edge as mentioned below, including hire
charges of all tools and plants etc. and supplying
power, dewatering etc, initial excavation of earth
complete as per drawing and technical specifications
and direction of the Engineer-in-charge including
throwing the spoils clear off the well up to 150m.
radius (Measurement to be taken in the following
stages from the level of the bottom of capping slab on
well up to the bottom of cutting edge) through any
kind of soil including rocky soil and rock till 25% of
cutting edge (linear) comes in contact with rock
including testing of bottom plug by dewatering the
well upto 5 meters and checking the rise in water level
as per clause 1208 of IRC Specification. Depth of
sinking is reckoned from bed level.
I. Sinking of 8 m external diameter Well
A In any kind of soil including Clayey soil
(i) Depth upto 3.0 M metre 12530.00 13065.00
(ii) Depth beyond 3.0 m upto 6.0 m metre 14167.00 14772.00
(iii) Depth beyond 6.0 m upto 10.0 m metre 15806.00 16482.00
(iv) Depth beyond 10.0 m upto 20.0 m :
Add 5% for every additional meter depth of metre Example –
sinking over the rate of sinking for the Say for 14m
previous meter. rate will be =
` 19212/- per
metre.
283
PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014 Volume III : Road & Bridge Works
All districts of
West Bengal
Item Darjeeling
Description of Items Unit and Darjeeling Remarks
No. Hill Area
Plain of Siliguri
Sub-Division
(v) Depth beyond 20.0 m upto 30.0 m :
a) Add 7.5% for every additional meter metre
depth of sinking over the rate of sinking Example –
for the previous meter Say for 23m,
rate will be =
b) Add 25% of cost for Kentledge including metre
` 39982/-
supports, loading arrangement and per metre.
Labour ).
(vi) Depth beyond 30.0 m upto 40.0 m :
a) Add 10% for every additional meter metre
depth of sinking over the rate of sinking Example –
for the previous meter Say for 35m,
rate will be =
b) Add 20% of cost for Kentledge including metre
` 107684/-
supports, loading arrangement and per metre.
Labour).
B. In Soft Rock ( 8m dia well )
Depth in soft rock strata upto 3m metre 20998.00 21719.00
II. Sinking of 10 m external diameter Well
A In any kind of soil including Clayey soil
(i) Depth upto 3.0 M metre 13094.00 13656.00
(ii) Depth beyond 3.0 m upto 6.0 m metre 15403.00 16064.00
(iii) Depth beyond 6.0 m upto 10.0 m metre 18601.00 19394.00
(iv) Depth beyond 10.0 m upto 20.0 m :
Add 5% for every additional meter depth of metre
sinking over the rate of sinking for the
previous meter.
(v) Depth beyond 20.0 m upto 30.0 m :
a) Add 7.5% for every additional meter metre
depth of sinking over the rate of sinking
for the previous meter
b) Add 25% of cost for Kentledge including metre
supports, loading arrangement and
Labour ).
(vi) Depth beyond 30.0 m upto 40.0 m :
a) Add 10% for every additional meter metre
depth of sinking over the rate of sinking
for the previous meter
b) Add 20% of cost for Kentledge including metre
supports, loading arrangement and
Labour).
B In Soft Rock (10m dia well )
Depth of soft rock strata upto 3m metre 27356.00 28330.00
III. Sinking of 12 m external diameter well
A In any kind of soil including Clayey soil
(i) Depth upto 3.0 M metre 63768.00 66468.00
(ii) Depth beyond 3.0 m upto 6.0 m metre 79125.00 82476.00
(iii) Depth beyond 6.0 m upto 10.0 m metre 91312.00 95244.00
(iv) Depth beyond 10.0 m upto 20.0 m :
Add 5% for every additional meter depth of metre
sinking over the rate of sinking for the
previous meter
284
Volume III : Road & Bridge Works PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014
All districts of
West Bengal
Item Darjeeling
Description of Items Unit and Darjeeling Remarks
No. Hill Area
Plain of Siliguri
Sub-Division
(v) Depth beyond 20.0 m upto 30.0 m :
a) Add 7.5% for every additional meter metre
depth of sinking over the rate of sinking
for the previous meter
b) Add 25% of cost for Kentledge including metre
supports, loading arrangement and
Labour ).
(vi) Depth beyond 30.0 m upto 40.0 m :
a) Add 10% for every additional meter metre
depth of sinking over the rate of sinking
for the previous meter
b) Add 20% of cost for Kentledge including metre
supports, loading arrangement and
Labour).
B In Soft Rock (12m dia well )
Depth of soft rock strata upto 3m metre 146255.00 151639.00
12.11 Sinking of Twin D Type well through all types of
strata namely sandy soil, clayey soil and rock as shown
against each case complete as per drawing and
technical specifications. Depth of sinking is reckoned
from bed level.
A In any kind of soil including Clayey soil
(8m dia. Well )
(i) Depth below bed level upto 3.0 M metre 15333.00 15994.00
(ii) Depth beyond 3.0 m upto 6.0 m depth metre 17804.00 18571.00
(iii) Depth beyond 6.0 m upto 10.0 m depth metre 19834.00 20689.00
(iv) Depth beyond 10 m upto 20 m :
Add 5% for every additional meter depth of metre
sinking over the rate of sinking for the
previous meter
(v) Depth beyond 20.0 m upto 30.0 m :
a) Add 7.5% for every additional meter metre
depth of sinking over the rate of sinking
for the previous meter
b) Add 25% of cost for Kentledge including metre
supports, loading arrangement and
Labour ).
(vi) Depth beyond 30.0 m upto 40.0 m :
a) Add 10% for every additional meter metre
depth of sinking over the rate of sinking
for the previous meter
b) Add 20% of cost for Kentledge including metre
supports, loading arrangement and
Labour).
B In Soft Rock (Twin D Type well )
Depth of soft rock strata upto 3m metre 31600.00 32792.00
285
PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014 Volume III : Road & Bridge Works
All districts of
West Bengal
Item Darjeeling
Description of Items Unit and Darjeeling Remarks
No. Hill Area
Plain of Siliguri
Sub-Division
12.12 Sand filling in Wells in layers duly compacted by cum 161.00 304.00
inundation with water including local carriages etc.
complete as per drawing and technical specifications.
Note: 1. Labour rate per m³ is provided; cost of sand is to be
added to arrive at the complete item rate.
2. Compaction factor of dry clean sand is 0.835;
suitable correction should be made for bulkage of
sand.
12.13 Providing Steel liner for Curbs and 6 mm thick for tonne 26317.00 26662.00
Steining of Wells including fabricating and setting out
as per detailed drawing.
Note: Add cost & carriage of materials only to arrive at the
consolidated rate.
12.14 Providing Bored Cast-in-situ R.C.C. pile in position as
per specifications in all kinds of soil including cost of
boring using drilling mud to stabilize the bore and
flushing the bore of excess mud with freshly prepared
drilling fluid by using pumps prior to placing concrete
by tremie pipe in one continuous operation and
including the cost of all materials and labour for
placing of concrete and also including the cost of
mobilization and hire charges of all equipment
necessary for boring, welding of reinforcement cage as
necessary and lowering of reinforcement cage,
preparation and placing of concrete, including the cost
of concrete but excluding the cost of reinforcement and
labour for bending binding etc. complete as per
Drawing and Technical Specifications and removal of
excavated earth with all lifts and lead upto 1000 m.
Work to be executed as per IS: 2911 (Part II Sec 2).
(a) Using hydraulic piling rig
i) Pile diameter - 750 mm. metre 2549.00 -
ii) Pile diameter - 1000 mm. metre 3873.00 -
iii) Pile diameter - 1200 mm. metre 4352.00 -
(b) Using tripod, winches
i) Pile diameter - 750 mm. metre 1515.00 -
ii) Pile diameter - 1000 mm. metre 1878.00 -
iii) Pile diameter - 1200 mm. metre 2213.00 -
Note: 1. The rate provided is exclusive of cost of concrete.
Construction wing is to add cost of concrete of
desired grade for volume corresponding to 1.0m
length of pile length, to arrive at the complete rate.
Also the desired crushing strength is to be
mentioned. The Rate of providing the temporary
steel casing upto 3m depth is included.
2. Rate for concrete may be adopted same as for
bottom plug vide item no. 12.09(C) (IV).
3. The cost of dismantling the length of the pile above
cut off level is to be added.
286
Volume III : Road & Bridge Works PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014
All districts of
West Bengal
Item Darjeeling
Description of Items Unit and Darjeeling Remarks
No. Hill Area
Plain of Siliguri
Sub-Division
12.15 Driven Cast-in-place vertical R.C.C. pile of required
diameter and required length (length to be measured
from the bottom of raft / Pile Cap to the bottom of
shoe) including cost of all materials and labour for
casting, hoisting, driving etc. and also including cost of
dummy lengths of pile and of hire charges of all
instruments as necessary but excluding reinforcement
complete as per drawing and & Technical
Specification.
(i) Pile diameter - 750 mm. metre 1331.00 1375.00
(ii) Pile diameter - 1000 mm. metre 1792.00 1852.00
(iii) Pile diameter - 1200 mm. metre 2686.00 2775.00
Note: 1. The rate provided is exclusive of cost of concrete.
Construction wing is to add cost of concrete of
desired grade for volume corresponding to 1.0m
length of pile length, to arrive at the complete rate.
Also the desired crushing strength is to be
mentioned in the space provided in the description
of item.
2. Rate for concrete may be adopted same as for
bottom plug vide item no. 12.09 (C) (iv).
3. The quantity of concrete required to be removed
above the designed top level of the concrete, if any,
is to be added in the rate analysis.
4. The cost of dismantling the length of the pile above
cut off level is to be added.
5. In case steel lining is included in the design for
driven cast in situ pile and is planned to be retained,
the same is to be included in the rate analysis. In
case the temporary steel casing used during casting
is planned to be removed an additional cost of 0.5%
of the cost of concrete is to be provided to cover in
usage.
12.16 Driven Precast vertical R.C.C. piles of required
diameter and required length (length to be measured
from the bottom of raft / Pile Cap to the bottom of
shoe) including cost of all materials and labour for
casting, hoisting, driving etc. and also including cost of
dummy lengths of pile and of hire charges of all
instruments as necessary but excluding reinforcement
complete as per drawing and & Technical
Specification.
(i) Pile Diameter - 500 mm metre 587.00 597.00
(ii) Pile Diameter - 750 mm. metre 639.00 655.00
(iii) Pile Diameter - 1000 mm. metre 825.00 847.00
Note: 1. The rate provided is exclusive of cost of concrete.
Construction wing is to add cost of concrete of
desired grade for volume corresponding to 1.0m
length of pile length, to arrive at the complete rate.
Also the desired crushing strength is to be
mentioned in the space provided in the description
of item.
287
PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014 Volume III : Road & Bridge Works
All districts of
West Bengal
Item Darjeeling
Description of Items Unit and Darjeeling Remarks
No. Hill Area
Plain of Siliguri
Sub-Division
2. Rate for concrete may be adopted same as for
bottom plug vide item no. 12.09 (C) (iv).
3. The cost of dismantling the length of the pile above
cut off level is to be added.
12.17 Driven vertical Steel piles of required diameter and
required length (length to be measured from the
bottom of raft / Pile Cap to the bottom of shoe)
including cost of all materials and labour for casting,
hoisting, driving etc. and also including cost of dummy
lengths of pile and of hire charges of all instruments as
necessary but excluding reinforcement complete as per
drawing and & Technical Specification.
(i) Section of the pile - H Section steel column 400 x metre 1264.00 1295.00
250 mm (ISHB Series)
(ii) Section of the pile - H Section steel column 450 x metre 1433.00 1467.00
250 mm (ISHB Series)
Note Add cost of structural steel only to arrive at complete
rate.
12.18 Performing Lateral load test on two piles or two Each 27400.00 27400.00
groups of piles by introducing a hydraulic jack with
gauge between two piles or pile groups under test by
applying horizontal loads in increments of about 20%
of the estimated safe load at each stage and applying
the next increment after the rate of displacement is
nearer to 0.1 mm. per 30 minutes till the total
displacement becomes, 12 mm at the cut-off level
including the cost of arranging the entire set-up, hire
charges of all implements including at least two dial
gauges, preparing the pile head if necessary, and
removal of all arrangement after completion etc.
complete in all respect including cost of carriage of all
materials and as per IS specification and direction of
Engineer-in-charge.
12.19 Performing Vertical load test on single Pile in
accordance with IS:2911(Part-IV) by hydraulic jacks N.B.
on pile/piles with 1.5 times the design load including This item is
preparation of the head of piles with concrete of applicable
required strength for receiving the jacks with all for both
ancillary arrangements for setting up gauges, work pile
construction of suitable platforms, keeping the loads and test
and dismantling and removing all arrangement etc. pile. Test
complete as per IS specification and direction of should be
Engineer-in-charge carried out
i) Testing load up to 100 T. Each 47500.00 47500.00 as per IS
ii) Testing load between 100 T and 150 T. Each 67200.00 67200.00 2911 part
iii) Testing load between 150 T and 200 T. Each 89600.00 89600.00 IV 1985.
iv) Testing load between 200 T and 250 T. Each 112000.00 112000.00
v) Testing load between 250 T and 300 T. Each 134400.00 134400.00
Note : This test shall be done on working piles only in a pile
group and should satisfy the provisions of routine test as
given in IS-2911 (Part-4) 1985.
288
Volume III : Road & Bridge Works PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014
All districts of
West Bengal
Item Darjeeling
Description of Items Unit and Darjeeling Remarks
No. Hill Area
Plain of Siliguri
Sub-Division
12.20 Cement Concrete for Reinforced Concrete in Pile
Cap complete as per drawing and Technical
Specification.
A RCC Grade M20
(i) Using Concrete Mixer cum 2185.00 2631.00
(ii) Using Batching Plant, Transit Mixer and cum 1936.00 2391.00
Concrete Pump
B RCC Grade M25
(i) Using Concrete Mixer cum 2333.00 2784.00
(ii) Using Batching Plant, Transit Mixer and cum 2088.00 2548.00
Concrete Pump
C RCC Grade M30
(i) Using Concrete Mixer cum 2352.00 2803.00
(ii) Using Batching Plant, Transit Mixer and cum 2103.00 2562.00
Concrete Pump
D RCC Grade M35
(i) Using Concrete Mixer cum 2420.00 2878.00
(ii) Using Batching Plant, Transit Mixer and cum 2176.00 2642.00
Concrete Pump
Note: (Applicable for all the item in Sl.12.20)
1. Construction wing is to add cost and carriage of
cement & coarse aggregates as per requirement
vide Table 3.2-1 of Section only to arrive at
consolidated rate.
2. While actually providing the item in estimate or
agreement of work, maximum nominal size of
coarse aggregates intended to be used should be
selected and mentioned in the item.
3. From durability consideration, the value of
minimum cement content and maximum water
cement ratio to be considered in the mix design
shall be as per the direction of the Engineer-in-
Charge.
12.21 Supplying, fitting and placing un-coated HYSD bar tonne 18235.00 18513.00
reinforcement in Bridge Foundation including
initial straightening, straightening of coils bars,
removal of loose rust (if any), cutting to requisite
length bending, binding with annealed wire not less
than 1 mm in size and conforming to IS 280 at every
intersection hooked and bent to correct shape and
placed on forms etc. including cost of black annealed
wire and cost of loading, unloading, carriage of all
steel materials complete as per drawing and technical
specifications and direction of Engineer-in-charge.
289
Volume III : Road & Bridge Works PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014
CHAPTER - 13
SUB-STRUCTURE
All districts of
West Bengal
Item Darjeeling
Description of Items Unit and Darjeeling Remarks
No. Hill Area
Plain of Siliguri
Sub-Division
13.01 Plain / Reinforced Cement Concrete in Sub-
structure with coarse aggregates of appropriate
nominal size and grading, fine aggregate (sand)
conforming to proper grading zone, both of approved
quality, cement and water reducing admixtures, as
necessary, including labour, cost and carriage of all
materials and including preparation of design mix,
approval of the same by the Engineer-in-Charge and
cost for quality control, sampling, testing etc. all
complete as per drawing and technical specification
including the cost of necessary form work and staging
complete as per drawing and technical specifications.
A PCC Grade M20
(i) Height upto 5m cum 2492.00 2969.00
B PCC Grade M25
(i) Height upto 5m
I) Using concrete Mixer cum 2667.00 3148.00
II) With Batching Plant, Transit Mixer and cum 2389.00 2879.00
Concrete Pump
(ii) Height 5m to 10m
I) Using concrete Mixer cum 2900.00 3406.00
II) With Batching Plant, Transit Mixer and cum 2613.00 3127.00
Concrete Pump
(iii) Height above 10m
I) Using concrete Mixer cum 3192.00 3727.00
II) With Batching Plant, Transit Mixer and cum 2892.00 3436.00
Concrete Pump
C PCC Grade M30
(i) Height upto 5m
I) Using concrete Mixer cum 2684.00 3168.00
II) With Batching Plant, Transit Mixer and cum 2405.00 2897.00
Concrete Pump
(ii) Height 5m to 10m
I) Using concrete Mixer cum 2922.00 3428.00
II) With Batching Plant, Transit Mixer and cum 2631.00 3147.00
Concrete Pump
(iii) Height above 10m
I) Using concrete Mixer cum 3217.00 3753.00
II) With Batching Plant, Transit Mixer and cum 2913.00 3459.00
Concrete Pump
D RCC Grade M20
(i) Height upto 5m
I) Using concrete Mixer cum 2495.00 2978.00
II) With Batching Plant, Transit Mixer and cum 2215.00 2708.00
Concrete Pump
(ii) Height 5m to 10m
I) Using concrete Mixer cum 2706.00 3213.00
II) With Batching Plant, Transit Mixer and cum 2416.00 2933.00
Concrete Pump
290
PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014 Volume III : Road & Bridge Works
All districts of
West Bengal
Item Darjeeling
Description of Items Unit and Darjeeling Remarks
No. Hill Area
Plain of Siliguri
Sub-Division
(iii) Height above 10m
I) Using concrete Mixer cum 2970.00 3507.00
II) With Batching Plant, Transit Mixer cum 2667.00 3215.00
and Concrete Pump
E RCC Grade M25
(i) Height upto 5m
I) Using concrete Mixer cum 2673.00 3160.00
II) With Batching Plant, Transit Mixer cum 2393.00 2889.00
and Concrete Pump
(ii) Height 5m to 10m
I) Using concrete Mixer cum 2884.00 3393.00
II) With Batching Plant, Transit Mixer cum 2595.00 3113.00
and Concrete Pump
(iii) Height above 10m
I) Using concrete Mixer cum 3200.00 3743.00
II) With Batching Plant, Transit Mixer cum 2897.00 3449.00
and Concrete Pump
F RCC Grade M30
(i) Height upto 5m
I) Using concrete Mixer cum 2684.00 3172.00
II) With Batching Plant, Transit Mixer cum 2404.00 2902.00
and Concrete Pump
(ii) Height 5m to 10m
I) Using concrete Mixer cum 2866.00 3373.00
II) With Batching Plant, Transit Mixer cum 2579.00 3096.00
and Concrete Pump
(iii) Height above 10m
I) Using concrete Mixer cum 3125.00 3660.00
II) With Batching Plant, Transit Mixer cum 2826.00 3371.00
and Concrete Pump
G RCC Grade M35
(i) Height upto 5m
I) Using concrete Mixer cum 2769.00 3264.00
II) With Batching Plant, Transit Mixer and cum 2489.00 2994.00
Concrete Pump
(ii) Height 5m to 10m
I) Using concrete Mixer cum 2916.00 3427.00
II) With Batching Plant, Transit Mixer and cum 2631.00 3152.00
Concrete Pump
(iii) Height above 10m
I) Using concrete Mixer cum 3138.00 3672.00
II) With Batching Plant, Transit Mixer and cum 2843.00 3388.00
Concrete Pump
Note: (Applicable for all the item in Sl.13.01)
1 Construction wing is to add cost and carriage of
cement & coarse aggregates as per requirement vide
Table 3.2-1 of Section only to arrive at consolidated
rate.
291
Volume III : Road & Bridge Works PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014
All districts of
West Bengal
Item Darjeeling
Description of Items Unit and Darjeeling Remarks
No. Hill Area
Plain of Siliguri
Sub-Division
2 While actually providing the item in estimate or
agreement of work, maximum nominal size of coarse
aggregates intended to be used should be selected
and mentioned in the item.
3 From durability consideration, the value of minimum
cement content and maximum water cement ratio to
be considered in the mix design shall be as per the
direction of the Engineer-in-Charge
13.02 Supplying, fitting and placing HYSD bar tonne 18367.00 18645.00
reinforcement in Sub-structure including initial
straightening, straightening of coils bars, removal of
loose rust (if any), cutting to requisite length bending,
binding with annealed wire not less than 1 mm in size
and conforming to IS 280 at every intersection hooked
and bent to correct shape and placed on forms etc.
including cost of black annealed wire and cost of
loading, unloading, carriage of all steel materials
complete as per drawing and technical specifications
and direction of Engineer-in-charge.
Note: The rate provided is exclusive of cost of steel materials.
Construction wing should add cost & carriage of 1.05 MT
(considering 5% wastage) of steel materials to arrive at
the final consolidated item rate.
13.03 Providing weep holes in Brick masonry / Plain / each 126.00 128.00
Reinforced concrete abutment, wing wall / return wall
with 100 mm dia AC pipe, extending through the full
width of the structure with slope of 1V:20H towards
drawing face. Complete as per drawing and Technical
specifications.
13.04 Back filling behind abutment, wing wall and
return wall complete as per drawing and Technical
specification.
A) Granular material cum 501.00 807.00
Note: Add cost at site of 1.20 m3 of granular materials (brick
bats and fine sand in proportion of 60:40) to arrive at the
consolidated rate.
B) Sandy material cum 397.00 603.00
Note: Add cost at site of 1.20 m³ of fine sand (dry loose volume)
to arrive at the complete rate.
13.05 Providing and laying of Filter media with granular cum 570.00 463.00
materials/stone crushed aggregates/brick aggregates
/river bed materials satisfying the requirements laid
down in clause 2504.2.2 of MoRT&H Specifications to a
thickness of not less than 600 mm with smaller size
towards the soil and bigger size towards the wall and
provided over the entire surface behind abutment,
wing wall and return wall to the full height compacted
to a firm condition complete as per drawing and
technical specification.
Note: Add cost at site of 0.72 m3 of granular materials/stone
crushed aggregates/brick aggregates/river bed
materials and 0.48 m3 of coarse sand (dry loose volume)
to arrive at the consolidated rate.
292
PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014 Volume III : Road & Bridge Works
All districts of
West Bengal
Item Darjeeling
Description of Items Unit and Darjeeling Remarks
No. Hill Area
Plain of Siliguri
Sub-Division
13.06 Supplying, fitting and fixing in position true to line kg 250.00 250.00
and level cast steel Rocker bearing conforming to
IRC: 83(Pt.-1) section IX and clause 2003 of MoRT&H
specifications complete including all accessories as per
drawing and Technical Specifications.
13.07 Supplying, fitting and fixing in position true to line kg 225.00 225.00
and level forged steel Roller bearing conforming to
IRC: 83(Pt.-1) section IX and clause 2003 of MoRT&H
specifications complete including all accessories as per
drawing and Technical Specifications.
13.08 Supplying, fitting and fixing in position true to line kg 380.00 380.00
and level Sliding Plate bearing with PTFE surface
sliding on stainless steel complete including all
accessories as per drawing and Technical Specifications
and BS: 5400, section 9.1 & 9.2 (for PTFE) and clause
2004 of MoRT&H Specifications.
13.09 Supplying, fitting and fixing in position true to line Cu.cm 1.20 1.20
and level Elastomeric bearing conforming to IRC: 83
(Part-II) Section IX and Clause 2005 of MoRT&H
specifications complete including all accessories as per
drawing and Technical Specifications.
13.10 Supplying, fitting and fixing in position true to line kg 330.00 330.00
and level Sliding Plate bearing with Stainless steel
Plate sliding on stainless steel plate with mild steel
matrix complete including all accessories as per
drawing and Technical Specifications.
13.11 Supplying, fitting and fixing in position true to line
and level POT-PTFE bearing consisting of a metal
piston supported by a disc or unreinforced elastomer
confined within a metal cylinder, sealing rings, dust
seals, PTFE surface sliding against stainless steel
mating surface, complete assembly to be of cast
steel/fabricated structural steel, metal and elastomer
elements to be as per IRC: 83 part-I & II respectively and
other parts conforming to BS: 5400, section 9.1 & 9.2
and clause 2006 of MoRT&H Specifications complete as
per drawing and approved technical specifications.
a) For max. Horizontal force within 10% of the max. tonne 300.00 300.00
Vertical load.
b) For max. Horizontal force within 25% of the max. tonne 400.00 400.00
Vertical load.
13.12 Supplying fitting and fixing in position true to line and
level cast steel spherical / cylindrical type bearing
with stainless steel plate with PTFE sliding surface
as per clause 2004 of Specification of Roads and bridge
works of MORT&H complete with all accessories as per
drawing and direction of E-in-C and including cost of all
material installation and testing.
a) For max. Horizontal force within 10% of the max. tonne 400.00 400.00
Vertical load.
b) For max. Horizontal force within 25% of the max. tonne 500.00 500.00
Vertical load.
293
Volume III : Road & Bridge Works PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014
CHAPTER - 14
SUPER-STRUCTURE
All districts of
West Bengal
Item Darjeeling
Description of Items Unit and Darjeeling Remarks
No. Hill Area
Plain of Siliguri
Sub-Division
14.01 Furnishing and Placing Reinforced / Prestressed
Cement concrete in Super-structure with coarse
aggregates of appropriate nominal size and grading,
fine aggregate (sand) conforming to proper grading
zone, both of approved quality and cement and
admixtures, as necessary, including labour, cost and
carriage of all materials and including preparation of
design mix, approval of the same by the Engineer-in-
Charge and cost for quality control, sampling, testing
etc. all complete as per drawing and technical
specification including the cost of necessary form work
and staging complete. as per drawing and technical
specifications.
Note: 1 Construction wing is to add cost and carriage of
cement & coarse aggregates as per requirement
vide Table 3.2-1 of Section only to arrive at
consolidated rate.
2 While actually providing the item in estimate or
agreement of work, maximum nominal size of
coarse aggregates intended to be used should be
selected and mentioned in the item.
3 From durability consideration, the value of
minimum cement content and maximum water
cement ratio to be considered in the mix design
shall be as per the direction of the Engineer-in-
Charge
A RCC Grade M20
I. Using Concrete Mixer
(i) For solid slab super-structure,
a) Height upto 5m cum 2997.00 3540.00
b) Height 5m to 10m cum 3258.00 3831.00
c) Height above 10m cum 3518.00 4121.00
(ii) For T-beam & slab,
a) Height upto 5m cum 3258.00 3831.00
b) Height 5m to 10m cum 3518.00 4121.00
c) Height above 10m cum 3779.00 4412.00
II. Using Batching Plant, Transit Mixer and
Concrete Pump
(i) For solid slab super-structure,
a) Height upto 5m cum 2691.00 3243.00
b) Height 5m to 10m cum 2939.00 3522.00
c) Height above 10m cum 3187.00 3800.00
(ii) For T-beam & slab,
a) Height upto 5m cum 2939.00 3522.00
b) Height 5m to 10m cum 3187.00 3800.00
c) Height above 10m cum 3435.00 4079.00
294
PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014 Volume III : Road & Bridge Works
All districts of
West Bengal
Item Darjeeling
Description of Items Unit and Darjeeling Remarks
No. Hill Area
Plain of Siliguri
Sub-Division
B RCC Grade M25
I. Using Concrete Mixer
(i) For solid slab super-structure,
a) Height upto 5m cum 3240.00 3790.00
b) Height 5m to 10m cum 3531.00 4111.00
c) Height above 10m cum 3821.00 4432.00
(ii) For T-beam & slab,
a) Height upto 5m cum 3531.00 4111.00
b) Height 5m to 10m cum 3821.00 4432.00
c) Height above 10m cum 4112.00 4754.00
II. Using Batching Plant, Transit Mixer and
Concrete Pump
(i) For solid slab super-structure,
a) Height upto 5m cum 2938.00 3499.00
b) Height 5m to 10m cum 3216.00 3808.00
c) Height above 10m cum 3494.00 4118.00
(ii) For T-beam & slab,
a) Height upto 5m cum 3216.00 3808.00
b) Height 5m to 10m cum 3494.00 4118.00
c) Height above 10m cum 3772.00 4427.00
C RCC Grade M 30
I. Using Concrete Mixer
(i) For solid slab super-structure,
a) Height upto 5m cum 3297.00 3847.00
b) Height 5m to 10m cum 3592.00 4174.00
c) Height above 10m cum 3888.00 4500.00
(ii) For T-beam & slab,
a) Height upto 5m cum 3592.00 4174.00
b) Height 5m to 10m cum 3888.00 4500.00
c) Height above 10m cum 4183.00 4826.00
II. Using Batching Plant, Transit Mixer and
Concrete Pump.
(i) For solid slab super-structure,
a) Height upto 5m cum 2974.00 3539.00
b) Height 5m to 10m cum 3256.00 3852.00
c) Height above 10m cum 3538.00 4166.00
(ii) For T-beam & slab,
a) Height upto 5m cum 3256.00 3852.00
b) Height 5m to 10m cum 3538.00 4166.00
c) Height above 10m cum 3820.00 4479.00
D RCC / PSC Grade M35
I. Using concrete mixer.
(i) For solid slab super-structure,
a) Height upto 5m cum 3286.00 3834.00
b) Height 5m to 10m cum 3595.00 4175.00
c) Height above 10m cum 3904.00 4516.00
295
Volume III : Road & Bridge Works PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014
All districts of
West Bengal
Item Darjeeling
Description of Items Unit and Darjeeling Remarks
No. Hill Area
Plain of Siliguri
Sub-Division
(ii) For T-beam & slab,
a) Height upto 5m cum 3595.00 4175.00
b) Height 5m to 10m cum 3904.00 4516.00
c) Height above 10m cum 4213.00 4858.00
(iii) For box girder and balanced cantilever,
a) Height upto 5m cum 4522.00 5199.00
b) Height 5m to 10m cum 5140.00 5882.00
c) Height above 10m cum 5758.00 6564.00
II. Using Batching Plant, Transit Mixer and
Concrete Pump
(i) For solid slab super-structure,
a) Height upto 5m cum 2964.00 3521.00
b) Height 5m to 10m cum 3259.00 3849.00
c) Height above 10m cum 3555.00 4178.00
(ii) For T-beam & slab,
a) Height upto 5m cum 3259.00 3849.00
b) Height 5m to 10m cum 3555.00 4178.00
c) Height above 10m cum 3850.00 4506.00
(iii) For box girder and balanced cantilever,
a) Height upto 5m cum 4146.00 4834.00
b) Height 5m to 10m cum 4737.00 5490.00
c) Height above 10m cum 5327.00 6146.00
E PSC Grade M-40
I. Using concrete mixer.
(i) For solid slab super-structure,
a) Height upto 5m cum 3658.00 4220.00
b) Height 5m to 10m cum 3980.00 4574.00
c) Height above 10m cum 4302.00 4929.00
(ii) For T-beam & slab,
a) Height upto 5m cum 3980.00 4574.00
b) Height 5m to 10m cum 4302.00 4929.00
c) Height above 10m cum 4624.00 5284.00
II. Using Batching Plant, Transit Mixer and
Concrete Pump
(i) For solid slab super-structure,
a) Height upto 5m cum 3178.00 3736.00
b) Height 5m to 10m cum 3485.00 4076.00
c) Height above 10m cum 3792.00 4417.00
(ii) For T-beam & slab,
a) Height upto 5m cum 3485.00 4076.00
b) Height 5m to 10m cum 3792.00 4417.00
c) Height above 10m cum 4100.00 4757.00
(iii) For box girder and balanced cantilever,
a) Height upto 5m cum 4407.00 5097.00
b) Height 5m to 10m cum 5021.00 5777.00
c) Height above 10m cum 5636.00 6457.00
296
PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014 Volume III : Road & Bridge Works
All districts of
West Bengal
Item Darjeeling
Description of Items Unit and Darjeeling Remarks
No. Hill Area
Plain of Siliguri
Sub-Division
F PSC Grade M-45
(i) For solid slab/voided slab super-structure
a) Height upto 5m cum 3198.00 3748.00
b) Height 5m to 10m cum 3524.00 4107.00
c) Height above 10m cum 3850.00 4467.00
(ii) For I-beam & slab including launching of
precast girders by launching truss upto
40 m span
a) Height upto 5m cum 3524.00 4107.00
b) Height 5m to 10m cum 3850.00 4467.00
c) Height above 10m cum 4176.00 4826.00
(iii) For cast-in-situ box girder, segmental
construction and balanced cantilever
a) Height upto 5m cum 4502.00 5185.00
b) Height 5m to 10m cum 5154.00 5904.00
c) Height above 10m cum 5807.00 6623.00
G PSC Grade M-50
(i) For cast-in-situ box girder, segmental
construction and balanced cantilever
a) Height upto 5m cum 4596.00 5277.00
b) Height 5m to 10m cum 5275.00 6023.00
c) Height above 10m cum 5954.00 6770.00
H PSC Grade M- 55
(i) For cast-in-situ box girder, segmental
construction and balanced cantilever
a) Height upto 5m cum 4844.00 5532.00
b) Height 5m to 10m cum 5566.00 6323.00
c) Height above 10m cum 6287.00 7113.00
Note: (Applicable for all the item in Sl.14.01)
1 Construction wing is to add cost and carriage of
cement and coarse aggregates as per
requirement vide Table 3.2-1 of Section 3 to
arrive at consolidated rate.
2 While actually providing the item in estimate or
agreement of work, maximum nominal size of
coarse aggregates intended to be used should be
selected and mentioned in the item.
3 From durability consideration, the value of
minimum cement content and maximum water
cement ratio to be considered in the mix design
shall be as per the direction of the Engineer-in-
Charge
14.02 Providing Sal-bullah / Eucalyptus bullah piles of sqm 2000.00 2000.00
diameter not less than 150mm, driving upto desired
depth but not less than 4 m and spacing as per
approved design and joining each bullah piles with the
staging props by proper arrangement capable to
transmit the loads from superstructure, all complete.
297
Volume III : Road & Bridge Works PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014
All districts of
West Bengal
Item Darjeeling
Description of Items Unit and Darjeeling Remarks
No. Hill Area
Plain of Siliguri
Sub-Division
298
PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014 Volume III : Road & Bridge Works
All districts of
West Bengal
Item Darjeeling
Description of Items Unit and Darjeeling Remarks
No. Hill Area
Plain of Siliguri
Sub-Division
14.07 Bituminous Wearing Coat
Providing and laying Bituminous Wearing coat with N.B.:
paving grade bitumen including screening and Before laying
wearing coat
cleaning approved stone aggregates and filler
the deck
materials as necessary laying, finishing complete to surface shall
camber and grade, including cost and carriage of all be thoroughly
materials complete as per drawing and Technical cleaned and
Specifications vide clause no. 2702 of MoRT&H’s tack coat shall
Specification for Road & Bridge Works. be applied. The
(i) Type 1: Bituminous Concrete 50 mm thick laid cum construction
in single layer. operations and
(ii) Type 2: Bituminous Concrete 40 mm thick over- cum bituminous
mixes and tack
laid with 25 mm thick Mastic Asphalt.
coat shall
(iii) Type 3: Mastic Asphalt 50mm thick laid in cum conform to
single layer. Section 500 of
Note: Bituminous Concrete Rate as per item No. 5.08 & Mastic MoRT&H
Asphalt Rate may be worked out on pro-rata basis as per Specifications.
item No. 5.14.
14.08 Construction of precast RCC railing of M30 Grade, metre 1966.00 2051.00
aggregate size not exceeding 12 mm, true to line and
grade, tolerance of vertical RCC post not to exceed 1 in
500, centre to centre spacing between vertical post
not to exceed 2000 mm, leaving adequate space
between vertical post for expansion, complete as per
approved drawings and technical specifications.
14.09 Drainage Spouts in Superstructure including each 930.00 935.00
providing drip mouldings and also including
supplying, fitting and fixing approved type of
materials complete as per drawing and Technical
specification vide clause no. 2705 of MoRT&H’s
Specification for Road & Bridge Works.
14.10 Precast - Pretensioned Girders cum 10710.00 11267.00
Providing, precasting, transportation and placing in
position precast pretensioned concrete girders as per
drawing and technical specifications.
Note: Construction Wing is to add the cost of concrete, HT
strand and steel reinforcements to arrive at the final
consolidated item rate.
14.11 Labour for transportation and placing in position cum 1014.00 1055.00
precast concrete girders as per drawing and
technical specifications.
14.12 Providing and fixing Helical pipes in voided metre 1541.00 1541.00
concrete slabs
14.13 Burried Joint metre 902.00 902.00
Providing and laying a burried expansion joint,
expansion gap being 20 mm, covered with 12 mm
thick, 200 mm wide galvanised wieldable structural
steel plate as per IS: 2062, placed symmetrical to
centre line of the joint, resting freely over the top
surface of the deck concrete, welding of 8 mm dia. 100
mm long galvanised nails spaced 300 mm c/c along
the centre line of the plate, all as specified in clause
2604.
299
Volume III : Road & Bridge Works PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014
All districts of
West Bengal
Item Darjeeling
Description of Items Unit and Darjeeling Remarks
No. Hill Area
Plain of Siliguri
Sub-Division
14.14 Filler joint
(i) Providing & fixing 2 mm thick corrugated metre 4030.00 4030.00
copper plate in expansion joint complete as
per drawing & Technical Specification.
(ii) Providing & fixing 20 mm thick compressible metre 259.00 259.00
fibre board in expansion joint complete as per
drawing & Technical Specification.
(iii) Providing and fixing in position 20 mm thick metre 198.00 198.00
premoulded joint filler in expansion joint for
fixed ends of simply supported spans not
exceeding 10 m to cater for a horizontal
movement upto 20 mm, covered with sealant
complete as per drawing and technical
specifications.
(iv) Providing and filling joint sealing compound as metre 23.00 24.00
per drawings and technical specifications with
coarse sand and 6% bitumen by weight
14.15 Asphaltic Plug joint metre 9875.00 9875.00
Providing and laying of asphaltic plug joint to provide
for horizontal movement of 25 mm and vertical
movement of 2 mm, depth of joint varying from 75
mm to 100 mm, width varying from 500 mm to 750
mm (in traffic direction), covered with a closure plate
of 200mm x 6mm of wieldable structural steel
conforming to IS: 2062, asphaltic plug to consist of
polymer modified bitumen binder, carefully selected
single size aggregate of 12.5 mm nominal size and a
heat resistant foam caulking/backer rod, all as per
approved drawings and specifications.
14.16 Elastomeric Slab Steel Expansion Joint
Providing and laying of an elastomeric slab steel
expansion joint, catering to right or skew (less than 20
deg., moderately curved with maximum horizontal
movement upto 50 mm, complete as per approved
drawings and standard specifications to be installed
by the manufacturer/supplier or their authorised
representative ensuring compliance to the
manufacturer's instructions for installation and as per
Clause 2606 of Specifications for Road & Bridge works
of MoRT&H (5th Revision).
(a) For movement up to ± 10 mm - Type : m 20 metre 15000.00 15000.00
(b) For movement up to ± 16 mm - Type : m 32 metre 22000.00 22000.00
(c) For movement up to ± 25 mm - Type : m 50 metre 30000.00 30000.00
(d) For movement up to ± 40 mm - Type : m 80 metre 46000.00 46000.00
(e) For movement up to ± 62.5 mm - Type : m 125 metre 71000.00 71000.00
(f) For movement up to ± 80 mm - Type : m 160 metre 104000.00 104000.00
(g) For movement up to ± 115 mm - Type : m 230 metre 140000.00 140000.00
300
PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014 Volume III : Road & Bridge Works
All districts of
West Bengal
Item Darjeeling
Description of Items Unit and Darjeeling Remarks
No. Hill Area
Plain of Siliguri
Sub-Division
14.17 Compression Seal Joint metre 7500.00 7500.00
Providing and laying of compression seal joint
consisting of steel armoured nosing at two edges of the
joint gap suitably anchored to the deck concrete and a
preformed chloroprene elastomer or closed cell foam
joint sealer compressed and fixed into the joint gap
with special adhesive binder to cater for a horizontal
movement upto 40 mm and vertical movement of 3
mm.
14.18 Strip Seal Expansion Joint metre 10000.00 10000.00
Providing and laying of a strip seal expansion joint
catering to maximum horizontal movement upto 70
mm, complete as per approved drawings and standard
specifications to be installed by the manufacturer/
supplier or their authorised representative ensuring
compliance to the manufacturer's instructions for
installation.
14.19 Modular Strip / Box Seal Joint metre 80000.00 80000.00
Providing and laying of a modular strip Box steel
expansion joint including anchorage catering to a
horizontal movement beyond 70mm and upto 140mm,
complete as per approved drawings and standard
specifications to be installed by the manufacturer/
supplier or their authorised representative ensuring
compliance to the manufacturer's instructions for
installation.
14.20 Modular Strip / Box Seal Joint metre 120000.00 120000.00
Providing and laying of a modular strip box seal
expansion joint catering to a horizontal movement
beyond 140mm and upto 210mm, complete as per
approved drawings and standard specifications to be
installed by the manufacturer/supplier or their
authorised representative ensuring compliance to the
manufacturer's instructions for installation.
301
Volume III : Road & Bridge Works PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014
CHAPTER - 15
PROTECTION WORKS
All districts of
West Bengal
Item Darjeeling
Description of Items Unit and Darjeeling Remarks
No. Hill Area
Plain of Siliguri
Sub-Division
15.01 Providing and laying boulders apron on river bed cum 502.00 493.00
for protection against scour with stone boulders
weighing not less than 40 kg each complete as per
drawing and Technical specification. Boulder Laid
Dry Without Wire Crates.
Note: Construction wing is to add cost and carriage of 1.00
cum. of stone with minimum size of 200 mm & 0.20
cum of stone spalls only to arrive at consolidated rate.
15.02 Boulder Apron Laid in Wire Crates
Providing and laying of boulder apron laid in wire cum 1417.00 1408.00
crates made with 4mm dia GI wire conforming to IS:
280 & IS:4826 in 100mm x 100mm mesh (weaved
diagonally) including 10 per cent extra for laps and
joints laid with stone boulders weighing not less than
40 kg each.
Note: Construction wing is to add cost and carriage of 1.00
cu.m. of stone with minimum size of 200 mm & 0.20
cu.m of stone spalls only to arrive at consolidated rate.
15.03 Providing and laying Pitching on slopes laid over
prepared filter media including boulder apron laid dry
in front of toe of embankment complete as per drawing
and Technical specifications.
I. Stone/Boulder cum 502.00 493.00
Note: Construction wing is to add cost and carriage of 1.00
cu.m. of stone with minimum size of 200 mm & 0.20
cu.m of stone spalls only to arrive at consolidated rate.
II. Cement Concrete Blocks of size 0.3x0.3 x0.3 m cum 1918.00 2334.00
cast in cement concrete of Grade M15
Note: Construction wing is to add cost and carriage of
cement & coarse aggregates as per requirement vide
Table 3.2-1 only to arrive at consolidated rate.
15.04 Providing and laying Filter material underneath cum 725.00 618.00
pitching in slopes complete as per drawing and
Technical specification.
Note: Add cost of 0.72 m3 of brick aggregates / river bed
materials and 0.48 m3 of coarse sand (loose volume) to
arrive at the consolidated rate.
15.05 Geotextile Filter
Laying of a geotextile filter between pitching and sqm 126.00 126.00
embankment slopes on which pitching is laid to
prevent escape of the embankment material through
the voids of the stone pitching/cement concrete blocks
as well as to allow free movement of water without
creating any uplift head on the pitching.
302
PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014 Volume III : Road & Bridge Works
All districts of
West Bengal
Item Darjeeling
Description of Items Unit and Darjeeling Remarks
No. Hill Area
Plain of Siliguri
Sub-Division
303
Volume III : Road & Bridge Works PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014
All districts of
West Bengal
Item Darjeeling
Description of Items Unit and Darjeeling Remarks
No. Hill Area
Plain of Siliguri
Sub-Division
304
PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014 Volume III : Road & Bridge Works
CHAPTER - 16
REPAIR AND REHABILITATION
All districts of
West Bengal
Item Darjeeling
Description of Items Unit and Darjeeling Remarks
No. Hill Area
Plain of Siliguri
Sub-Division
16.01 Removal of existing cement concrete wearing coat sqm 105.00 108.00
including its disposal complete as per Technical
specification without causing any detrimental effect to
any part of the bridge structure and removal of
dismantled material with all lifts and lead upto 1000m
(Thickness 75 mm)
16.02 Removal of existing asphaltic wearing coat sqm 79.00 82.00
comprising of 50 mm thick asphaltic concrete laid over
12 mm thick mastic asphalt including disposal with all
lift and lead upto 1000m.
16.03 Guniting concrete surface with cement mortar (25 sqm 924.00 965.00
mm nominal thick) applied with compressor after
cleaning surface and spraying with epoxy complete as
per Technical specification.
16.04 Providing and inserting nipples with approved each 96.00 96.00
fixing compound after drilling holes for grouting as
per Technical specifications including subsequent
cutting/removal and sealing of the hole as necessary
of nipples after completion of grouting with
Cement/Epoxy.
16.05 Sealing of cracks / porous concrete by injection
process through nipples/Grouting complete as per
Technical specification.
A Cement Grout kg 48.00 49.00
B Cement mortar (1:1) Grouting kg 130.00 132.00
16.06 Patching of damaged concrete surface with sqm 1343.00 1345.00
polymer concrete (25 mm nominal thick) and curing
compounds, initiator and promoter, available in
present formulations, to be applied as per instructions
of manufacturer and as approved by the Engineer.
16.07 Sealing of crack / porous concrete with Epoxy kg 848.00 849.00
Grout by injection through nipples complete as per
clause 2803.1.
16.08 Applying epoxy mortar ( 10 mm nominal thick) over sqm 643.00 643.00
leached, honey combed and spalled concrete surface
and exposed steel reinforcement complete as per
Technical specification
16.09 Removal of defective concrete, cleaning the surface sqm 268.00 290.00
thoroughly, applying the shotcrete mixture
mechanically with compressed air under pressure,
comprising of cement, sand, coarse aggregates,
water and quick setting compound in the proportion
as per clause 2807.1., sand and coarse aggregates
conforming to IS: 383 and table 1 of IS: 9012
respectively, water cement ratio ranging from 0.35 to
0.50, density of gunite not less than 2000 kg/cum,
strength not less than 25 MPa and workmanship
conforming to clause 2807.6. (40 mm average
thickness.)
305
Volume III : Road & Bridge Works PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014
All districts of
West Bengal
Item Darjeeling
Description of Items Unit and Darjeeling Remarks
No. Hill Area
Plain of Siliguri
Sub-Division
16.10 Applying pre-packed cement based polymer sqm 110.00 110.00
mortar ( 10 mm nominal thick) of strength 45 MPa at
28 days for replacement of spalled concrete
16.11 Epoxy bonding of new concrete to old concrete sqm 500.00 500.00
16.12 Providing external prestressing with high tensile
steel wires/strands including drilling for passage of
prestessing steel, all accessories for stressing and
stressing operation and grouting complete as per
drawing and Technical specification
(i) Span assumed: 25 m (12.7mm dia. Strand in tonne 252830.00 256895.00
12T13 system. Weight-9.42 kg/m of cable.)
(ii) Span assumed: 50 m (12.7mm dia. Strand in tonne 240909.00 245154.00
19T13 system. Weight-14.73 kg/m of cable.)
(iii) Span assumed: 100 m (12.7mm dia. Strand in tonne 231026.00 235100.00
19T13 system. Weight-14.73 kg/m of cable.)
Note: The rate provided is exclusive of cost of H.T. Strand.
Construction wing should add cost & carriage of 1.02
MT (considering 2% wastage) of H.T. Strand to arrive
at the final consolidated item rate.
16.13 Replacement of bearings complete as per each 7712.00 7720.00
Technical specification
Note: Add cost of bearing to arrive at the final consolidated
item rate.
16.14 Rectification of bearings as per Technical each 4516.00 4524.00
specifications
16.15 Replacement of Expansion Joints complete as per metre 2564.00 2578.00
drawings
Note: The rate for the installation of new expansion joints
may be taken from the chapter on superstructure.
Broken concrete will have to be replaced which has
been included in this analysis.
16.16 Replacement of damaged Concrete Railing. metre 224.00 226.00
Note: The rate for the provision of new railing may be
adopted from the chapter on superstructure.
16.17 Replacement of Crash barrier. metre 393.00 396.00
Note: The rate for the construction of new crash barrier may
be adopted from Chapter 8 on Traffic and
Transportation.
16.18 Repair of Crash barrier metre 219.00 238.00
Repair of concrete crash barrier with cement concrete
of M-30 grade by cutting and trimming the damaged
portion to a regular shape, cleaning the area to be
repaired thoroughly, applying cement concrete after
erection of proper form work.
16.19 Repair of RCC Railing metre 172.00 180.00
Carrying out repair of RCC M30 railing to bring it to
the original shape.
16.20 Repair of Steel Railing metre 289.00 294.00
Repair of steel railing to bring it to the original shape.
306
PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014 Volume III : Road & Bridge Works
CHAPTER - 17
SOIL BORING & TESTING WORKS
All districts of
West Bengal
Item Darjeeling
Description of Items Unit and Darjeeling Remarks
No. Hill Area
Plain of Siliguri
Sub-Division
17.01 Mobilisation Charges of all tools & Plants along with
accessories, material, labour, supervision etc. at site of
work required in connection with boring and testing
work, including setting up boring rigs and shifting to
different Bore-hole points etc. and also including
withdrawal of same from the site after completion of
work, complete as per direction of Engineer-in-Charge.
a) Preliminary Investigation L.S 8000.00 8500.00
b) Detailed Investigation L.S 25000.00 27000.00
Note Payment will be made after successful completion of
work.
Preliminary Investigation is mainly for collection of
disturbed samples where deployment of heavy
machineries is not involved.
17.02 Carriage of all Disturbed & Undisturbed Samples L.S 1600.00 1700.00
from site of work to the Divisional office or elsewhere
including loading and unloading as per direction of
Engineer-in-Charge. Detailed Investigation.
Note: Some samples are to be kept at Sub-Division Office for
Additional testing By the Engineer-in-Charge.
17.03 Labour for boring by sinking and finally
withdrawing 50mm to 100mm dia. (internal) pipe by
a standard method to any depth below ground level /
bed level in all types of soil like clay, silt, sand, stiff clay,
mixed soils etc. except rocks, including collection of
disturbed soil samples and including preparation and
submission of bore-log as per standard proforma and
also including hire charges of tool and plants complete
as per direction of Engineer-in-Charge.
a) Depth 0m to 30m metre 150.00 160.00
c) Extra for boring in water (with depth of Water L.S 9500.00 10000.00
upto 3.0 m)
17.04 Labour for making Bore-Holes of 150mm to 250mm
dia. by any standard method to any depth below
ground level / bed level in all kinds of soil like clay, ,
silt, sand, stiff clay, mixed soils etc. except rocks (for the
purpose of collecting Disturbed & Un disturbed soil
samples, conducting Standard Penetration Test at
suitable intervals etc.) including preparation and
submission of bore-log as per IRC : 75 and 78 and
Clause 2400 of Specifications for Road & Bridge Works
(5th Revision), Published by IRC, and also including
hire charges of tools and plants complete as per the
direction of Engineer-in-Charge.
307
Volume III : Road & Bridge Works PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014
All districts of
West Bengal
Item Darjeeling
Description of Items Unit and Darjeeling Remarks
No. Hill Area
Plain of Siliguri
Sub-Division
a) When Casing pipe is used to prevent collapse of
bore hole (casing pipe to be finally withdrawn)
(i) Depth 0m to 10m metre 340.00 360.00
(ii) Depth greater than 10m and upto 20m metre 400.00 430.00
(iii) Depth greater than 20m and upto 30m metre 470.00 500.00
(iv) Depth greater than 30m. and upto 40m metre 550.00 590.00
(v) Depth greater than 40m and upto 50m metre 650.00 700.00
(vi) Depth greater than 50m and upto 60m metre 750.00 810.00
b) When drilling mud “Bentonite of suitable
consistency” is used to prevent collapse of bore
hole.
(i) Depth 0m to 10m metre 290.00 310.00
(ii) Depth greater than 10m and upto 20m metre 350.00 380.00
(iii) Depth greater than 20m and upto 30m metre 420.00 450.00
(iv) Depth greater than 30m. and upto 40m metre 470.00 500.00
(v) Depth greater than 40m and upto 50m metre 520.00 560.00
(vi) Depth greater than 50m and upto 60m metre 690.00 740.00
c) Extra for boring in water (1.2m and higher metre 10670.00 11420.00
depths).
17.05 A. Laboratory Investigation:
i) Liquid Limit as per IS 2720 (Part – V). each 350.00 380.00
ii) Plastic Limit as per IS 2720 (Part – V) each 350.00 380.00
iii) Grain size analysis by Sieving as per IS 2720 each 530.00 570.00
(Part – IV).
iv) Grain size analysis by Hydrometer Method as each 690.00 750.00
per IS 2720 (Part – IV).
v) Determination of Water Content as per IS each 140.00 150.00
2720 (Part – II).
vi) Determination of Specific Gravity as per IS each 460.00 500.00
2720 (Part – III).
vii) Direct Shear Test as per IS 2720 (Part – XIII). each 570.00 620.00
viii) Determination of Unconfined Compression
Strength as per IS 2720 (Part – X).
a) Undisturbed. each 690.00 750.00
b) Remoulded. each 920.00 990.00
ix) Determination of Sand Content as per IS 2720 each 410.00 440.00
(Part – IV).
x) Determination of Shrinkage Factor as per IS each 510.00 550.00
2720 (Part – VI).
xi) Determination of Water Content Dry Density each 1150.00 1240.00
relation using light compaction as per IS
2720 (Part – VII).
xii) Determination of Water Content Dry Density each 1590.00 1720.00
relation using heavy compaction as per IS
2720 (Part – VIII).
xiii) Determination of Density Index (Relative each 920.00 990.00
Density of cohesion less soil) as per IS 2720
(Part – XIV).
308
PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014 Volume III : Road & Bridge Works
All districts of
West Bengal and
Item Darjeeling
Description of Items Unit Darjeeling Plain Remarks
No. Hill Area
of Siliguri Sub-
Division
xiv) Determination of Consolidation Properties as each 920.00 990.00
per IS 2720 (Part – XIV).
xv) Laboratory Determination of California
Bearing Ratio on Disturbed / Remoulded
samples as per IS: 2720, Part XVIII.
a) Un soaked each 920.00 990.00
b) Soaked each 1150.00 1240.00
xvi) Tri-Axial Shear Test.
a) Determination of Shear strength Parameters each 920.00 990.00
of a specimen tested in Unconsolidated
Undrained Tri-axial compression without
measurement of pore water pressure as per
IS 2720 (Part – XI).
b) Determination of Shear strength Parameters each 1150.00 1240.00
of a specimen tested in Consolidated
Undrained Tri-axial compression Test with
measurement of pore water pressure as per
IS 2720 (Part – XII).
c) Determination of Shear strength Parameters each 1380.00 1490.00
of a soil from Consolidated Drained Test as
per IS 2720 (Part – X).
xvii) Laboratory Determination of Permeability as each 690.00 750.00
per IS 2720 (Part– XVII).
xviii) Determination of Field Moisture Equivalent each 460.00 500.00
as per IS 2720 (Part– XVIII).
xix) Determination of Centrifuge Moisture each 460.00 500.00
Equivalent as per IS 2720 (Part– XIX).
xx) Determination of Linear Shrinkage as per IS each 800.00 860.00
2720 (Part– XX).
xxi) Laboratory Total Soluble Solid as per IS 2720 each 690.00 750.00
(Part– XXI).
xxii) Determination of Organic Matter as per IS each 460.00 500.00
2720 (Part– XXII).
xxiii) Determination of Calcium Carbonate as per IS each 510.00 550.00
2720 (Part– VIII).
xxiv) Determination of pH Value as per IS 2720 each 460.00 500.00
(Part– VIII).
xxv) Determination of Total Soluble Sulphate as each 460.00 500.00
per IS 2720 (Part– VIII).
xxvi) Laboratory Vane Shear Test as per IS 2720 each 690.00 750.00
(Part-XVIII).
xxvii) Determination of Free Swell Index of Soil as each 460.00 500.00
per IS 2720 (Part– VIII).
xxviii) Determination of Swelling Pressure of Soil as each 690.00 750.00
per IS 2720 (Part– VIII).
309
Volume III : Road & Bridge Works PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014
All districts of
West Bengal and
Item Darjeeling
Description of Items Unit Darjeeling Plain Remarks
No. Hill Area
of Siliguri Sub-
Division
B Field Investigation:
i) Shallow boring by auger and collection of
disturbed sample upto 10m. Depth (In Clayey
Silty soil)
a) 0m.-6.0m. Per m 350.00 380.00
b) 6.0m.-10.0m. Per m 460.00 500.00
ii) Collection of Undisturbed Samples from the Per 460.00 500.00
open pits (Pits to be dug by client) sample
iii) Collection of Samples from the bore hole made
as per B-a
(a) Undisturbed Per 350.00 380.00
sample
(b) Disturbed Per 120.00 130.00
sample
iv) Collection of Undisturbed Samples by core Per 1150.00 1240.00
cutter method sample
v) Collection of Undisturbed soil sample from the
bore hole to be made by the concerned
Division / Party at their cost.
(i) 0.0m - 10.0m each 230.00 250.00
(ii) 10.0m-20.0m each 350.00 380.00
(iii) 20.0m-30.0m each 460.00 500.00
vi) Standard Penetration Tests (S.P.T.) by Split
Spoon Sampler in the bore hole as per IS 2131.
(i) 0.0m - 10.0m each 350.00 380.00
(ii) 10.0m-20.0m each 460.00 500.00
(iii) 20.0m-30.0m each 570.00 620.00
vii) Static Cone-Penetration Test as per IS 4968 each 460.00 500.00
(Part - III).
viii) Dynamic Cone-Penetration Test using each 460.00 500.00
50mm cone without using Bentonite slurry
as per IS 4968 (Part – I).
ix) Conduction of Benkelman Beam Test Per 270.00 290.00
(Standard Loaded Truck to be arranged) Point
x) Collection of Undisturbed sample by C.B.R. Per 690.00 750.00
Mould upto 1.5 m depth. sample
xi) Determination of Density of soil in place by Per 570.00 620.00
Sand-replacement Method as per IS 2720 test
(Part – XXIII).
xii) Field determination of California Bearing Per 2300.00 2480.00
Ratio as per IS 2720 (Part XXXI) test
xiii) Load Tests of Soils (Loading arrangement
shall be done by the client) as per IS 1888.
a) For evaluation of Bearing Capacity & Per 5670.00 6120.00
Settlement test
b) For evaluation of sub-grade modulus Per 6910.00 7460.00
test
xiv) Observation of Water Table Per 6910.00 7460.00
test
310
PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014 Volume III : Road & Bridge Works
All districts of
West Bengal
Item Darjeeling
Description of Items Unit and Darjeeling Remarks
No. Hill Area
Plain of Siliguri
Sub-Division
17.06 TEST OF MATERIAL:
A. Blast Furnace Slag, Cinder, Stone, Jhama,
Laterite, etc.
(i) Grading by Sieve Analysis as per IS: 2386 Per 350.00 380.00
(Part – I) sample
(ii) Flakiness Index & Elongation Index Per 460.00 500.00
Combined sample
(iii) Estimation of Deleterious Materials as per IS: Per 920.00 990.00
2386 (Part – II) sample
(iv) Determination of Specific Gravity as per IS: Per 460.00 500.00
2386 (Part – III) sample
(v) Determination of Bulk Density as per IS: Per 230.00 250.00
2386 (Part – III) sample
(vi) Determination of Void Ratio as per IS: 2386 Per 230.00 250.00
(Part – III) sample
(vii) Determination of Water Absorption as per IS: Per 230.00 250.00
2386 (Part – III) sample
(viii) Determination of Aggregate Crushing Value Per 690.00 750.00
as per IS: 2386 (Part – IV) sample
(ix) Determination of the 10% Fines Value per IS: Per 690.00 750.00
2386 (Part – IV) sample
(x) Determination of Aggregate Impact Value as Per 690.00 750.00
per IS: 2386 (Part – IV) sample
(xi) Determination of Aggregate Abration Value Per 920.00 990.00
(Los Angles) as per IS: 2386 (Part – IV) sample
(xii) Soundness Test as per IS: 2386 (Part – V) Per 460.00 500.00
sample
(xiii) Determination of Compressive Strength
a) For Prepared Sample Per 460.00 500.00
b) For Sample to be Prepared sample 690.00 750.00
(xiv) Determination of Stripping Value of Road Per 690.00 750.00
Aggregate (Bitumen to be supplied and sample
determination of specification will be
charged) as per IS: 6241
B. (I) FIELD TEST ON ROCKS :
Boring and drilling of rocks and collection / recovery
of rock core including supplying information on the
physical condition and type of rock, length of pieces of
core, joints, colour, weathering changes and other
effects in the drilling logs as per IS 4464 and IS 5313
complete.
a) By Diamond Drills each 1850.00 1980.00
b) By Tungsten Cutters each 950.00 1020.00
(II) LABORATORY TEST ON ROCKS
(i) Compressive Strength of Rock as per IS 1121 Per 580.00 630.00
(Part-I) sample
(ii) Transverse Strength of Rock as per IS 1121 Per 680.00 730.00
(Part-II) sample
(iii) Tensile Strength of Rock as per IS 1121 (Part Per 580.00 630.00
– III). sample
311
Volume III : Road & Bridge Works PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014
All districts of
West Bengal
Item Darjeeling
Description of Items Unit and Darjeeling Remarks
No. Hill Area
Plain of Siliguri
Sub-Division
(iv) Shear Strength of Rock as per IS 1121 (Part - Per 530.00 570.00
IV). sample
(v) Determination of True Specific Gravity as Per 460.00 500.00
per IS 1122 sample
(vi) Determination of Water Absorption as per Per 230.00 250.00
IS: 1124 sample
(vii) Determination of Toughness of rock. Per 570.00 620.00
sample
C. BRICKS
(i) Determination of Compressive Strength as Per 920.00 990.00
per IS: 3405 (Part I-IV) sample
(ii) Determination of Water Absorption as per Per 230.00 250.00
IS: 3405 (Part I-IV) sample
(iii) Determination of Efflorence as per IS: 3405 Per 580.00 630.00
(Part I-IV) sample
D. SAND
(i) Grading by Sieve Analysis as per IS: 2386 Per 460.00 500.00
(Part – I) sample
(ii) Estimation of Deleterious Materials as per IS: Per 580.00 630.00
2386 (Part – II) sample
(iii) Estimation of Organic Impurities as per IS: Per test 580.00 630.00
2116 & 383
(iv) Determination of Specific Gravity as per IS: Per test 460.00 500.00
2386 (Part III)
(v) Determination of Bulk Density as per IS: Per test 180.00 190.00
2386 (Part III)
(vi) Determination of Bulking of Sand Per test 320.00 350.00
(vii) Determination of Lecy’s Silt Factor Per test 920.00 990.00
E. LIME
(i) Determination of Fineness of Hydrated Lime Per test 280.00 300.00
as per IS: 712
(ii) Determination of Setting Time (Initial & Per test 280.00 300.00
Final as per IS: 712
(iii) Determination of Workability as per IS: 712 Per test 430.00 460.00
(iv) Test of Soundness as per IS: 712 Per test 230.00 250.00
(v) Determination of Compressive Strength (14 Per test 920.00 990.00
days & 28 days) as per IS: 712
(vi) Determination of Calcium Oxide Content as Per 320.00 350.00
per IS: 712 sample
(vii) Determination of Free Lime Content as per Per 690.00 750.00
IS: 15514 sample
(viii) Determination of Calcium Carbonate as per Per 510.00 550.00
IS: 712 sample
F. BITUMEN
(i) Determination of Specific Gravity as per IS: Per 430.00 460.00
1202 sample
(ii) Determination of Penetration as per IS: 1203 Per 460.00 500.00
sample
(iii) Determination of Softening Point as per IS: Per 430.00 460.00
1205 sample
312
PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014 Volume III : Road & Bridge Works
All districts of
West Bengal
Item Darjeeling
Description of Items Unit and Darjeeling Remarks
No. Hill Area
Plain of Siliguri
Sub-Division
(iv) Determination of Kinematic Viscosity as per Per 460.00 500.00
IS: 1206 (Part-III) sample
(v) Determination of Ductility as per IS: 1206 Per 460.00 500.00
sample
(vi) Determination of Flash Point & Fire Point as Per 350.00 380.00
per IS: 1209 sample
(vii) Float Test as per IS: 1210 Per 580.00 630.00
sample
(viii) Determination of Water Content as per IS: Per 350.00 380.00
1211 sample
(ix) Determination of Loss on Heating as per IS: Per 350.00 380.00
1212 sample
(x) Determination of Solubility on Carbon Dy Per 580.00 630.00
Sulphide or Trichloroethylene as per IS: 1216 sample
(xi) Marshal Stability & Flow Test:
a) Supply Sample Per 1150.00 1240.00
b) Sample to be prepared sample 1840.00 1990.00
(xii) Determination of Stripping Value Per 690.00 750.00
sample
(xiii) Design of Asphaltic Concrete including L.S. 17710.00 19130.00
necessary Test
(xiv) Determination of Hardness of Mastic Asphalt Per 690.00 750.00
as per IS: 1195 sample
(xv) Determination of Bitumen Content Per 710.00 770.00
sample
(xvi) Miscibility in Water of Bituminous Emulsion Per 230.00 250.00
as per IS: 3117 sample
(xvii) Coating Test of Bituminous Emulsion as per Per 460.00 500.00
IS: 3117 sample
G. MODIFIED BITUMEN
(i) Determination of Flash Point as per IS: 1209 Per 350.00 380.00
sample
(ii) Elastic Recovery of half tread in Ductilometer Per 710.00 770.00
as per ASTM D5976 sample
(iii) Determination of Loss in weight on Heating Per 530.00 570.00
as per IS: 9382 sample
H. STEEL
(i) Tensile Strength of Steel as per IS: 1608 Per 460.00 500.00
&2026 sample
(ii) Determination of 2% Proof Stress as per IS: Per 460.00 500.00
1608 &2026 sample
(iii) Elongation Test as per IS: 1608 &2026 Per 390.00 420.00
sample
(iv) Bend Test as per IS: 1599 &2060 Per 350.00 380.00
sample
I. CEMENT
(i) Fineness by dry sieving as per IS: 4031 (Part- Per 280.00 300.00
I) sample
(ii) Fineness by Specific Surface by blown air Per 580.00 630.00
permeability method as per IS: 4031 (Part-II) sample
313
Volume III : Road & Bridge Works PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014
All districts of
West Bengal
Item Darjeeling
Description of Items Unit and Darjeeling Remarks
No. Hill Area
Plain of Siliguri
Sub-Division
(iii) Determination of Soundness by Leechatelier Per 230.00 250.00
method as per IS: 4031 (Part-III) sample
(iv) Determination of Consistency of Standard Per 280.00 300.00
Cement Paste as per IS: 4031 (Part-IV) sample
(v) Determination of Initial & Final Setting Time Per 300.00 320.00
as per IS: 4031 (Part-V) sample
(vi) Determination of Compressive Strength of Per 1660.00 1790.00
Hydraulic Cement as per IS: 4031 (Part-VI) sample
(3 days, 7 days & 28 days)
(vii) Determination of Heat Hydration of Cement Per 1770.00 1910.00
as per IS: 4031 (Part-IX) sample
(viii) Determination of Drying Shrinkage of Per 580.00 630.00
Cement as per IS: 4031 (Part-X) sample
(ix) Determination of Specific Gravity of Cement Per 340.00 370.00
as per IS: 4031 (Part-XI) sample
17.07 CONCRETE
(i) Slump Test as per IS: 1199 Per 230.00 250.00
sample
(ii) Compacting Factor Test as per IS: 1199 Per 460.00 500.00
sample
(iii) Determination of Consistency of Concrete by Per 1150.00 1240.00
Vee - Bee Consistometer as per IS: 1199 sample
(iv) Flexural Strength of Concrete Beam as per IS:
1199 & 516
a) Supply Specimen Per 1040.00 1120.00
b) Specimen to be prepared sample 2000.00 2160.00
(v) Compressive Strength Test of Concrete Per 280.00 300.00
Specimen as per IS: 516 sample
(vi) Preparation of Concrete Specimen & Per 1040.00 1120.00
Compressive Strength Test as per IS: 1199 & sample
516
(vii) Bulk Density, Water absorption & Void Ratio Per 810.00 870.00
of Concrete Specimen sample
(viii) Determination of Compressive Strength of Per 460.00 500.00
Cored Sample (Sample to be supplied) as per sample
IS: 1199 & 516
(ix) Test of Permeability of Concrete as per IS: Per 1150.00 1240.00
3085 sample
(x) Test for Sulphate & Chloride in Water Per 1180.00 1270.00
sample
17.08 Preparation and submission of report in 6 (Six) copies,
giving all relevant information data like site plan, Bore
log and water table, test results, calculations,
discussions, suggestions and recommendations in
respect of suitable foundation etc. including
determination of silt factor calculation of waterways
and complete design of foundation including analysis
of Bearing Capacities and settlements in bound and
presentable form complete as per direction of
Engineer-in-Charge.
a) Preliminary Investigation L.S 5000.00 5500.00
b) Detailed Investigation L.S 12500.00 13500.00
314
Volume III : Road & Bridge Works PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014
MISCELLANEOUS WORKS
PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014 Volume III : Road & Bridge Works
CHAPTER - 18
MISCELLANEOUS WORKS
All districts of
West Bengal
Item Darjeeling
Description of Items Unit and Darjeeling Remarks
No. Hill Area
Plain of Siliguri
Sub-Division
18.01 Labour for picking up existing metalled road
surface to a specified average depth, including
screening and stacking the pavement materials.
(a) For average depth up to 40 mm by manual means:
(i) Stone-metal surface. sqm 12.90 12.90
(ii) Brick / Jhama metal surface. sqm 9.50 9.50
(b) For average depth above 40 mm but not
exceeding 75 mm by manual means:
(i) Stone-metal surface. sqm 19.00 19.00
(ii) Brick / Jhama metal surface. sqm 12.90 12.90
(c) For average depth above 75 mm but not exceeding
150 mm by manual means:
(i) Stone-metal surface. sqm 25.50 25.50
(ii) Brick / Jhama metal surface. sqm 19.00 19.00
18.02 Picking up and removing old bituminous layer or
sand sealing coat from old black topped surface and
cleaning the exposed surface by scraping and stacking
the material as directed.
(a) By manual means :
(i) From 25 mm to 50 mm thick. sqm 22.60 22.60
(ii) From 50 mm to 100 mm thick. sqm 30.40 30.40
(iii) Above 100 mm thick. sqm 45.20 45.20
(b) By mechanical means :
(i) From 25 mm to 50 mm thick. sqm 3.80 3.90
(ii) From 50 mm to 100 mm thick. sqm 7.50 7.80
(iii) Above 100 mm thick. sqm 15.00 15.60
18.03 Labour for mixing stable anti-stripping agent of kg 4.50 4.50
approved quality conforming to Table - A4-1 of
Appendix–4 of Specification for Road & Bridge Works
of MoRT&H (5th Revision) to the binder @ 0.5% to 1%
by weight of binder (depending up on size & stripping
value of the aggregates) and allowing 15 to 30
minutes of circulation or stirring in the hot bitumen
tank to ensure a homogeneous mix of binder and anti-
stripping agent for different bituminous works as per
Technical Specifications given in Appendix – 4 of
Specification for Road & Bridge Works of MoRT&H (5th
Revision) and direction of Engineer-in-Charge
complete including cost and carriage of all materials,
labours, hire charges of T&P but excluding the cost but
including carriage of anti-stripping agent to site of
works.
315
Volume III : Road & Bridge Works PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014
All districts of
West Bengal
Item Darjeeling
Description of Items Unit and Darjeeling Remarks
No. Hill Area
Plain of Siliguri
Sub-Division
18.04 Labour charges for transferring Bulk Bitumen from MT 445.00 445.00
departmental vats in to empty bitumen drums by
cutting or other suitable means, including hire charges
of bitumen drums, carriage & handling up to a lead of
30 m, including all incidental charges, T&P, fuel,
lubricants etc. complete.
18.05 Hire and labour charges for Shuttering with or
without staging upto 4.0 m height using approved
stout props with wooden planks/ply wood/steel sheet
plate with required bracing for any kind of plain or
reinforced concrete works in all sorts of minor
structure including culvert, box culvert, cross-drain
etc. The rate is inclusive of fitting, fixing and striking
out after completion of work as per specification and
direction.
(a) Where staging is required. sqm 354.00 354.00
(b) Where staging is not required. sqm 214.00 214.00
18.06 First class Brick work in cement sand mortar in
steining of well, pier, abutment, wing wall, parapets
cross drain. H.P. culverts, guard wall etc. including
curing, scaffolding, raking out joints etc. complete
including cost and carriage of all materials.
(a) In 1:4 proportion. cum 2590.00 3040.00
(b) In 1:6 proportion cum 2365.00 2846.00
Note: Construction wing is to add cost and carriage of bricks
as per requirement vide Table 3.1-1 only to arrive at
consolidated rate.
18.07 Providing and laying Design Mix concrete for plain
/ reinforced concrete work in any part of bridge
(excluding bottom plugging) with coarse aggregates
of appropriate nominal size and grading, fine
aggregate (sand) conforming to proper grading zone,
both of approved quality and cement, as necessary,
including labour, cost and carriage of all materials
and including preparation of design mix, approval of
the same by the Engineer-in-Charge and cost for
quality control, sampling, testing etc. all complete but
excluding cost of labour and materials for formwork &
reinforcement works.
(a) M-15 Grade
Using concrete mixer. cum 1425.00 1786.00
(b) M-20 Grade
Using concrete mixer. cum 1508.00 1878.00
(c) M-25 Grade:
Using concrete mixer. cum 1578.00 1950.00
(d) M-30 Grade:
(i) Using concrete mixer. cum 1582.00 1955.00
(ii) Using Batching Plant, Transit Mixer & cum 1351.00 1730.00
Concrete Pump
316
PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014 Volume III : Road & Bridge Works
All districts of
West Bengal
Item Darjeeling
Description of Items Unit and Darjeeling Remarks
No. Hill Area
Plain of Siliguri
Sub-Division
(e) M-35 Grade:
(i) Using concrete mixer. cum 1616.00 1991.00
(ii) Using Batching Plant, Transit Mixer & cum 1384.00 1767.00
Concrete Pump
Note: (Applicable for all the item in Sl.18.08)
1. Construction wing is to add cost and carriage of
cement & coarse aggregates as per requirement vide
Table 3.2-1 only to arrive at consolidated rate.
2. While actually providing the item in estimate or
agreement of work, maximum nominal size of coarse
aggregates intended to be used should be selected and
mentioned in the item.
3. From durability consideration, the value of minimum
cement content and maximum water cement ratio to
be considered in the mix design shall be as per the
direction of the Engineer-in-Charge.
18.08 Mixing Superplastisizer in concrete as per
manufacturer's specification and direction of
Engineer-in-Charge. The rate is inclusive of cost of
superplastisizer.
(a) Carboxylate based kg 220.00 222.00
(b) Naptha based kg 90.40 90.40
18.09 Providing Steel anchor dowels at the base of the well each 3584.00 3584.00
including drilling holes upto 2.5 m. depth in rock,
placing the dowels in position and effectively grouting
the holes (32 mm. diameter steel rod of 4.0 m length
grouted upto 2.5 m. depth) etc. Complete as directed
by Engineer in charge.
18.10 Welding by gas / electric plant including cm 1.80 1.80
transportation of welding plant at site including
cutting, forging & drilling to required shape.
18.11 A) Supplying and fitting fixing M.S. Iron pile shoe as kg 84.40 85.50
per approved drawing.
B) Supplying and fitting fixing M.S. Iron ring with kg 85.20 86.20
50mmx6mm flat over head of pile for driving
including cutting of pile head.
18.12 M.S. Works in bolts and nuts of different sizes fitted kg 76.70 76.70
and fixed in position including drilling holes and
welding including cost of labour and materials.
18.13 Labour for M.S. work in Rolled steel joists, channels, kg 7.30 7.30
angles. Tees, plates etc. including hoisting, placing in
position including providing staging and removing
after completion of works and cutting to sizes as
required.
Note: The item is exclusive of the cost of steel materials,
necessary nuts & bolts and cost of welding.
18.14 Re- fitting R.S. Joist, Angles, Tees, Plates, and other MT 397.00 397.00
steel materials by sawing.
18.15 Re- fitting the railing with old and new bolts as m 62.80 62.80
required.
Note: Cost of new bolts, if required, is to be added.
317
Volume III : Road & Bridge Works PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014
All districts of
West Bengal Darjeelin
Item
Description of Items Unit and Darjeeling g Hill Remarks
No.
Plain of Siliguri Area
Sub-Division
18.16 Straightening curved or twisted steel elements.
(a) R.S. joists and Channel kg 4.40 4.40
(b) Angles, Tees kg 3.30 3.30
18.17 Labour for driving Sal-bullah / Eucalyptus bullah
piles by monkey in sorts of soil including hoisting and
placing piles in position, protecting the pile head with
iron ring and cutting and shaping heads before and
after driving and including hire and labour for
necessary driving appliances and all tackles.
(i) 100mm diameter m 83.00 83.00
(ii) 125mm diameter m 92.00 92.00
(iii) 150mm diameter m 105.00 105.00
(iv) 175mm diameter m 112.00 112.00
(v) 200mm diameter m 119.00 119.00
(vi) 225mm diameter m 126.00 126.00
Note: 1) Payment to be made on the length driven into the
ground, diameter of the measured at 1.5m. from the
thicker end.
2) For string staging under specific instruction of
Engineer-in-charge or for driving from pontoon or
boats the rate will be enhanced by ` 4.00 per meter.
3) For driving done by pile engine set (without staging)
under specific instruction of Engineer-in-charge, the
rates will be enhanced by ` 4.00 per meter.
4) For driving done by pile engine set (with heavy
staging or from specially made pontoon) under
specific instruction of Engineer-in-charge. The rates
will be enhanced by ` 7.00 per m.
18.18 Supplying Eucalyptus-bullah piles at work site,
including dressing and making one end pointed.
(i) 100mm diameter m 96.00 -
(ii) 125mm diameter m 145.00 -
(iii) 150mm diameter m 217.00 -
(iv) 175mm diameter m 267.00 -
(v) 200mm diameter m 305.00 -
(vi) 225mm diameter m 460.00 -
Note: Diameter of pile to be measured at a distance of 1.5m
from the thicker end.
18.19 Supplying Sal-bullah piles at work site, including
dressing and making one end pointed
(i) 100mm diameter m 142.00 142.00
(ii) 125mm diameter m 214.00 214.00
(iii) 150mm diameter m 263.00 263.00
(iv) 175mm diameter m 313.00 313.00
(v) 200mm diameter m 386.00 386.00
(vi) 225mm diameter m 575.00 575.00
Note: Diameter of pile to be measured at a distance of 1.5m
from the thicker end.
318
PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014 Volume III : Road & Bridge Works
All districts of
West Bengal Darjeelin
Item
Description of Items Unit and Darjeeling g Hill Remarks
No.
Plain of Siliguri Area
Sub-Division
18.20 Joining Sal-bullah / Eucalyptus bullah pile of 20 cm. each 78.90 79.30
to 30 cm. diameter with half lap joints (lap length at
least 90 cm long) with 3 nos. of collars made of 50 cm. x
6 mm. M.S. Flat, clamps, bolts and nuts and washers as
per approved drawing and design.
18.21 Butt joining Sal-bullah / Eucalyptus bullah piles of each 198.00 200.00
diameter from 20 cm. to 30 cm. inserting 25 mm. dia
and 45 cm long M.S. Rod as dowel bar 22 cm. minimum
at the centre of each bullah and fastened with 4 nos. 75
cm. long 65 mm. x 65 mm. x 10 mm. M.S. angles placed
diametrically opposite to each other and fixed by nuts
and bolts (16 mm. dia.)-8 nos. and washers being tied
with 4 Nos. 50 mm. x 6 mm. M.S. Flat suitably profiled to
grip the M.S. angle at upper and lower ends of M.S.
angles fitted and fixed with nuts, bolts and washers etc.
including coal-tarring two coats complete etc. as per,
drawing and direction of the Engineer-in- Charge.
18.22 Sal-wood work rough dressed including necessary cum 62730.00 62730.00
hoisting and fitting, and fixing in position including cost
of nails but excluding cost of bolts, nuts and washer in
Bridge Work excluding Bridge Floor.
18.23 Sal-wood work rough dressed in bridge floor fitted cum 73070.00 73070.00
and fixed with patent or round headed nails including
cost of materials and fittings.
18.24 Labour for Sal-wood work undressed in scantling in cum 2544.00 2544.00
bridge floor, railing post, wheel guard including cost of
supply of bolts, nuts, washers etc. as directed.
18.25 Labour for Sal-wood work in bridge members with cum 2324.00 2324.00
old timber including cutting out rotten portion sizing,
dressing, cutting to sizes, taking out nails etc. complete
with supply of new snap headed country nails.
18.26 Taking out Sal-bullah / Eucalyptus piles from river
bed or from elsewhere including carrying stacking
materials in the nearest stack yard.
(a) Up to 17.5 cm. diameter. m 11.80 11.80
(b) Above 17.5 cm. and up to 25 cm. diameter m 14.10 14.10
18.27 Coal tarring on wooden surfaces including cost of
materials
(a) Double coat. sqm 36.00 38.00
(b) Single coat sqm 22.00 23.00
18.28 Supplying empty Cement bags in good condition. 100 330.00 330.00
Nos.
18.29 Filling empty Cement bags with dry earth or sand, 100 350.00 350.00
stitching the bag (cost of thread included) and carrying bags
and placing them in position and all incidental charges
complete but excluding cost of sand and gunny bags.
319
Volume III : Road & Bridge Works PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014
All districts of
West Bengal
Item Darjeeling
Description of Items Unit and Darjeeling Remarks
No. Hill Area
Plain of Siliguri
Sub-Division
18.30 Weaving wire mattress as directed with wire of 4mm sqm 23800 238.00
dia. and making sausage crate of required shape after
tying all intersections including joining longitudinal
ends, closing ends of sausage, carriage of wire to site of
work complete in all respect as per direction of the
Engineer-in-charge including cost of supply of G.I.
wire. (With 100mm x 100mm mesh.)
18.31 Filling properly the empty sausage crates with cum 454.00 449.00
boulders of any size & shape with hand packing after
preparation of bed of placement, placing the crate in
position, carriage of boulders from road stacks with a
lead upto 150m etc. complete in all respect including
stitching the rest of the crate with wire (passage for
filling boulders) after filling up the crate with boulders
and launching the crate in position if necessary and as
directed by the Engineer-in charge.
[Rate provided is exclusive of the cost of stone boulders
and sausage crate]
18.32 Masonry work with rough dressed Stones of size as
directed with cement mortar, true to line, level and
shape, including dressing and shaping boulders to size
as required, curing complete including cost and
carriage of all materials complete.
(a) With cement-sand mortar 1 : 6
(i) In Road & Jhora Work cum 1740.00 -
(ii) In Bridge & Culvert Work cum 1789.00 -
(b) With cement-sand mortar 1 : 4
(i) In Road & Jhora Work cum 2060.00 -
(ii) In Bridge & Culvert Work
1) Upto height 4.0 m cum 2131.00 -
2) Height above 4.0 m cum 2237.00 -
Note: Construction wing is to add cost and carriage of 1.25
cu.m. of laterite / stone only to arrive at consolidated
rate.
18.33 Brick pavement with 1st class / picked jhama bricks
(as per direction of Engineer in charge) with joints set
closed in cement mortar 1:6 including preparation of
bed by cutting or filling with ramming the filled up
earth to the same profile as that of the finished
pavement. Rate is inclusive of cost of supply of all
materials, labour and all incidental charges in this
connection.
(a) When laid with a cushion of sand below
including cost thereof:
(i) One brick flat pavement. sqm 398.00 522.00
(ii) One brick on edge pavement. sqm 597.00 777.00
(iii) One brick on edge pavement laid in herring sqm 621.00 801.00
bone bond pattern
320
PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014 Volume III : Road & Bridge Works
All districts of
West Bengal
Item Darjeeling
Description of Items Unit and Darjeeling Remarks
No. Hill Area
Plain of Siliguri
Sub-Division
(b) When laid in cement mortar (1:6) on the
underside as well.
(i) One brick flat pavement. sqm 455.00 581.00
(iii) One brick on edge pavement laid in herring sqm 688.00 870.00
bone bond pattern
18.34 Painting with approved quality Curing compound sqm 39.80 39.80
on the vertical or inclined surfaces of concrete, where
water curing is not possible. Painting is to be done with
a brush on new surfaces, immediately after removal of
shuttering, including supply of all materials and other
incidental charges complete as per direction of the
Engineer-in-charge.
18.35 Painting with approved synthetic enamel paint sqm 55.00 55.00
Circular panel (upto 30cm dia.) or Rectangular
panel (size 38cm to 30cm x 25cm to 20cm) including
the Load classification number or the number of bridge
or culvert painted thereon in a different colour,
complete as directed by Engineer-in-charge.
18.36 Painting (one coat) to Sal bullah Guard post with 6 each 54.30 54.30
nos. of 16cm wide horizontal alternate band with
white/Tannery yellow and black with best quality
synthetic enamel paint of approved make and brand
after fixing old existing guard post in correct position
true to line and level with repacking the ground at base
properly complete in all respect.
18.37 Close Bamboo Walling made of 65mm to 75mm dia.
bamboos (in single line) driven about half-length into
the ground side by side, with stout stays at an interval
of 1m, 3nos. of half split bamboo runner of same dia
fitted and fixed with nails etc. complete as per direction.
(Measurement to be taken along the length of piling
after finishing the works).
(i) With bamboos of length upto 2.00m metre 448.00 448.00
(ii) With bamboos of length above 2.00m and upto metre 517.00 517.00
2.50m
(iii) With bamboos of length above 2.50m and upto metre 587.00 587.00
3.00m
18.38 Bamboo Pile Walling made of 6.5cm to 7.5cm dia
bamboo (in single line) driven about half-length into
ground at very close spacing of 30cm c/c side by side,
with stout stays at an interval of 90cm fixed with
bamboo post of length 1.25m driven 1m below G.L., 3
nos. of half split bamboo runner of same dia fitted and
fixed with nails etc. and lining exposed portion with
sheets made from cut drums (empty bitumen drums)
fitted and fixed with a lap width of 100 mm at each
joint, complete as per direction including the cost of
drum sheets and including the cost of nails, wires etc.
321
Volume III : Road & Bridge Works PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014
All districts of
West Bengal
Item Darjeeling
Description of Items Unit and Darjeeling Remarks
No. Hill Area
Plain of Siliguri
Sub-Division
(i) With bamboos of length upto 2.00m metre 526.00 526.00
(ii) With bamboos of length above 2.00m and upto metre 626.00 626.00
2.50m
(iii) With bamboos of length above 2.50m and upto metre 735.00 735.00
3.00m
18.39 Drum Sheet Walling 1.40m (av.) high on Sal-bullah
/ Eucalyptus bullah piling 10 cm dia. and 3.25m long
driven 1.75m (av.) below G.L. and 75cm centre to
centre including fitting fixing 3 nos. of half bullah
pieces (from 10 cm dia) and drum(empty bitumen)
sheet (approved condition) of height 1.5m , cutting and
straightening drum sheet (each joint must have lap
length of min.50mm) including cost of necessary nails,
bolts, nuts etc. and providing 2 to 3m long half bullah
ties of 10cm dia. @ 2.25 m centre to centre fixed with
10 cm dia. bullah posts driven 1.5m below G.L.
including cost of all materials and one coat of coal
tarring to all bullah etc. complete as per direction.
(i) Using Eucalyptus bullah metre 1244.00 -
(ii) Using Sal-bullah metre 1569.00 1569.00
322
PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014 Volume III : Road & Bridge Works
APPENDICES
PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014 Volume III : Road & Bridge Works
APPENDIX – I
DISTANCES FROM HALDIA REFINERY & KOLKATA
TO DIFFERENT DEPARTMENTAL GODOW N / STACKYARD
UNDER P. W . (ROADS) DIRECTORATE
323
Volume III : Road & Bridge Works PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014
324
PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014 Volume III : Road & Bridge Works
325
Volume III : Road & Bridge Works PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014
APPENDIX – II
DISTANCES FROM QUARRIES OF STONE AGGREGATES
AND RIVER BED LOCATIONS OF SAND
326
PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates :2014 Volume III : Road & Bridge Works
APPENDIX - III
SIGN OF DISTRESS, PROBABLE CAUSES AND SUGGESTED MEASURE IN BITUMINOUS PAVEMENT
Sl. Type of Distress Sign of distress Probable causes Suggested treatment
A. Surface Defects –
1. Fatty surface Collection of binder on the surface. Excessive binder in premix, spray or tack coat, Sand blinding; open-graded premix; liquid
loss of cover to aggregates; excessively heavy seal coat.
axle loads.
2. Smooth surface Slippery Polishing of aggregates under traffic, or Resurfacing with surface dressing or
excessive binder. premix carpet.
3. Streaking Presence of alternate lean and heavy Non-uniform application of bitumen or at a low Application of a new surface.
lines of bitumen. temperature.
4. Hungry surface Loss of aggregates or presence of fine Use of less bitumen or absorptive aggregates. Slurry seal or fog seal.
cracks.
B. Cracks –
1. Hair-line cracks Short and fine cracks at close intervals Insufficient bitumen, excessive filler or improper
on the surface. compaction.
2. Alligator cracks Inter-connected cracks forming a Weak pavement, unstable conditions of
series of small blocks. subgrade or lower layers, excessive over loads The treatment will depend on whether
or brittleness of binder. pavement is structurally sound, or
3. Longitudinal crack Crack on a straight line along the road. Poor drainage, shoulder settlement, weak joint unsound. Where the pavement is
between adjoining spreads of pavement layers structurally sound, the cracks should
or differential frost heave. be filled with a low viscosity binder or
4. Edge crack Crack near and parallel to pavement Lack of support from shoulder, poor drainage, a slurry seal or fog seal depending on
edge. frost heave, or inadequate pavement width. the width of cracks. Unsound cracked
5. Shrinkage cracks Cracks in transverse direction or inter- Shrinkage of bituminous layer with age. pavements will need strengthening or
connected cracks forming a series of rehabilitation treatment.
large blocks
6. Reflection cracks Symmetrical cracks over joints and Due to joints and cracks in the pavement
cracks in the pavement underneath. underneath.
C. Deformation –
1. Slippage Formation of crescent-shaped cracks Usual thrust of wheel in a direction, lack or Removal of the surface layer in the affected
pointing in the direction of the thrust failure of bond between surface and lower area and replacement with fresh material.
of wheels. pavement courses
2. Rutting Longitudinal depression in the wheel Heavy channalised traffic inadequate Filling the depressions with premix
tracks. compaction of pavement layers, poor stability of material.
pavement material, or heavy bullock-cart traffic.
3. Corrugations Formation of regular undulations Lack of stability in mix, oscillations set up by Scarification and relaying of surfacing, of
vehicles, springs, or faulty laying of surface cutting of high spots and filling of low
course. spots.
327
Volume III : Road & Bridge Works PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2013-2014
328
PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014 Volume III : Road & Bridge Works
Appendix - IV
(Refer Clause 2.26.2.4)
Table A.1-2 Tentative Recommended Minimum Dose of Antistripping Agent for Sprayed Work
329
Volume III : Road & Bridge Works PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014
Appendix - V
(Refer Clause 2.49.8)
GROUTING RECORD
Job Name:
Grouting pressure:
Pre-grouting checks:
Grouting observations:
Probbing by stiffwire :
Remarks
330
1
DATE
2
BOTTOM OF CUTTING EDGE
RL OF TOP OF STEINING
3
BEFORE CASTING
RL OF TOP OF STEINING
4
AFTER CASTING
HEIGHT OF CURB __________
STEINING
LOWEST BED LEVEL __________
5
(COL.4-COL.3) (METRE)
PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014
6
CUTTING EDGE
(COL.4-COL.3) METRE
RL.OF REFERENCE LEVEL
7
(AT WHICH CUTTING EDGE
IS PLACED)
INITIAL GAUGE
8
READING (METRE)
FINAL GAUGE
9
READING (METRE)
SINKING
10
(COL9-COL.8) METRE
HEIGHT OF CUTTING EDGE ___________
RL OF BOTTOM OF
11
CUTTING EDGE
(CO1.7-COL.8) METRE
331
DEPTH OF SUMP BELOW
12
13
WEIGHT (TONNES)
HISTORY OF SINKING Of WELL NO. _______________
ECCENTRICITY ALONG
15
X AXIS (METRE)
KENTLEDGE
HIGHEST FLOOD LEVEL _________
ECCENTRICITY ALONG
16
Y-AXIS (METRE)
QUANTITY OF DREDGED
17
REPORT REGARDING
18
METHOD OF SINKING
EMPLOYED
FOUNDING LEVEL __________
20
REMARKS
Volume III : Road & Bridge Works
SIGNATURE OF
21
SUPERVISING OFFICER
1
DATE
TOTAL STE1NING
2
(METRE )
TOTAL SINKING
3
(METRE )
4
(PLACE) END
Volume III : Road & Bridge Works
5
(PLACE) END
ALONG X - AXIS
DEFERENCE (COL.5-COL-4)
6
(METRE)
7
(U/S)
8
(D/S)
DEFERENCE (COL.8-COL.7)
REDUCED LEVELS (RL'S) OF GAUGE MARKS
(METRE)
ALONG Y - AXIS
332
COLUMN 9 DIVIDED BY WELL DIA
RESULTANT TILT
Appendix - VII
12
√(COL.10² + COL.11²)
(Refer Clause 2.45.7.10)
(METRE)
(METRE)
RESULTANT
15
ACTION TAKEN
16
FOR RECTIFICATION
17
REMARKS
SIGNATURE OF
18
SUPERVISING OFFICER
PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014
PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014 Volume III : Road & Bridge Works
Appendix - VIII
(Refer Clause 2.49.3.2)
PRESTRESSING REPORT:
NUMBER OR NAME OF THE BRIDGE: SPAN No. ________________________________ Stressing Sequence Drg. No. Left end of Cable = A
Right end of Cable = B
Ave. Cube Strength at the time of stressing : ___________ kg/cm² ELEMENT / GIRDER No. ________________ Marks of Plant Used Jacks : Specified Gauge Pressure
During Jacking
High Tensile Steel (UTS) ____________ kg/cm² LAST DATE OF CONCRETING _____________ Pumps :
COLUMNS 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
Gauge Mark Gauge Mark SLIP (Draw-in) mm
Cable Calculated Readings of Readings of
Total
e7 = e5 – e3 + e6 mm
Immediately After
% Excess or shortfall
INITIAL ELONGATION
TOTAL ELONGATION
e6 = (e4 – e3) mm
Draw-
NET ELONGATION
Sequence mm at the pressure of at the pressure of
e8 = e7 – S mm
after locking 24 Hrs.
in
e1 – e7 MM
e2 – e8 mm
DEVIATION
100 kg/cm² 200 kg/cm²
Remarks
e4 = ∆ A1 + ∆ B1
e5 = ∆ A2 + ∆ B2
e3 - ∆ Ao + ∆ Bo
S = SAo + SBo +
SA24 + SB24
Cable MKD
PB kg/cm²
PA kg/cm²
Draw-in e1
Draw-in e2
Sequence
∆ A2 mm
∆ B2 mm
Before
Before
∆ Bo
∆ A1
∆ B1
SB24
∆ Ao
SA24
SBo
mm
SAo
Signature of Officers present during prestressing :
333
Volume III : Road & Bridge Works PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014
APPENDIX – IX
Table - XII.1 Area & linear weights of common reinforcement bars:
Cross sectional area Weight per meter length
Diameter of bar
(cm 2) (kg / m)
(mm)
M.S. Bars H.Y.S.D. Bars M.S. Bars H.Y.S.D. Bars
6 28.27 28.30 0.222 0.222
8 50.26 50.30 0.390 0.395
10 78.54 78.50 0.616 0.617
12 113.10 113.10 0.888 0.888
16 201.06 201.10 1.578 1.579
20 314.16 314.20 2.466 2.467
22 380.13 380.10 2.984 2.985
25 490.87 490.90 3.853 3.855
28 615.75 615.70 4.834 4.836
32 804.24 804.20 6.313 6.316
36 1017.88 1017.90 7.990 7.994
40 1256.64 1256.60 9.865 9.869
Table - XII.2 Conversion factors for Linear Measurements:
Conversion Conversion
To convert To To convert To
factor factor
millimeter inch 0.03937 mile kilometer 1.60934
Inch millimeter 25.4000 kilometer mile 0.62137
meter foot 3.28084 centimeter inch 0.39370
foot meter 0.30480 meter yard 1.09361
yard meter 0.91440 mile yard 1760.00
Table - XII.3 Conversion factors for Weight:
Conversion Conversion
To convert To To convert To
factor factor
kilogram pound 2.20459 ton metric ton 1.01606
pound kilogram 0.45360 metric ton ton 0.98419
Metric ton kip
2.20459 ton pound 2240.00
(tonne) (kilo pound)
kip Metric ton 0.45360 ton kilogram 1016.06
Table - XII.4 Conversion factors for Area:
Conversion Conversion
To convert To To convert To
factor factor
centimeter 2 inch 2 0.15500 acre hectare 0.40467
inch 2 centimeter 2 6.45160 hectare acre 2.47113
meter 2 foot 2 10.76391 meter 2 hectare 0.00010
foot 2 meter 2 0.09290 sq. mile sq. kilometer 2.58998
Table - XII.5 Conversion factors for volume:
Conversion Conversion
To convert To To convert To
factor factor
Imperial
litre 4.54610 inch 3 centimeter 3 16.38706
gallon
US gallon litre 3.76902 foot 3 (cft) meter 3 0.02832
foot 3 (cft) litre 28.31685
Table - XII.6 Conversion factors for density:
Conversion Conversion
To convert To To convert To
factor factor
gram /
pound / cft tonne / meter 3 0.01602 pound / cft 62.42691
centimeter 3
gram / kilogram /
pound / inch 3 27.6804 pound / cft 0.06243
centimeter 3 meter 3
334
PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014 Volume III : Road & Bridge Works
Appendix - X
LIST OF SOME INDIAN AND FOREIGN STANDARDS
REFERRED IN THE SPECIFICATION
335
Volume III : Road & Bridge Works PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014
336
Volume III : Road & Bridge Works PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014
DRAWINGS
PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014 Volume III : Road & Bridge Works
337
Volume III : Road & Bridge Works PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014
338
PWD (WB), Schedule of Rates : 2014 Volume III : Road & Bridge Works
339